~~ —_— Prete tok a * > Co ONE ee ow mp, PAF AS ® dA x. se be ee DIY 18 Sord'\ 4) ogo, MVHS othe TV, bn Fae K, Cer teers I> UFR tRRLS eemnbe, beat.tae = 45> £1 Agente h © many . Ad f> Ua seae eh ve ° . ort tone Fy a mn Prasnats com . . ae die ee . : a . oe. ete figm . r ~ , “ So amet “ ieee pabbdbibal aah biel eed Raed ae MeWatn airatirnt vbbe Ie cet hastens ene Co arora beer Ay 6 0 8 gt g Dit Bie Ba iat SF Aang aA AS A aAre ha NEG eof, Aine AE ame dye yAiotie me + DAA es Yonee, Meth «tee sre <3 i Ss seer ; , a : ~oR ema ertene ead E : ’ Pade nntey Wate el Avi gh oO and 0086 ote oi el hee, ear AO A AT EM Ae het ene UT ahieget moar” tiga eheh Kom re NAS hy ng Hi } r ‘ i iy i 4 \ My A ' Vi Wi ba} i i | | f i Oth i i i ; ; ! r a if ' ’ ( Ue al Ny 7 eh Hayy, 7 = an ‘ bi P ey a t J iJ , I rit ' i \ \ \ f I i, i i Ne SG a iy Pea f Prats i i‘ One if! , ah ape Mi oa ‘Avi cay i ith mi, Aveta Ain Hh Mi ity ees ih , j hited ear { i wey i iy i fal y hi eu i ‘(ein f ‘ 4 ‘a i WTAE PPh ou oe hier bi chy SOT Tf yh ATT TLILL 1OHM/ 1a | “ al oy i / itn =y hy ees lee Cue ; Y ye 1 4 Ait ay Min ; V . : 4, ® 1] j i ; i We Gs | Md ny ia \ Plenty | } 5 An t a ay ’ . Cy Th * ¢ it a : Pia eo ue ; { Mera ty PM RM al} ‘ i heat dt Loe E i | bi Wik Mea Taree | ws Me | ne i io ERENT | io in iN wy i ° a rt Ni f u i f - ? | 7 led ’ ry { Pa ; ‘ 1 f ibs L ‘ ’ i " 4 J a) : : i i y j 4. a 7 i Unie i ty ’ { os } v, i 5 ’ Py : 7 i Le of ne ; j i Ed eee 7 ai ii : a ha 7 ny , i} [ \ id ne ' Wi ily i] 1 4 by 4, Bc ‘ mi rah ‘ Dees ee igs rile a | ie mi! fe an AL, Peay . ‘ } Ny he RNA Uh ATS AP ae a Ap es Over a ae Mat i ae uy | ot, : . : Ry é ou ik ns at ; R, eh oo . Bm | re rT i | Mp i iat si ee | ey Re Be te +127 ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICATIONS eA OF — z Ne Oo / THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA First SERIES mui AN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 15 1950-1957 MAPINE BIOLCGICAL LABCRATCRY Pe es re arm Li SRARY fey. aU fe st WOODS KOLE, MASS. WoO. THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA i)5)7/ AGDLAN! HANCOCK “POUNDATION PO BIC AT PONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoLuME 15 1950-1957 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1957 CONTENTS 1. Goniadidae, Glyceridae and Nephtyidae GPlates. 1-19, Text Figs, 1-3), by Olga Hartman: ..)../.......3 2. Some polyclad flatworms from the Galapagos Islands wargures 1-14). by Dabbie HH. Hyman: 2200 ee 3. Orbiniidae, Apistobranchidae, Paraonidae and Longosomidae tlates: 20-8, 1 ehart)), by: Olga. Hartman: 20:40 LETS: cape NSA AE FoR Ae ddeae ee ae EO. Mer cr aD Nat aK REE Ny eRe 393- ly i AND. Wi, : oS : = t Poreaeaaes on ecea , La) } (ot Vg it mu ba i) i PA we ERRATA page 48—line 13, for maskaliensis read maskallensis page 62—line 3 from bottom, for martenseni read martensii page 69—line 7, for pos- read an- page 80—line 4 from bottom, for armata read armatus pages 81 and 82—for armata read armatus page 87—line 9 from bottom, for Nephtys Savigny read Nephthys Savigny page 90—line 9, for 4. ambrizettana read N. ambrizettana line 3 from bottom, for fuvatilis read flu -atilis page 92—line 14, for Milntosh read McIntosh line 2 from bottom, for tagobensis read ta/ogensts page 103—line 23, for Gulf of Mexico read Gulf of California page 117—line 13 from bottom, for /obophara read lobophora page 118—line 9 from bottom, for macoura read macroura page 130—line 2, for Nepthys read Nephtys line 6, for Nepthys virgini read Nephthys virgini re ala MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATOR LIGRAR WOODS RCLE, MASS. Ws tte, OR ‘a rae! * iy Te ul ae v ay cn Py) itd he bi Ni, W C4 ‘My si, ei nes wn ri ao te { (ey aw mi vi fate. A ihe i! eR ne Rit GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE and NEPHTYIDAE Plates 1-19, textfigs 1-3 By Otca HarTMAN This report is based mainly on collections in the Allan Hancock Foundation of the University of Southern California (see also Hartman, 1940, for additional records) and other materials as indicated below. In the GONIADIDAE, Goniadella is newly erected, Ophioglycera Verrill is revised, two species, Glycinde polygnatha and Goniada littorea are newly described, and the following are redescribed: Gontada brun- nea, G. annulata, G. acicula, G. teres, Ophioglycera gigantea, Gonia- della gracilis and Glycinde solitaria. New combinations include Ophio- glycera eximia, O. foliacea, O. longicirrata, O. distorta, Goniadopsis maskallensis and Goniadella gracilis; Goniada magna is referred to an older species. In the GLYCERIDAE Hemipodus armatus is newly described ; Telake Chamberlin is referred to Glycera Savigny; Glycera canadensis and G. epipolasis are new combinations, and Glycera spadix is referred to an older species. In the NEPHTYIDAE the following species or subspecies are new- ly described: Nephtys glabra, N. singularis, N. assignis, N. acrochaeta, A glaophamus erectans, A. dicirris and A. rubella anops. Nephtys monrot is a new name and the following species are revised: Nephtys impressa and Aglaophamus tabogensis. The genera Aglaophamus Kinberg and Micronephthys Friedrich are recognized for additional species. Nephtys macandrewit is referred to an older species. In the GLYCEREA, including the GONIADIDAE and GLY- CERIDAE, and in the NEPHTYIDAE, the epithelial structures of the proboscis are detailed and their specific importance demonstrated. New interpretations are given for setal structures. I am indebted to the administrations of the following Institutions for generous loans to examine holotype and other important materials: to the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven for the loan of Ophioglycera gigantea Verrill and Goniadella gracilis (Verrill) ; to the American Museum of Natural History, New York for the loan of Goniada magna Treadwell, Goniada teres Tread- [1] Z, ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 0) ae well, and Glycera spadix Treadwell; to the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts for the loan of Goniada quinquela- biata Augener, Nephtys bucera Ehlers and Nephtys phyllocirra Ehlers; to the British Museum of Natural History, London, England for the examination of Nephtys impressa Baird, Nephtys monroi, new name, Nephtys macandrewi Baird and Aglaophamus tabogensis (Monro) ; and to the State Museum of Natural History in Stockholm, Sweden for the use of all type specimens erected by Kinberg. I am especially obliged to Captain Allan Hancock, Director of the Allan Hancock Foundation of the University of Southern California, for continued support and facilities to conduct these studies. All of the accompanying plates and textfigures except plate 17, were ably per- formed by Anker Petersen, Staff Artist of the Allan Hancock Founda- tion, to whom thanks are also extended. Superfamily Glycerea Grube The superfamily GLYCEREA Grube, 1850, constitutes an as- semblage of species that is clearly recognized for 2 families, the GONIADIDAE Malmgren, 1867, and the GLYCERIDAE Malm- gren, 1867. Although some authors refer all species to a single family, GLYCERIDAE, the separation into separate families is here considered desirable and logical since there are conspicuous gaps between them, with groups of genera constituting each family. In the goniadids the anterior parapodia are uniramous, posterior ones are biramous; in the glycerids the parapodia are either only uni- ramous (Hemipodus Quatrefages) or only biramous (Glycera Savigny and Glycerella Arwidsson). In the first the proboscidial paragnaths or terminal jaws are of 2 kinds, including a pair of larger, dentate macro- gnaths and many smaller, H- or Y-shaped micrognaths that are arranged in dorsal and ventral arcs and together form a circlet (textfig. 1). In the glycerids the paragnaths consist of 4 widely spaced sets, disposed at ectodorsal and ectoventral ends (pl. 12, fig. 1); each set consists of a falcate jaw with an attached, embedded aileron. In the goniadids the everted proboscis tends to be long and cylindrical in shape; its epi- thelial surface may be covered with structures that are either uniform (textfig. 1) or greatly diversified (plate 6). In the glycerids the pro- boscis is usually comparatively short and clavate in shape; its proximal surface is covered with structures that are more nearly uniform or at least not greatly diversified. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 3 On the whole, the body of the goniadids is proportionately much longer and the posterior portion much thicker than the anterior one. In the glycerids the body is usually shorter, approximately fusiform in shape and tapers toward both extremities. It may also be noteworthy that where epitoky is known to occur, in the glycerids it affects the entire individual; in the goniadids the anterior, uniramous portion is not involved. In members of both families the prostomium is a longer (Goniada) or shorter (Glycerella) conical or depressed forward extension, trans- versely marked with few to many rings that resemble annuli but are not true segments since only the surface structures are affected. The forward pointed end has 4 small, biarticulate (the smaller distal article has not always been noted) antennae; the more anterior ones are often inserted at a lower level than the more posterior ones. There may be simple eyes, one pair in the basal ring of the prostomium, and another pair in the distal ring, or one or both pairs may be absent or limited to juvenile stages. Notopodia, when present, have simple setae that are hairlike, aci- cular, or capped by a hyaline hood (plate 8). Neuropodia have com- posite setae (plate 8). In the GLYCERIDAE the parapodial branch- jae are sometimes variously developed; they may consist of modified prolongations of parapodial lobes that are retractile or stationary. In the GONIADIDAE no such structures have been described but parts of the parapodial lobes doubtless function for respiration. The proboscis of the GLYCEREA functions not only for grasping and ingesting food but for locomotion. To this end the structure of the circulatory system is adjusted since it is open; that is, the circulatory fluid is mixed with other coelomic inclusions and propelled freely through the coelomic spaces, including those in the eversible proboscis. The movement of the proboscis has been described in detail for a species of Glycera (Stpp-Bowitz, 1941, pp. 234-240), where the methods of burying, burrowing and inrolling are detailed, based on laboratory obser- vations. The languettes or long lobes that extend from the distal end of the proboscis into the coelomic space, have also been studied and are thought to function for the disintegration of haemoglobin (Raphael, 19332 )!. Epitoky (swarming at maturity) has been described for several species of Glycera (Ehlers, 1868, p. 697, Arwidsson, 1899, p. 5, Fage and Legendre, 1927, p. 130) and Goniada (Stdp-Bowitz, 1941, pp. + ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 226-233). In general it is believed that the goniadial products are formed in great numbers, crowd themselves about the membranes of the proboscis such that the parts of the latter are gradually degenerated and resorbed. The sex cells are then shed through the gaping oral aperture. Accidental puncturing of the surface epithelium of any part of the body, such as might be caused by constant writhing of the body against the substratum, might effect a release of goniadial products (based on personal observations on Glycera americana Leidy). At any rate, the life of the individual is terminated with the process. Planktonic larvae of GLYCEREA have seldom been recorded. Thorson (1946, pp. 75-77) describes early stages of what may be Glycera alba Rathke, but states also that though other species of the superfamily are known to occur in the regions that were intensively investigated (northwestern Europe), other species were not definitely observed. Thorson (loc. cit., p. 77) is inclined to the view that the larvae may be non-swimming. The large size of ova of at least some of the species of the superfamily justifies support to this view. Fuchs (1911) has described early stages of a species of Glycera. Family Goniadidae Malmgren, 1867 The family GONIADIDAE Malmgren, 1867 (as Goniadea Kin- berg, 1866) was first recognized by Kinberg for 4 genera, Goniada Audouin and Edwards, Lacharis Kinberg, Epicaste Kinberg and Leon- natus Kinberg (not to be confused with Leonnates Kinberg, family Nereidae) ; Glycinde Miiller, 1858, was mentioned but not incorporated in Kinberg’s scheme. ‘wo groups of species were identified, one with Goniada and Lacharis for having chevrons or V-shaped pieces on the proboscis, and the other with Leonnatus and Epicaste, in which such chevrons were thought to be absent. As shown elsewhere (Hartman, 1948b, p. 102) Leonnatus has chevrons and thus goes to Goniada, and Epicaste goes to Glycinde (see below). Eone Malmgren, 1866, pro- posed for E. nordmanni Malmgren, goes to Glycinde (Arwidsson, 1899, pO): The first 3 species recorded in the family, Goniada emerita Audouin and Edwards, 1834, G. maculata Oersted, 1843 and G. norvegica Oersted, 1845, were European in origin. Glycinde Miiller, 1858, was erected for G. multidens, from Brazil. Other species have since been ascribed to both these and other genera and species more recently erected. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 5) An important revision of the family was made by Ehlers (1868) who combined them with the GLYCERIDAE to form the superfamily GLYCEREA Grube; he named them GLYCEREA POLYGNA- THA (=Goniadidae) and GLYCEREA TTETRAGNATHA (=Glyceridae), thus disregarding Kinberg’s or Malmgren’s separate categories. Ehlers recognized only one genus, Goniada in the first group, and referred Glycinde, Epicaste, Lacharis, Leonnatus and Eone as synonyms of Goniada. Arwidsson’s (1897 and 1899) studies gave accounts of morphology, anatomy and more extensive geographical data. Other studies of more recent date are McIntosh (1910, pp. 460-471) in which 3 species in 2 genera are described in the fauna for Britain; Fauvel (1923, pp. 381-395) in which 2 species of Goniada and one of Glycinde are described in the fauna for France, and St¢p-Bowitz (1941, pp. 209-228) in which 3 species of Goniada and one of Glycinde are recorded for Norway. In the GONIADIDAE the body is long and slender; it consists of 2 or 3 body regions, an anterior one with uniramous parapodia, a broader posterior one with biramous parapodia, or also an inter- mediate, transitional middle one with 3-4 to 40 or more segments in which parapodia gradually acquire a distinctly biramous condition. This separation into body regions is not to be compared with division into thorax and abdomen in the sedentary polychaetes, since there is no inversion of parapodial parts nor do the internal parts undergo comparable changes. The prostomium is long, conical or somewhat depressed. Externally it appears annulate (textfig. 1) and these rings may be secondarily divided. The prostomium tapers to its forward part and ends in 4 slender, biarticulate antennae. There may be a pair of eyes in the basal ring or another pair in the distal one; they resemble simple pigment spots and are usually embedded in the prostomial tissue. In older in- dividuals they may be obscure or even vanished. The proboscis is long and cylindrical, to shorter and somewhat clavate. It is eversible from the oral aperture or mouth, at the postero- ventral side of the prostomium. The proboscis is an extensive, tubular anterior prolongation of the alimentary tract. When completely re- tracted it is withdrawn to lie entirely within the body, and is folded back upon itself the length of the eversible part. Then it extends back through anterior or also median (when present) body regions. When partially or fully everted it may extend forward a great distance in front of the prostomium (plate 6). voL. 15 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 98 ‘[[PMpeal], vauunsg vpviu0y uo pasegq ‘pua Jor1a}Ue ay} Jo SaInjonsys Jo ASopourussa J, T TWNOMLXaL VANNnud VdVINOD NO dasva “dN3 YOIMSLNV SHL AO SHUNLONULS JO ADOTONIWYSL SUSEUBousiu Jo sue jeajus/ unipodeised 3saig UOAABUD SUepLO Ee ond Y{eUsoAdse]) ora aeyided peusmaay SuEUPOADIUA JO DAe pesuog sone siosoqoud yo aunjtady No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 7 The gross external structures of the proboscis are most easily identified when fully everted. At its distal end there is a circlet of soft, terminal papillae numbering about 17 to 20; they are usually largest on the ventral side and decrease in size middorsally. Within this ring there is a circlet of dark, hard paragnaths including a pair of larger, dentate macrognaths on the sides or midventrally, and more or less numerous, smaller, H- or Y-shaped dark, hard pieces called micro- gnaths, arranged in dorsal or also ventral arcs, usually disposed in a single, or sometimes partial to complete double row. The proximal surface of the proboscis is more or less uniformly covered with smaller, pale or translucent, soft structures; they are here called proboscidial organs. Based on this report, their structure suggests a function con- cerned with maintaining traction and grip, as well as rapid movement through the substratum. The terminology concerning these organs is in confusion. They have been variously called papillae, platelets, paragnaths, stout hooks, hook- like papillae, tooth-papillae, proboscidial papillae, cuticular or horny papillae, papillae pharyngis, and other descriptive or functional names. The dark V-shaped, horny structures or chevrons near the base of the proboscis have been called V-shaped plates, chevron-shaped jaws, longi- tudinal rows of angled jaws, maxillae angulatae, dents en chevrons, and other names. The large jaws at the end, or macrognaths have been called main jaws, horny jaws, maxillae terminales laterales, and others, and the smaller jaws or micrognaths have been known as accessory jaws, small quadricuspidate teeth, X-shaped paragnaths, maxillae terminales transversae, ring of small horny teeth, and other names. The following chart compares the usage of some of these terms, with references. von. 15 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS eS LE6T pue 96] ‘oru0y aeyided qjeuso1TU qyyeuso1eu uwo1Aayo uayon}s €€6] ‘Iauesny ua||Ideduaqorysaqojassny Jaya yUII[ yy Jayaryydne yy -UDIYD asws0j-A CL6L ‘JaAnNey aeipided syjyeuseied padeys-x smef Auroy suOIAdYo > TE6L “[[aMpvor yz, aulided --- --- saye[d padeys- A 8261 ‘oru0y 4329} ae or Boks UdqIaIssuey] L761 ‘Iauasny ua[idedjaosny uaqj}eUsOIITA Jayaryjdne py -TdFaTy[OYULAA Saut0d saajuaprintd sasnour €Z6l ‘joaney aeyided saqjyeudseied xnaiquiou -IY9 salloyoeul sossois suoIAayo 1261 ‘U1ay3NOg sqjeuseied sMel sMef --- uayons S16] ‘1ouesny ua[ideduqeZ ‘uarideg Jayaryuaqany Jayaryidne zy -UNTYD astwis0j-A TI61 ‘ato0oyfy =: SyyBuseied Jo aejjIded Ausoy sMef sMvl --- S061 ‘a100jy aeyjided aejnonns sMef ArOssa20R sMef jedrourd sMef padeys-uorAayo 1061 ‘HReIg aeiided |jeurs BYyeUsOIOIU eBy}eusoINeW q399} padeys- A uayqoyon3s 6681 ‘UOSsspImMIy ual[ideg uayoruyeusyey Jajaryy Jayary -UI}IYO) ISIWIIOJ-A 6L81 ‘UasutAaT syjeuseied sMef |[euUS sMel adie] 255 6L81T ‘193SGa AA syooy 3N0}s --- --- --- (vpviu0y 10F) ualideg ‘(apu124]5 Joy) usyoye[g uazydsiayary 8981 ‘sIaTNA ‘uayouyeZ uazzidsiajary Jayaryuaqany Jayaryydne zy uastyey[oyura JBSIDASUBI} Sale S9[B19}B] Sole 9981 ‘Sioqury sisudieyd avyjided -UIWII9} de] ]IXeUl -UIWI9} ae] [IxeUl avjepnsue oe] [Ixew EST $39U109 saynoiuap sadU109 ‘splzMpq pue urnopny --- sa}jed ap ainjura9 sai1loyoew xnap SUOIAJYO Ud s}Uap Aj1s0yjn py suvb40 SYIDUBOAITIY SYIDUSOsID SUOAGIY [vIpi9soqgos1g syjoubvivg es ee eee eee 4PVdIGFINOSD AHL NI SIOSOMOUd AHL AO SLUVd YO ADOTONINUAL AO NOSIUVdWOO No. l HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 9 The proboscidial organs are arranged in groups of 18 longitudinal bands that are separated by shallow furrows. The bands correspond in distribution to the terminal papillae and the 18 longitudinal muscular bands of the proboscis; the furrows follow the directions of 18 large longitudinal nerves (textfig. 3). The organs may be almost uniformly distributed over the proboscidial length, or they may diminish toward the basal or paragnathal ends, or they may be more or less restricted to dorsal or ventral sides of the proboscis. When they consist of heterogeneous pieces, as in Glycinde (plate 6) they are arranged in trim series and present a striking pattern that grossly resembles the radula of a gastropod. During the course of this investigation it has been found, for all species of GLYCEREA investigated, that these organs (except for the chevrons and one lateral, possibly homologous series in Glycinde) have a larger terminal or subterminal pore (on the abgnathal side) that leads through a canal to one or a few large cells within the organ. In some species these processes resemble sucking disks (plate 4) ; in others they may be likened to grapnels (plate 6). In all instances where examined, the organs are specific and more or less uniform throughout the pro- boscidial length. The pore and central canal of the individual organ have been observed by some investigators, but the 3-dimensional relations have remained obscure or unknown. Thus, Benham (1932, p. 555) described, for Goniada maorica (below) “pharyngeal papillae . . a minute pore lies nearly halfway down one side . . The pore leads into an axial canal of much greater diameter,” and again, for Goniada grahami Benham (1932, p. 561), “papillae with pore and a groove;” also, Monro (1937, pp. 284-285) described for Goniada eximia “papillae on the proboscis . . kidney- shaped with a central canal;” for Goniada ?longicirrata “papillae of the proboscis are roughly triangular in outline, and have a passage running up from the exterior (sic) to the central canal;” and for Goniada multidentata indica Monro (1937, p. 284) the papilla from the pro- boscis is ‘‘cordiform with a central canal.” Casual microscopic examination of the proboscidial organs leads almost invariably to erroneous interpretations, largely because of im- perfect, damaged structures and distorted optical views. Since these organs are minute, 3-dimensional objects, sometimes with striking bisymmetry, arranged on a membrane that is cylindrical, they are seldom seen in identical views on slide preparations. Unless they are removed from the proboscidial tissue with care, they are distinguished 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 with difficulty because of the opaqueness of underlying tissues. Also, unless they are removed with the enclosed connective tissue, which is in intimate contact with the tissues below, they are apt to be collapsed or broken. Even in fixed or killed material the inner, soft, membranous portion is often shrunken or collapsed so that the outer sheath is dis- torted. Organs that are heavily chitinized and have articulating bases (see Glycinde) do not present the same difficulties. ‘Che beautiful, ornamental symmetry of some of these structures can be seen by com- parison of figures on the accompanying plates. The chevrons (pl. 2, fig. 2) which sometimes accompany the pro- boscidial organs, consist of series of V-shaped, flat pieces. It is possible that they function for stabilization of the long body or also to maintain traction during progression. Chevrons are lacking in species of Glycinde, but the series numbered IV (textfig. 2) may be the homologous parts, since they too lack a terminal pore. The number of teeth in macrognaths and the number of pieces comprising dorsal and ventral arcs of micrognaths has sometimes been used for specific diagnosis, but it may be doubted if their numbers are as constant as one might wish. Both kinds of paragnaths are probably subject to breakage, loss and repair, and there is apt to be additional variation depending on age or other individual features. More complete details are given in specific accounts. The first parapodia are on the first body ring or peristomium. ‘They are small but gradually come to be larger and lateral in position. In anterior segments through a limited region, they are uniramous and consist of a neuropodium with dorsal and ventral cirri. Presetal and postsetal lobes are developed and sometimes have specific significance. Setal structures in notopodia and neuropodia usually consist of single acicula and fanshaped fascicles of composite, spinigerous, or also falci- gerous setae. When transitional segments are present, both notopodia and neuropodia increase in size gradually; this middle region may be very short (a few segments) or long (70 or more segments). Neuro- podia in the posterior region resemble those in front but they increase in size. Notopodia, where present, are much smaller than neuropodia; they have single acicula and few to many simple setae that may be coarse and acicular, or slender to hairlike. Presetal lobes of neuropodia are sometimes very characteristic; in species of Goniada they are usually bifurcated; in those of G/ycinde the presetal lobe is single but in at least 2 species, G. dorsalis Ehlers and G. armata (Kinberg), there is a partial bifurcation of this lobe in posterior No. | HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 11 segments. In some species it may be strongly obcordate (G. armigera Moore); in others it may be merely long and triangular (G. wireni Arwidsson). The notopodial cirrus (dorsal cirrus of some authors) is usually simple and conical or flattened and foliaceous but sometimes has a sub-distal incision (pl. 7, fig. 15). Setae are not greatly diversified. Notosetae are simple and lack articulation. When slender to hairlike they are usually numerous in a fascicle; when thick and acicular they tend to be few in number and more or less’ deeply embedded, resembling acicula. The tip may be straight or weakly recurved and provided with a conical hood (G/y- cinde). Notosetae are usually pale in color, rarely dusky. Neurosetae are composite and have a distinct articulation. The appendage is usu- ally spinigerous but in species of at least 2 genera it is also falcigerous (pl. 5, fig. 5). The shaft is a cylindrical stalk, widening distally into a ladlelike concavity to accommodate the base of the appendage. It is longest in front (this refers to an arbitrary orientation, indicating the cutting edge of the appendage) and shortest in back (marking the side directly opposite the front). Between the front and back, the sides slope gradu- ally. The mechanical structures of the shaft and appendage are such that they tend to twist the articulation; thus the 2 parts are not to be seen in the same orientation at any one time. The disal end of the shaft is usually broad in front and sometimes strikingly serrated (pl. 12, fig. 12) ; it is smoothly excavate or slightly roughened in back. Consequently the shaft tends to lie with either front or back upward. The appendage, however, is knifelike and so constructed that it tends to lie with serrated edge on one side, or blade side up. As a result, the articulation is usually seen, not in lateral, but in three-fourths view. Functionally, the movement of the appendage in the shaft is a rotary-backward one, but the normal position is for these 2 parts to lie in a straight line. Illustrations in plates 2 and 6 show normal positions; those in plates 3 and 4 show the articulation in three- fourths view, or as they are generally seen in slide preparations. These facts are clearly demonstrable when the shaft and appendage are severed from each other. The 2 parts are attached to one another by longitu- dinal fibers that extend through the concavity of the shaft. Sometimes the distal end of the shaft is worn; its edges may then be unnaturally divided. The GLYCEREA have sometimes been regarded as predaceous and carnivorous (Ehlers, 1868, McIntosh, 1910, and others). Stolte (1932, pp. 425-429) however, regards the group as detritus feeding; all food 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 is taken in by everting the proboscis and the indigestible material is thrown off from the mouth. The large jaws are used to grasp particles. Stolte (loc. cit.) was not able to explain the use of the large glands that are attached to the base of the proboscidial jaws; Ehlers (1868, p. 643) presumed them to be poison secreting, but this statement requires substantiation. Details of development are unknown for species of GONIADI- DAE. Most are subintertidal and thus not readily subject to experi- mental treatment. In so far as known the sexes are separate. Epitoky has been occasionally recorded but the details have not been described. In Ophioglycera (below) it may involve median and posterior segments, but epitokous setae have not been noted. Among individuals of Glycinde armigera Moore (below) there are some in which median and posterior segments have greatly prolonged composite (not simple) setae, recalling those of epitokous individuals in some other genera. Increase in length of these setae has affected only those in the middle of fascicles, where both shaft and appendage are prolonged. In some specimens the body cavity and parapodial bases of these segments are closely crowded with ova, indicating approach or attainment of maturity. In some species of Goniada the posterior parapodia may acquire some long simple setae (Stép-Bowitz, 1941, p. 226). The GONIADIDAE are here recognized through 5 genera; they are Goniada Audouin and Edwards, Glycinde Miiller, Ophioglycera Verrill, Goniadopsis Fauvel and Goniadella, new genus. Each is dis- cussed below. Key To GENERA OF GONIADIDAE Proboscis with organs of many kinds (pl. 6). .Glycinde, p. 44 Proboscis with organs of one or few kinds. . . . . 2 Probaseis’ with ichevrons, (pl: 3S, hes Seo ee 6 eS Proboscis wathout ‘chevronss. 2 “SSeS se Neuropodia with only spinigerous setae. . . Goniada, p. 13 Neuropodia with falcigerous (pl. 5, fig. 5) and spinigerous Setde ee he neg Os i US) Cee eee eGonmacliinpe wal Neuropodia with only spinigerous setae. . Ophioglycera, p. 35 Neuropodia with falcigerous and spinigerous setae. . . . Goniadopsis, p. WwONN es as No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 13 Genus Goniada Audouin and Edwards, 1834 Type G. emerita Audouin and Edwards Includes Leonnatus Kinberg, 1866 The body is more or less sharply divided into 2 or 3 regions, an anterior one with uniramous parapodia, a posterior one with biramous ones, or also a transitional one with subbiramous podia. The prostomium is long and conical or depressed (pl. 1, fig. 1). It consists of annulations or rings and ends in front in 4 slender, biarticulate antennae. The proboscis is long and cylindrical or slightly clavate, when everted. Paragnaths include a pair of large, dentate macrognaths separated from each other by dorsal and ventral arcs of micrognaths (textfig. 1) or one or both of these arcs may be absent. The proximal part of the proboscis has, on either side, a series of dark, hard V-shaped pieces or chevrons. Most of the proximal surface is covered with minute, fleshy or some- times corneous, yellow or colorless, proboscidial organs that are irreg- ularly distributed or in longitudinal bands. Notopodia have single acicula and setae that are acicular to rod- like or slender and hairlike. Neuropodia have single acicula and com- posite setae with spinigerous appendage. The presetal neuropodial lobe is usually deeply bifurcated (pl. 1, fig. 2). The numerous species of Goniada are approximately divisible into 2 groups, based on the relative thickness and number of notosetae. In some species the notosetae are slender, distally pointed or hairlike; in others they are thicker, fewer and acicular. Although this separation is artificial, it is useful in effecting an approximate grouping. The species that may be regarded as having hairlike notosetae are: . annulata Moore, see p. 20. . brunnea Treadwell, see p. 17. . congoensis Grube, see p. 28. . congoensis hupferi Arwidsson, see p. 28. . extmia Monro, 1937, see p. 31. falklandica Pratt, see p. 30. littorea, new species, see p. 23. . maculata Oersted, see p. 20. . maorica Benham, see p. 29. norvegica Oersted, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 393, fig. 155. . pallida Arwidsson, 1899, p. 43, from western Sweden. . quinquelabiata Augener, see p. 26. . uncinigera Ehlers, see p. 25. AARQAAAAAARAAARYH 14 G. GG 6G) GGG, SGN Gre Goa an Q AAAAA ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 virgini Kinberg, 1866, p. 247; 1910, pl. 21, fig. 9, from southern South America. The type specimen was examined and found lacking the significant parts of the proboscis but chevrons are few; the species continues poorly known. . vorax (Kinberg). See Hartman, 1948b, p. 102. In a second group of species the notosetae are acicular or rodlike: . acicula Hartman, see p. 31. . antipoda Augener, 1927a, p. 202, from Australia. . australensis Quatrefages, 1866, from Port Jackson, Australia. See Augener, 1927a, pp. 197-202, fig. 9, for redescription. emerita Audouin and Edwards, see p. 32. galaica Rioja, 1923, from southwestern Europe. See Fauvel, 1927a, p. 411, for description. . grahami Benham, see p. 34. . japonica Izuka, see p. 35. . multidentata Arwidsson, 1899, p. 45, from Congo, west Africa. . multidentata indica Monro, 1937, p. 284, from the Gulf of Aden. Wesenberg-Lund, 1949, p. 297, has described it from Iran. . teres Treadwell, see p. 33. . tripartita Monro, 1931, p. 19, from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Other species for which the character of notosetae is not known are: . alcockiana Carrington, 1865, p. 182, from England. McIntosh, 1910, p. 466, regards it as a possible variety of G. maculata Oersted. . bobrezkit Annenkova, 1929, p. 495, from the Black Sea. . echinulata Grube, 1870, p. 67, from Brazil. . euxina Jakubova, 1930, p. 872, from the Bay of Sevastopol. . felicissima Kinberg, 1866, p. 247, off St. Helena Island. . oculata Treadwell, 1901, p. 201, from Puerto Rico. This is ques- tionably a member of the genus since the neuropodial lobes are undivided, as in Glycinde; since the proboscis was not described the species cannot be properly allocated. . oculata Augener, 1933b, p. 312, from Goajira, Colombia. Ho- monym. This is a true Goniada since the proboscis has chevrons; presetal lobes of neuropodia are bifurcated; it is not the same as G. oculata Treadwell, 1901. . paucidens Grube, 1878b, p. 185, from the Philippines. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE i) A synoptic review of the genus Goniada is given by Pratt (1901a, pp. 3-11) in partial support for a bipolar theory of the distribution of marine organisms (Pratt, 1901b, pp. 14-15). The list of tropical species as given (loc. cit., p. 6) includes 4 names (G. felictssima, G. virgini, G. pausidens (sic), and G. echinulata) that remain doubtful or in- completely known; another species (G. Jongicirrata) goes to Ophioglycera, and 2 others (G. congoensis and G. hupferi) may be regarded subspecific. In addition, the foundation for the theory is weakened by the fact that G. norvegica var. falklandica Pratt (loc. cit., pp. 3-6) from the Falkland Islands has its nearest affinities, not with the northern G. norvegica Oersted, but with a form that occurs also off southern South America (see below). The checkered distribution of species of Goniada is noteworthy. Some species are known from all major oceans but the majority are from areas that have been most intensively investigated. Seven species are recorded from various parts of Europe: G. emerita Audouin and Edwards; G. maculata Oersted, G. norvegica Oersted, G. galaica Rioja, G. pallida Arwidsson, G. felicissima Kinberg and G. bobrezkii Annenkova (from the Black Sea). Five species are recorded from the West Indies and Brazil: G. echinulata Grube, G. congoensis quinquelabiata Augener, G. teres Treadwell, G. virgini Kinberg and G. vorax Kinberg. Five species are known from various parts of Australia: G. anti- poda Augener, G. australensis Quatrefages, G. grahami Benham, G. maorica Benham and G. tripartita Monro. Three species come from the northeast Pacific: G. annulata Moore, G. brunnea Treadwell and G. littorea, new species. Three species or subspecies are west African: G. congoensis Grube and subspecies hupferi Arwidsson, and G. multidentata Arwidsson. Two species are recorded from Japan: G. japonica Izuka and G. maculata Oersted. Iwo also come from the Persian Gulf or vicinity: G. multidentata indica Monro and G. maculata Oersted. Single species are known from the Strait of Magellan, with G. uncinigera Ehlers (or also G. falklandica, see below), from the Philip- pine Islands, with G. paucidens Grube, from the Red Sea, with G. emerita Audouin and Edwards, and from the Sea of Sevastopol, with G. euxina Jakubova. Key To SPECIES OF Goniada ieeNotopodia with slender hairlike setae. .. . . « =. « @ 1. Notopodia with acicular or rodlike setae. . . . ay op Le 2. Posterior and median neuropodia with 2 presetal lobes G1 it 16 WA ; pn ei 5h or folks eli Cpls 2g : ee with 8 or more annuli . LS beans . Parapodial change from uniramous to biramous cotton at ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 fig. 2) . . Posterior and median Reaeeoote with since ae presetal lobe t@ple 3.12355)" . Notopodia with a prolonged ey be fel 3, fe 3). G. littorea, p. s Neos ahaa a stein presetal lobe. G. uncinigera, p. . Proboscis with a midventral longitudinal series of bifurcated Organs. |. . «. « G. congoensis and subspecies, p. . Proboscis anon such midventral modified organs . . Dorsal arc of micrognaths on proboscis well developed, with 14 to 18 or more in a row. . Dorsal arc of ge a much dues Gextees 1) or absent . . Proboscidial organs ere Tee (al ils ce be ke G. brunnea, p. ; Beabeccidiall organs batch ieee danine (pled diese. 7,28)". G. maculata, p. G. annulata, p. about segments 33-37; micrognaths number about 20 to 24 in the dorsal and 20-24 in the ventral arc . Pe Lt Onna G. quinquelabiata, p. : Pun adial tee are see ter 50). E . Chevrons number 4 pairs; parapodial change at sae wench SON) Sune, lar ee Need Reales peed ft Getahelaazcane: . Chevrons more numerous . Mae RTS (rar pee . Parapodial change after segment aS aie s Ves iG.-wordss ip: . Parapodial change transitional between segments 70-112; micrognaths number 23 in dorsal and about 16 in a ventral BEC sid herrea eek Go Ek et eG aonteaaps . Chevrons very numerous . . Chevrons not conspicuously ancen Pe is . Chevrons number about 90 pairs and extend sce most at the proboscidial length; macrognaths with 12 teeth; anterior end with 36 uniramous segments; micrognaths with 30 dorsal and 12 ventral pieces. . . . +. . G. multidentata, p. Chevrons number about 45 pairs; macrognaths with 6 teeth; micrognaths total about 26 pieces; parapodial segments 36 to 43 are transitional . . . . G. multidentata indica, p. 4 3 23 Us) 28 20 20 29 12 13 14 14 no. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 13. Body divided into 3 regions, an anterior uniramous one of about 63 segments, a median one with 28-30 segments and a long posterior one; notosetae distally curved . : G. peels p. iS: Body tai ae 21 regions or Be) a short transitional region; notosetae distally straight or nearly so . ‘ 14. Postsetal lobe of biramous parapodia Lnelon gate in its aieuiG: part; prostomium with 10 annuli; chevrons number 12 or 13 pairs. . ; . . G. australensis, p. 14. Postsetal oe a Riots eee prolonged at the middle 15. Prostomium with 7 annuli; piesa apse 24 ae anter- ior uniramous region with 88-90 segments. . G. grahami, p. 15. Prostomium with 8 annuli; chevrons number 7-12 pairs; anterior region with about 57 segments . . G. emerita, p. 15. Prostomium with 9 annuli; chevrons number 19 pairs; anter- ior region with about 76 segments. . . G. japonica, p. 15. Prostomium with 10 annuli; chevrons number 10 pairs; anter- ior region with about 49 segments with 8 or 9 transitional G. teres, p. Goniada brunnea Treadwell, revised Plate 1, figs. 1-6, plate 4, fig. 1, textfig. 1 Treadwell, 1906, p. 1174, figs. 67-70; Treadwell, 1914, p. 198 part) ; Moore, 1911, pp. 306-307; Berkeley, 1927, p. 412. G. annulata Treadwell, 1914, p. 198 (in part). G. maculata Hartman, 1940, pp. 251-252; Berkeley, 1941, p. (not Oersted). Berkeley, 1942, p. 194; Hartman, 1944c, p. 254. 17 Sil 14 14 15 34 32 $3 33 (in 34. Collections.- 887-38 (2)1; 889-38 (2); 990-39 (1); 996-39 (2); 1030-40 (5); 1126-40 (2) ; 1130-40 (6) ; 1132-40 (1); 1134-40 (1); 1137-40 (1); 1142-40 (1); 1160-40 (1) ; 1192-40 (1); 1200-40 (1); 1205-40 (6); 1211-40 (1) ; 1232-41 (2); 1235-41 (2); 1245-41 (1); 1267-41 (1); 1274-41 (2); 1275-41 (5); 1289-41 (1); 1311-41 (1); 1312-41 (1); 1313-41 (1); 1316-41 (1); 1321-41 (2); 1373-41 (2); 1379-41 (2); 1387-41 (6); 1390-41 (3); 1411-41 (1) ; 1412-41 (1); 1436-41 (2); 1471-42 (1); Tomales Bay, California, shore (1); dredged off Balboa, California (1); off Redondo Beach, California in 1 For data concerning station numbers, see Fraser, 1943. 18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 25-125 fms, collected by T. Burch (1); off La Jolla, California in 45 fms (1); dredged off southern California, reported as G. annulata, see synonymy above (3). This is large, robust and dark (preserved), maculate over para- podial lobes, cirri and at the sides of the body. Larger, presumably older individuals are usually darker than smaller ones. The largest are over 7 inches long (preserved) but most are only half as long or less, with one (station 1387-41) only about 15 mm long. The parapodial change is abrupt and occurs at segment 44 or 45. The prostomium is broader than that in most species of the genus; it is depressed, truncate, clearly annulate with 8 to 10 rings. It ter- minates in front in a broad, slightly spatulate end with 2 pairs of bi- articulate antennae inserted at the anterolateral margins. A pair of basal, deeply embedded eyes can usually be distinguished, or also distal eyes (textfig. 1) or eyes are absent (pl. 1, fig. 1) in some individuals. The fully everted proboscis is comparatively short but cylindrical (textfig. 1) ; it is only about as long as the first 23 segments (preserved). Under low magnification it appears smooth on its proximal surface but when enlarged it is seen to be closely covered with tiny, low pro- boscidial organs that are appressed to the surface; they resemble low, flat scales (pl. 1, fig. 4). The terminal papillae are low, small, widely spaced and number 17 or 18; the ventralmost are the largest. The chevrons are variable in number; they may consist of as many as 18 or more on a side but are usually fewer and rarely vestigial. A larger individual from station 1130-40 has 17 on a side, but a smaller one from station 1132-40 has only 7 on a side. The smallest individual, 15 mm long, from station 1387-41 lacks chevrons on the left side and has only 2 pieces on the right one. The other parts of the body, how- ever, are in agreement with larger specimens. Macrognaths are dark and have 3, 4 or 5 teeth, the largest at the superior end. In cases where there are only 3 teeth, one can usually distinguish 2 or 3 minute ones at the ventral end. Micrognaths vary in number, depending probably on size or age of the individual. In smaller specimens the ventral arc may have only 3 larger pieces, but this number varies through 5, 7 (pl. 4, fig. 1), 9 or even 12 pieces in the largest individuals. The dorsal arc in smaller individuals may con- sist of 4 widely spaced, inconspicuous, Y-shaped pieces, but larger specimens may lack them altogether or the pieces may be embedded so as to escape notice unless they are dissected out. One specimen from station 1134-40 has 9 pieces in the ventral arc and 4 minute ones in No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 19 the dorsal one; another from station 1472-40 has 9 below and none above; a large specimen may have 12 below and none above, and 19 pieces in each chevron. This indicated variation justifies the view that the number of micrognaths and pieces in the chevron has little specific significance in the species, G. brunnea. The same degree of inconstancy has not been reported in other species, to my knowledge. Parapodia are characteristic, especially in posterior segments. The dorsal cirrus is large, broad and foliaceous, and has a slender base (figs. 2, 3). The notopodium consists of a long, triangular, prestal lobe that nearly equals the dorsal cirrus in length, and a much shorter, lower postsetal lobe. Notosetae consist of thick, pointed setae with 11 or 12 in a fascicle. Acicula occur singly and are translucent yellow; they do not project from the parapodium. Neuropodia are longer and heavier than notopodia. They consist of 2 long, triangular, presetal lobes that resemble the ventral cirrus but are flatter. The superior part tends to be longer than the inferior one or the 2 may be subequal. Neurosetae are entirely composite spinigerous ; they number about 22 in a fascicle. They are slenderer than the noto- setae. Anal processes are 2 long, slender filaments. G. brunnea resembles G. maculata (see below) and was earlier (Hartman, 1940, p. 251) thought to be the same. Both species are maculate, have similar parapodial parts and comparable proboscidial organs. Both have a broad, depressed prostomium. In G. brunnea, how- ever, the dorsal cirri are broader than in G. maculata and the noto- podium has a short, postsetal lobe that is absent from G. maculata. G. brunnea approaches G. eximia Ehlers in its gross features but the latter is here referred to Ophioglycera Verrill (below). The numerous individuals listed above are referred to this species as interpreted by Moore (1911) and not as in the original (Treadwell, 1906) account. The latter is wanting in many respects and the pro- boscis remains altogether unknown. Three specimens reported as G. annulata (Treadwell, 1914, p. 198) dredged off southern California, have been examined and are here referred to G. brunnea; these specimens are now deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Distribution—This occurs commonly in the Eastern Pacific Ocean from Alaska south to southern California and possibly in Hawaii; depths range from low intertidal to over 600 fms. 20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 05 Goniada maculata Oersted Plate 1, figs. 7, 8 Verrill, 1881, p. 289; Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 726; Fauvel, 1923, pp. 392-393, fig. 154; Okuda, 1939, pp. 233-234, fig. 8; Berkeley, 1942, p. 194; Hartman, 1948a, p. 7; Wesenberg- Lund, 1949, pp. 296-297. Not Hartman, 1940, p. 251, or Berkeley, 1941, p. 34. Collections—Gullmar Fjord, Sweden, dredged (1); off Cape Cod, Massachusetts, dredged in 1879 (1); Massachusetts Bay, dredged in 1878 (5). The parapodial change from anterior to posterior regions occurs at about segment 39-41. Chevrons of the proboscis number 7 to 11 pieces on a side. Micrognaths number about 4 larger pieces in the ventral arc and 2 or 3 smaller pieces in the dorsal arc. The proboscidial organs (figs. 7, 8) are of a single kind but vary somewhat in size. They resemble those of G. brunnea (pl. 1, figs. 5, 6) but the surrounding flange is less flaring and the organs are attached differently so that they usually appear cordate instead of subcircular, when seen from the front. Furthermore, although the flange is cres- centic, it is usually directed downward so that the base of attachment is seen from the front. As in G. brunnea, the pore of the central mass is directed away from the gnathal end. The pore leads .to a canal and large cell, and on its outer side to a depressed groove that has no con- nection with the inner canal. Distribution —G. maculata is the most widely distributed of all known species of the genus; it is recorded from western Europe, north- eastern North America, Alaska and northern Japan (Okuda, 1939); Wesenburg-Lund (1949) has recorded it from the Gulf of Iran. Goniada annulata Moore, revised Plate 2, figs. 1-9 Moore, 1905, pp. 549-553, figs. 45-48; Moore, 1911, pp. 395-396; Berkeley, 1945, pp. 330-331; Hartman, 1948a, p. 7. Not Treadwell, 1914, p. 198, or Fauvel, 1932a, pp. 121-122, pl. 3, figs. 9-16. Collections—Yes Bay, Alaska, to Anan River and return, U.S.S. Albatross station D. 4748, Aug. 29, 1905, in 185-300 fms, mud and shale (1). No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 21 The single individual is incomplete posteriorly and in 2 pieces but probably only a short, posterior end is missing. The proboscis is everted about a third of the way. The prostomium is uniquely annulated, as originally stated; it has few rings, numbering only 5 ventrally and 4 dorsally (fig. 1). The anterior antennae have been torn away from the individual but in other respects the prostomium is complete. There is no indication of eyespots. The proboscis is long and cylindrical. Its distal end terminates in soft papillae. Paragnaths consist of a pair of large macrognaths with the largest teeth on the dorsal end. Micrognaths include 15 in the dorsal, and 7 in the ventral arc. The chevrons at the sides, near the base, num- ber 16 pieces on the right, and 20 pieces (fig. 2) on the left side; they are broadly V-shaped and very close together, resembling a solid dark mass when seen under low magnification. The proboscidial organs are largest along the distal portion of the proboscis and diminish gradually basally as also in the grooves marking the longitudinal neural bands. They are of one kind but vary in size. All are tall, translucent cones, slightly beaked (fig. 9) toward the prostomial end and there is a subconical pore (fig. 8) that leads intern- ally to a canal and externally to a furrow to the base of the organ. The base is usually bluntly equitriangular, but some organs that are shrunken appear slightly lobed at the base and hence might be thought to have a trilobed base, as Moore (1905) described. A large, nearly clear cell can be seen near the base of the organ. In structure and per- haps function these organs are much like those of G. brunnea (above) except that these lack the flaring outer membrane and are taller. The parapodial change occurs at’ segment 34 and is more or less abrupt. Dorsal cirri are broadly foliaceous (figs. 3, 4). Notopodia con- sist of a longer, pointed presetal portion and a shorter, postsetal one. Neuropodia have a bilobed presetal portion that exceeds the single, postsetal lobe. In median segments the superior portion of the presetal lobe is the longer and distinctly rounded (fig. 4); farther back the 2 parts tend to be about equally long (fig. 3). In median and posterior parapodia the ventral cirri are inserted far proximal and do not extend distally to the end of neuropodial lobes. Acicula are single and translucent yellow in color. They do not project beyond the parapodial lobes. Notopodial setae are simple, slender, distally pointed and number 8 to 12 in a fascicle. Neuropodial setae are composite spinigerous and far more numerous than notosetae (fig. 4). The shaft is approximately cylindrical through most of its length, but 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 at its distal end it is very much prolonged at its front, or cutting, edge and distinctly serrated (fig. 6); the lowest edge, at the back, is entire unless worn when it may appear frayed or split. ‘he sides are grad- ually sloping. The appendage is long, pointed and knifelike along its length. It has a single row of small teeth (figs. 5, 7). Usually the artic- ulations are seen in three-fourths view (fig. 7) giving the impression that the deepest part of the shaft is at the side instead of the back. A correct view can be had by slightly rolling the setae when observed under high magnification, or by detaching shaft from appendage. Individuals identified as G. annulata ‘Treadwell (1914, p. 198) from southern California have been examined and found to be other- wise, as follows: Station LX XI, off La Jolla in 15-57 fms, station LXXIII, off San Diego in 57-97 fms and station 1112, off La Jolla in 45 fms go to G. brunnea (see above). The record from station LXXIII off San Diego in 57-97 fms goes to Glycinde armigera (see below). A specimen reported from station 1122 off La Jolla in 100 fms, has not been found. All others are deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation. G. annulata Fauvel (1932a, p. 121) reported and redescribed from an individual off south Ceylon in 660 fms, is here believed to be dif- ferent, in spite of similarities. ‘he notopodium has a longer, conical, presetal lobe and a shorter, broader, postsetal one. Dorsal cirri are foliaceous and the proboscis has about 20 V-shaped pieces in each chev- ron. In these respects the 2 are similar. They differ thus: in G. annulata Moore the parapodial change is more or less abrupt at segment 33 or 34; in Fauvel’s species 27 segments are uniramous, 21 are transitional, so that 48 segments are concerned. In the first dorsal cirri are sessile, in the second they are pedunculate. In the first notosetae are nearly twice as thick as neurosetae, in the second they are very slender and hairlike. The proboscidial organs are of a single kind in the first, or not notice- ably different on ventral and dorsal sides of the proboscis. In the second they are arranged in longitudinal rows, larger on the dorsal than on the ventral side, and the latter are often depressed and distally bidentate. In the first the prostomium is distinctly annulate, whereas in the other it is indistinctly annulate. G. echinulata Grube (1870, p. 67) from Brazil has been question- ably referred to G. annulata Moore (Fauvel, 1932a, p. 121) but this seems very doubtful, even though the Brazilian species is incompletely known. In Grube’s species the parapodial change is said to be at seg- ment 46 instead of 33-34 and the chevrons number only 14, instead of 20, pieces on a side. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 23 Distribution.—As herein defined, G. annulata Moore is known to occur from Alaska south to Lower California in deep water to 1400 fms. Goniada littorea, new species Plate 3, figs. 1-10 G. brunnea Treadwell, 1914, p. 198 (in part). G. uncinigera Hartman, 1940, p. 252. Not Ehlers, 1901. Collections —903-38 (5); 1441-41 (4); 1444-42 (1); 1445-42 (1); 1450-42 (12); 1451-42 (10); 1457-42 (2); Mission Bay, Cali- fornia, shore (3) ; Point Mugu, California, shore (1). This species, unlike most of the genus, is small and intertidal. A complete individual (station 1450-42) consists of 175 segments and measures 70 mm long and 1 to 1.5 mm wide. Most of the other in- dividuals consist of only 130 to 150 segments and the length may attain only 50 mm or less. The body is slender and filamentous seen with the unaided eye. Under magnification it is seen to taper gradually forward to a long, conical anterior end and prostomium. At the parapodial change the body widens perceptibly and is then almost uniformly broad and depressed. Segments (preserved) in both anterior and posterior regions are uniannulate. The change from uniramous to biramous seg- ments is transitional, through segments 36 to 44. In life the color of the body is dark or tawny yellow to yellowish tan. Some of the pigment and its pattern persists through preservation. The prostomium is pale but body segments are marked by 3 longitudinal rows of yellowish brown, segmentally arranged spots on both dorsal and ventral sides. An oval area occupies the middorsum and the midventrum of each segment and there are paired spots over the parapodial ridges. Intersegmental furrows are pale. The distal ends of parapodial lobes and cirri are dark yellow. The prostomium is long and conical (fig. 1); it consists of 8 (or 9) rings; the distalmost ones are not clearly separated from each other. A single pair of eyes, visible in dorsal view, is embedded in the basal ring. Ihe 4 terminal antennae are short and slender but distinctly biarticulate; each has a tiny distal article. The basal ring is somewhat longer and wider than its proximal ring. The proboscis is long and cylindrical. It is pale except for the dark chevrons and paragnaths. Under low magnification its surface appears covered with coarse papillae, marking the distribution of proboscidial organs. The chevrons (fig. 5) consist of 16 to 18 V-shaped pieces on a 24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLS side; those near the middle of the series are the largest. There are 18 soft, terminal papillae, the largest on the ventral side. Macrognaths are large and have 5 or 6 teeth, the largest at the dorsal end. Micrognaths consist of a long, dorsal (fig. 4) and a short, ventral arc. The dorsal arc comprises 12 pieces in definite arrangement including (from one end to the other) one Y-shaped piece, 2 H-shaped pieces, one Y-shaped piece, 4 H-shaped pieces, one -Y-shaped piece, 2 H-shaped pieces and one Y- shaped piece. Micrognaths and macrognaths together form a complete circle. Proboscidial organs are coarse and numerous; they are distributed more or less regularly over the surface of the proboscis. ‘They are yellow, translucent, hard, and stand moderately erect, presenting a prickly appearance when the proboscis is everted. They are of one kind but some are larger than others. All are disposed so that the large spine (figs. 9, 10) is directed orally. Each organ consists essentially of 2 hard, chit- inized pieces; one is directed to the mouth and has a long projecting spine; the other is opposite and lacks a spine but has a sharp node that bounds the distal aperture. The 2 hard parts are held together by softer lateral parts and the entire structure is penetrated by a canal that leads to one or more large cells in the base. In general appearance these organs differ notably from those in G. brunnea (see above) but the differences are due largely to modifications of external parts. Parapodia are uniramous (fig. 2) through 35 to 43 segments. They have long dorsal and ventral cirri that exceed the setigerous lobes in length. The latter consist of an elongate, triangular postsetal, and 2 presetal lobes of which the superior is slightly longer than the inferior one. Setae in these parapodia are entirely composite spinigerous. Acicula are pale yellow; they occur singly in rami and do not project from the parapodium. Biramous posterior parapodia (fig. 3) similarly have well developed dorsal and ventral cirri but the first are the longer. Notopodia consist of subequal presetal and postsetal lobes; the presetal one is slightly ventral in position. Notosetae are simple, slender and number 10 to 12 in a fascicle. Neuropodia in posterior segments have a bifid, presetal lobe in which the inferior part exceeds in length the superior one; the postsetal lobe is prolonged at its upper edge as a triangular process (fig. 3). Neuro- acicula resemble notoacicula but are slightly thicker. Neurosetae are entirely composite and have a spinigerous appendage. The shaft is cylindrical but at its distal end it is hollowed out for the insertion of the appendage. At its front margin (the side marking the cutting edge No. | HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 25 of the appendage) it is serrated, thence slopes gradually at the sides to a concave back. These setae usually lie so that the articulation is twisted and seen in three-fourths view (fig. 8). The appendage has several (to 7 or 8) longitudinal rows of teeth. They are continued distally almost to the slender, pointed tip and basally nearly to the articulation. The teeth are arranged in trim, transverse rows (fig. 6). In cross section the appendages are somewhat oval (fig. 7) with the teeth arranged on the widest end of the oval. Although the number of teeth in a row is about the same near the base as near the tip, those distally are gradually slenderer and longer than those near the base. Anal processes consist of a pair of long, slender, distally tapering structures that are about as long as the last 10 segments; they are inserted ventral to a pygidial papilla. In mature female individuals, ova occur first at about segment 48 and they are continued posteriorly in segments nearly to the end of the body. In this region they are numerous, closely packed, causing an extension of the body wall. In mature male individuals the spermaries are first present at about segment 43 and continued to near the end of the body. Epitokous individuals have not been observed. G. littorea is characterized especially for the unique proboscidial organs and for the arrangement of micrognaths in that there are more in the dorsal, than in the ventral arc. The parapodial lobes of posterior segments are also specific. This species was earlier (Hartman, 1940, p. 252) recorded from southern California as G. uncinigera Ehlers (1901, p. 159) but the 2 are now believed to be distinct. The latter is poorly known; it originates from Corral, southern Chile in 5-6 fms. Its account was based on a single tiny individual only 13 mm long and consisting of 110 segments. Uniramous parapodia number about 39. The prostomium has only 7 rings. Chevrons of the proboscis number about 13 dark pieces on a side. The description is not clear concerning the structure and distribution of proboscidial organs. They were described as ‘‘von ungleicher Form und in ungleicher Dichte besetzt.” Those from the middle of the proboscis are shown with a sharp, angled bent process directed orally and at its base there are 2 short, lateral processes. Near the oral end of the proboscis these organs are said to be blunt, with a short, abrupt point. The micrognaths are said to comprise 3 in the dorsal, and 9 in the ventral arc. Although G. littorea and G. uncinigera are perhaps more nearly allied to each other than to other known species of the genus (especially because of the peculiarities of the proboscidial organs) there are sharp differences separating them, as shown above. 26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Records of G. brunnea Treadwell (1914, p. 198) from Deadmans Island near San Pedro, California, July 28, 1902, and from San Pedro, June 22, 1895 and July, 1898, also go to G. littorea, as I was able to confirm by examination of these collections, now deposited at the Allan Hancock Foundation. G. littorea is an intertidal species, occurring in marine sloughs and estuaries, especially along the shores of southern California, north to Point Mugu. The substratum occupied is fine muddy sand at very low water line. Holotype.—from station 1451-42 and paratypes, in the Allan Han- cock Foundation. Distribution —This is known only from southern California. Goniada quinquelabiata Augener Goniada emerita quinquelabiata Augener, 1906, p. 158. Goniada congoensis quinquelabiata Augener, 1918, p. 397. Goniada magna ‘Treadwell, 1945, pp. 2-3, figs. 6-8. Material examined—vType specimen of Goniada emerita quinquel- abiata Augener, no. 2297 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, and type specimen of Goniada magna Tread- well, no. 3387 in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. The type of Goniada emerita quinquelabiata is somewhat hardened and much twisted but in satisfactory condition to identify its significant characters. The length of the posteriorly incomplete specimen with 170 segments is about 130 mm. The prostomium agrees closely with that described below, for Goniada magna Treadwell; there are no eyespots. The basal ring has a pair of small foliaceous lobes at the sides, in line with the parapodia farther back. The proboscis is only partly everted; the greater part is seen by dissection to extend back so that the paragnathal ring is in segment 25. The macrognaths are large, with 5 teeth each; micrognaths consist of similar dorsal and ventral arcs, each with 24 dark pieces. Chevrons number 19 pieces on one side and 15% on the other. The proboscidial organs are thickly strewn over the surface, closest and most numerous on the dorsal side, diminishing in number so as to be sparest on the ventral side. They are all of one kind; each consists of a small mound covered over by a chitinized sheath with a distal pore; on the abgnathal side of the pore is a longer spur directed distad and on the gnathal side a shorter spur directed obliquely upward; they resemble closely those shown in plate 6, fig. 6. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 27 The first few parapodia agree closely with those described for G. magna (below). Notosetae are first present from setigerous segment 33; notopodia increase in size gradually through a long region so that by segment 85 the full size of parapodia is attained. Dorsal cirri are long and foliaceous. Notosetae are numerous in a fascicle and hairlike. Parapodia are maculate in the posterior region; large dark areas are segmentally seen over the upper parapodial base, dorsal cirrus, presetal and postsetal lobes and ventral cirrus. The body cavity of this specimen is crowded with large ova. On the type specimen of Goniada magna the distal end of the pro- boscis is dissected out and partly cut away. There are 21 pairs of chev- rons, each patch an elongated oval with the smallest pieces at either end; the pieces are set close together but clearly separated from one another. The terminal papillae have been cut, but may number 16 or more. Macrognaths have 5 teeth each, gradually increasing in size; these were first described as “three-pronged denticles” since the 2 smallest teeth were embedded. Micrognaths are arranged in dorsal and ventral arcs that resemble one another; each has 20 or more pieces in an irregular double row. Since the proboscis is retracted they are crowded together. The proboscidial organs are small, closely set, and thickly strewn over the surface, but denser on the dorsal side, sparser on the ventral side. All are of one kind except that the dorsal ones are larger than the ven- tral ones. They agree exactly with those of G. quinquelabiata Augener (above). The prostomium consists of a long, basal ring over half as long as the rest of the prostomium; it has transverse nuchal slits at the sides at about its midlength. This ring is unique for having at its sides, in line with the lateral parapodia, a pair of small foliaceous lobes that resemble a dorsal cirrus. The shorter, more distal prostomial rings are more depressed, number 8 counted at the sides, and the 7 distalmost are again weakly transversely divided on the dorsal side. All transverse rings are obscure on the ventral side. The distalmost is truncate in front; it has a pair of frontal, and a pair of more posterior, dorsolateral antennae. The first pair is only about half as large as the second. Each is biarticulate, with a larger basal, and a tiny, papillar distal article. No eyespots are visible. The first parapodium consists of 3 long, triangular pointed lobes; its ventral cirrus is much the longest; its dorsal cirrus is flattened and the setal lobe is conical. This segment carries a small fascicle of setae. The second parapodium is similar to the first, but larger and its presetal 28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 lobe is deeply bifurcated, also a small pointed postsetal lobe is first present. The third parapodium is similar to the second one, but the postsetal lobe surpasses the presetal ones in length. The dorsal cirrus also comes to be long, foliaceous and triangular. A small but distinct notopodium is present on segment 32; this is followed by a long transition region in which notopodia gradually in- crease in size, to about segment 80-85. Notosetae are hairlike and num- erous in a fascicle. Neurosetae are composite spinigers. Ihe specimen is maculate as described above for Goniada quinquelabiata. This is be- lieved to be identical with the latter, and is here newly referred to it. Distribution.—G. quinquelabiata is known off New York in 466 fms, dredged by the Blake Expedition, and off Georges Bank, Mass- achusetts in 30 meters, dredged by the Albatross. Goniada congoensis Grube Grube, 1878a, pp. 532-533 ; Arwidsson, 1899, pp. 41-43, fig. 62; Monro, 1930, p. 118. This species, together with its subspecies, below, is characterized for having a midventral, longitudinal series of one or more rows of proboscidial organs that differ from the others. These have a rigid, clawlike base and a bifurcated distal end (see Arwidsson, 1899, fig. 62). A subdistal circle, possibly a pore is shown but no mention or explana- tion made in the text. An individual with 206-210 segments is about 61 mm long and 3.5 mm wide with parapodia. The first 27 segments are uniramous; others are biramous. Notosetae are simple and hairlike. Notopodia have a postsetal lobe that is as long as the presetal one. Proboscidial organs are of 2 kinds; most that cover the surface are conical and pointed. Along the midventral length there are 4 longi- tudinal rows that have furcated tip. Chevrons number 13-14 on a side. Macrognaths have 4 large teeth; micrognaths consist of a dorsal arc of 25-29 pieces and a ventral arc of 15 pieces. All the micrognaths are H- shaped except the most lateral ones in the dorsal arc which are Y- shaped. Distribution.—This is known only from the Congo coast and An- gola, Portuguese West Africa. Goniada congoensis hupferi Arwidsson G. hupferi Arwidsson, 1899, pp. 40-41; Augener, 1918, pp. 396-397. This differs from the stem species mainly in the comparative lengths of parapodial lobes. In neuropodia the postsetal bifurcated lobe is shorter No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 29 than the single presetal one, whereas in the stem species the single pre- setal lobe is slightly longer than the bifurcated postsetal lobe. In the subspecies the notopodia have a postsetal lobe that is much longer than the presetal one, whereas in the stem species the presetal and postsetal lobes are about equally long. An individual with 175 segments measures 30 mm long and 2 mm wide with parapodia. The first 27 segments are uniramous. Biramous parapodia have simple, hairlike notosetae and composite spinigerous neurosetae. Ihe prostomium has not been described. The proboscis has 14 chevrons on a side. Macrognaths have 3 or 4 teeth each. Micro- gnaths consist of a dorsal arc of 15 or 16 pieces and a ventral one of 8 pieces, together forming a circlet. All micrognaths are H-shaped except the outermost one on each side of the dorsal arc which is smaller and Y-shaped. The micrognaths vary much in size. The proboscidial organs are strewn over the proboscis in 18 longi- tudinal bands, with 2 or 3 irregular rows on each band. Most organs are rounded and somewhat ovate but those on the dorsal side are the larger. Each has at the tip about 3 small teeth (not known for the stem species). Those in the midventral line resemble those of the stem species. Distribution West Africa. (This was given as Sinai by Arwidsson, 1899, but as Sinoe, Liberia, by Augener, 1918.) Goniada maorica Benham Goniada eximia Benham, 1909, p. 80. Not Ehlers, 1901, p. 157. Goniada maorica Benham, 1932, pp. 555-561, figs. 1-5. Length of an incomplete specimen is 210 mm for 220 segments; width is up to 12 mm with parapodia. The body consists of 3 regions; the transition from uniramous to biramous parapodia is gradual, occur- ring between segments 70 to 112, with about 40 segments comprising a middle body region. The prostomium has a larger basal ring that is traversed by a furrow, and 7 more terminal rings with 4 antennae. Eyes are absent. Uniramous parapodia have 2 long, subequal presetal and a slightly longer postsetal lobe; both dorsal and ventral cirri are long and conspic- uous. In median segments the ventral cirrus is rapidly enlarged so as to exceed all other parapodial lobes in length. Notopodia have a single setal lobe that resembles the dorsal cirrus, and a few hairlike simple setae. Neuropodia in the posterior region have 2 longer, subequal presetal lobes and a shorter, triangular postsetal lobe, 30 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 prolonged at its middle, and a ventral cirrus again much smaller than that in median parapodia. Neurosetae are composite spinigers in fan- shaped fascicles. The proboscis has a distal circlet of 18 or 20 soft papillae. Macro- gnaths have 4 large clawlike teeth. Micrognaths form a complete circle, with about 23 pieces in the dorsal and 16 in the ventral arc. Chevrons number 26 pairs. The proboscidial organs are conical with blunt apex and a minute pore nearly halfway down one side. Distribution—New Zealand, east coast. Goniada falklandica Pratt Goniada norvegica falklandica Pratt, 1901a, pp. 3-6, pl. 4, figs. 2, 4, 6, aS: Goniada eximia Ehlers, 1901, pp. 157-159 (in part). See below. An ovigerous individual with 182 segments measures 140 mm long and 10-11 mm wide with parapodia; the everted proboscis measures an additional 40 mm long. The prostomium consists of 9 rings and has 4 terminal antennae; eyes were not described. he everted proboscis is cylindrical; it has 4 pairs of chevrons, the largest one at the base. The terminal end of the proboscis has 17 fleshy papillae. Macrognaths have 3 larger and 2 smaller clawlike teeth (Pratt, fig. 6). Micrognaths number 15 in the dorsal and 17 in the ventral arc. Anterior uniramous parapodia number 55. A small notopodium appears at the 56th segment and increases in size gradually; the transition region is thus not abrupt, but the number of transitional segments is not stated. Notosetae are hairlike. Neuropodia have a bifurcated presetal lobe and a broad foli- aceous postsetal lobe, as characteristic of most species of the genus. Neurosetae are composite spinigers. G. falklandica was thought (Pratt, 1901) to have its affinities with the boreal G. norvegica Oersted, but from the latter it differs sharply in having a much higher number of uniramous segments, 55 in the first and 33 to 37 in the second. The first has only 4 pairs of proboscidial chev- rons, the second has 15 to 20 pairs. G. falklandica agrees with G. eximia Ehlers (1901, in part, including only the smallest specimen) in having only 4 pairs of chevrons. Ehlers described a transitional parapodial change from about the sixtieth segment. A specimen 77 mm long consists of 168 segments. The first 3 parapodia are more weakly developed than those immediately behind. Micrognaths number about 24 and are ar- ranged in a circlet. Macrognaths have 3 larger and 2 smaller teeth. These characters resemble those described for G. falklandica, but are No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE SI different from those of the other 2 specimens which Ehlers used in describing G. eximia, herein referred to Ophioglycera eximia, below. Distribution.—G. falklandica is known from the Falkland Islands in 3 fms, and possibly off Cabo Espiritu Sound, Patagonia (Ehlers, 1901). P Goniada eximia, sensu Monro, 1937 Goniada eximia Monro, 1937, p. 285. Not Ehlers, 1901, p. 157, nor Monro, 1936, p. 141, nor Benham, 1909, p. 80. A specimen with 252 segments measures 250 mm long and 4 mm wide without parapodia. The proboscis has 18 pairs of chevrons; this is thus a species of Goniada and not the same as G. eximia Ehlers (1901) which goes to Ophioglycera (below). The parapodial change is transitional, between segments 58 and 96. Notosetae are hairlike. Macrognaths have 5 teeth each; micrognaths number about 30 and are arranged in 2 irregular rows. The specimen is incompletely known but its affinities appear to be with the species related to G. maculata Oersted. It is also noteworthy that G. maculata was recorded from the Iranian Gulf by Wesenberg-Lund (1949, pp. 296-297), thus not far from the locality of Monro’s specimen. Distribution—G. eximia Monro (1937) is recorded from the North Arabian Sea in 1519-1705 meters. Goniada acicula Hartman, revised Plate 4, figs. 2-7 Hartman, 1940, pp. 252-254, pl. 44, figs. 132-141. G. emerita Hartman, 1944b, p. 19. Not Audouin and Edwards, 1834. Collection —1107-40 (1). Individuals from the Gulf of California (Hartman, 1940) and others from tropical west Atlantic (Hartman, 1944b) differ from each other in some details but they are now believed to have less than specific significance. On the whole the first are darker, larger and more robust than the second. In both the body is divided into 3 regions, an anterior uniramous one with about 63 segments (Gulf of California) or only 53 segments (Atlantic side). The middle region consists of segments 64 to 93 (Gulf of California) or segments 54 to 79 (Atlantic side). The posterior region is abruptly broader than the middle one. Chevrons number 10 to 13 pieces on a side. Micrognaths consist of 13 or 14 pieces in the ventral, and 15 to 17 pieces in the dorsal arc. The prostom- lum has 10 rings. 32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Proboscidial organs vary somewhat. Those from the Gulf of Cali- fornia are slightly more striated in their flaring edge (figs. 4-7) than are those of the others (figs. 2, 3). In both, the flange is noticeably less broad than that in G. brunnea (pl. 1, fig. 6). The stalk is sometimes extended so as to appear like a funnel. Various views of similar organs are shown in the small sketches in fig. 7. G. emerita (Hartman, 1944b, p. 19) from Colombia and Venezuela, is here referred to G. acicula since there are 3, not 2, body regions and the prostomium has 10, not 8 rings. Distribution.—G. acicula is recorded from both sides of tropical America, in the Gulf of California and Ecuador, and from Colombia and Venezuela, in shallow water to 40 fms. Goniada emerita Audouin and Edwards Fauvel, 1923, pp. 391-392, figs. 154 h-q. Goniada longicirrata Monro, 1937, pp. 285-286, figs. 12 a-c. Not Arwidsson, 1899. Length of a complete specimen of Goniada longicirrata Monro (1937) with 145 segments is 40 mm and width with parapodia is 1 mm. The anterior uniramous region consists of about 57 segments and the transition to the biramous condition is abrupt. Notopodia have few (about 2) heavy acicular setae, and neuropodia have only composite spinigers. The proboscis has between 12 and 15 pairs of chevrons. The distal macrognaths have 3 teeth. Micrognaths are arranged in a complete circlet ; they number about 22 in 2 irregular rows of larger and smaller plates. The proboscidial organs are shown (Monro, fig. 12c) roughly equitriangular, with a passage running up from the exterior to the cential canal. Neuropodia have a bifurcated presetal lobe that is longer than the single, tapering postsetal lobe. The dorsal cirrus is not elong- ated. This specimen was questionably referred to G. longicirrata Ar- widsson (1899) since the biramous region begins a little more forward than in G. emerita, and the number of teeth (3) in the macrognaths is low for the latter. However, to me these differences seem less signif- icant than others, such as the greatly elongated cirri of Arwidsson’s species. Distribution.—Western and southern Europe; south Arabian coast in 16-22 meters and Red Sea in 256 meters (Monro, 1937). No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE $3 Goniada teres Treadwell, revised Treadwell, 1931, pp. 5-6, figs. 9-12. Material examined.—Type specimen from Montego Bay, Jamaica, in the American Museum of Natural History, catalogue number 2068. This is a long, slender species, as first described. The proboscis as originally shown (Treadwell, 1931, fig. 19) is not fully everted as was presumed, but only halfway, thus the distal structures were not ob- served. Oral paragnaths are present and lie within, just behind the peristomial ring. he species is thus not unique for lacking these struc- tures. The length of the everted proboscis was given as 9 mm; actually it would be about 18 mm if fully thrust out; its width is less than 0.4 mm. The first 49 segments are uniramous; a small notopodium is first present at the fifteenth and in 8 segments it is abruptly larger; the transition region is short, including about 8 or 9 segments. The prostomium has a long basal ring and 9 shorter more distal ones; the distal one is somewhat truncate triangular and has the 4 biarticulate antennae attached to it, the more anterior pair below and the second, slightly larger pair somewhat behind and above the anterior ones. ‘The distal article is tiny, beadlike, the basal one long, clavate. Prostomial eyes have not been distinguished. The proboscis is very long, cylindrical and only half everted. The chevrons are paired, near the base, number 10 on a side. Numbered from the base of the prostomium the basal piece is slenderest and broad- ly V-shaped. The seventh to ninth pieces are the largest and the tenth (last) piece is most sharply acute and short. Macrognaths are dark brown and sharply toothed, with 3 larger and one or 2 smaller points. The largest tooth is at the dorsal end, and the smallest at the ventral end. Dorsal and ventral arcs of micrognaths are present, most numerous in the first; they number about 10 larger and nearly as many smaller pieces in an irregular row (retracted) ; the ventral ones are similarly arranged but the number perhaps only 8 larger and some smaller pieces. The proboscidial organs are about evenly distributed over the pro- boscidial length. All are of one kind and similar in size. They are well spaced from one another so that the uncovered surface of the proboscis is several times that which is covered. Each organ is of the kind shown for Glycinde armigera, piece III (see plate 6, fig. 6), or similar to those of Goniada littorea (pl. 3, fig. 9). Each is a hard, chitinized hemispherical process with an upper pore and a sharp tooth at the end directed away from the gnathal end; a much shorter process is at the opposite side of the distal pore. 34 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 The first parapodium is small; it has 3 long, triangular lobes includ- ing a dorsal cirrus with a boss at the base, a postsetal lobe and a ventral cirrus. On the second parapodium the presetal lobe is much the longest but the 3 lobes are similar in other respects. Farther back the neuro- podium increases in size. At the sixth parapodium the presetal lobe acquires a slender, inferior spur, the beginning of the bifurcated pre- setal lobe. This branch comes to be gradually larger so that by the fourteenth parapodium the 2 presetal lobes are about equal. A single small postsetal lobe is first seen at the sixth parapodium; it gradually increases in size so as to be clearly visible at the twelfth; it remains far shorter than the presetal lobes but is similar in other respects. The ventral cirrus is the longest and broadest lobe in most anterior seg- ments; it is dark brown except for the ivory tip. In biramous parapodia the notopodium consists of 2 broadly triangular lobes that are dark brown, with the pale yellow, bluntly tapered few (to 3) acicular setae projecting from them. The neuropodium comes to be broad, with a large, foliaceous, acutely pointed postsetal lobe and deeply bifurcated presetal lobe. The ventral cirrus remains large, brown, but is not con- spicuous as in front, since the neurosetal lobes surpass them. Notosetae are bluntly acicular, few, one to 3 in a bundle; neurosetae are composite spinigers, in fanshaped fascicles. Distribution.—G. teres is known only from Montego Bay, Jamaica, British West Indies. Goniada grahami Benham Benham, 1932, pp. 561-565, figs. 6-9. Length of 280 segments is about 230 mm. Anterior uniramous segments number 88-90, with 2 or 3 transitional segments in which the notopodium is abruptly developed. The prostomium has a large basal ring and 6 shorter distal ones, with 4 antennae at the end. Uni- ramous parapodia have 2 long, digitate lobes, a much shorter postsetal lobe and dorsal and ventral cirri both prolonged, the ventral one exceed- ing all other parapodial lobes in length and width. Biramous parapodia have short lobes throughout. Their notopodia have dorsal cirrus and setal lobe about equally long, acuminate at the tip but broad at the base, and 3 coarse, acicular short spines in a fascicle. Neuropodia have broadly bifid presetal lobes, a single, equally long postsetal lobe and a much shorter ventral cirrus. Their separate lobes are broad at the base and taper to acute short tips. Neurosetae occur in fanshaped fascicles; they are entirely composite spinigers. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 35 The proboscis has 24 pairs of chevrons, the smallest piece at the gnathal end, and increasing in size posteriorly. The distal end terminates in 19 fleshy papillae. Macrognaths have 4 clawlike teeth each. Micro- gnaths number 35 in the dorsal and 24 in the ventral arc; they consist of pieces of varying sizes. The proboscidial organs are soft, have rounded apex and are said to be varying in size; each has a pore near the apex and a distinct groove on one side, running from the base to the apex. Distribution.—G. grahami is known only from off Otago, New Zealand ; it was taken from stomach contents of a flounder. Goniada japonica Izuka Goniada japonica Izuka, 1912, pp. 232-234, pl. 23, figs. 1-6. A complete specimen of 327 segments is 225 mm long and 2.5 mm wide with parapodia. Anterior uniramous segments number 76, followed by 2 transitional segments; posterior biramous segments number 251. Notosetae in biramous segments are few and acicular. The prostomium has 9 annuli. It terminates in front in 4 antennae in which the ventral ones are slightly the larger; eyes have not been noted. The proboscis has 18 pairs of chevrons. The distal end terminates in 16 fleshy lobes. Macrognaths have 2 larger and 2 smaller clawlike teeth each, or only 2 larger teeth. Micrognaths number 16 in the dorsal, and 11 in the ventral arc. The proboscidial organs are described as heart-shaped and leaflike, and are sparsely distributed in regular rows. Distribution.—This is known only from Japan. Genus Ophioglycera Verrill, 1885, revised Type O. gigantea Verrill The body consists of 3 regions, an anterior one with uniramous parapodia, a middle one in which notopodia are gradually developed, and a posterior one in which parapodia are clearly biramous. Noto- setae are simple, slender to somewhat acicular; neurosetae are composite and spinigerous, far more numerous than notosetae and arranged in fanshaped fascicles. The prostomium is conical and externally annulate, the basal ring much the longer; the 4 terminal antennae are biarticulate. The proboscis is long and cylindrical to somewhat clavate. It terminates in front in a circlet of soft fleshy papillae within which is a circlet of macrognaths and micrognaths. Chevrons are absent. The proximal sur- face of the proboscis is covered with organs that resemble papillae, but may be variously modified with structures resembling those in Goniada (above). 36 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Parapodia have conspicuous foliaceous to lancet-shaped dorsal and ventral cirri. The neuropodium in its presetal portion is broadly bifur- cated; the postsetal lobe is broader, foliaceous or elongate triangular in shape. Ophioglycera Verrill was erected for a single species, O. gigantea Verrill (1885b, p. 436) from Rhode Island; the same species was later named O. grandis Verrill, when only some figures were published (Verrill, 1885a, pl. 42, fig. 185). Aside from these 2 references, the name has remained obscure or unknown, largely because it was not possible to include the genus, as known, with other members of the family GONIADIDAE. The prostomium had been described as a simple semicircular lobe without appendages. Arwidsson (1899, p. 31) stated, however, that such was hardly the case since they are not lacking in other representatives of the family. Also, he presumed that it is doubtful if the genus should not be referred to Goniada (Arwidsson, p. 32). A reexamination of the specimen on which Verrill based at least part, if not all, of his description, has verified Arwidsson’s surmisal that 4 antennae are present, but that it does not go to Goniada Audouin and Edwards, since chevrons are totally lacking and parapodial parts are different. Ophioglycera gigantea Verrill is here believed to be closely related to and congeneric with several other species from widely scattered geo- graphical areas. ‘They are Goniada eximia Ehlers, 1901 (in part), Goniada (Leonnatus) foliacea Moore, 1903, Goniada distorta Moore, 1903 and Goniada longicirrata Arwidsson, 1899. Key To Species OF Ophioglycera 1. Dorsal cirri slender and greatly prolonged an Es) es O. longicirrata, p. 40 le Dorsal cirri not cual so longs (73 Le Mle eee 2. Prostomium with a longer basal and 3 wie? deed rings ; parapodial change at about segment 35. . . O. foliacea, p. 40 2. Prostomium with 8 or 9 rings. . sae ceca Ow 3. Parapodial change gradual, between Sopenents 55 to 90. SIREN ae alee ea OL Poy SR es O. gigantea, p. 37 3. Parapodial change more or less abrupt, at about segment Sc SS, eh a es ae aa ; i Rees eee ne Fiec.y, pee Me eR At Proboscidial organs all ie one ae sat 2 (Ob eximia,p. 23S 4. Proboscidial organs of 2 kinds.) 2) \2\))) 2) .O3 destoria. p39 - no. l HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 37 Ophioglycera gigantea Verrill, revised Plate 5, figs. 1-3 Ophioglycera gigantea Verrill, 1885b, pp. 436-438; Arwidsson, 1899, pp. 31-32; Hartman, 1944a, p. 339, pl. 47, fig. 1, pl. 50, fig. 4, pleo7. tie. 1 Ophioglycera grandis Verrill, 1885a, pl. 42, fig. 185. Material examined.—Off Prudence Light, Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island in 1414 fms, bottom sandy mud broken shells, collected August 31, 1880, U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Fish Hawk, locality 846 (1 specimen). The available individual was dredged and is thus not the epitokous one used by Verrill (1885b) but the label in the vial is believed to be in Verrill’s handwriting and undoubtedly represents the same species as the type taken in the same locality. The appended label reads “‘off New- port, R.I. U.S.F.C. 1880, Loc. 846,” together with the name of the species. The specimen is fixed and preserved in an awkward misplacement such that the prostomium and first 30 segments are entirely telescoped within the last 37 segments of the piece. The prostomium is thus with- drawn to the inside of segments 67 and the anterior segments are re- versed so that exterior parts lie within. Furthermore, the proboscis has been completely dissected away in such manner that the basal end of the dorsal side of the prostomium is also cut away, but the ventral side of the prostomium is intact and firmly connected with the body. Contrary to the original account, the prostomium is not smoothly rounded in front, but is annulated and conical, as in other members of the GONIADIDAE. It consists of a depressed lobe, ending in front in 4 short antennae (fig. 1). The prostomial rings number 8 or 9, includ- ing the incompletely separated distalmost ring. At the sides and dorsally the rings are uniannulate, but ventrally each ring is crossed by a shal- low, transverse sulcus. No eyes have been seen but the ocular areas on the sides of the basal ring have been dissected away. The first few parapodia are small and inconspicuous but they in- crease in size gradually. By the third segment the bifurcated setal lobe and the long dorsal and ventral cirri are already well developed. Farther back these parts increase in size and the presetal lobes diverge so that the acicular lobe can be seen between them (fig. 2). The postsetal lobe is long, triangular and surpasses the presetal lobes. Composite setae emerge in a spreading fascicle but the uppermost and lowermost ones are continued so as to partly surround the presetal lobes at their upper and lower bases. 38 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL AS A small, dorsal ligule (fig. 3) representing the beginning of the notopodium, is first present on segment 59. It is uniformly developed through about 8 segments, or to the end of the piece available for study. It is supported by a slender, yellow notoaciculum. Neurosetae are en- tirely composite, slender and spinigerous. The original and only known account was based partly on what I take to be an epitokous individual, since it was taken at night, while swimming at the surface. It measured 20 inches long and nearly half an inch wide. This specimen is now supposedly deposited in the United States National Museum (I have been unable to examine it). I sug- gest that it is perhaps only a posterior (or also median) region of an individual that was much longer when complete, and that the anterior uniramous region was altogether lacking. Verrill presumed it to be entire since he stated (1885b, p. 437) that the first parapodia were biramous. According to Verrill’s illustration (1885a, pl. 42, fig. 185) at least 90 segments may be involved in the transitional region, or those segments in which notopodia increase gradually in size; the posterior region consists of many more segments. What Verrill described as “head. . obtusely rounded in front, smooth,’ was perhaps only the healed-over segment of a transitional segment at which autotomy had occurred. However, another individual, possibly the same as that on which the present account is based, was used by Verrill, since the pro- boscis was partly described. It was said to be armed with a ring of paragnaths including a pair of macrognaths and dorsal and ventral arcs of micrognaths. The proximal surface was said to appear granular under a hand lens, hence covered over with proboscidial organs; chevrons were not noted ; I believe they are absent. Distribution.—O. gigantea Verrill is known only from Rhode Island in shallow water. Ophioglycera eximia (Ehlers), new combination Goniada eximia Ehlers, 1901, pp. 157-159, pl. 20, figs. 7-17 (in part) ; Monro, 1936, p. 141; Fauvel, 1941, p. 285. Not Benham, 1909, p. 80, or Monro, 1937, p. 21. This species agrees with the genotype, O. gigantea (above) in lack- ing proboscidial chevrons and has similar bifurcated lobes in neuropodia. Among the 3 specimens which Ehlers (1901, p. 157) had, only 2 belong here. They come from Santa Cruz, shore, and Tribune Bank, 25 fms. The other, smallest specimen, from Cabo Espiritu Sound, is a Goniada species, since it has chevrons (see Goniada falklandica, above). No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE Sg, O. eximia is characterized in having a prostomium with a large basal, and 8 shorter distal annuli; there are 4 distal antennae; eyes are lacking. The parapodial change from uniramous to biramous condition occurs at segment 57 or 58, and is presumed to be abrupt. Notopodia where best developed, have 8 to 10 simple pointed setae ; neuropodia have 80 or more composite spinigers. The proboscis is covered with blunt organs (described as “kleinen, schuppenartigen, stumpf kegelf6rmigen Papillen’’). The larger macro- gnaths have 3 larger and a fourth small tooth. Micrognaths are ar- ranged in a shorter ventral arc of 15 to 18, and a longer dorsal arc of 19-22 pieces. O. eximia, sensu Monro (1936, pp. 141-143) from the Falkland Islands, shore, seems to belong here. The specimen is 760 mm (nearly 30 inches) long and up to 13 mm wide without parapodia; it has over 258 setigerous segments. This is thus perhaps one of the largest gonia- dids known. Macrognaths have 5 (not 4, as Ehlers stated) teeth and micrognaths consist of 22 X-shaped pieces together with an accessory series of smaller ones in a second row. The parapodial change is at segment 59. Goniada eximia Monro (1937, p. 21) from abyssal depths in the north Arabian Sea, is not the same but a species of Goniada (see above). Goniada eximia Benham (1909) has been renamed Goniada maorica Benham (1932). Ophioglycera distorta (Moore), new combination Goniada distorta Moore, 1903, pp. 461-464. This species is referred to Ophioglycera since it lacks chevrons. Length of 106 segments (incomplete) is 66 mm; width in the anterior region is 2.8 mm with, 2 mm without parapodia; width in posterior segments is 3.7 mm with, 1.3 mm without parapodia. The prostomium is annulate, with a long basal ring that is about % of the total length of the prostomium, and 8 more distal annuli. Eyes are absent. The an- terior uniramous part consists of 53 segments, but notosetae are not present before segment 65. They are slightly curved, acicular, few in a segment and heavier than the composite spinigers in neuropodia. Neuropodia consist of 2 presetal and one postsetal lobe of which the dorsal presetal is slightly the longer, the postsetal one the shorter. The ventral cirrus is large so as to extend beyond other lobes at the posterior end of the uniramous part. The pharynx (proboscis retracted ) extends back to segment 42. Chevrons were not described and are 40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 presumed to be absent. Proboscidial organs are of 2 kinds; very numer- ous, bluntly conical ones are irregularly dispersed over the proboscidial surface, and somewhat larger ones with compressed bifid summits occur more sparingly and are confined to the muscular ridge. Both have the cuticle thickened and a single sensory pore just behind the apex. Macro- gnaths are black, somewhat dorsal, each with 4 clawlike teeth, diminish- ing in size dorsally. Micrognaths number 13 in the dorsal and 18 in the ventral arc. Distribution.—O. distorta is known only from Suruga Bay, Japan in 35-65 fms. Ophioglycera foliacea (Moore), new combination Goniada (Leonnatus) foliacea Moore, 1903, pp. 457-460, pl. 26, figs. 75-76. This species agrees with the genotype of Ophioglycera in lacking proboscidial chevrons and in having similar parapodial parts. The pro- stomium has only 4 rings, including a basal one that nearly equals the 3 distal ones together; they terminate in 4 antennae. A specimen nearly complete measures 98 mm long for 160 segments. The parapodial change from uniramous to biramous is at about segment 35, with only a few segments transitional. Notosetae are slender, simple and distally pointed. Neurosetae are composite spinigers, arranged in fanshaped fascicles. On the proboscis the macrognaths have 2 larger and 2 or 3 smaller clawlike teeth. Micrognaths number 14 or 15 in a shorter dorsal arc and 28 to 30 in a longer ventral arc. This species differs from others in the genus in having a short an- terior region (about 35 segments) and few prostomial annul. Distribution.—O. foliacea is known only off Japan in 62-190 fms. Ophioglycera longicirrata (Arwidsson), new combination Goniada ? longicirrata Arwidsson, 1899, pp. 47-48. This species lacks proboscidial chevrons, hence is referred to Ophio- glycera. A specimen measuring 34 mm long consists of 165 segments. Dorsal and ventral cirri in the anterior region are conspicuously longer than is typical for other species of the family GONIADIDAE. The parapodial change from uniramous to biramous occurs at segment 58. Notopodia have about 3 large, acicular spines; neuropodia have com- posite spinigers in fanshaped fascicles. Macrognaths are said to have only 2 teeth; micrognaths number only 6 (probably) in the ventral series and are lacking from a dorsal one. The prostomium was not described. No. | HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 41 Goniada longicirrata Monro (1937, pp. 285-286, figs. 12 a-c) from south Arabia and the Red Sea, is not the same Arwidsson’s species, since it has proboscidial chevrons; this name is referred to Goniada emerita, above. Distribution.—O phioglycera longicirrata is thus known only from Terand-Vaso, west Africa. Genus Goniadopsis Fauvel, 1928 Type G. agnesiae Fauvel This genus is characterized for having the body divided into 3 regions, an anterior one with uniramous parapodia provided with short cirri and falcigerous composite setae, an intermediate region with uni- ramous parapodia with long cirri and spinigerous composite setae, and a posterior region with biramous parapodia in which notopodia have acicular setae and neuropodia have long, spinigerous, composite setae. The proboscis lacks chevrons. Only 2 species have been referred to the genus, they are G. agnesiae Fauvel (1932a, p. 122) from the Indian Ocean, and G. incertae Fauvel (1932a, p. 122) from Burma. A third, described as Glycinde maskal- lensis Gravier (1904, p. 475) from the Red Sea, is here believed con- generic; it is newly named Goniadopsis maskallensis (Gravier). The genus is not known to be represented outside the stated areas. Genus Goniadella, new genus Type G. gracilis (Verrill) The body is slender; it consists of anterior and posterior regions but they are not sharply set off from each other; a middle region is lacking. The prostomium is clearly annulated and has about 8 rings. It ends distally in 4 long, slender, biarticulate antennae. There are eyes in the basal, or perhaps also in the distal ring. The proboscis is covered with organs of a single kind and there are paired chevrons at the sides, near the base. Macrognaths are dentate, probably ventro- lateral in position. Micrognaths consist of small H-shaped pieces in dorsal and ventral arcs. Parapodia are uniramous through about 30-35 segments and there- after biramous. Neuropodia have a simple, longer, presetal lobe and a simple, blunt, postsetal one. Ventral and dorsal cirri are elongate and triangular. Notosetae are simple. Neurosetae are composite; they in- clude both falcigerous (pl. 5, fig. 5) and spinigerous ones in all para- podia. 42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 Goniadella differs from Goniada (see above) in that neurosetae include both falcigerous and spinigerous ones; the presetal neuropodial lobe is entire, not bifurcated. Goniadella agrees with Goniadopsis (see above) in having falcigerous composite setae, but in the latter these setae are limited to anterior segments; also, chevrons are present in Goniadella, absent in Goniadopsis Fauvel. Goniadella gracilis (Verrill), new combination, revised Plate 5, figs. 4-8 Eone gracilis Verrill, 1873, p. 596. Goniada gracilis Verrill, 1880, p. 172; Webster and Benedict, 1884, pp. 723-724, pl. 5, figs. 49-52; Hartman, 1944a, p. 339, pl. 47, hg 2) pl..d0, fiz. 3. Material examined—Off Newport, Rhode Island, USFC 1880, locality 805, steamer Fish Hawk, August 17, 1880, at Browns ledge in 11% fms, on fine gravel (1) ; off Cape Cod, Massachusetts at low water, USFC, August 14, 1879 (1). These collections were borrowed from the Peabody Museum of Natural History at Yale University. The first was labeled Goniada gracilis, the second Goniada maculata Oersted, but both belong to the same species and are referred to Goniadella gracilis (Verrill). Both in- dividuals are now more or less hardened and brittle. ‘They are tiny and twisted so that total length is difficult to estimate; they approximate 20 mm long, as first stated. Large ova in the body cavity indicate that the specimens were perhaps mature. The body is strongly annulated, but anterior rings are crossed medially by a shallower, transverse ring. In its posterior part, the body resembles that of some lumbrinerids, in that the segments are moniliform; the long presetal lobe tends to stand erect. The prostomium consists of 8 sharply separated rings and is slightly depressed (fig. 8). Its anterior margin has 4 slender, prolonged antennae in which the distal article is much slenderer than the base. A pair of red- dish eyes is visible in the basal ring, as originally stated, but there is also a second pair of eyes in the distal ring. The proboscis is partly everted in one individual. It is covered with minute proboscidial organs that are now too shrunken to deter- mine their form. Each side of the proboscis has chevrons, numbering about 26 very closely spaced pieces (fig. 6); this area is nearly 3 times as long as wide. Paragnaths are dark horny brown. Macrognaths have each about 4 strong, clawlike teeth. Micrognaths consist of a longer No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 43 arc of 10 H-shaped pieces and 2 or 3 tiny ones believed to be dorsal, and 3 larger H-shaped pieces in a short arc thought to be ventral (the doubt is due to imperfect material). The first 30 or 31 segments are uniramous and the separation be- tween anterior and posterior regions is not sharp. Only the presence of spinelike notosetae indicates a change from anterior to posterior regions. Neuropodia do not change greatly from front to back, except that the setal lobes enlarge somewhat in going back, and the spinigerous setae come to be very long in postmedian segments, perhaps signaling an approach to epitoky. The presetal lobe is long and entire; it extends far beyond the blunt, entire postsetal lobe (fig. 7). Farther back, in poster- ior segments, the presetal lobe comes to be somewhat erect but it is still entire. Notopodial lobes are small and nowhere conspicuous. In the figure they are shown in dotted outline. Notosetae consist of 3 or 4 blunt, slightly curved, acicular, yellow spines in each notopodium. They project for some distance from the lobe. Neurosetae are entirely composite; they include both falcigerous and spinigerous ones in all neuropodia where they have been observed (in some segments they are distally broken off). The falcigerous setae occupy a position in superior and inferior ends of the fascicle; they num- ber usually only one to 3 or 4 in any position. Spinigerous setae are in median (fig. 7) positions and much longer. Those in posterior segments are far longer than similar ones in anterior segments. Goniadella gracilis was originally described only approximately so that its generic characters have remained obscure. The prostomium has 2, not one, pairs of eyes; the so-called bilobed neuropodium is actual- ly entire and not to be confused with the ventral cirrus. Setae were said to be long, slender, acute and many of them curved. Actually, they consist of spinigerous and falcigerous appendaged ones, in definite pat- tern. This species was first referred to Eone (Verrill, 1873, p. 596) and later to Goniada (Verrill, 1880, p. 174) with the explanation that the proboscis has chevrons (called V-shaped denticles) and jaws as in Goniada. Webster and Benedict (1884, p. 723) redescribed the species, but for the setae stated only that they are “‘short, simple, a little curved at the apex.’”’ Also, short and long ones are shown intermingled with one another, instead of occupying definite positions in the fascicles. The distal prostomial eyes were shown, not in the distal ring, but in the third ring from the end. The proboscis was not described. Because of these errors, Arwidsson (1899, p. 34) was unable to place the species in his grouping of the family. 44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 15 In so far as I know, this remains the only species in the family that can be referred to the genus. Distribution.—G oniadella gracilis is known from Gays Head, Mass- achusetts in 19 fms, off Cape Cod, Massachusetts, in intertidal zones, and off Rhode Island, in 11 %4 fms. Genus Glycinde Miiller, 1858 Type G. multidens Miiller Includes Eone Malmgren, 1866 and Epicaste Kinberg, 1866. The prostomium is long, conical and more or less strongly annu- lated; it terminates in front in 4 small, biarticulated antennae. There are usually eyes in the basal ring or also in the distal one. The pro- boscis is long and cylindrical; distally it is provided with a row of soft, terminal papillae within which are the paragnaths. The latter include a pair of large, dentate macrognaths ventrally or ventrolaterally, with the largest teeth on the dorsal end, and smaller micrognaths. In most known species of the genus, the micrognaths are limited to a dorsal arc, but there may be also a short, ventral arc. The proximal portion of the proboscis is more or less completely covered with longitudinal series of horny yellow, spinous processes or proboscidial organs. hey are ar- ranged in patterns so that individual ones may be recognized when detached (see terminology below). There are no chevrons; the pieces numbered IV (textfig. 2) are believed to be homologous. Anterior parapodia are uniramous and provided with only composite - spinigerous setae in addition to single acicula. The middle body region is transitional, with notopodia weakly developed. A long, posterior region has well developed biramous parapodia in which both notopodia and neuropodia are noticeably larger than those in front. Notopodia are provided with single acicula and few simple setae; they are usually hooked at the tip and have a long, pointed hood. Neuropodial setae resemble those in front; they are much like those in species of Goniada (see above). The organs of the proboscis in Glycinde are of special interest be- cause of their remarkable diversity and striking patterns. The only ex- tensive account of these parts, of which I am aware, that explains and illustrates the details and distribution of these processes, is that by Levin- sen (1893, p. 332, pl. 1, figs. 1-6) based on Glycinde nordmanni (Malm- gren). The complexity of their arrangement and the regularity of their occurrence is clearly indicated. However, there is an unfortunate con- fusion of terms and errors in orientation of dorsal for ventral parts throughout Levinsen’s description and figures. Also, the distal para- No. | HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 45 gnaths are designated jaws, whereas the proximal proboscidial organs are called paragnaths. The illustration of the terminal aperture, show- ing macrognaths and micrognaths, is likewise reversed, so that the ven- tral macrognaths are shown dorsal, and the dorsal arc of micrognaths is shown below. Levinsen’s description of the arrangement of the parts, however, resembles that in other species of the genus. A translation follows.? “The ventral [dorsal] paragnaths form a fairly broad, longi- tudinal belt which is separated from the other by a narrow median space [area I, textfig. 2]. In this space one finds a row of extremely small pieces [proboscidial organs of area I]; each longitudinal band is again composed of series of transverse, or more correctly slightly slant- ing rows of belts of which each is composed of 5 [though actually 6 are shown] pieces with a formula 1.1.2.1. Commonly these paragnaths could be described as narrow, compressed bodies which are fastened by a broad, basal portion and raised freely from the upper surface of the proboscis. The innermost piece in each row [proboscidial organ II-2] is hooklike and resembles much a hook of a Taenia. The hook is directed diagonally backward. The next piece [II-3] has a diagonally cut-off point and on the outermost the point is forked. Between each 2 hooks in the same longitudinal row there lies yet a small narrow piece [II-1] .... The dorsal paragnaths [ventral proboscidial organs] are on each side separated from the ventral [dorsal] ones by a considerable space. They are tongue-shaped, fairly short pieces, arranged in 4 widely sep- arated, single, longitudinal rows [includes proboscidial organs of areas IV and V]. The paragnaths in the 2 middle rows [V] are larger and more widely separated from each other than in the 2 outer [IV].” The details of the individual pieces are not shown. Thus, the pores which are almost certainly present in most of the organs are neither shown nor mentioned ; the number of processes, if any, on proboscidial organ IV (see textfig. 2) is not disclosed. A more precise description of these organs is lacking for G. nordmanni (Malmgren). These organs not only occupy well defined areas, but have char- acteristic shapes. They are here described in detail since they are found to be specific for all species investigated. For ready reference, the sur- face of the proboscis is divided into areas, numbered I to VI. These areas are most clearly distinguished in cross section of the proboscis (see textfig. 2). Area I is mid-dorsal; it may have one to several rows 2 I am indebted to Mr. Anker Petersen of the Allan Hancock Foundation staff for a translation of this account from the Danish into English. 46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 f V VI TEXTFIGURE 2 Glycinde armigera Moore, cross section from the middle of the proboscis, with areas I, II- 1 to 6, III, IIII, V and VI indicated, x 90: ‘ of minute processes. Area II refers to the paired, dorsolateral bands; it has several rows of conspicuous sets of pieces, arranged in oblique series. In species where examined, it is possible to refer to these pieces in- dividually, by numbering them from II-1 to II-6, since each piece is unique for the position it occupies. Area III refers to the paired, lateral rows numbering one to several on a side; they are of a single kind and usually small. Area IV refers to the paired, ventrolateral, one or 2 rows, and area V to the paired ventral rows, one on a side. Area VI marks the midventrum and is bare in the species that have been ex- amined. Organs on area V may also be lacking in some species. All proboscidial organs except those on area IV have an apical or subapical (rarely basal) pore. Those on area IV are provided with hard, spinous processes and appear to function perhaps in the same manner as do the chevrons in species of Goniada (above). The organs with pores have one or more spinous processes, directed straight or obliquely back, toward the mouth when the proboscis is everted. Those no. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 47 on area I (pl. 6, fig. 5) have the spine directed orally; those on area II (figs. 7 to 12) are directed obliquely back and mid-dorsally; those on area III have the spine directed ventrally (they have their long axis at right angles to that of the body). Those on area V have the spine directed obliquely orally and midventrally. The organs on area I are smallest but those on area V may be vestigial or absent. Those on area II are not only the largest, but have articulating bases. The proboscidial organs of Glycinde that most nearly resemble the corresponding structures in Goniada are the smaller ones on area I (likened to the dispersed ones) and area IV (to the chevrons). In Glycinde most of the specialized structures appear to function for grasp- ing and holding; those on area IV, however, may function to main stabilization of the long body with the greatly extensile proboscis. ‘Che enormous length of the latter in species of this genus is notable, and can be appreciated by observing that the eversible part includes not only that shown everted (fig. 1) but also the portion extending nearly to the left hand side of the drawing (where the paragnaths are located). In so far as has been observed, the occurence and the arrangement of these parts for different species of Glycinde are singularly alike, but the structural details of the separate pieces differ from one species to the next. Closer scrutiny of other species than those detailed herein, may reveal greater differences within the genus. The known species of Glycinde are widely distributed and over half of them have been described from the Western Hemisphere. They are as follows: G. armata (Kinberg), 1866, p. 247, from southern South America (see Monro, 1936, p. 143, for redescription). G. armigera Moore, see p. 49. G. bonhourei Gravier, 1906, pp. 142-145, from the Red Sea. G. dorsalis Ehlers, 1905, pp. 38-40, from New Zealand. This is further recorded by Augener (1924, p. 439) in which biramous parapodia occur from segment 38-40, and Augener (1927b, p. 351) in which they occur from segment 30, with the third body region from segment 54-55. So great a variation is hardly to be expected within a single geographic area (Aus- tralia). G. kameruniana Augener, 1918, pp. 398-399, from West Africa. According to its author, this species is incompletely known. G. multidens Miiller, see p. 56. G. nordmanni (Malmgren), 1866, p. 409, from western Europe (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 394, fig. 155, for description). 48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 G. oligodon Southern, 1921, pp. 629-632, from Chilka Lake, India. G. pacifica Monro, 1928, pp. 83-85, from Taboga, Panama (see Monro, 1936, p. 144, for further description). G. picta Berkeley, 1927, p. 412, from western Canada and Alaska (see Hartman, 1948a, p. 29, for review). G. polygnatha, new species, see p. 51. G. solitaria (Webster), revised, see p. 54. G. trifida (McIntosh), 1885, pp. 341-342, from subantarctic regions (see Augener, 1924, p. 440, for possible identity with G. dor- salis Ehlers). G. wireni Arwidsson, 1899, pp. 53-54, from the Bering Sea. In addition, G. longepapillata Voit (1911, pp. 114-116) from the North Sea, is possibly G. nordmanni (Malmgren); G. maskaliensis Gravier is here referred to Goniadopsis Fauvel (see above). Key To SpEcIES OF Glycinde 1. Presetal lobe in far posterior neuropodia bifurcated . Presetal lobe in posterior neuropodia entire . 2. Micrognaths of proboscis number 15 to 20; nail ead at about segment 30 to 35. . . = . +=. G. armata, p. 47 2. Micrognaths of proboscis number 6 dorsal and 6 ventral; para- podial change at about segment 40 to 42 (but see above) . G. dorsalis, p. 47 3. Paton eee puiulanone sea eyes; anterior region with 20-25 segments. . . Se. be, ee Gapactica: Daw ou 3. Prostomium with snaulations aA eyes; anterior region usually with more segments . sere doe ste 4 4. Dorsal cirrus incised near oe (pl. ip fa 14). scuba st pte 4. Dorsal cirrus not incised near tip . ie eal Wee ies eee 7 5. Presetal lobe much longer than postsetal one in anterior seg- ments: = 1 5 Se | « \Geroligodon:.p.. 054 Presetal and See fabes eh in anterior segments . 6 Presetal lobes obcordate (pl. 8, fig. 2). . G. polygnatha, p. 51 Presetal lobes triangular (pl. 7, fig. 15) . G. solitaria, p. 54 . Uniramous parapodia present through only about 20 segments . 5 G. kameruniana, p. 47 Wa amions ees ae through 24 or more segments 8 . Ventroposterior face of notopodia with a small papilla in median segments; uniramous parapodia through 25 or 26 Sepmients) <0 5 4, aaa. Ol Ga Qa AAA 64 Q) @) Q = OG @ 1G) Ger GGG) ara G. G: G. G. G. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 . cinnamonea Grube, 1874, p. 327, from Ceylon, is questionable. . cirrata Grube, 1856, p. 176, from Brazil, is G. americana Leidy, see Augener, 1934, p. 143. . cirrata Fauvel, 1932a, p. 129, from India, not Grube, 1856. This has proboscidial organs with a capelike sheath, as in G. con- voluta Keferstein, and is not the same as G. cirrata Grube. . convoluta Keferstein, see p. 72. . convoluta capensis Monro, 1933b, p. 499, from south Africa. . convoluta uncinata Rioja, 1918, p. 85, from Europe, is G. con- voluta Keferstein, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 383. . corrugata Baird, 1863, p. 109, from Vancouver Island, Canada, is G. americana Leidy, see p. 73. . danica Quatrefages, 1866, p. 187, from Denmark, is G. alba Rathke, see Ehlers, 1868, p. 660. . decipiens Marenzeller, 1879, p. 140, from Japan, is G. rouxii Audouin and Edwards, see Fauvel, 1932a, p. 128. . decorata Quatrefages, 1866, p. 181, from France, is G. gigantea Quatrefages, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 388. . dibranchiata Ehlers, see p. 70. . diodon Schmarda, 1861, p. 94, from Chile, see Hemipodus, below. . dubia Blainville, 1825, p. 451, locality unknown, is indeterminable, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 391. . edentata Hansen, 1882, p. 17, from Brazil, is G. americana Leidy, see Augener, 1934, p. 143. . edwardsi Gravier, 1906, p. 139, from Red Sea. . ehlersi Arwidsson, 1899, p. 19, from the North Sea, is G. gigantea Quatrefages, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 388. . epipolasis (Chamberlin), new combination. This was recorded as Telake epipolasis Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 345, from the Gilbert Islands, south Pacific, surface. The same name by Treadwell, 1941, p. 29, from Bermuda, surface, is perhaps a different species. exigua Chamberlin, 1919b, p. 13, from southern California, is G. convoluta Keferstein, see Hartman, 1936, p. 32. fallax Quatrefages, 1866, p. 184, from France, is G. gigantea Quatrefages, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 387. folliculosa Ehlers, 1868, p. 658, from France, is G. gigantea Quatrefages, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 388. fundicola Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 352, off Peru. fusiformis Fischli, 1903, p. 113, from Dutch East Indies, is ques- tionable. NO. G. G. G. G. G. AAR AA a ayaa A= A= a 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 65 gigantea Quatrefages, see p. 75. goesi Malmgren, 1867, p. 184, from Sweden, is G. rouxii Audouin and Edwards, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 389. guinensis Augener, 1918, p. 389, from west Africa. hasidatensis Izuka, 1912, p. 246, from Japan, is G. subaenea Grube, see Fauvel, 1919a, p. 425. incerta Hansen, 1882, p. 17, from Brazil, is questionable. Augener, 1934, p. 144, after examining the type, compared it with G. tesselata Grube, but the 2 are not the same, since the latter has a bifurcated aileron, the former a simple fang. . jucunda Kinberg, 1866, p. 245, from Brazil, is G. americana Leidy, see p. 73. . kerguelensis McIntosh, 1885, p. 344, from the Kerguelen Islands, is possibly G. capitata Oersted, see Benham, 1921, p. 74. . koehleri Roule, 1896, p. 451, from France, is questionably G. tes- selata Grube, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 387. . krausii Stimpson, 1856, p. 392, from south Africa. laevis Kinberg, 1866, p. 245, from Brazil, is G. americana Leidy, see p. 73. . lamelliformis McIntosh, 1885, p. 347, from New Zealand. . lancadivae Schmarda, 1861, p. 95, from Ceylon, see Fauvel, 1932a, p: 125: . lancadivae Berkeley, 1939, p. 334, from Guatemala, is perhaps G. mexicana Chamberlin, see Hartman, 1942c, p. 126. . lapidum Quatrefages, 1866, p. 187, from Europe, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 386. This is further recorded off Nova Scotia, Canada, in 1332 meters (Fauvel, 1932c, p. 23). . longipinnis Grube, 1878b, p. 182, from the Philippine Islands, see Fauvel, 1932a, p. 125. This is questionably recorded from the Caribbean Sea by Monro (1939, p. 347). . longipinnis Treadwell, 1914, p. 198, from southern California, is G. convoluta Keferstein, see p. 72. . longissima Arwidsson, 1899, p. 23, from southern South America. This is regarded the same as G. americana Leidy (Fauvel, 1919a, p. 425) but it differs somewhat, see Hartman, 1940, p. 245. . macintoshi Grube, 1877, p. 50, from China, is questionable. - macrorhiza Schmarda, 1861, p. 96, from Chile, see Hemipodus, below. . manorae Fauvel, 1932a, p. 130, from India. . martensii Grube, 1870, p. 60, from Chile, is questionable. . mauritiana Grube, 1870, p. 61, from Mauritius, is questionable. (o>) OO a Aa f 2 A G0 Hat am OG. ol oe Go ooo ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 . meckelii Audouin and Edwards, 1834, p. 263, from Europe, is G. unicornis Savigny, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 389. . mesnili St. Joseph, 1898, p. 339, from France, is G. unicornis Savigny, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 389. . mexicana (Chamberlin), 1919a, p. 349, from the Gulf of California, see Hartman, 1942c, p. 126. . micrognatha Schmarda, 1861, p. 93, from Chile, see Hemipodus, below. . minuta (Bobretzky), 1870, p. 212, from the Black Sea, is ques- tionable, but belongs to the G. convoluta group of species. . misakiensis Izuka, 1912, p. 242, from Japan. . mitis Johnston, 1865, p. 185, from Scotland, is G. rouxii Audouin and Edwards, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 389. . monodon Schmarda, 1861, p. 94, from Chile, see Hemipodus, below. . milleri Quatrefages, 1866, p. 172, from Greenland, is G. capitata Oersted, see Arwidsson, 1899, p. 7. nana Johnson, 1901, p. 411, from Washington, is G. capitata Oersted, see p. 76. . nicobarica Grube, 1868, p. 24, from Nicobar, is perhaps G. srausii Stimpson, see Ehlers, 1908, p. 103. . nigripes Johnston, 1865, p. 188, from Scotland, is questionable. . onomichiensis Izuka, 1912, p. 244, from Japan and China, see Okuda, 1938, p. 94. . opisthobranchiata Marenzeller, 1879, p. 139, from Japan. . ovigera Schmarda, 1861, p. 95, from New Zealand, see Ehlers, 1868, p. 643. . oxycephala Ehlers, see p. 70. . pacifica Kinberg, 1866, p. 245, from the Society Islands, see Hartman, 1948b, p. 100. . papillosa Grube, 1856, p. 176, from Chile, see Hartman, 1940, p. 248. . peruviana Quatrefages, 1866, p. 177, from Peru, is G. americana Leidy, see p. 73. . polygona Risso, 1826, p. 417, from Europe, is indeterminable, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 391. . posterobranchia Hoagland, 1920, p. 620, from the Philippine Islands. . prashadi Fauvel, 1932a, p. 126, from India and Japan, see Okuda, 1940, p. 16. . profundi Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 350, from western Mexico, is G. branchiopoda Moore, see Hartman, 1936, p. 32. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 67 Of a Ge a) o G G G G. G G G . retractilis Quatrefages, 1866, p. 185, from unknown locality, is G. gigantea Quatrefages, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 387. . robusta Ehlers, see p. 69. . rosea Blainville, iz Quatrefages, 1866, p. 194, from Chile, see Hemipodus, below. rouxti Audouin and Edwards, 1834, p. 264, from cosmopolitan areas, see Hartman, 1940, p. 245. . rugosa Johnson, 1901, p. 409, from Washington, is G. americana Leidy, see p. 73. . tussa Grube, 1870, p. 61, from Ovalau, south Pacific, is indeter- minable. . rutilans Grube, in McIntosh, 1885, p. 345, from Ceylon. I find no evidence that a description was ever published; McIntosh gave no citation. . saccibranchis Grube, 1878b, p. 181, from the Philippine Islands, appears to be G. subaenea Grube, from the same locality. . sagittariae McIntosh, 1885, p. 346, from the south Pacific, is pos- sibly G. gigantea Quatrefages, see p. 75. . sagittariae Treadwell, 1906, p. 1174, from Hawaii, is G. tesselata Grube, see p. 77. . sagittariae Fauvel, 1932a, p. 127, from India, is possibly G. tesselata Grube, see p. 77. . septentrionalis Roule, 1896, p. 452, from France, is questionably G. gigantea Quatrefages, or G. tesselata Grube, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 391. setosa Oersted, 1843, p. 198, from Greenland, is G. capitata Oersted, see Arwidsson, 1899, p. 7. G. simplex Grube, 1856, p. 176, from Chile and Peru, see Hemipodus, Q) Qa 2 2 AQ below. . siphonostoma (delle Chiaje), 1825, p. 413, from southern Europe, is questionable, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 388, although Augener, 1927c, p. 138, uses it in the sense of G. gigantea Quatrefages and Stolte, 1932, p. 421, in the sense of G. unicornis Savigny. spadix Treadwell, 1943, p. 3, is G. tesselata Grube, see p. 77. sphyrabrancha Schmarda, 1861, p. 96, from the West Indies, see Augener, 1925, p. 29. subaenea Grube, 1878b, p. 184, from the Philippine Islands, see Fauvel, 1919, p. 425. taurica Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 383, from the Black Sea, is question- able. tenuis Hartman, see p. 71. WNN S&S ES aS 10. ; Brobascidial: aileron on a eiiaeen process . WOOINAAUMN ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 tesselata Grube, see p. 77. tridactyla Schmarda, 1861, p. 97, from the Atlantic Ocean, is ques- tionably G. convoluta Keferstein, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 383. unicornis Savigny, 1818, p. 315, from Egypt, see Fauvel, 1923, ps 38). verdescens Chamberlin, 1919b, p. 14, from southern California, is possibly G. oxycephala Ehlers, see p. 70. viridescens Stimpson, 1853, p. 33, from Grand Manan, eastern Canada, is Goniada maculata Oersted, see Verrill, 1881, p. 289. Key To SPECIES OF Glycera . Parapodia with 2 postsetal lobes . . Parapodia with a single postsetal lobe . . Proboscidial organs with transverse ridges . . Proboscidial organs without ridges . pepe Ms eateete . Parapodia with 2 long presetal lobes in posterior segments; proboscidial organs with 9 or 10 paired ridges (pl. 10, fig. 2) a eS . « « G. oxycephala, p. . Parapodia a a cele: Bel lobe in posterior segments ; proboscidial organs with 13 or 14 paired ridges (pl. 10, fig. 1a) SAS a é alts) | a (Ga Weraes, (p: . Proboscidial paeae ees a prolonged accessory process G. capitata, p. G. Pain osa, Dp. ~avVathout, branchige,.. |)... 6 4 is)’ |i. «iG, fesselata. in. . With branchiae . With nonretractile es Q With retractile branchiae . 2 Parapodia with long, digitate, eae does ‘ . Parapodia with blisterlike branchial processes . G. robusta, p. . Digitate branchial process at upper edge of parapodium . Digitate branchial process at both upper and lower edges of parapodium. . sus (a “Ge dibranchiata, p: . Branchial process Tonge a other parapodial lobes . G. convoluta, p. ; Beal process not tonge than other parapodial lobes G. alba, p. Beehine endear. ene apiece from posterior face of parapodia . hwWNH 70 71 63 11 No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 69 10. Branchiae not dendritic; branchiae emergent from anterior or PeSteriory f4cevOr panapodial tari le ee ee ee PORT Ea) aD 11. Postsetal lobes resemble presetal ones. . G. americana, p. 73 11. Postsetal lobes shorter than presetal ones . G. longissima, p. 65 12. Branchiae are eversible subglobular vesicles from anterior face of parapodiunt . |: . ye |Win Ge*gigantea, ps. 7) 12. Branchiae are eversible, Pech branched lobes from pos- terior face of parapodium. . . : tS 13. Proboscidial organs much longer than wile : G. heaaeien pe 67 13. Proboscidial organs not much longer than wide G. rouxii, p. 67 Glycera robusta Ehlers Plate 10, figs. 7, 8 Hartman, 1940, p. 246 (synonymy) ; Berkeley, 1942, p. 193; Hartman, 1944c, p. 253. G. longissima Hartman, 1940, p. 245. Not Arwidsson, 1899. Collections.—903-38 (1); 1160-40 (1); 1267-41 (1); 1292-41 (1) ; 1417-41 (1); 1441-41 (2); 1442-41 (1) ; 1450-42 (3); 1451-42 (3) ; 1463-42 (2) ; 1468-42 (3); 1476-42 (2); 1477-42 (1) ; 1487-42 (1); 1488-42 (1); 1489-42 (1); 1490-42 (1); 1493-42 (2) ; 1494-42 (2); 1502-42 (1); 1505-43 (1); many others from Tomales and San Francisco Bays, south to southern Califorina, shore to 20 fms; ?Lemon Bay, Florida (fragment). The blisterlike branchiae on the dorsal edge of parapodia are char- acteristic, as are also the short, blunt, bifid parapodial lobes, but both of these features are less obvious on larger, presumably older individuals. The numerous proboscidial organs nearly cover the proboscis. They are elongate, somewhat compressed and distally slightly curved (fig. 8). The oral side is ridged, crossed by 7 to 9 lines that meet in the middle Or are somewhat alternate (fig. 7); a midrib is usually visible. The aperture is subdistal and sometimes wide open to considerably con- stricted. The large basal cell (or cells) is clear and has a dark, spherical mass, possibly nucleus. Individual organs are 76 micra in length, or shorter. Their number on the proboscis of a larger individual is estimated to be 60,000 to 75,000. The single, incomplete individual from Anaheim Slough, California, reported as G. longissima (Hartman, 1940, p. 245) should be referred to this species. 70 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLS Distribution—G. robusta 1s Known from Washington, south to southern California, shore to 52 fms, in gravelly sand. An incomplete individual from Lemon Bay, Florida, is questionably referred to this species. Glycera dibranchiata Ehlers Plate 10, figs. 9, 10 Hartman, 1940, p. 246 (synonymy); Rioja, 1941, pp. 708-709, pl. 1, fig. 7; Fauvel, 1943, pp. 16-17; Hartman, 1944b, p. 18; Hartman, 1945, p. 23. Collections.—1030-40 (fragment); El Mogote near La Paz and San Lucas Cove, Lower California, shore, collected by E. F. Ricketts (2); Newport, Rhode Island, shore (3); Woods Hole and Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts, shore (2); Beaufort, North Carolina (16) ; Moss Beach, San Mateo County, California, shore (1). This is chiefly characterized in its enlarged branchial lobes at dorsal and ventral ends of parapodia. The proboscidial organs most nearly resemble those of G. robusta (see above) but the transverse ridges number only 5 or 6, instead of 7 to 9. Those of a pair meet medially and there is no distinct midrib (fig. 10). As in G. robusta Ehlers, the pore is subapical and on the side directed toward the mouth. The distal end is slightly curved (fig. 9). Distribution.—G. dibranchiata Ehlers is reported from eastern shores of the United States from Massachusetts to North Carolina, also the West Indies and Caribbean Sea (Hartman, 1944b, p. 18). On the Pacific side its range extends from Mazatlan, Mexico (Rioja, 1941) northward at least to San Mateo County, California. It is intertidal to depths of 31 fms. Glycera oxycephala Ehlers Plate 10, figs. 3, 4, textfig. 3 Ehlers, 1887, p. 121; Hartman, 1940, pp. 248-249. ?G. verdescens Chamberlin, 1919b, p. 14. Collections —1205-40 (6); 1219-40 (1); 1232-41 (1); 1296-41 (2); 1330-41 (1); 1338-41 (1); 1340-41 (2); 1341-41 (1); 1342-41 (1); 1483-42 (3). The body is usually long, slender and rather rigid except for a posterior coiled portion. Total length seldom attains 70 mm. A striking feature is the greatly attenuated and prolonged prostomium with its unequally long antennae. The bluntly rounded presetal lobes are also No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 71 diagnostic. The proboscidial organs are unique in being tall and slender ; their oral side is clearly ridged with 9 or 10 transverse ridges (fig. 4) and there is no apparent midrib. The distal end is slightly beaked (fig. 3) toward the oral aperture and there is a long canal leading to a large, clear cell with a tiny dark spot within. Earlier, I (Hartman, 1940, p. 248) questionably referred to this species and now follow the same interpretation in designating the speci- mens enumerated above, even though Ehlers’ (1887) original account is not clear on some points. G. verdescens Chamberlin (1919b, p. 14) from Laguna Beach, California is here questionably referred to G. oxycephala Ehlers. The brief description, without illustrations, was based on a single, caudally incomplete individual, only 13 mm long for 69 segments, and was thus possibly a juvenile stage. A type specimen is not known to exist. The proboscis was not described. In so far as the description goes, it agrees with the specimens listed above in that the prostomium is similar- ly conical and slender; parapodial lobes appear to be the same, and its origin falls within the range of present materials. Distribution—G. oxycephala Ehlers is recorded from both sides of tropical America. Its range is here extended northward to California with its outlying islands, and Coos Bay, Oregon. Bathymetric range is subintertidal to 61 fms. Glycera tenuis Hartman Plate 10, figs. 1, 2 G. sp., juv.?, Treadwell, 1914, p. 198. Hartman, 1944c, p. 254, pl. 21, figs. 23, 24. Collections.—1496-42 (14). The proboscidial organs (figs. 1, 2) ally this species to G. oxycephala Ehlers. They are tall and slender, with 13 or 14 (rarely to 16) trans- verse ridges on the oral side, the 2 of a pair meeting medially. The distal aperture may be wide open (fig. 1) or considerably constricted. It leads internally to a long canal and a large cell near the base. The external ridges pass well around the sides so that in side view (fig. 2) they appear corrugated. In their tall, slender proportions they agree more nearly with what has been shown for G. serrulifera (Ehlers, 1908, pl. 14, fig. 16) than with those of any other species. Glycera sp., ? juv., reported by Treadwell (1914, p. 198) from San Diego Bay, California, belongs here. The collection contains 2 individuals, taken from coarse yellow sand and broken shells in 2-3 fms ; the specimens are now in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Te, ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 Distribution—G. tenuis is known from central California (Hart- man, 1944c, p. 254), southern California and Coos Bay, Oregon; it occurs in intertidal to shallow depths. Glycera convoluta Keferstein Plate 10, figs. 5, 6 G. longipinnis Treadwell, 1914, p. 198. Not Grube, 1878b. Hartman, 1940, p. 247. Collections —617-37 (1); 1441-41 (1); 1450-42 (2); 1451-42 (1); 1457-42 (1); 1505-43 (3); Mission Bay, California (1); En- senada, Lower California, collected by E. F. Ricketts (1); Todos Santos, Lower California, collected by Thomas Burch (4); Monterey Bay, California, in 73 meters, collected by A. E. Galigher (1). The proboscidial organs are of 2 kinds. The more numerous ones have a capelike sheath (figs. 5, 6); the others are larger and approxi- mately oval in shape. The first are many more times as abundant as the second, but both are irregularly strewn, so as to cover the surface of the proboscis closely. The sheathed organs have a unique structure that has been obscurely described and variously interpreted. Thus: “kurze kegelférmige Fort- satzte, welche mit der abgestutzten Kegelspitze auf der Riisselwand sitzen, und deren schrag abgeschnittene Basis am Rande verdickte spitz eiformig Chitinplatte tragt” (Ehlers, 1868, p. 665); “. . schrage End- flache versehenen Riisselpapillen” (Arwidsson, 1899, p. 19); “. . pediculated oval papillae bearing inclined, winged, cuticular terminal plates” (Moore, 1911, p. 301); “. . Papillen . . schrag abgestiitzte Endplatte . . . die bei Profillage in Kantenstellung erscheint”’ (Augener, 1918, p. 387); “. . cylindrical unguiculate papillae obliquely truncated with a kind of transparent chitinous nail at the tip” (Fauvel, 1932a, p. 126); “. . papillae with terminal oblique, truncate plate’ (Okuda, 1938, p. 94); “. . papillae with cylindrical stems with oblique mamillate ends bounded by the flat wings” (Okuda, 1940, p. 16). Most of these descriptions, as also others that might be cited, sug- gest a structure that is nailheaded or that has a terminal plate, such as is suggested by a nail. None mentions the presence of a terminal pore. Lack of uniformity in the various descriptions, based supposedly on the same species, suggests that these proboscidial organs, when observed, are either imperfect or not similarly oriented, both of which are very likely. no. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 73 The essential parts consist of a fleshy elevation that terminates in a pore. A capelike vestment completely surrounds the basal part but leaves the distal part more or less free. At its lower base the cape is pouchlike; distally it is flaring, especially when its delicate membranes have become partly frayed or split. When perfect, its margin is entire but its inner surface shows fine, longitudinal striations (figs. 5, 6). Slide preparations under cover slips usually cause the sheath to fold so that its pouched lower portion is turned unnaturally to one side. Oil im- mersion views tend to reveal only optical sections, so that 3-dimensional relations are not easily interpreted. The fleshy organ has an internal canal that leads to one or a few large, clear basal cells in which there are numerous, small dark inclusions. The axial cells are not seen in unstained materials. G. convoluta Keferstein is not easily separable from G. alba (Miil- ler) ; differences that have been described are not too convincing, thus, those that concern the ailerons of the paragnaths and the comparative lengths of the branchial processes. It is further likely that G. basi- branchia Chamberlin (1919b, p. 14) from southern California, is the same as specimens here designated G. convoluta, although earlier I (Hartman, 1936, p. 32) referred the name to G. alba (Miiller). Fauvel (1923, p. 385) and others have noted the close relations of these 2 species. A collection from San Pedro, California, reported as G. alba (Treadwell, 1914, p. 198), and another as G. longipinnis (Treadwell, 1914, p. 198) from the same locality, have been examined and are be- lieved to be G. convoluta Keferstein; they are now deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Distribution—This species was originally described from southern Europe but has since been recorded from California (Hartman, 1940, p. 247) ; its range is here extended to Lower California, Mexico north to Monterey Bay, California. It occurs in shallow depths to about 25 fms. Glycera americana Leidy Leidy, 1855, pp. 147-148, pl. 11, figs. 49, 50. ?G. cirrata Grube, 1856, p. 176. G. corrugata Baird, 1863, p. 109. G. peruviana Quatrefages, 1866, pp. 177-179. G. jucunda Kinberg, 1866, p. 245. G. laevis Kinberg, 1866, p. 245. 74 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. ?G. edentata Hansen, 1882, p. 17, pl. 5, figs. 16-18. G. rugosa Johnson, 1901, pp. 409-411, pl. 10, figs. 101-102. Augener, 1934, pp. 143-144; Hartman, 1940, p. 246. Not Rioja, 1944, p. 128, figs. 35-39. Collections —943-39 (3) ; 990-39 (2); 1003-39 (1); 1010-39 (3); 1012-39 (1); 1020-40 (2); 1030-40 (2); 1045-40 (4) ; 1068-40 (1); 1078-40 (1); 1121-40 (1); 1123-40 (1); 1126-40 (5); 1129-40 (1); 1130-40 (10) ; 1131-40 (1); 1133-40 (1) ; 1134-40 (1) ; 1135-40 (1); 1139-40 (2); 1142-40 (2); 1143-40 (1); 1160-40 (2) ; 1168-40 (1); 1191-40 (1); 1193-40 (1); 1202-40 (2) ; 1205-40 (2) ; 1207-40 (3); 1210-40 (2); 1211-40 (7); 1213-40 (1); 1226-41 (1); 1232-41 (1); 1235-41 (1); 1243-41 (1); 1254-41 (1); 1259-41 (1); 1260-41 (3); 1264-41 (1); 1265-41 (1); 1267-41 (1); 1276-41 (1); 1288-41 (1); 1295-41 (2); 1297-41 (1); 1300-41 (1); 1304-41 (1); 1356-41 (1); 1372-41 (2); 1390-41 (1); 1412-41 (2); 1413-41 (1); 1417-41 (1); 1441-41 (2) ; 1442-41 (several) ; 1444-42 (2); 1459-42 (1); 1463-42 (2); 1468-42 (2); 1472-42 (1); 1476-42 (3); 1477-42 (2); 1490-42 (4) ; 1493-42 (1); 1494-42 (1); 1496-42 (3); 1501-42 (1); 1502-42 (2); 1505-43 (2); others from central and northern California along shore (9); Puget Sound, Washington (3); North Carolina (about 30) ; Grand Isle, Louisiana, collected by Dr. E. H. Behre (3). The type individuals of G. jucunda Kinberg (1866, p. 245) and G. laevis Kinberg (1866, p. 245) both from Brazil, deposited in the Swedish State Museum at Stockholm, Sweden, have been reexamined and are believed the same as G. americana Leidy. G. corrugata Baird (1863, p. 109) from Vancouver Island, western Canada, is also believed to be the same; it was said to lack branchial filaments but they may have been withdrawn, as is not infrequent in preserved materials. Proboscidial organs are of 2 kinds; the more numerous ones are the smaller, ovate or elongate in shape, and the larger ones are ovate to subspherical. The latter appear smooth and unadorned. The smaller ones have 2 obscure, transverse ridges on their distal halves, recalling the transverse bars of G. robusta Ehlers. The apical pore is nearly distal but is directed toward the oral aperture, when the proboscis is extended. G. americana Rioja (1944, p. 128) from Argentina, is here believed to be a different species, since the proboscidial organs are distinctly ridged, much as in G. robusta Ehlers. Distribution——G. americana Leidy occurs on both sides of the Americas; in the Atlantic it is known from New England south to Brazil; in the Pacific it is recorded from western Canada south to Peru. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 75 It occurs in intertidal waters to 172 fms. It is further recorded from New Zealand (Augener, 1927b, p. 351) and south Australia (Augener, nO22) py 29). Glycera gigantea Quatrefages Quatrefages, 1866, p. 183; Fauvel, 1923, pp. 387-388, fig. 152; Monro, 1928, p. 83; Berkeley, 1941, p. 34; Berkeley, 1942, p. 193. G. sagittariae McIntosh, 1885, p. 347; not Treadwell, 1906, p. 1174. Collection —Plymouth, England (1). Other material examined.—Type specimen of G. sagittariae Mc- Intosh, at the British Museum, London, England. The large, retractile vescicles on anterior face of parapodia are especially conspicuous when everted, but also readily observed as pores when retracted, based on materials examined. Such was not the case for specimens from Vancouver Island, Canada (Berkeley, 1942, p. 193). The type specimen of G. sagittariae McIntosh (1885,p. 347) is 90 mm long and has over 190 segments. The prostomium has 13 or more rings. The proboscis has only soft organs; most are elongate but a few are globular. The aileron of the jaws has a single prolongation. Parapodial lobes consist of 2 presetal and 2 postsetal parts, the presetal ones much the longer. Branchiae are large, vesicular, retractile and present at least from segment 28. They emerge from the middle of the anterior parapodial surface. In the middle body region some are long, exceeding the other parapodial lobes in length; most are shorter and spherical; these differences may be the result of fixation. This specimen is clearly referable to G. gigantea Quatrefages. Its type locality was said to be Arrou Islands (McIntosh, 1885, p. 347) but off Tetuaroa Islands, South Pacific, (loc. cit., p. xxviii). G. sagittariae Treadwell (1906, p. 1174) from Hawaii, is here referred to G. tesselata Grube; G. sagittariae Fauvel (1932a, p. 127) from the Madras coast, may also be G. tesselata Grube, as Fauvel also surmissed. Distribution —G. gigantea Quatrefages is known from Europe, and in the Western Hemisphere it is recorded from Tortola, Panama in 3-5 fms (Monro, 1928); southern California (Berkeley, 1941) and British Columbia, Canada in 70 meters (Berkeley, 1942). 76 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Glycera capitata Oersted Plate 11, figs. 1-4 G. nana Johnson, 1901, p. 411, pl. 10, fig. 103; Berkeley, 1942, p. 193. Moore 1911, pp. 299-300; Fauvel, 1923, p. 385; fig. 151; Berkeley, 1941, p. 33. ?Hemipodia canadensis Treadwell, 1937, pp. 348-349, figs. 1-3. Collections.—887-38 (1); 915-39 (1); 992-39 (1); 994-39 (1); 1026-39 (1); 1036-40 (1); 1130-40 (3); 1131-40 (1); 1137-40 (1); 1142-40 (1); 1152-40 (1); 1168-40 (1); 1191-40 (1); 1192-40 (1); 1202-40 (1); 1214-40 (1); 1220-40 (1); 1223-41 (1); 1229-41 (1); 1274-41 (1); 1275-41 (1); 1288-41 (1); 1289-41 (1); 1300-41 (1); 1311-41 (1); 1321-41 (1); 1387-41 (5) ; 1388-41 (1); 1396-41 (3); 1402-41 (1); 1411-41 (1); 1412-41 (1); 1413-41 (1); 1422-41 (1); 1435-41 (1); 1436-41 (1); 1471-42 (fragments); 1479-42 (2); 1489-42 (1); Prince William Sound, Alaska, collected by W. E. Ritter (2); Port Orchard, Washington (1); San Francisco Bay, U.S.S. Al- batross station D 5830 (1); Kodiak Island, Alaska (6); Sitka and vicinity, Alaska (20). The numerous individuals listed above may be divided into 3 groups, based on the relative lengths of parapodial lobes. In one group the dorsal presetal lobe and ventral cirrus are short and smaller than the ventral presetal lobe (fig. 3); all of these specimens originate from northern waters including Alaska, Washington and Oregon. In a second group the dorsal presetal lobe and ventral cirrus are longer, about equal to, or approaching in size the ventral presetal lobe (fig.1); these in- dividuals originate from southern California. In a third group the dorsal presetal lobe and ventral cirrus are conspicuously longer and inflated, some have large ova (fig. 2) ; these may have also longer setae and are perhaps approaching an epitokous condition; these specimens originate from southern California and the Gulf of California (stations 1026-30, 1036-41, 1223-41, 1402-41 and 1422-41). On the whole, the individ- uals from Alaska are larger and more robust than those from California. The former attain a length of 150 mm, the latter 50 mm or less. Individ- uals from Washington and Oregon are intermediate in size. The paragnathal aileron is broadly flaring at the base and has a long main slender fang (fig. 4). The proboscidial organs are of 2 kinds; most are smaller, slender, thickly strewn over the surface; a few are larger, subspherical, distributed largely along the 18 longitu- dinal bands that correspond to the underlying muscular strands. All organs are soft, lacking surface ornamentation; they have a subterminal pore that is directed away from the jaws. no. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 77 If the cold and warm water Pacific forms are distinct species, which I doubt, the specific name, G. nana Johnson (1901, p. 411) is to be retained for the northern group, the others go to G. capitata Oersted. The presence of intergrading individuals is an argument against such usage. Hemipodia canadensis Treadwell (1937a, p. 348) from Nova Scotia, Canada, has both simple and composite setae, thus is not a species of Hemipodus CQuatrefages. Its parapodial lobes resemble those of G. capitata Oersted, and in other respects, in so far as the description goes, it agrees with the latter. Distribution.—G. capitata Oersted is known from temperate and cold waters of the northern hemisphere. It occurs on both sides of the north Atlantic and along the eastern shores of the north Pacific. The collections recorded above come from Alaska south to southern Cali- fornia and the Gulf of California, Mexico; depths range from shore to 250 fms. Glycera tesselata Grube Plate 10, fig. 11 . abranchiata Treadwell, 1901, p. 200. . Sagittariae Treadwell, 1906, p. 1174, not McIntosh, 1885, p. 347. . nana Treadwell, 1914, p. 197, not Johnson, 1901, p. 411. . tesselata Hartman, 1940, p. 247; Hartman, 1944b, p. 18. . spadix Treadwell, 1943, p. 3, figs. 8-11. Collections.—936-39 (1); 948-39 (1); 984-39 (1); 1016-39 (2); 1019-39 (1) ; 1023-39 (6); 1027-39 (1); 1028-39 (2); 1035-40 (1); 1056-40 (1); 1136-40 (5); 1151-40 (1); 1178-40 (1); 1181-40 (1); 1196-40 (1); 1213-40 (1); 1245-41 (2); 1306-41 (1); 1317-41 (1); 1334-41 (1); 1343-41 (1); 1349-41 (1); 1350-41 (1); 1381-41 (1); 1383-41 (1); 1392-41 (1); 1393-41 (2); 1400-41 (1); 1408-41 (1). Other materials examined—Type specimen of Glycera spadix Treadwell, from the American Museum of Natural History, New York, and G. nana Treadwell (1914) received from the University of California, Berkeley. Proboscidial organs are of a single kind but they differ among them- selves as to size. All are long and slender so that the everted proboscis appears pilose. Under high magnification, with the aid of reflected light, the surface details can be distinguished. The organs are slightly beaked at the tip, and the distal aperture is directed away from the jaws. The surface is longitudinally grooved, the grooves marking the spaces be- tween internal strengthening fibers. Each organ has 3 long, translucent AARAAD 78 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 fibers within; they extend the full length and are appressed closely near the tip, but spread outward toward the base, so as to encompass the large, clear basal cell (fig. 11). When an organ is broken crosswise the fibers break off at uneven lengths, exposing their structural details. The same effect is to be seen on most preserved materials, since broken organs are frequent. The distal aperture is thus also often broken. The organ may be torn downward in front (or shorter side) leaving a longer strip in back; the longer part may then extend forward like a hood and be pulled laterally to resemble a flat plate (see Benham, 1916, pl. 47, fig. 24). It is possible that such an imperfect organ led Benham to say: “These papillae have a subterminal oval disc at one side of the apex, which appears sucker-like in that it slightly hollowed out.” Further- more, the same author stated that “the apex of the papilla carries a few stiff sensory hairs.” The socalled “‘hairs’’ may have been optical aber- rations, representing prolonged shadows made by the crenulations that mark the inner side of the aperture (fig. 11). Such shadows can be prolonged or curved at will, depending on the power and source of illumination. A specimen reported as G. nana Treadwell (1914, p. 197) off San Clemente Island, California, 136 to 500 fms on green mud, has been reexamined and is here referred to G. tesselata Grube; it is now de- posited in the Allan Hancock Foundation. G. abranchiata Treadwell (1901, p. 200) from Puerto Rico, has been referred to this species (Augener, 1922b, p. 205). The type specimen of Glycera spadix Treadwell (1943, p. 3) from the Gulf of Davao, Philippine Islands, catalogue no. 3241 in the American Museum of Natural History, has been examined and is here referred to G. tesselata Grube. The jaws consist of 4 dark sets with characteristic ailerons; each consists of 2 long, widely divergent fangs. The proboscidial organs are tall and slender, filiform, and completely cover the proboscidial surface. Parapodia are biramous, with simple notosetae and composite spinigerous neurosetae. The prostomium has more than 10 rings (there may be 12 to 14, as is the case in G. tesselata Grube) but the precise number is difficult to make out because the speci- men has the anterior end somewhat withdrawn into the first few body segments. Distribution.—G. tesselata Grube was originally described from the Mediterranean Sea; it is widely known from the West Indies, Carib- bean Sea, tropical Pacific, and warmer waters of western America, north to British Columbia, Canada. It is recorded from sublittoral depths to 310 fms. no. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 79 Genus Glycerella Arwidsson, 1899 Type G. magellanica (McIntosh) This monospecific genus has characters intermediate between Glycera Savigny (above) and Hemipodus Quatrefages (below). The prostom- ium is a very short cone, with few (4) annuli and the 4 terminal an- tennae are long by comparison; eyes have not been described. The pro- boscis is short and globular to somewhat prolonged when everted; its surface is strewn with many long organs in irregular arrangement. The 4 terminal jaws have a falcate piece that articulates with an aileron that is rodlike but not so slender as that in species of Hemipodus. Body segments are transversely marked so as to appear 2- or 3-annulate. All parapodia are biramous; notopodia have slender, simple notosetae that are supported by single rodlike acicula. Neuropodia have fanshaped fascicles of composite falcigers; spinigers have not been described. ‘Che falcigerous appendage is longer in the superior part of the fascicle, and gradually becomes shorter in the inferior part of the fascicle. The single species, G. magellanica (McIntosh) (1885, pp. 345-351) is characterized for having a dark band about the basal ring of the prostomium. Notosetal lobes in the anterior region of the body are long and pointed; they exceed in length the neurosetal lobes. Dorsal cirri are prolonged oval; ventral cirri are blunt and broad. The proboscidial Organs are very long, nearly cylindrical and closely set. Number of segments is about 96; length is about 35 mm and width about 3 mm. Distribution.—Glycerella magellanica is recorded from the Strait of Magellan in 345-400 fms, and off the Azores in 736-1229 meters (Fauvel, 1914, p. 207). Genus Hemipodus Quatrefages, 1866 Type H. roseus Quatrefgaes This is spelled also Hemipodia Kinberg, 1866. If the genotype, H. roseus Quatrefages, 1866, can be proven con- specific with H. simplex (Grube), 1856, the latter becomes the geno- type since it is the older. The genus derives its name for having uniramous parapodia through- out. It comprises a small group of species restricted to littoral zones in the Pacific Ocean. All species are usually smaller and slenderer than many species in the superfamily GLYCEREA. The prostomium is conical but the annuli are only vaguely visible; they comprise a variable, 7 to 10 or more, number. Prostomial eyes have not been described. The anterior end has 2 pairs of antennae, much as 80 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vor. 15 in species of Glycera. The proboscis is long (H. californiensis, below) to short and barrel-like (H. yenourensis Izuka). Its distal end is pro- vided with 18 short, fleshy, widely spaced papillae. ‘The distal armature consists of 4 falcate jaws and attached rodlike ailerons (pl. 12, fig. 1). The proboscidial organs, in all instances where they have been described are elongate oval or filamentous structures, with little (pl. 12, fig. 2) or no surface ornamentation. These organs are more or less thickly strewn over the surface, but the 18 longitudinal furrows are more clearly distinguishable than in species of Glycera. Body segments are usually more or less clearly bi- or triannulate. Parapodia consist of only neuropodia, with fanshaped fascicles of composite spinigers and single acicula. The presetal lobe is simple, entire and tapers distally to a shorter or longer triangular process; it ex- ceeds in length the postsetal lobe which is also entire, broadly rounded; usually it is much shorter than the presetal lobe. The first 2 pairs of parapodia resemble those farther back but are smaller and lack a dorsal cirrus. Farther back the dorsal cirrus is present and continued to the end; it usually has a thickened fleshy boss near its base. This character has been observed for all species I have examined. In the last few seg- ments the ventral cirrus enlarges so as to resemble the postsetal lobe; the dorsal cirrus diminishes in size. The body terminates in segments that taper distally to a slender end and a pygidium with a pair of short to longer conical or filamentous processes. Specific differences that distinguish the species from one another are especially to be found in the proboscidial organs, and the comparative lengths of the presetal parapodial lobes. The genus is known for 6 species, including one newly described. In order of their discovery, they are: H. simplex (Grube), 1856, H. roseus Quatrefages, 1866, H. borealis Johnson, 1901, H. yenourensis Izuka, 1912, H. californiensis Hartman, 1938, and H. armata, new species. The genus is partly reviewed else- where (Hartman, 1940, pp. 242-244). H. yenourensis Izuka, from Japan, has been referred to H. borealis (Okuda, 1939, pp. 234-236, fig. 9) but I consider the 2 distinct (see chart, following). 81 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE +12 OST-ObT soqe CIT-ZOT ynoqe OZI 3noqe 022-0LT dIOUL 10 9ZT ‘apis 3U0 UO SaSplI asiaa -SUBI} WIM ‘sno}UsU “B]y “Buoy °5/82 snoyuswe[y ‘Buoy Alaa ‘T/¢ JvpnZueryinbs Ajivau ‘passaidap 'Z/¢ jeao ‘¢/ZT eorroqdsqns 0} [BAO $1a}10Ys 94} 10F ¢// ‘raSuo] ay} 10F T/¢ di snojuew BY & YIM [ed -1u0d pasuojoid yorq Ur Ie] -nduers1} pasuojoid SUIWOIIq 9}e} -I3Ip pasuojoid Jepnsuery} pesuojoid qe[nsuer} pasuojoid Ie[nsuerdy pue joys Je[nsuersy pue suo] SUTPeeq ayt[peaq Apyqsiys onrpeedd SIPEadd eorspurfAo ay!1Peaq ¢ vipodeied jo sdi} ye JUOWI -31d UMOIg WIM a}IGM YstMojas osol uo013 par --L§ OTT-St d1O0Uul JO $b-0¥ 0+ 0Sc-0ST 00T-02 Senne eee eee nnn sotoads Mou ‘DIDULAD * FT BYNZT sisuaanouak °F aqnin xajquis *H sadejarjeng snasos *H ueUIIey] ssua -1u40f1]02 *H uosuyof s1va4oq "HH a a a a a no. 1 S}UsUISaS ‘ojo ‘adeys ‘xapul 2qo| s}UdUIdas ast[ Ur wut UI jo Jaquinny IPpIaM /yySueT :suevs.i0 ]ejesoid Apoq jo IO[OD Apoq jo [BIprosogoig jo Jaz0VIeyO ainje Nn qyysuaT eee SAdGOdINAH SANTO AHL NI SOLLSIMALOVUAVHO OMIOddS AO NOSTYVdNOO voL. 15 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 82 *$1]04 -404 "FT Se ‘b¢Z ‘d “6c61 ‘epnyo Scr ‘d “ecor ‘Jaane y Is¢ ‘d ‘qz6t ‘soussny +8z ‘d Sst ‘d 726 “d ‘sot ‘s191 qq ‘Thor eaneg ‘TOT ‘ssaTyq 62 “d ‘668T ‘UOSspIMIy 60L “4 Ete ‘d ‘Ob6T ‘Tr6l ‘elory ‘ueuniezy 60L “d gz ‘d ‘egret ged ‘egrer TH6 ‘efory ‘ueujieyE = ‘ueunIey purleazy Man elinyoueyy uUsoyy adeD weoleury yINog OITXIJ, =: BIUAOJ ITED BYseLY pue uedef pue UI3}S9 A U19}S9 AA Biuosejeg AMO]aq as ‘SU DIDULAD * TT Bynzy] sisuasnouak “Fy (aqn1p) xajquis "Fy sadseyaeno Snasot "FT ueujIeyy] sis -Ug1Usof1j0) “FY uosuyof $1jva4oq “HH sa1oadg jo asweN SNOLLV.LIO OIHdVYDOITAIA HLIM ‘SQAdGOdINIH AO SAIOddS AHL AO NOILAAGIMLSIG OIHdVADOAO No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 83 Hemipodus armatus, new species Plate 12, figs. 1-5 Collection.—265-34 (1). The single individual is posteriorly incomplete; it measures 37 mm for 71 segments and is 1.3 mm wide at its greatest width. Segments are biannulate, with the parapodial ring slightly the longer one. The prostomium is much longer than wide and lacks visible annulation; its length is about 5 times its width. There are no visible eyespots. The 4 terminal antennae are filamentous and taper distally; the 2 ventral ones are longer than the 2 dorsal ones. The proboscis is completely everted and torn away from the oral aperture so as to be nearly detached; it is 7 mm long and widest at its paragnathal end. Its most striking feature concerns the proboscidial organs that closely cover it all around; they resemble transversely ridged villi because of their tall, slender form. All are apparently of one kind, except those near the base of the proboscis which are smaller than the others. Seen singly (fig. 2) they are slightly beaked at the terminal end, the beak directed away from the distal jaws; each has 30 to 34 transverse ridges on the concave side; the aperture is subterminal and with favorable illumination, can be seen to contain a large cell near the base, with an internal canal and axial cells more distal. These organs are much like those shown for some species of G/ycera (compare plate 10) and thus differ from those of other species of Hemipodus. Paragnaths are hard and very dark to black; the embedded aileron is a nearly straight rod (figs. 4, 5); it is attached to the jaw near the middle. The first parapodia are minute but similar to the second one and those farther back. They gradually increase in size so as to be fully developed by the tenth segment. All are uniramous (fig. 3), have single yellow acicula and composite spinigerous setae. The dorsal cirrus is globular and located some distance above the fleshy parapodium. The ventral cirrus is larger, slightly compressed and emerges directly below the parapodial base. A digitate process at the distal end of the presetal lobe and abruptly emergent from its posterior margin, is specifically characteristic (fig. 3). Setae are arranged in fanshaped fascicles and, where best developed, number 10 to 12 in a row. They have an articulation that is nearly homogomph. In the specimen, taken March 3, 1934, the body cavity, including the coelom in the everted proboscis is crowded with ova. H. armatus is separable from other species of the genus in its unique proboscidial organs that are marked with 30 to 34 transverse ridges, 84 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 and in the slender digitate process at the distal end of the presetal lobe. Holotype.—from station 265-34 in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality—Petatlan Bay, western Mexico, in 5-10 fms. Distribution.—Western Mexico. Family Nephtyidae Grube, 1850 The family NEPHTYIDAE Grube, as Nephthydea Grube, 1850, is here recognized for 3 genera, Nephtys Cuvier, 1817, with type N. hombergi Audouin and Edwards, Aglaophamus Kinberg, 1866, with type A. lyratus Kinberg and Micronephthys Friedrich, 1939, with type M. minuta (Théel). About 40 species go to the first genus, 21 to the second and 4 to the third. In addition, there are 7 to 10 species too poorly known to reidentify and here regarded questionable or indeter- minable. The family thus comprises 65 or more species. In this report the 3 genera are newly interpreted. Six species, Nephtys glabra, N. assignis, N. singularis, N. acrochaeta, Aglaophamus dicirris, A. erectans and one subspecies, Aglaophamus rubella anops are newly described. One name, Nephtys monroi, is new; two species, Nephtys impressa Baird and Aglaophamus tabogensis (Monro) are revised. New combinations are given in the genera A glaophamus and Micronephthys. The NEPHTYIDAE are partly recorded elsewhere (Hartman, 1940) and are not here repeated except as ranges are extended. The present report concerns itself with materials that have since been de- posited in the Allan Hancock Foundation of the University of Southern California, together with a revision of important or type materials that have been examined. In the NEPHTHYIDAE the body is only moderately long and approximately broadly rectangular in cross section. Length (adult) ranges from 10 to 300 mm; segments number 150 or fewer. The pro- stomium is proportionately small, depressed and angulate, 4 to 6-sides, when seen from above. There are usually 2 pairs of simple, rarely bifid, prostomial antennae; one pair is at the anteroectal margins, the other at the sides of the prostomium. (Portelia Quatrefages was separated from other genera for having only one pair of antennae but this has been found erroneous.) Eyes are absent or present as a single pair near the posterior margin of the prostomium. A pair of nuchal organs, or ever- sible ciliated sacks is located at the postectal margins of the prostomium. The proboscis is a strong, muscular, eversible anterior part of the alimentary tract. When fully extended it is cylindrical or somewhat clavate. Its inner wall is armed with a pair of short, usually yellow or No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 85 brown horny jaw pieces located a short distance from the terminal end. It opens as a vertical slit that is bounded distally by 14 to 22 soft, bifid papillae, the shorter branch directed inward, the larger one forward. At the subdistal outer end there are 14 to 22 rows of similar processes (rarely the terminal and subterminal papillae are absent). ‘The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth or finely prickled to wartlike. In so far as can be seen, all of these various processes have no single large pore, as do the comparable organs in the GLYCEREA (above). In some species, notably Nephtys cilata, the dispersed proximal processes are covered over with a thickened cuticle which may be penetrated by many fine pores. The papillae have a broad base and the distal end is directed away from the terminal papillae, agreeing therein with the condition in the GLYCEREA. Some species are characterized for having a small to large median tentaclelike process, similar to the other subdistal pa- pillae, located at the middorsal or also midventral line; these probably represent the fusion of a pair of proximal processes. The underlying muscular and glandular layers have been investigated (Charrier, 1907). The peristomium or first setigerous segment is usually reduced in its notopodial portion. It differs from successive ones in being narrower and in having its parapodia more or less developed ; in some species they may be directed forward at the sides of the prostomium. The first few segments may develop gradually, or the second may be abruptly larger than the first. Typical parapodia are clearly biramous with the 2 branches widely separated from each other. Each ramus has an aciculum and setae arranged in preacicular and postacicular series. Acicula are completely embedded or somewhat projecting distally, or recurved at the tip. Acicular lobes are distally rounded, conical, incised or excavate; their character has specific value. Presetal and postsetal parapodial lobes are highly developed and characteristic for species. A distal extension of the notopodial postsetal lobe, at its inferior edge is here designated notopodial cirrus (—dorsal cirrus of some authors) since it is an outgrowth of the lower, not upper, edge of the notopodium. This cirrus may be slender to foliaceous, small to large. Continuous with it from its lower base, and hence also noto- podial in origin, is the interramal cirrus or intercirrus (—branchia of some authors) ; it extends distally as a sickle-shaped or cirriform process, between the widely spaced branches of the parapodia. Its lateral edges may be smooth, frilled or foliaceous. These processes are recurved (pl. 13, fig. 3) in species of Nephtys Cuvier, involute (pl. 18, fig. 3) in those of Aglaophamus Kinberg, and absent or nearly so in those of Micro- 86 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. ulS nephthys Friedrich. Since the lateral margins of these cirri are some- times heavily ciliated, they have been thought to be branchial in func- tion. The ciliary mechanism of the interramal cirri has been studied in some detail (Coonfield, 1931 and 1934) based on Nephtys bucera Ehlers. Here the cilia on the parapodia are in a single row, beginning on the outside of the interramal cirrus at its base, continuing around the tip on its inner side and extending on the body wall to the base of the neuropodium. In these regions the cilia are grouped into small tufts. Each tuft is limited to a single cell and consists of 40 to 50 large com- pound cilia; each compound cilium is again made up of smaller units. Physiological tests performed by Coonfield (loc. cit.) indicate that each ciliated cell is independent of the nervous system, regulating its own activity. The coordination attained in situ is believed to be depend- ent on a neuroid mechanism. The effective beat of the cilia is from the head of the worm toward the tail. This beating causes a current of water to flow on each side of the worm posteriorly in the groove formed by the division of each parapodium into a neuropodium and a noto- podium. The neuropodium resembles the notopodium in its setal parts but in reverse order; at its lower base is a tapering ventral cirrus. In some species the superior edge has an erect process or accessory neuropodial lobe (pl. 18, fig. 3) (==accessory branchia of some authors). The body tapers backward and ends in a narrow, collarlike pygidium with a long median, filiform process or also a pair of shorter ones. All setae are simple, not articulated, and they may be of several kinds. They are arranged in preacicular and postacicular, fanshaped fascicles. According to kind they occupy certain positions. Those in preacicular position are transversely barred (pl. 13, fig. 9) in their distal free portion and taper to slender pointed tips. The alternating light and dark areas of these setae (sometimes called fenestrated) are due, not to external ridges, but to an internal structure of alternating harder and softer substance. Postacicular setae are usually longer (except in some anterior segments where they may be weakly developed) coarser, and often bladelike. They are sometimes called lanceolate setae. “They may be quite smooth, especially those at the ends of the series, or the outer cutting edge may be serrated (pl. 13, fig. 4) or denticulate (pl. 15, fig. 4) or diffusely spinose (pl. 18, fig. 5) or with a few large teeth near the base (Nephtys picta Ehlers), or there may be a large spur near the base (pl. 16, fig. 5). This character has been found to be highly specific in the species investigated ; it also shows a remarkable degree of specialization. No. | HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 87 The postacicular series of setae may be accompanied by furcate (=lyrate or forked) setae (pl. 18, fig. 4) most characteristic for the species of Aglaophamus Kinberg. The size of these setae and the posi- tion they occupy with respect to the ornamented postacicular setae, suggests their function for clearing the latter from debris. Color in life is often pearl to slate gray with an iridescent sheen in species from littoral zones; deep water species tend to be orange or red, as are other inhabitants with which they occur. The anterior dorsal side may be overlain with a dark pigment pattern in characteristic arrangement. The ventrum is usually paler and tends to lack pigment. Species of NEPHTYIDAE are chiefly to be sought in fine sand, mud or soft shaley substrata. They are errantiate in habit. Tubes are not constructed but burrows are sometimes distinct. Most species are littoral but some have been recorded from depths to 2500 fms. Most species are stenohaline, but 2 species, Nephtys fluviatilis Monro and N. oligobranchia Southern, are described from freshwater. Sexes are separate but distinguishable only for differences in the color of gonads. Ova are typically produced in great number; they are small with little yolk. Laboratory culture has been attempted with little success (Wilson, 1936, p. 305). Development probably proceeds through pelagic trochophore (see Fuchs, 1911, p. 164) to polytroch stages and settling young. Planktonic polytrochs, with the characteristic barred setae, are occasionally captured in nets along shore, but no successful attempt has been made to car1y such individuals through more than a few days. The numerous long setae tend to get stuck and individuals disintegrate. Epitoky, involving the prolongment of setae and enlarge- ment of parapodial lobes, is known for some species (F age and Legendre, 1927, pp. 124-128 and Augener, 1912, pp. 200-212). All known members of the family are so closely related to one another that no doubt exists as to their affinities within the group. Thus, the family has usually been recognized for a single genus, Nephtys Cuvier (spelled also Nephtys Savigny, 1818, Nepthys Chamberlin, 1919a, Nephtis Audouin and Edwards, 1834), although several other genera including Portelia Quatrefages, Diplobranchus Quatrefages, 4g- laophamus Kinberg and Aglaopheme Kinberg have been long erected and received occasional recognition. Micronephthys Friedrich has been most recently founded. Portelia and Diplobranchus were based on errors concerning the number of prostomial antennae; 4 glaophamus and Aglaopheme were separated from the older Nephtys for obscure differ- ences concerning the structure of the maxillary jaw pieces. Up to now 88 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL, 19 no satisfactory separation has been made to divide the family; as a result, it has been difficult or impossible to distinguish many of the species from one another. Important geographic studies have been those of Heinen (1911, pp. 6-36) who described 11 (8 valid) species from the Baltic Sea, McIntosh (1908, pp. 1-40) who recorded 10 species in the fauna of Great Britain, Fauvel (1923, pp. 362-376) who gave 12 species in the fauna of France. Ehlers (1868, pp. 582-638) made valuable contributions on many struc- tures unknown before then. Recently Wesenberg-Lund (1949, pp. 292- 296) has described 4 species from the Iranian Sea. As seen below, the nephtyids of the northeast Pacific from Alaska to western Mexico, can be regarded as including 13 species in Nephtys and 3 in Aglaophamus. A brief summary of previous accounts is necessary to justify the restoration of Aglaophamus Kinberg. Quatrefages (1865, pp. 413-435) recognized Nephtys Cuvier and erected 2 new, Portelia and Diplo- branchus, erroneously supposing the last 2 to have one pair and no antennae respectively. Kinberg (1866, p. 239) recognized 4 genera, Nephthys (sic) Portelia, and 2 newly erected ones, Aglaophamus and Aglaopheme. ‘These 4 were separated from one another for supposed differences in the embedded proboscidial jaws. In Nephtys they were said to be ungulate, in Aglaophamus transverse and fusiform, and in Aglao- pheme laterally depressed, subconical pieces with a trilobed base; they were not described for Portelia. Kinberg referred 3 species to Nephtys and single species to each of the other genera. Ehlers (1868, pp. 582-638) reviewed the earlier studies and con- cluded that Kinberg’s separation was invalid ; he suppressed 4 glaophamus and Aglaopheme under Nephthys (sic); Portelia Quatrefages was re- served for those species (P. rosea Quatrefages and possibly Nephthys polyphara Schmarda) in which the prostomium was thought to have only 2 antennae and the pygidium one pair of processes. Fauvel (1923, p. 369) questionably referred the type of Portelia to Nephtys cirrosa Ehlers, thus suppressing this as a valid generic name. The family was thus again reduced to a single genus, Nephtys Cuvier. It is noteworthy that Langerhans (1879, p. 305) had suggested dividing the family into 2 genera on the basis of the number of rows of proboscidial papillae,- whether 22 or 14- but this author continued to use the name Nephthys (sic) for both groups of species. Micronephthys Friedrich (1939, p. 123) was erected for one species, Nephtys minuta Théel, from the Russian Arctic Ocean. At least 2 others may be considered congeneric (see below). It should be No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 89 noted, however, that this genus is characterized mainly for reduction or loss of parts, and for the small size of its individuals, and apparently not for any major morphological character such as separates Nephtys from Aglaophamus. A conspicuous character among species of this family concerns the nature of the interramal cirri (=intercirri). In species of Nephtys they are distinctly curved outward or recurved (pl. 13, fig. 3) ; in species of Aglaophamus they are curved inward or involute (pl. 18, fig. 3). In Micronephthys the interramal cirri are nearly or quite absent. Most of the numerous species of the family can thus be referred to one of these 3 groups. Other less obvious, though perhaps more significant, char- acters typically accompany this feature. Thus, furcate setae (pl. 18, fig. 4) are usually present in species with involute cirri; their presence is doubtful for species in the other 2 groups. Acicular lobes appear on the whole more acutely pointed in species of A glaophamus and are usu- ally rounded or incised in species of Nephtys. The aciculum is fre- quently sharply recurved at the tip (pl. 19, fig. 4) in species of A glao- phamus and bluntly conical in species of Nephtys. Key To GENERA OF NEPHTYIDAE Interramal cirri recurved (pl. 13, fig.3). . . . Nephtys, p. 89 Interramal cirri involute (pl. 18, fig. 3) . . Aglaophamus, p. 116 Interramal cirri absent or nearly so. . . Micronephthys, p. 130 Genus Nephtys Cuvier, 1817 Type N. ciliata (Miiller) This has been spelled also Nephthys Savigny, 1818, Nephtis Audouin and Edwards, 1834, Nepthys Chamberlin, 1919a. It includes Portelia Quatrefages, 1865, Diplobranchus Quatrefages, 1865, and partly Aonis Savigny, 1818. Interramal cirri are recurved and present on most body segments. In shape they are cirriform to clavate; their lateral margins may be ex- panded, flattened or foliaceous to somewhat frilled. Preaccicular setae are usually transversely barred; postacicular setae are lanceolate and may have a margin that is entire, or delicately serrated, or denticulate, or with a few sharp teeth or a spur. Parapodial acicula occur singly and are pale to dusky in color; they are embedded or project slightly. A- cicular lobes may be incised to broadly or gently rounded at the distal edge. 90 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL, 15 to of The following 96 specific or subspecific names have been referred this genus; 40 names in italics type are regarded as valid species Nephtys; 21 others are referred to the genus Aglaophamus and 4 others to the genus Micronephthys. N. N N. Bigin mis ae a= Ae a ee ee . abranchiata Ehlers, 1913, see Micronephthys abranchiata. . acrochaeta, new species, see p. 114. . agilis Langerhans, 1879, see 4 glaophamus agilis. . (Aglaophamus) inermis Ehlers, 1887, see Aglaophamus inermis. ambrizettana Augener, 1918, see Micronephthys ambrizettana. . assignis, new species, see p. 112. assimilis Oersted, 1843, see Nephtys hombergi, Fauvel, 1923, p. 367. atlantica Hansen, 1878, indeterminable bononensis Quatrefages, 1865, p. 425, see Nephtys caeca borealis Oersted, 1843, p. 43, see Nephtys ciliata brachycephala Moore, 1903, p. 431, from Japan bucera Ehlers, see p. 105. caeca (Fabricius), see p. 95. caecoides Hartman, see p. 101. californiensis Hartman, see p. 103. canadensis McIntosh, 1900b, p. 264, from eastern Canada, ques- tionable . ciliata (Miller), see p. 95. circinnata Verrill, 1874, see Aglaophamus macroura cirrosa Ehlers, 1868, p. 624, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 369, fig. 144. cirrosa longicornis Jakubovi, 1930, p. 871, from Sevastopol, Russia. cornuta Berkeley, see p. 106. cuviert Quatrefages, 1865, p. 421, questionably Nephtys hombergi, see Fauvel, 1923, p. 367. dibranchis Grube, 1878a, see 4 glaophamus dibranchis. digitifera Augener, 1933a, see 4 glaophamus lyratus. discors Ehlers, see p. 96. dussumieri Quatrefages, 1865, p. 426, from Malabar, indeterminable. ectopa Chamberlin, 1919a, p. 94, off Peru. edwardsii delle Chiaje, 1828, p. 175, indeterminable, see Quatre- fages, 1865, p. 532. . ehlersi Heinen, 1911, p. 34, see Nephtys hombergi kersivalensis. . emarginata Malm, 1874, p. 77, see Nephtys longosetosa. . ferruginea Hartman, see p. 102. . fluvatilis Monro, 1937, p. 246, from Uruguay, freshwater. . glabra, new species, see p. 109. glossophylla Schmarda, 1861, p. 90, from Chile, indeterminable. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 91 . graviert Augener, 1913, p. 123, from southwestern Australia. . grubei McIntosh, 1908, see 4 glaophamus malmgreni. . hirsuta Dalyell, 1853, p. 145, questionably Nephtys caeca, see Mc- Intosh, 1908, p. 16. . hombergi Audouin and Edwards, see p. 101. - hombergi kersivalensis McIntosh, 1908, p. 21, from the British Isles. hombergi vasculosa McIntosh, 1908, p. 21, see N. hombergi, Fauvel, 1923; p. (307: hudsonica Chamberlin, 1920, p. 10B, from Hudson Bay, Canada. . hystricis McIntosh, 1900b, p. 259, from the Mediterranean Sea. imbricata Grube, 1856, p. 168, from Chile, incompletely known. impressa Baird, revised, see p. 97. incisa Malmgren, see p. 108. incisa bilobiata Heinen, 1911, p. 26, see Nephtys incisa. ingens Stimpson, 1853, p. 33, see Nephtys incisa or N. caeca. . laciniosa Grube, 1881, p. 112, from Brazil, indeterminable. lactea Malmgren, 1868, p. 141, from Greenland, indeterminable. lawrencii McIntosh, 1900a, p. 265, from eastern Canada, ques- tionable. lobophora Hartman, 1940, see Aglaophamus lobophorus. longipes Stimpson, 1856, p. 392, from Australia, indeterminable. . longisetosa Malmgren, 1866, p. 106, see Aglaophamus malmgreni. longosetosa Oersted, 1843, p. 195, from North Atlantic, see Fauvel, 1923, ‘p.. 367. lutrea Baird, 1873, see Aglaophamus lutreus. . lyrochaeta Fauvel, 1902, see A glaophamus lyrochaetus. - macandrewi Baird, 1873, see Nephtys hombergi, p. 101. . macroura Schmarda, 1861, see 4 glaophamus macroura. macroura peruana Hartman, 1940, see Aglaophamus peruana . maeotica Czerniawsky, 1882, p. 198, see Nephtys hombergi, accord- ing to Ostroumov, 1896, p. 111. . magellanica Augener, see p. 100. . malmgreni Théel, 1879, see Aglaophamus malmgreni. - Margaritacea Johnston, 1835, p. 341, see Nephtys caeca, Fauvel, 1923, pe 365. - minuta Théel, 1879, see Micronephthys minuta. - mirasetis Hoagland, 1920, see Aglaophamus, questionably dibranchis. - modesta Grube, 1878a, p. 535, from Kerguelen Islands, incompletely known. Gaew Lae nea 2 AAA A Ae ee De ee ne Ne) bo Be a ae 7, nies Oe ee a A La REA ee es ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 monroi, new name, see p. 107. . neapolitana Grube, 1840, p. 71, see Nephtys hombergi, Fauvel, 1923, p) 367: . nudipes Ehlers, 1868, p. 635, see Nephtys cilata. . oerstedii Quatrefages, 1865, p. 427, from Greenland, see Nephtys caeca, Fauvel, 1923, p. 365. . oligobranchia Southern, 1921, p. 610, from India. Okuda, 1943, pp. 99-103, describes this from China, freshwater. palatii Gravier, 1904, p. 472, from the Red Sea. Fauvel, 1919a, pp. 424-425, describes this from Djibouti. panamensis Monro, see p. 101. pansa Ehlers, 1875, p. 40, see Nephtys paradoxa. paradoxa Malm, see p. 111. phyllobranchia Milntosh, see p. 111. . phyllocirra Ehlers, see p. 108. picta Ehlers, see p. 103. polybranchia Southern, 1921, p. 607, from India. Fauvel, 1932a, p. 119, regards it a possible variety of N. oligobranchia, and records it from China, in nearly freshwater. polyphara Schmarda, 1861, see Aglaophamus polyphara. . praetiosa Kinberg, 1886, see 4glaophamus macroura. . punctata Hartman, see p. 96. . rickettsi Hartman, see p. 97. rubella Michaelsen, 1897, see A glaophamus rubella. . schmitti Hartman, 1938b, p. 152, from the northeast Pacific. . scolopendroides delle Chiaje, 1828, p. 424, see Nephtys hombergi, Fauvel, 1923, p. 367. . serratifolia Ehlers, 1897, p. 24, off the Falkland Islands. This was first described with recurved cirri, the proboscis with 20 terminal papillae and 15 subdistal rows with 6-7 in a row. Monro, 1930, p. 114, redescribed it with involute cirri, and Augener, 1922a, p. 19, suggests affinities with 4glaophamus dibranchis. . singularis new species, see p. 98. . sphaerocirrata Wesenberg-Lund, 1949, see Micronephthys sphaero- cirrata. . spiribranchis Ehlers, 1918, p. 235, see Aglaophamus spiribranchis. . sguamosa Ehlers, see p. 110. stammeri Augener, 1932, p. 663, is not a NEPHTYIDAE, but see under Micronephthys. . tagobensis Monro, 1933a, see A glaophamus tabogensis. . trissophyllus Grube, 1878b, see 4 glaophamus macroura. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE N. tulearensis Fauvel, 1919a, pp. 422-424, from Madagascar. N. nae verrillii McIntosh, 1885, see Aglaophamus, questionably J. branchis or A. dicirris. Key To Species oF Nephtys Interramal cirri foliaceous in some parapodia . Interramal cirri not foliaceous. . ; ‘ Interramal cirri first present from aoe segment 13; ee acicular setae sadias dentate at the cutting edge. . . By i . . . WN. phyllobranchia, p. Tena cirri Bet present from segment 8-10; postacicular setae more distinctly dentate. . . . WN. paradoxa, p. Interramal cirri first present from segment 4 and continued back to near end; prostomium with a pair of eyes at the pos- FERIOKS WMAROUD es scat let) dur dey ee od) le ING: belearensts, Vp. Proximal surface of proboscis strewn with prickles, warts or other processes. . . , 2 Proximal surface of a enoott or eel eed Interramal cirri not present before about segment 10 and continued back to about the twentieth last segment; acicular lobes incised. . Sel | 2. UN peneratan: Interramal cirri present ere SOPMeNt Si isui Vee. lppeeh aes Postacicular lobes conspicuous... é : Postacicular lobes restricted ; Hi atin i cirri en present fan segment 6 and continued to seventeenth last segment . : at Malle als Nia CRELESt aa: ee eeicalar. setae 1site, hoes in thick fascicles; proboscis witiia,tmddorsal papilla. 0-5, .., % oN. elata.ip. Postacicular setae project outward in stiff bundles; proboscis without: a middorsal papilla... «1. N.\caeea, p: Postacicular setae with a large spur (pl. 16, fig. 6) . Ne ick Reims bold nN er OCnaetaens eee ceular . setae without spur . Dorsolateral surface of body overlain by see aabiieated expansions of notopodia (lacking in juveniles); dorsal and ventral postsetal lobes foliaceous and greatly prolonged at sides; anterior neuropodia with an erect superior lobe . 1 ae : oy ieaese (Ls Men Sqaramosay sp: Dorsolateral ele ag tie not overlain by notopodial ex- pansions; postsetal lobes not so prolonged; neuropodial erect lake rabsentior present.) 40 3) ve ws Mite oe be Oe 93 di- 111 111 93 4 7 96 5 6 oF 95 95 110 94 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 9. Neuropodia with an erect lobe at the superior edge . 10 9. Neuropodia without an erect lobe at the superior edge . 12 10. Interramal cirri first present from segment 4 . 11 10. Interramal cirri first present from segment 8 WN. monroi, p. 107 11. Proboscis with a large median papilla; superior neuropodial lobe ’continued far back S00 6 NS am pressay pp: Sat 11. Proboscis without a median papilla; superior neuropodial lobe present in a few anterior segments. . . WN. singularis, p. 98 12. Prostomium with a pair of black eyespots on the posterior half; interramal cirri present from segment 3 WN. magellanica, p. 100 12. Prostomium without such eyespots . 13 13. Middle setae in postacicular fascicles with a oe coarse aa ER hot MeO Wye en, Stee er ens 20 13. Postacicular setae without a few coarse teeth . 14 14. Neuropodial postsetal lamella greatly prolonged and foliaceous in median and posterior regions, greatly surpassing the cor- responding notopodial lobe (pl. 18, fig. 3) . 15 14. Neuropodial postsetal lobe not so prolonged . 16 15. Anterior margin of second segment with a pair of eyespots; notopodial preacicular lobe conspicuously excavate (pl. 17, fig. Dye Ey Ree Lee I eal Ae INS ommbengmo ape mem 15. Without eyespots on second segment; notopodial preacicular lobe incised but not excavate. . . . WN. assignis, p. VIZ 16. Interramal cirri first present from segment 6 or 7 . 17 16. Interramal cirri first present from segment 3 to 5 . 18 17. Anterior acicular lobes broadly rounded (pl. 13, fig. 3) . bie ah ma NN stg Me La cri N. glabra, p. 109 17. Acicular lobes conical and prolonged . . la 17a. Dorsal postsetal lobe foliaceous; preacicular barred setae in- conspicuous and few in middle and posterior segments . N. phyllocirra, p. 108 17a. Basa ee cee little deveined preacicular barred setae not'so redirceds Oe) ele oO NG ersa. peli 18. Acicular lobes conical . : 19 18. Acicular lobes usually broadly edadedl to Bcseae: pA| 19. Interramal cirri first present from segment 3 ; postacicular setae toothed at outer edge. . . . . +. WN. panamensis, p. 101 1: Interramal cirri first present probably from segment 5; post- acicular setae smooth; posterior prostomial antennae bifid . N. cornuta, p. 106 No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE o5 20. Anterior dorsum marked with dark transverse bars; proboscid- iabijaws amber with dark tips 22) /sj) Su) c5.% Dopteta, p. 103 20. Anterior dorsum pale; proboscidial jaws dark brown . ; N. bucera, p. 105 Bl. eine a8 a Pe ieee Pia postacicular setae stiff; pigmented pattern of prostomium and first few segments ty- pically extensive. . : 22 21. Proboscis without a cuddareal eb te peak a Be setae a flowing; pigmented pattern of proboscis limited. . . . : N. californiensis, p. 103 Z2. ee cirri fee present from fourth segment; post- erior neuroacicular lobes incised . . . WN. caecoides, p. 101 22. Interramal cirri first present from third segment; posterior neuroacicular lobes conical. . . . . NWN. ferruginea, p. 102 Nephtys ciliata (Miller) Fauvel, 1923, p. 371, fig. 145; Hartman, 1938, pp. 144-145; Berkeley, 1942, p. 193; Hartman, 1944c, p. 339, pl. 47, fig. 10. Collections—Howe Island, Greenland (1); Puget Sound, Wash- ington (1); Yes Bay, Alaska (8). The specimens examined grossly resemble N. californiensis, below, but they differ in having the proboscis proximally covered with flattened processes instead of being smooth; each process has its beak directed away from the distal papillae. Interramal cirri are first present on segment 5 or 6. Distribution.—This is a circumpolar species in littoral zones in a sandy substratum. Nephtys caeca (Miiller) Fauvel, 1923, pp. 365-366, fig. 142; Hartman, 1938, pp. 144-145; Hartman, 1948a, pp. 24-25. Collections-—Southern Alaska (several) ; Washington (4) ; British Columbia, Canada (several) ; Oregon (1); northern California (1) ; Massachusetts (2) ; southern England (1) ; Scotland (1). The proximal surface of the proboscis is strewn with wartlike pro- cesses ; postsetal lamellae of parapodia are broadly foliaceous. Distribution.—This is a cold water, circumboreal species; it seldom occurs south to California. 96 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 Nephtys discors Ehlers Ehlers, 1868, pp. 626-629, pl. 23, figs. 39, 40; Hartman, 1938, p. 9, np: Material examined.—Holotype specimen from Eastport, Maine, collected by A. E. Verrill, October, 1863 and deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The original account was based on 2 lots, both from Maine; I have reexamined specimen no. 700. It is large with proportions as described by Ehlers. It grossly resembles large individuals of N. caeca (above) and might easily be mistaken for the latter. In it the interramal cirri are first present from segment 6 (Ehlers said 4) and continued back to near the end of the body; they are cirriform and inscribe a recurved spiral but are nowhere large; they are best developed in the anterior third of the body and hardly visible in the posterior half, thus different from comparable ones in N. caeca where they continue large farther back. Parapodial lobes are as shown by Ehlers (figs. 39, 40). Distally the proboscis has 10 pairs of bifid papillae and single mid- dorsal and midventral ones, totalling 22. Subterminally there are 22 rows with 4 to 6 in a row; they diminish in size proximally and are absent from the basal two-thirds of the proboscis; there is none distinct- ly median. The proximal surface is covered with low, flat, wartlike processes that diminish in size orally; nowhere is the surface smooth but the processes are less conspicuous than those in N. caeca. Postacicular setae are fine, long and taper to a point; the uppermost and lowermost are nearly smooth; those along the middle of the series have delicate transverse rows of fine spinelets, with 6 to 8 points in a row. Preacicular setae are fewer and much shorter though about equally fine; they are transversely barred with individual bars wider than long and closely spaced. Acicula are pale yellow, translucent, distally blunt and straight. Furcate setae have not been identified. N. discors may represent a local form of N. caeca; the sharpest differences are those in the reduced intercirri and the divergent para- podial lobes. Distribution.—It is known only from Eastport, Maine. Nephtys punctata Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 155-156, fig. 67; Berkeley, 1942, p. 193. Collections —1131-40 (1); 1182-40 (4); 1183-40 (3); 1195-40 (1); 1200-40 (1); 1201-40 (4); 1226-41 (1) ; 1227-41 (2) ; 1228-41 (1) ; 1229-41 (1) ; 1237-41 (2) ; 1314-41 (1). No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 97 Distribution.—Originally described from southern Alaska in 483 fms, the Gulf of Georgia in 31-90 fms and central California in 68-382 fms, it is here further reported from southern California in 54 to 263 fms. Berkeley (1942) recorded it from Alaska and British Columbia, Canada. Nephtys rickettsi Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 153-155, fig. 66. Collections.—994-39 (1); 1137-40 (1); 1160-40 (2); 1192-40 (2); 1195-40 (1); 1226-41 (fragment) ; 1227-41 (3) ; 1229-41 (1); 1237-41 (1); 1267-41 (1); 1268-41 (1); 1288-41 (4); 1289-41 (1); 1299-41 (2); 1412-41 (5); Cache Bay, Alaska (1) ; Sitka, Alaska (1). Distribution—The range is here extended from Alaska south through southern California in 32 to 268 fms. Nephtys impressa Baird, revised Plate 17, figs. 3, 4 Baird, 1873, pp. 94-95. Material examined.—Holotype specimen from Lota, Patagonia, de- posited in the British Museum of Natural History, London, England. This species has remained unknown except through its original brief description. The type consists of a single complete, though pos- teriorly regenerated individual about 95 mm long. The prostomium is approximately pentagonal in shape and broader than long, the width about one and one-half times the length. The anterior margin is straight and the posterior one broadly V-shaped. There are no visible eyespots or other color markings. The protruded proboscis has 22 rows of papillae (Baird described 12 pairs, or a total of 24). The subdistal papillae are in 7 to 9 longitudinal rows; they decrease in size rapidly in passing from distal to proximal regions; there is a moderatly large middorsal papilla. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth. Interramal cirri are recurved (figs. 3, 4) not involute as first stated. They are first present from the fourth segment and continued back to the end of normal segments (the last 10 segments are regenerated). Parapodia are well developed throughout; setae are numerous, long, silky and flowing, but many are broken off obliquely near the base of the spinous region. Preacicular lamellae are broad, flat and entire except in anterior neuropodia where they are longer and slenderer. In about the first 25 segments the superior edge of neuropodia has a conspicuous lobe (fig. 3) ; farther back this lobe diminishes in size but is still visible even in posterior segments as a small, digitate process (fig. 4). 98 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 Setae are of 2 kinds including preacicular barred, and postacicular lanceolate ones. The barred ones were originally described as “minutely joined.” The joints are presumed to have referred to the transverse bars, and not an articulation. Postacicular setae are long and blade-like, the outer edge delicately serrated with transverse series of spinelets. These setae are easily broken and obliquely slivered; many therefore, are broken off or remain as shattered stumps. No furcate setae have been identified. Baird described a third kind of setae as “compound, the edges of the appendage toothed as is also the top of the shaft.” I am unable to find such setae or to account for the presence of compound setae in any member of the family NEPHTYIDAE; the reference may have been to the broken, partly splintered postacicular setae. N. impressa is characterized for having superior lobes in neuropodia present in anterior and posterior segments; interramal cirri are first present from segment 4. The subdistal papillae of the proboscis are in only 4 or 5 rows. Distribution.—N. impressa is known only from Patagonia, southern South America. Nephtys singularis, new species Plate 15, figs. 1-6 Collections—495-36 (1+) ; 770-38 (1+) ; 930-39 (2—). This is a slender, prolonged species. One specimen not quite com- plete and with proboscis retracted, measures 33 mm long for 102 seg- ments; greatest width is 1.8 mm at about the fifteenth segment. There is no pigment except on the prostomium where the dorsal surface is slightly diffused with dark color. The species is otherwise conspicuous for the greatly prolonged neuropodial postsetal lobes through median and posterior segments, causing the specimen to appear ragged. The prostomium seen from above is approximately rectangular (pro- boscis retracted) and longer than wide; the 4 frontal antennae are subequal, with the ventroposterior pair the larger; all are simple and taper distally. Nuchal organs at the postectal margins are visible as papillae (fig. 1). The proboscis when everted is clavate in shape; it terminates dis- tally in 22 bifurcated papillae as typical of other species; the same number of rows is continued in the subdistal series. ‘These are largest at the forward (everted) end and number to 7 or 8 in a longitudinal series; they diminish in size gradually going back. The proximal sur- face is smooth but may appear somewhat wrinkled when the proboscis is not fully everted. There is no distinct middorsal or midventral larger papilla. No. l HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 99 The first parapodium is biramous as are all others. Its ventral cirrus is about as large as the ventral prostomial antenna; its dorsal cirrus is smaller. The first notopodial fascicle, as also those of the next 3 seg- ments, carries a series of long, backwardly directed barred preacicular setae that far surpass the postacicular setae in their respective segments ; those in the third and fourth segments are the most numerous and longest; thereafter these preacicular setae diminish in importance. Interramal cirri are first present from the fourth segment, where they are already large and far surpass the notopodial lobes in size. “They are clearly recurved and inscribe part of a spiral, already from the first. These cirri are present through a long median region but absent from some posterior segments. A superior neuropodial lobe is present from the fourth segment; it is short at first but rapidly longer so that by the fifth it is conspicuous (fig. 2) and continues so to the twelfth segment after which it diminishes to absence before the thirtieth segment. It is not visible on median segments. Notopodia have a large, foliaceous postsetal lobe, a slender, pro- longed notopodial lobe, a short, broadly rounded acicular lobe in an- terior segments that comes to be slightly equally bifid in median and posterior segments. The single, yellow aciculum projects more or less as a bluntly rounded straight rod. Notopodia of median and more posterior segments tend to have a larger, broader, postsetal lobe and the presetal part is correspondingly enlarged, but the differences are not marked. Anterior neuropodia have similarly a large foliaceous postsetal lobe that resembles its corresponding one in notopodia. At its superior edge the digitate lobe is conspicuous only through about 12 segments; there- after the postsetal portion comes to be very long, thin, extending dis- tally nearly as far as the postacicular setae. he ventral cirrus is clavate throughout, largest in median segments; it is occasionally, though perhaps abnormally, bifurcated. Preacicular setae are transversely barred. Those of the first 4 segments are more conspicuous, coarser and longer than are the corres- ponding postacicular setae. After the fourth segment they diminish in thickness and size so as to be surpassed by the postacicular setae. The transverse ridges of the barred setae are close (figs. 5, 6). Postacicular setae are flowing and arranged in fanshaped fascicles, accompanied by single, straight yellow acicula. They are cylindrical in their embedded basal portion; where they emerge from the fleshy parapodium the stem is abruptly and obliquely thinner, appearing frac- 100 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 tured (fig. 4); the blade is thin and knifelike, provided with a single series of teeth or bracts that extend along the broad portion of the seta but diminish to disappearance at the distal third; the tapering, distal tip is smooth. Furcate setae have not been found. N. singularis is characterized especially for its long, thin, foliaceous postsetal lobes in median and posterior segments, and the digitate superior neuropodial lobes of segments 4 to 12; interramal cirri are present from segment 4 where they are already large and continued back through a long region. The prostomium lacks eyespots. ‘The proboscis has 22 rows of terminal papillae, and 22 rows of proximal papillae with 7 to 8 in a series; the proximal surface is smooth; there is no middorsal or midventral one. The species is separable from related ones, as indicated in the key above. Holotype.—from station 770—38 and paratypes in the Allan Han- cock Foundation. Type locality—Off San José Point, Guatemala in 7-11 fms, black sand. Distribution —Near Cabeza Ballena, Gulf of California in 10-15 fms and off Guatemala in 7-13 fms, in fine sand. Nephtys magellanica Augener N. incisa Treadwell, 1914, p. 193. N. malmgreni Treadwell, 1914, p. 192, in part. N. assimilis Treadwell, 1914, p. 193, in part. Hartman, 1940, p. 238, pl. 41, figs. 100, 101; Hartman, 1944b, p. 18. Collections not previously reported.—559-36 (1); 1051-40 (1); 1056-40 (1); 1070-40 (1); 1075-40 (4) ; 1080-40 (1) ; 1757-49 (1); San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California (several) ; San Pedro, California (12); La Playa, San Diego Bay, and other localities nearby, California (22). The following collections reported from parts of southern Cali- fornia have been reexamined and are here referred to Nephtys magellan- ica. They are now in the Allan Hancock Foundation: Nephthys malm- greni Treadwell (1914, p. 192) from Point Loma, La Playa in San Diego Bay, San Pedro Channel, San Pedro, San Diego; also the follow- ing dredged stations from southern California, XLI-H 1 to 5 and LXXVI-H 1 (for data consult Michael and McEwen, 1915). Others reported as N. assimilis Treadwell (1914, p. 193) come from stations LXXXIX-H 1 and LXXV, and as N. incisa Treadwell (1914, p. 193) off La Jolla, California. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 101 Distribution —N. magellanica is known in the Eastern Pacific Ocean from southern California to the Strait of Magellan; it occurs also in West Indian seas and Colombia and Venezuela. Its bathymetric range is from low intertidal to 75 fms. Nephtys panamensis Monro Hartman, 1940, pp. 239-240, pl. 41, fig. 105, pl. 42, figs. 106-109. Collections not previously reported.—667-37 (1); 936-39 (1); 945-39 (1); 1088-40 (2). The proboscis usually has only 3 longitudinal rows of papillae (Monro, 1928, pp. 81-82, figs. 3-4). A specimen from station 667-37 has 6 to 8 rows but it agrees with the others in having a very long median papilla. Distribution—This occurs on the Pacific side of Panama, Costa Rica and the Gulf of California, Mexico, in intertidal zones to 50 fms. Nephtys hombergi Audouin and Edwards Plate 17, fig. 2 Nephthys macandrewi Baird, 1873, p. 94. Fauvel, 1923, p. 367, fig. 143. Material examined.—Holotype specimen of Nephthys macandrewi Baird, from Corufia, Spain, in the British Museum of Natural History, London, England. The everted proboscis has 22 rows of papillae distally and there is a distinct middorsal one subdistally; the proximal surface is smooth. Interramal cirri are recurved, first present from the fifth segment where they are already large; they are continued back nearly to the end of the body. The last 10 or more segments are regenerated in this individual. The preacicular notopodial lobe is broadly incised (fig. 2) and acicular lobes have a digitate elongation. Neuropodia have expansive oblique postsetal lamellae. In all of these respects the specimen agrees with N. hombergi Audouin and Edwards (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 367). Distribution—This is known from western and southern Europe. Nephtys caecoides Hartman N. coeca, N. malmgreni and N. assimilis Treadwell, 1914, pp. 192-193, in part. N. assimilis Berkeley, 1924, p. 290. Hartman, 1940, pp. 240-241; Hartman, 1944c, p. 250; Berkeley, 1945, pp. 326-327. 102 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Collections not previously reported.—927-39 (1); 976-39 (3); 979-39 (1); 987-39 (2); 990-39 (11 anterior ends); 995-39 (9); 1003-39 (2); 1030-40 (3); 1081-40 (1) ; 1120-40 (7); 1126-40 (6); 1130-40 (6); 1131-40 (2); 1134-40 (1); 1138-40 (1); 1141-40 (1); 1142-40 (4); 1143-40 (8); 1151-40 (1) ; 1165-40 (1) ; 1169-40 (1); 1181-40 (1); 1197-40 (6) ; 1202-40 (2) ; 1203-40 (1) ; 1204-40 (4) ; 1205-40 (8); 1211-40 (11) ; 1219-40 (5) ; 1232-41 (4) ; 1235-41 (2); 1238-41 (1); 1249-41 (1); 1257-41 (2); 1261-41 (1); 1274-41 (1); 1275-41 (1); 1278-41 (1); 1282-41 (1) ; 1284-41 (7); 1293-41 (1); 1295-41 (13); 1320-41 (1) ; 1332-41 (2) ; 1335-41 (5) ; 1358-41 (1); 1359-41 (1); 1364-41 (1); 1372-41 (2); 1384-41 (3); 1413-41 (2) ; 1441-41 (4); 1442-41 (3); 1445-42 (1); 1449-41 (1); 1450-42 (2); 1451-42 (8) ; 1457-42 (4) ; 1472-42 (11) ; 1494-42 (1) ; 1496-42 (1) ; 1500-42 (3) ; 1502-42 (1); 1505-43 (4) ; 1582-47 (10) ; 1694-49 (3) ; 1871-49 (1); 1902-49 (2); many others come from areas of Lower California, Mexico, north to British Columbia, Canada. Collections reported as N. assimilis Treadwell (1914, p. 193) now deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation, have been reexamined and are here referred to N. caecoides: from west Berkeley (1), Santa Bar- bara (1), San Pedro (1), Ballast Point in San Diego Bay (2), station XIII off San Pedro in 35-36 fms (1), all from California; also, re- ported as N. malmgreni Treadwell (1914, p. 192) from San Pedro (1); and another reported as N. coeca Treadwell (1914, p. 192) from Humbolt Bay, northern California. Distribution.— N. caecoides occurs in littoral zones of the temperate northeast Pacific, south to Lower California, Mexico; it is especially common in muddy sands of bays and lagoons, where it forms beds. Nephtys ferruginea Hartman N. malmgreni Treadwell, 1914, p. 192, in part. Nephthys caecoides ferruginea Hartman, 1940, p. 241, pl. 42, figs. 110- 114, pl. 43, fig. 115. Berkeley, 1945, pp. 327-328. Collections not previously reported.—992-39 (1); 1032-40 (9); 1133-40 (1); 1220-40 (8); 1226-40 (1); 1251-41 (1); 1289-41 (6); 1290-41 (2) ; 1300-41 (5) ; 1386-41 (1); 1387-41 (6) ; 1390-41 (12) ; 1392-41 (1); 1396-41 (2); 1411-41 (1); 1435-41 (2) ; 1436-41 (2); 1471-42 (12) ; 1472-42 (4) ; 1622-48 (1) ; 1703-49 (1) ; 1787-49 (2) ; Ballast Point in San Diego Bay, dredged (1); Ruxton Channel, Nanaimo, British Columbia, Canada (1, gift from Dr. C. Berkeley). No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 103 A collection reported as N. malmgreni Treadwell (1914, p. 192) from Ballast Point, has been reexamined and is referred to this species. Berkeley (1945, p. 327) raised this from subspecific to specific rank. Distribution—N. ferruginea is known from British Columbia, Canada south to Peru in depths of 10 to 230 fms; it is taken from soft mud or clay substrata. Nephtys californiensis Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 150-151, fig. 64; Hartman, 1940, p. 240; Hartman, 1944c, p. 251. Collections not previously reported— 1459-42 (2); 1597-47 (1); 1620-48 (1); 1759-49 (1); 1882-49 (1); 1886-49 (1); Dillon Beach and Bodega Head, Marin County, California (about 25) ; outer beaches at San Francisco, California (2). Most of these specimens show the characteristic “spread eagle” pattern of the prostomium (Hartman, 1938, fig. 64) but there is some variation in the first occurrence of interramal cirri. In some (1597-47 and 1759-49) it is first present from segment 3, in others (1620-48, 1882-49 and 1886-49) it is first present from segment 4. The specimen from 1587-47 is further different for having, in addition to the pro- stomial pattern, a broad transverse dark stripe on some posterior seg- ments. Distribution.—This occupies shifting intertidal sands of central California, south to the Gulf of Mexico; it seldom occurs to 30 fms. In its southern range it seems to intergrade (or hybridize?) with N. caecoides, above, so that individuals of the 2 species are sometimes not clearly distinguishable. Nephtys picta Ehlers Nephthys picta Ehlers, 1868, pp. 632-635, pl. 23, fig. 9, 35; Hartman, 1938, p. 9; Hartman, 1945, pp. 22-23. Collections—Cape Lookout, North Carolina (4); Grand Isle, Louisiana (2, gift from Dr. E. H. Behre) ; Beaufort, North Carolina (6). Total length approaches 85 to 150-200 mm. The anterior dorsum is marked with dark transverse bars segmentally arranged. The prostomium is approximately pentagonal seen from above; its anterior margin is straight and broadest, with a thin, spatulate edge; the anterior or frontal antennae are prolongations of the anterior lateral edges. The posterior 104 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 antennae are easily overlooked; they are much smaller and inserted far back at the posterolateral margin of the prostomium, near the origin of the first neuropodium. There are no visible eyespots. Nuchal organs are located at the postectal margins of the prostomium. The proboscis (everted) has 20 terminal bifid papillae, the 10 of each side separated from each other by a middorsal and midventral low papilla. The subterminal papillae are in 22 rows with 3 to 5 longitudinal, though irregular rows, the largest are distal and they decrease rapidly in size proximally. There is a much larger middorsal one. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth. The jaws (seen by dissection) are broad, triangular, amber colored with darker tips. The first parapodium is directed forward at the sides of the prostom- ium. Its neuropodium is much larger than its notopodium. The former is in front of, and below the latter and projects far forward so as to be at the sides of the prostomium. Its acicular lobe carries 10 or more long, slender preacicular setae (there are no postacicular setae) arranged in a crescent about the aciculum. The neuropodium is enlarged as a broad, flat lobe that is continuous with a digitate ventral cirrus. The first notopodium is above and somewhat behind the neuropodium; it is a low acicular cone lacking cirri but with a crescentic preacicular fascicle of about 20 setae and a much weaker postacicular series of 7 delicate setae. Other parapodia are lateral in position and normal in their parts. The second through fourth segments have preacicular fascicles that exceed in size and length the postacicular fascicles. Thereafter the post- acicular setae come to be the more conspicuous ones. Interramal cirri are first present from the fourth segment and con- tinued back to near the end; the last 4 or 5 segments lack them. These cirri are recurved, inscribing nearly a circle where best developed ; they are tapering and visibly ciliated at the margins. Acicular lobes in anterior parapodia are broad and short, with a slight incision at the place where the aciculum emerges. Those in middle segments are much broader and also slightly incised where the aciculum emerges. In posterior segments the neuroacicular lobe comes to be more prolonged at its end than the comparable notoacicular lobe; both are conical where the aciculum emerges. Setae appear dusky in mass but are pale yellow seen individually. Preacicular setae are barred and distally pointed. Postacicular setae are of 2 kinds; most are long, slender and appear smooth along the cutting edge. A few in the middle of the series differ in having, at the widest part, near the base of the cutting edge, 5 to 7 prolonged, pointed teeth, so large as to be visible even under moderately low magnification. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 105 The specimens listed above agree in these respects, except for 6 smaller ones, from protected sandy beaches at Beaufort, North Carolina. In these the interramal cirri are first present from the third, instead of fourth segment. They are referred to N. picta especially because the postacicular setae include some with the characteristic large denticles. Distribution.—This species occurs along intertidal shores of eastern United States from New England to Florida and in the Gulf of Mexico; it is associated with a substratum of shifting sands. Nephtys bucera Ehlers Nephthys bucera Ehlers, 1868, pp. 617-619, pl. 23, fig. 8. Material examined.—Type specimen of Nephthys bucera Ehlers, no. 209 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Except for its pale color, this so closely resembles Nephtys picta (above) that it is at first separable with difficulty. McIntosh (1900b, p. 266) had considered the 2 identical but this view was challenged ( Hart- man, 1945, p. 23). The prostomium is approximately rectangular, with the frontal margin widest and spatulate; the anterior antennae are prolongations of the anteroectal margins and project obliquely forward. The posterior antennae are easily overlooked since they are far back and lie under the prostomium; they are inserted in the crotch where the prostomial lobe and first neuropodium join. The proboscis has 20 terminal bifid papillae, the 10 of a side separ- ated from each other by middorsal and midventral papillae. There are 22 rows of subterminal papillae with 6 to 8 in a row, but in irregular arrangement. A very long middorsal one extends forward from the most distal row. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth. Within there are 2 dark brown triangular jaws. The first parapodium resembles very nearly that in Nephtys picta (above). The neuropodium is enlarged as a broad, flat lobe and contin- uous with a digitate ventral cirrus; it carries a fascicle of slender pre- acicular setae that project forward at the sides of the prostomium; the notopodium consists of an acicular lobe only with a crescentic fascicle of preacicular setae and a few postacicular setae. Acicular lobes are broad- ly rounded in anterior and median segments and come to be more or less conical in back. Interramal cirri are first present from the fourth segment and re- curved from the fifth; they are present through most body segments, 106 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 the last 5 segments lack them, but on the eighth last segment there is a recurved cirrus, followed by 2 segments where only a blunt base is visible. The notopodial cirrus is unique for having a basal flattened lobe which abruptly gives rise to the digitate cirrus; in this respect it differs from the comparable part in Nephtys picta, where the basal part of the notopodial cirrus is not so broadly expanded. Preacicular setae are barred and terminate in slender tips, as typical of other species. Postacicular setae are of 2 kinds; most are long, slender, and smooth along the cutting edge. A few in the middle parts of the fascicles have, at the lower part of the cutting edge, a few tooth-like processes that resemble those of N. picta (above) but are shorter, more easily sloughed off, and apparently constricted at the base. Nephtys bucera may be separable from N. ficta in the following respects: the jaw pieces are dark brown in the first and amber colored in the second; acicular lobes are rounded to conical in the first and slightly incised in the second; the notopodial cirrus has a basal broad lobe in the first which is larger than that in the second. In N. picta the toothed postacicular setae are coarsely and conspicuously dentate at the basal end whereas in N. bucera the larger denticles are dehiscent. N. picta has dark transverse bars on the first few to 40 segments; N. bucera lacks color pattern and is pale except for the red color caused by the blood vessels. Distribution.—N. bucera Ehlers is known chiefly from New Eng- land, and has been recorded south to North Carolina. Nephtys cornuta Berkeley Nephthys cornuta Berkeley, 1945, p. 328. Collection—Friday Harbor, Washington (1, gift from Drs. E. and C. Berkeley). This is a pale, small species. An ovigerous, presumably grown in- dividual measures only 10.8 mm long and 2 mm wide with, 1 mm without, parapodia at the widest or tenth segment. The ventral pro- stomial antennae are deeply bifurcated. Interramal cirri are first present from segment 5 and already large; they are continued back to near the end of the body. The proboscis, seen only by dissection, terminates in large papillae and the proximal surface is seemingly smooth; jaw pieces are triangular, light brown, paired. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 107 The prostomium lacks eyespots; it is approximately rectangular seen from above. Nuchal organs are inconspicuous at the postectal margin of the prostomium. The first parapodia are smaller than the others and directed forward at the sides of the prostomium. Notopodial cirri are typically small and bulbous with a distal filament. Ventral cirri are small and inconspicuous throughout, inserted near the neuro- podial base and thus far surpassed by the long ramus. Acicular lobes are long, cylindrical and bluntly conical at the free ends. Preacicular setae are barred and present in anterior segments where they are as large as, or more conspicuous than the accompanying postacicular setae. Farther back they gradually diminish in size and are absent from segments in the posterior half of the body. Postacicular setae are smooth or very delicately toothed at the edge. Furcate setae have not been identified. Distribution—N. cornuta is known only from Friday Harbor, Washington and southwestern Canada, to 20 fms (Berkeley). Nephtys monroi, new name Plate 17, fig. 1 Monro, 1933a, pp. 53-55, fig. 23h. Material examined.—A specimen labelled Nephthys tabogensis Monro, from ‘Taboga, Panama, in the British Museum, London, Eng- land. This species is partly described but not named by Monro (1933a, p. 53) as Nephthys tabogensis (see also Aglaophamus, below). A single large, mature male individual measures 63 mm long and 3 mm wide without parapodia. It consists of 67 segments and has a posterior re- generating end. Interramal cirri are recurved, not involute as are those in Aglaophamus tabogensis (Morro); thus the 2 individuals used in the original description (Monro, 1933a) are not the same but belong to different genera. The prostomium is much longer than wide. Anterior notopodial lamellae are broad and slightly incised; this notch disappears in middle and posterior segments. Interramal cirri are first present from the eighth segment and continued back at least through segment 67; they decrease somewhat in size after about segment 50. Notopodial cirri are short and foliaceous; they do not elongate in any part of the body. Anterior notopodia have a short, broad, slightly incised anterior presetal lamella, a conical acicular lobe and a longer, broad, rounded postsetal lamella. The notopodial cirrus is short and foliaceous; it has an acute tip. In median and posterior segments the shallow incision of anterior lamellae disappears and this part comes to be broadly rounded. Neuropodia are 108 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 chiefly characterized for having a long, erect lobe at the superior edge (fig. 1); this is first visible at about segment 18 as a tongue-like process at the upper end of the setal fascicle; it continues farther back to about segment 60 and is absent thereafter. The presetal lobe is short, the acicular lobe is conical and the postsetal lobe is longer, broader and lamellar. Preacicular setae are barred; postacicular setae are delicately toothed. Furcate setae are believed absent. The proboscis remains un- known. Distribution.—N. monroi is known only from Taboga Island, Paci- fic side of Panama in 6-12 fms on a muddy bottom. Nephtys incisa Malmgren Fauvel, 1923, pp. 369-370, fig. 144: Not Treadwell, 1914, p. 193. Collections —Gullmar Fjord, Sweden (several) ; Plymouth, Eng- land (1). Specimens from southern California reported as N. incisa (‘Tread- well, 1914, p. 193) go to N. magellanica (above). I know of no other record of its occurrence in the eastern Pacific. It is recorded, however, from eastern America (Sumner, et al, 1913, p. 619). Distribution.—Eastern United States and western Europe. Nephtys phyllocirra Ehlers Nephthys phyllocirra Ehlers, 1887, pp. 131-134, pl. 38, figs. 7-11; Augener, 1918, pp. 164-165. Material examined.—Type specimen no. 62 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. The single specimen is posteriorly incomplete and has the proboscis retracted and not dissected; it measures 31 mm long for 46 segments, 4.0 mm wide with and 2.1 mm without parapodia at the widest part or eighth segment. The specimen is now so hardened and brittle that the parts of the proboscis cannot be distinguished; also, the setae are broken off and the fleshy parapodial lobes have been rubbed away so that these parts cannot be discerned. Heavy yellow acicula project from the conical acicular lobes for a considerable distance, but perhaps ab- normally since they were not first described. The prostomium is small, pale and lacks eyespots. The proboscidial jaws are black, blunt, triangular pieces. According to Ehlers, the terminal papillae number 22 bifid ones and there are 22 rows subterminally. Interramal cirri are first present from the sixth, and much larger on the seventh segment. They are weakly recurved or directed ventrally, No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 109 and continued on successive segments to the end of the piece. Notopodial postsetal lobes are foliaceous and broad (Augener, 1918, p. 165) ; acicu- lar lobes are conical. Postacicular setae are long, smooth, pale. Preacicular setae are barred as characteristic of other species. ‘hey were first thought (Ehlers, 1887) to be lacking from neuropodia; however, they are present, most conspicuous in anterior segments and diminish thereafter to only a few in a segment. They thus resemble the ones in notopodia. This species seems to have its nearest affinities with N. incisa Malm- gren, from which it is distinguished through the presence of the foliace- ous notopodial lobes. Distribution.—This is recorded off southern Florida in 320-339 fms (Ehlers, 1887, p. 131), off the West Indies in 44-197 fms (Augener, 1906, p. 154), off Delaware in over 600 fms (Treadwell, 1928, p. 466) and off Colombia, Atlantic side in 6 meters (Augener, 1933a, p. 209). Nephtys glabra, new species Plate 13, figs. 1-9 N. malmgreni Treadwell, 1914, p. 192, in part. Not Théel, 1879. Collections.—890-38 (1); 1229-41 (1); 1268-41 (1); 1376-41 (1); 1384-41 (1); 1413-41 (1); middle ground in San Diego Bay, California (2, collected by William Morton Wheeler). Total length exceeds 115 mm (posteriorly incomplete) ; number of segments is over 120. The prostomium is trapezoidal in shape, the anterior end only slightly wider than the posterior one; it is longer than wide unless the proboscis is everted when it appears wider than long (fig. 1). There are no color spots on preserved individuals. The proboscis has 22 bifid, terminal papillae. The subterminal ones are arranged in 22 longitudinal rows and each row has few (one to 3), the largest one distal and the greatest number at the sides of the pro- boscis. In addition, there is a large, conspicuous middorsal one that exceeds the others in size. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth and glistening. Interramal cirri are recurved and first present from the sixth or seventh segment; they are small through segments 10 to 16, and con- tinued back nearly to the end of the body. The first 10 or more seg- ments have parapodial rami widely separated, exposing a considerable area of the interramal space (fig. 2); farther back the rami are less widely separated. 110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 Parapodial lobes are lamellar but not prolonged. The presetal lobes are short and broad, postsetal ones are longer but only slightly or not at all surpassing the acicular lobe. The latter is broadly rounded (fig. 3) with acicula projecting only slightly. Setae are long and flowing; they appear dusky in mass against the pale body. Preacicular setae (figs. 6 and 9) are barred and much the shorter except in anterior segments, where they are longer, stronger and coarser than their corresponding postacicular setae. After the origin of the interramal cirrus the barred setae are rapidly smaller and more slender than postacicular setae. he distal free part of postacicular setae is flattened and delicately serrated at the outer edge (figs. 4, 5). The ornamentation is most developed on setae in inferior and superior posi- tions of the fascicle. N. glabra is characterized for having interramal cirri first present from segment 6 or 7 and then not well developed until about segment 16. The proboscis has only 2 or 3 papillae in a row in the subterminal series, and the middorsal one is very conspicuous. Parapodial lamellae are weakly developed throughout; acicular lobes are broadly rounded. Specimens reported as N. malmgreni Treadwell (1914, p. 192) _ from San Diego Bay, California, have been reexamined and are here referred to N. glabra. Holotype from station 1268-41 and paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality—Off Anacapa Island light, California in 48-51 fms (station 1268-41). Distribution—Off Point Pifios, Monterey, California south to San Diego Bay, California; subintertidal to 108-109 fms, in gray or greenish sand. Nephtys squamosa Ehlers Hartman, 1940, pp. 237-238, pl. 41, figs. 98, 99; Hartman, 1944b, p. 18. N. assimilis Hartman, 1940, p. 239, pl. 39, figs. 87-88. Not Oersted, 1843. Collections not previously reported.—495-36 (1); 770-38 (2); 913-39 (6); 941-39 (1); 1002-39 (2); 1008-39 (3); 1010-39 (3); 1012-39 (2); 1024-39 (2); 1056-40 (1); 1081-40 (1) ; 1106-40 (1); 1119-40 (1); 1137-40 (1); 1191-40 (1); 1251-41 (2); 1259-41 (1); 1260-41 (4) ; 1326-41 (1) ; 1328-41 (10) ; 1358-41 (1); 1390-41 (2); 1754-49 (1); 1758-49 (1). No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 111 Interramal cirri are first present from segment 4. This species is chiefly characterized for the strongly imbricated superior lamellae of notopodia. In this respect it resembles N. imbricata Grube (1856, p. 168) from Valparaiso, Chile, but the latter is too incompletely known for certain identification. Three small, presumably juvenile individuals earlier reported as N. assimilis (Hartman, 1940, p. 239) from stations 495-36 and 770-38, are referred to N. squamosa, although the parapodial lobes are not imbricated as is typical for adult or larger specimens. Other characters, notably the early origin and large size of interramal cirri and the setal structures are those of N. squamosa. Distribution—vThis occurs on both sides of tropical America and tropical west Africa; it is subintertidal to 120 fms. Nephtys paradoxa Malm Fauvel, 1923, p. 375, fig. 146. Collection —Gullmar Fjord, Sweden, dredged (1). Interramal cirri are first present from segment 8 to 10; they are minute at first but gradually increase in size and come to be large and foliaceous; on the last 25 to 30 segments they are again small or nearly absent. Postacicular setae are more distinctly toothed at the cutting edge than are similar ones in N. phyllobranchia (below) with which this is nearly allied, if not actually identical. Furcate setae are believed to be absent. The single specimen in the collections was a gift from Dr. Gunnar Gustafson, to whom thanks are extended. Distribution——North Atlantic Ocean in moderate to shallow depths. Nephtys phyllobranchia McIntosh Hartman, 1942b, p. 99. Collection—Off Delaware in 1105 fms (1). The prostomium lacks eyespots. Nuchal organs are moderately con- spicuous. The proboscis has 22 rows of papillae distally and as many subterminally; there is none distinctly middorsal. The proximal sur- face is smooth. Interramal cirri are first present though very small, from about segment 13; they increase in size gradually and are large, strongly foliaceous by segment 35. They decrease in size thereafter so that by segment 40 or somewhat later they are absent. Postacicular setae are faintly serrated at the cutting edge. Furcate setae have not been iden- tified. 112 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 This species is separable from N. paradoxa (above) for only slight differences; if they are found to be identical, N. paradoxa Malm has priority. Distribution.—N. phyllobranchia has been reported only from deep water (1240 fms) off New York and off Delaware in 1105 fms. Nephtys assignis, new species Plate 14, figs. 1-6 Collections —890-38 (1); 1220-42 (2); 1237-41 (2); 1379-41 (2); 1384-41 (1). This species grossly resembles N. hombergi Audouin and Edwards (above) in having broad, foliaceous postsetal lobes, but it differs in other respects. A large anterior end of 45 segments measures nearly 60 mm long and 10 mm wide without parapodia at segment 23. The prostomium is subquadrangular in shape and lacks eyespots (fig. 2). The 2 pairs of antennae are simple, cirriform, with the ventral pair the larger. Nuchal organs are eversible mounds located within the bases of the first pair of parapodia, at the postectal margins of the prostomium. The proboscis has 22 rows of papillae; those distal are bifid as are those of other species, with the outer branch more than twice as large as the inner one. The subdistal papillae number 4 or 5 in a row; the largest ones are distal and they decrease in size proximally. None is distinctly middorsal or midventral (fig. 1). The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth. Interramal cirri are present from the sixth segment but are short and thick through 12 to 15 or 20 segments (later in larger individuals) after which they are moderately large; all are recurved and cirriform. They are continued back to near the end of the body; the last few segments lack them. The first parapodium is clearly biramous with the branches widely separated; it differs from the second and successive parapodia in that it is directed forward at the sides of the prostomium. Its notopodium is much larger than its neuropodium, and it has a thick, prolonged conical notopodial cirrus, similar to that of the second segment but longer. The notopodial postsetal lobe is visible as a low papillae just above the acicular tip. Preacicular barred setae are conspicuous, number 25 or more and are arranged in a crescentic series, partially surrounding the moundlike acicular lobe. The much shorter, inconspicuous post- acicular series of lanceolate setae is continuous to form a shallow con- cavity at the posterior edge of the acicular lobe. The preacicular setae No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 113 appear dusky in mass, the postacicular ones nearly colorless. The pre- dominance of these preacicular setae is observed through the first 4 segments but thereafter the postacicular setae increases in size so as to be the major ones. By segment 12 the preacicular series is far surpassed by the postacicular one. The first neuropodium is a short lobe with a long ventral cirrus similar to the respective notopodial cirrus but only about two-thirds as large. It compares in size and shape with the ventral prostomial antennae. Its preacicular and postacicular setae are arranged in an oval series around the short conical acicular lobe; the 2 series are about equal in number and prominence, but the entire fascicle is much weaker than the corresponding notopodial one. The second neuropodium resembles that of more posterior segments ; its preacicular setae form a conspicuous anterior row of about 26 setae, its postacicular series comprises about as many but the setae are much finer and delicate. By segment 7 to 8 the postacicular series is the more conspicuous. In typical parapodia the notopodial acicular lobe is incised (figs. 3, 4), not excavate as in N. hombergi (above). Acicula occur singly in parapodia; they are yellow but look dark when observed from the tip. They are distally straight and only slightly project from the parapodium when not retracted. Postsetal lobes are broad and foliaceous; the noto- podial is much smaller than the neuropodial one (fig. 4). Setae are directed laterally in sparse fascicles. Preacicular setae form transverse series in front; they diminish in size and number farther back. In median and posterior segments they are inconspicuous when compared with the postacicular setae. Like those in front, they are transversely barred (fig. 5). Postacicular setae are transversely serrated at their widest part (fig. 6). N. assignis is characterized in having a proboscis with only 4 or 5 distal rows of papillae and smooth proximal surface; interramal cirri are first present from segment 6 and small for 12 to 20 segments. The conspicuous development of preacicular setae continues through a few anterior segments. The notopodial lobe is incised, the neuropodial one is rounded. Postsetal lobes are broadly foliaceous. N. assignis is dis- tinguished from other species in the key above. Holotype from station 1379-41 and paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality—Santa Catalina Channel, California in 84-95 fms. Distribution.—California and Lower California, Mexico, from Monterey Bay south to Cedros Island in 36-109 fms; also off San José Light, Guatemala in 2-5 fms, sand and mud. 114 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Nephtys acrochaeta, new species Plate 16, figs. 1-6 Material examined.—Holotype specimen from off Uruguay, South America, Swedish State Museum, Stockholm, Sweden. A single specimen, posteriorly not quite complete, consists of 58 segments and measures 50 mm long and 1.75 mm wide without, 3 mm with parapodia at the widest region or about segment 16. he body has no color pattern but is pale tan throughout. The prostomium is quadrate, a little longer than wide (proboscis retracted) ; its anterior margin is straight, its sides about parallel, and the posterior margin merges imper- ceptibly into the first segment. The anterior frontal antennae are small, located at the anteroectal margins and continuous with the prostomium. The posterior antennae are much larger and located immediately behind and ventral to the frontal antennae; they are triangular with a broad base. Nuchal organs are conspicuous papillar processes at the postectal margins of the prostomium. There are no eyespots. The ventral folds of the lower lip are deeply longitudinally grooved so as to extend back onto the seventh segment (proboscis retracted ). The proboscis, seen by dissection, has 21 rows of bifid terminal papillae and about as many rows of subterminal papillae. There is none distinctly middorsal or midventral. The distalmost are about as large as the terminal papillae and those more proximal gradually decrease in size. Those in the 2 or 3 distalmost rows are larger than the others; they are then replaced by 14 longitudinal rows of increasingly smaller papillae in 7 to 9 rows after which they disappear. The proximal sur- face of the proboscis is smooth. The pharyngeal jaws are translucent light horny brown with a sharp distal tooth, a quadrate base and 4 angled ridges that extend from the tip to the base. Interramal cirri are first present from the ninth segment as a small filament; they increase gradually in size and are recurved from segment 12 though still small and slender; maximum development is not attained until near the midle of the body where a complete spiral is inscribed (fig. 1); interramal cirri are continued back at least through 59 segments (end of the specimen). On the dorsal and ventral sides of the body, the lateral margins of the epidermis are laterally prolonged to form scale-like folds that ex- tend back onto the succeeding segments, thus appearing imbricated ; this character is notable in Nephtys squamosa Ehlers (see above) but not so conspicuously developed in N. acrochaeta. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 115 The first parapodia are directed forward to lie at the sides of the prostomium. Notopodial and neuropodial rami are about equal in size but the notopodial cirrus is a mere vestige whereas the ventral cirrus is large, thick, conical, resembling the ventral prostomial antenna or the ventral cirrus of the second parapodium. Setae of the first segment are directed forward; the preacicular series are fully developed; the post- acicular series few, weak and delicate. Those of the notopodium are slightly longer and more numerous than those of the neuropodium. By the second segment, the postacicular fascicle has attained an importance nearly equalling that of the preacicular series. ‘The notopodial parts are more fully developed and the rami are widely separated. The notopodial cirrus is acutely conical from about segment 3; farther back it comes to be increasingly longer, is directed laterally as a slender, tapering filament and extends far beyond the other parapodial lobes. There is no erect or prolonged lobe on the superior edge of the neuropodium. In a typical parapodium (figs. 1 and 2) postsetal lobes of both rami are foliaceous and consist of broad lobes, the upper one slightly serrated at the edge, the lower one similar or entire. The acicular lobe is acutely conical, distally prolonged so as to extend be- yond the other parapodial lobes; the aciculum may be more or less withdrawn into the fleshy lobe or slightly projecting. Posterior acicular lobes are slenderer and more prolonged than those in front, but all may be described as conical. Setae are dusky when viewed in mass but pale when seen individual- ly. They occur in full, flowing fascicles; the preacicular barred setae are shorter and fewer than postacicular setae (except in the first segment). The barred setae are distally pointed, proximally transversely marked with light and dark areas (figs. 3, 4). Postacicular setae are of 2 kinds; the uppermost and lowermost in each branch are largely smooth, slender, lanceolate; about 10 to 12 in the median part of fascicles differ in that they have a large spur near the base of the extended part (figs. 5, 6) ; the distal part is delicately spinous along the cutting edge. The specific name refers to the spurred postacicular setae. Acicula are yellow, thick, single in rami; they taper distally to a blunt tip. They may be completely embedded or project slightly from the acutely conical acicular lobes. N. acrochaeta approaches N. incisa Malmgren in having acicular lobes; it differs clearly from all known species of the genus in the characteristic spurred postacicular seta. Holotype.—In the Swedish State Museum, Stockholm, Sweden. 116 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Type locality—Off Uruguay, 39° 0’ S, 51° 10’ W, in 80 meters, dark gray mud, taken December 12, 1901 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1901-1902. Distribution Off Uruguay, South America. Genus Aglaophamus Kinberg, 1866 Type A. lyratus Kinberg This includes Aglaopheme Kinberg, 1866 and Nephthys Kinberg, 1866, in part (see Hartman, 1948b). Aglaophamus differs from Nephtys (see above) most conspicuously for having interramal cirri involute instead of recurved. Furcate setae (pl. 18, fig. 4) are generally present. Acicular lobes tend to be acutely prolonged at the distal end and the acicula are often recurved at the tip. The proboscis may have 22 to only 14 longitudinal rows of papillae and few to many in a row; rarely these papillae are lacking (4. inermis Ehlers). ‘The proximal surtace of the proboscis is smooth or papillated. The following 21 species or subspecies are believed to belong to the genus Aglaophamus Kinberg; most are newly referred in this report. A. agilis (Langerhans), 1879, p. 304, from Europe. See Fauvel, 1923, pp. 312-313. A. dibranchis (Grube), see p. 121. A. dicirris, new species, see p. 122. A. erectans, new species, see p. 125. A. inermis Ehlers, see p. 129. A. jeffreysi (McIntosh), 1885, p. 162, from Japan, dredged. A. juvenalis (Kinberg), 1866, p. 240, from Brazil. See Hartman, 1948b, Deol. A. lobophora (Hartman), see p. 129. A. lutreus (Baird), see p. 129. A. lyratus Kinberg, 1866, p. 240, from Bangka Strait. See Hartman, 1948b, p. 50. A. lyrochaetus (Fauvel), 1902, pp. 72-73, from northwest Africa. See Fauvel, 1927b, pp. 528-530 for additional description. A. macroura (Schmarda), see p. 118. A. malmgreni (Théel), 1879, p. 26, from western Europe. See Fauvel, 1923. p: 371. A. mirasetis (Hoagland), see p. 121. A. peruana (Hartman), see p. 120. A. polypharus (Schmarda), 1861, p. 89, from Chile. | No. | HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 17 A. quatrefagesi (Kinberg), 1866, p. 240, from the West Indies, See Hartman, 1948b, p. 52. A. rubella (Michaelsen), 1879, pp. 19-24, from western Europe. A. rubella anops, new subspecies, see p. 127. A. sinensis (Fauvel), 1932b, pp. 536-537, from China. See Monro, 1934, pp. 363-365, for a redescription. A. tabogensis (Monro), see p. 125. Nephthys spiribranchis Ehlers (1918, pp. 235-236, pl. 16, figs. 5-7) from Aru Island, Dutch East Indies, may belong to the genus Aglaophamus. The original description is obviously in error in some important respects. Thus, furcate setae are said to be present in pre- acicular series; when such setae are present, as they often are in species of Aglaophamus, they are postacicular in position. The notopodial cirrus (called dorsal cirrus) is said to be absent. The first parapodium is said to be uniramous. Unique features include the following: neuropodia have a tall, erect superior lobe; the proboscis has 20 subterminal rows of papillae with to 7 in a row. The interramal cirrus is shown recurved (Ehlers, 1918, pl. 16) but it is possible that it was unnaturally turned upward for the illustration, in which case it would actually be involute, as in Aglaophamus; the notopodial cirrus might thus also have been concealed, lying under the interramal cirrus. Fauvel (1932a, p. 177) has referred this species to 4. dibranchis (Grube), but there are some discrepancies in the descriptions. Key TO SPECIES OF 4 glaophamus feo Postsetall lobes Serrated, st... .\.\ccreusalMsehcl ser Sek, Suenos Minne ies Postsetal Jobes mot-serrated, <6. 4) aceuioi tsa Renesas | So 2. Proboscis with 12 rows of papillae. . . A. polyphara, p. 2. Proboscis with 22 rows of papillae. . . A. lobophara, p. 129 3. Proboscis without terminal or subterminal papillae; notopodial and ventral cirri very long and slender. . A. inermis, p. 129 3. Proboscis with terminal and subterminal papillae; notopodial and ventral cirri usually much shorter. . . . . . 4 4. Notopodial cirri foliaceous and compressed. . . . «. S 4. Notopodial cirri slender and cirriform. . 8 5. Neuropodia with an erect lobe (pl. 19, ae 3) on fie upper edge 21 : ; SO er 30 5. Neuropodia Seihadt an erect jolie on He upper sie Rees Cay! 6. Interramal cirri present from second segment 4. sinensis, p. 117 6. Interramal cirri present from fifth segment A. lutreus, p. 129 6. Origin of interramal cirri not known. . A. mirasetis, p. 121 118 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 . Without prostomial eyes . Notopodial postsetal lamella entire. . . A. peruana, p. Notopodial postsetal lamella bifid . . . A. macroura, p. Postsetal lamellae inconspicuous or absent behind the middle of the body; notopodial cirri long, surpassing the interramal citriatyabout segment 25)... . «. %. /) Atabogensiss p: . Postsetal lamellae developed farther back; notopodial cirri long or short in anterior and median segments . Proboscis with 14 longitudinal rows of subterminal sapillae Proboscis with 16 rows of Siureaitel ne a ‘ Z A. juvenalis, p. eee ie 22 rows fet Bete papillae 4. dicirris, p. Prostomium with a pair of conspicuous dark eyespots near its posterior margin (absent in 4. rubella anops) . Prostomium without such eyespots or these doubtfully eae . Interramal as ae from eet oye a : ete a p. . Interramal cirri present from segment 9 . : . Interramal cirri not present before segment 18 4. entice p. Median segments with an erect lobe on neuropodia (pl. 19, fee) cA ty Mean’ ji pte eldtenectans ap: . Median segments adiokt saaline erect lobe on neuropodia . A. malmgreni, p. ; Piahaseis more or ee ee Nes covered by longitudinal rows of large papillae; middorsal papilla absent . . Proboscis not so completely covered with rows of suai p- 121 middorsal papilla present. . . . . A. dibranchis, p A. rubella anops, p. With prostomial eyes. (2) 63° “> 2° de rabella, p: Aglaophamus macroura (Schmarda) 120 118 125 9 10 ne 116 125 116 14 yy, 127 Nephthys macoura Schmarda, 1861, p. 91, figs.; Hartman, 1942a, pp. 113-114 fig. 9; Hartman, 1944c, p. 339, pl. 47, fig. 11. Nephthys macrura Fauvel, 1916, pp. 436-438, pl. 8, figs. 1-3. Hartman, 1948b, p. 10. Material examined —Many individuals from southern South Amer- ica, collected by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1901-1902. This species was originally very briefly described as Nephthys macroura Schmarda (1861) from littoral sands at Auckland, New Zealand. It has since been recorded from circummundane antipodal No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 119 regions, from shore to 1200 fms (Benham, 1915, pp. 203-205). To it have been referred Nephthys praetiosa Kinberg, 1866, from off the mouth of the La Plata River, N. virginis Kinberg, 1866, from southern South America, N. circinnata Verrill, 1876, from Maine and N. tris- sophyllus Grube, 1878, from the Kerguelen Islands. It has been more extensively reported from the entire Antarctic realm (see Monro, 1936, p. 140). It should be noted, however, that differences, perhaps of sig- nificance, have been described (Benham, 1915, pp. 203-205). In the individuals examined, size in length ranges from 25 to over 150 mm. A total length of 220 mm has been recorded (McIntosh, 1885, p. 161). The prostomium is subquadrate, depressed, but not spatulate in front. There are no visible eyespots. The proboscis (everted in some individuals) terminates in 20 bifid papillae and a shorter, middorsal and midventral triangular process. The subterminal papillae are in 22 rows with 2 or 3 longer papillae in a row; these abruptly give rise to 14 longitudinal rows of smaller ones, with to 5 in a row, and more proximally these divide into 2 or 3 tiny papillae each. The basal or proximal part of the proboscis is smooth. The first parapodium is smaller than the others; it is clearly biram- ous with a larger neuropodium directed forward and under the noto- podium. The ventral cirrus is flattened and distally prolonged as a slender tip. Preacicular fascicles in both notopodia and neuropodia are much larger than the corresponding postacicular fascicles; farther back the barred setae come to be increasingly less conspicuous. The first notopodium is merely a rounded prominence, lacking cirri or lobes. Interramal cirri are first present from the third, or not until the fourth and very small at first, through 8-10 segments; by segment 21 they come to fill the interramal space. They diminish rapidly after the middle of the body but continue farther back as a slender, small involute cirrus to the last few body segments. Its attached notopodial cirrus is broadly foliaceus and extends distally as a slender, inconspicous filament. Postsetal lobes in both notopodia and neuropodia come to be large and conspicuous through the anterior half of the body; the notopodial one is incised. The acicular lobe is prolonged at one end (inferior in notopodia and superior in neuropodia) as an auricular process toward which the recurved acicula extend. The notoaciculum is directed down- ward, the neuroaciculum upward, at the recurved tip. The numerous specimens examined show some interesting, though perhaps not important differences. In some the superior edge of post- setal lobes is developed as a foliaceous process, between segments 10 to 30; in others such a process is lacking, or only slightly developed. 120 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Distribution—This species occurs in all Antarctic regions, also southern South America to the La Plata River, and in deep water off Maine (Verrill, 1874). It is recorded from littoral zones to 1200 fms. Aglaophamus peruana (Hartman), new combination Nephthys macroura peruana Hartman, 1940, p. 236, pl. 39, figs. 89, 90, pl. 40, figs. 96. 97. Collections.—(see Hartman, 1940, p. 236). This is referred to Aglaophamus because interramal cirri are in- volute. ‘Che original subspecies is raised to specific rank since it differs from Aglaophamus macroura (see above) in some major characters. The prostomium is broadest in front and has a thin, spatulate margin that is prolonged ectolaterally as the slender, tapering frontal antennae. The posterior antennae are much larger, long triangular, and inserted far back at the sides of the prostomium. The posterior margin of the prostomium extends medially backward as a tapering, slightly pigmented raised ridge to the anterior end of the second segment. Nuchal organs are located at the postectal margins where the first segment ad- joins. There are no eyespots. The ventral folds of the mouth extend back to the sixth segment. The proboscis (seen by dissection) is much like that in 4. macroura (above). It has 22 bifid terminal papillae, with the middorsal and mid- ventral ones the smallest. There are 22 longitudinal rows in the sub- terminal series, with 2 or 3 irregular rows; these abruptly give rise to 14 longitudinal rows with 4 or 5 in a row and each of these divides into 2 or 3 small papillae. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth. There is no middorsal or midventral papilla. The paragnathal jaws are horny yellow and broadly embedded. The first segment is longer and narrower than those farther back; it is clearly biramous with numerous setae in each branch. The neuropod- ium extends forward and under the notopodium; it has a large, tri- angular ventral cirrus that exceeds in size the posterior prostomial antennae and is considerably larger than ventral cirri farther back. Neurosetae are in a larger preacicular fascicle and an inconspicuous postacicular one. The first notopodium is a low mound with a minute notopodial cirrus; it carries a full fascicle of preacicular and a weak bundle of postacicular setae. Interramal cirri are first present from the third segment and partly inscribe a spiral; within a few segments they are rapidly larger and come to be coiled. The notopodial cirrus is broadly foliaceous and ends distally in a filamentous tip. The subacicular portion of notopodia and the supra-acicular of neuropodia is greatly prolonged as a digitate lobe, No. | HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 121 notably more so than in 4. macroura (Schmarda). Postsetal lobes of notopodia are broad, foliaceous and not bifid (see Hartman, 1940, pls. 39 and 40). A. peruana differs from A. macroura (see above) especially for having a prostomium that is broadly spatulate in front; interramal cirri are already large on the third segment; postsetal notopodial lobes are entire, not incised; acicular lobes are more prolonged than in 4. mac- roura. Distribution.—A. peruana is known only from Peru in 10 to 40 fms. Aglaophamus dibranchis (Grube), new combination Nephthys dibranchis Grube, 1878a, p. 536; McIntosh, 1885, pp. 161- 162; Ehlers, 1905, pp. 14-15; Fauvel, 1932a, pp. 117-118. Noz Hartman, 1940, p. 237. Nephthys verrilli McIntosh, 1885, pp. 163-164, pl. 26, figs. 6, 7, pl. 32a, fig. 8. The species is here characterized to distinguish it from 4. dicirris (see below) with which it may be confused. The prostomium has a pair of conspicuous eyespots near its posterior margin. The proboscis has 14 longitudinal rows of subterminal papillae and each row tends to be divided at its proximal end to form 2 rows of smaller papillae. There is a long middorsal papilla. Notopodial cirri are cirriform, their length not as great as that of their respective interramal cirri. The superior edge of neuropodia has a long, cirriform erect lobe. Postsetal lamellae are simple and entire in both notopodia and neuropodia. Furcate setae are present in both rami and accompany the postacicular setae. Some specimens earlier recorded as this species (Hartman, 1940, p. 237) are to be referred to 4. dicirris (see below). 4. mirasetis (Hoag- land) may belong here (see below). Distribution.—A. dibranchis (Grube) was first described from New Guinea and is now known from other parts of the Indopacific area. P Aglaophamus mirasetis (Hoagland), new combination Nephthys mirasetis Hoagland, 1920, p. 610, pl. 48, figs. 5-8. This species is referred to Aglaophamus Kinberg because its inter- ramal cirri are involute, not recurved. It was described from a single individual 45 mm long and with 78 segments. The proboscis presumably has 22 terminal papillae and as many subterminal rows with 8 in a row at the sides and only 5 medially; there is none distinctly middorsal; the proximal surface is smooth. 122 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 Origin of interramal cirri is not known. Notopodial cirri are long and slender. The notopodial postsetal lamella is broad and foliaceous. Some neuropodia have a long, cirriform erect process at the superior edge but the origin or distribution of this process is not known. Setae consist of preacicular barred, postacicular lanceolate and furcate spines. A. mirasetis resembles A. dibranchis (see above) in most of its known characters, and may be identical. The reported number of pro- boscidial rows is different, but this character may be erroneously stated. Distribution—A. mirasetis (Hoagland) is known only from its type locality, Tinakta Island, Philippines in 16 fms. Aglaophamus dicirris, new species Plate 18, figs. 1-8 ?Nephthys verrilli Cowles, 1931, p. 320. Not McIntosh, 1885, p. 163. Nephthys dibranchis Monro, 1933a, pp. 56-57, fig. 24; ? Treadwell, 1937b, p. 149; Hartman, 1938, pp. 144-146; Hartman, 1940, p. 237; ? Berkeley, 1941, p. 33; Hartman, 1945, pp. 7, 22. Collections ——The numerous individuals fall into 2 groups; in one the interramal cirri are first present from segment 5, rarely 6. These include: 185-34 (2); 187-34 (1); 213-34 (3); 250-34 (1); 421-36 (1) ; 436-36 (6) ; 492-36 (1) ; 513-36 (1) ; 667-37 (2); 668-37 (1); 770-38 (1); 1030-40 (1); 1052-40 (2); 1074-40 (2); 1078-40 (1); 1088-40 (1); 1096-40 (5); 1097-40 (2); 1117-40 (1); 1197-40 (1); 1275-41 (1); 1283-41 (1); 1295-41 (1); 1365-41 (7); 1374-41 (1); 1703-49 (1) ; 1732-49 (1); Beaufort, North Carolina (1). In a second group the interramal cirri are first present from segment 7 or 8. These include: 1069-40 (3); 1252-41 (1); 1254-41 (1); 1256-41 (2); 1265-41 (6). Collection 436-36 is selected as the holotype. Length of large’ in- dividuals is 27 to 44 mm but most are smaller. Some of the larger specimens have the body cavity distended with ova, indicating possibly full growth. The body tapers gradually backward and has no inflated anterior region (preserved). There is no color except for the 2 dark eyespots at the posterior margin of the prostomium. The prostomium is longer than wide and approximately rectang- ular in shape when the proboscis is retracted (fig. 2). The anterior margin is truncate and has a pair of subequal antennae, or also an ac- cessory one (figs. 1, 2). The 2 eyes are located at the postectal margins just within the nuchal organs. The latter are conspicuous at the inner bases of the first parapodia; when everted they resemble small fleshy horns. No. | HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 123 The proboscis (everted in some individuals) is clavate in shape. Its entire surface is closely strewn with minute, low papillae that can be identified as blunt cones under high magnification. Seen from the top they resemble tiny buttons. The distal end of the proboscis ends in 22 bifid papillae (fig. 1). The subterminal rows also number 22, each row with about 9 at the sides and decreasing to 6 or 7 middorsally and mid- ventrally; there are 2 additional reduced ones medially, but there is no one distinctly middorsal. All parapodia are biramous but the first neuropodium is reduced and has a setal fascicle that is smaller than those farther back. Noto- podial and ventral cirri of the first segment are larger than those farther back and subequal to each other. Interramal cirri are first present from segment 5 (or 6) or not until segment 7 or 8 (see under Collections, above) and continued back nearly to the end of the body; the last 6 to 10 segments may lack these cirri. They are involute and inscribe a complete spiral where best developed. Except in the first few segments, they greatly exceed in length and size their respective notopodial cirri. Notopodia consist of an entire postsetal, foliaceous lamella directly behind the postsetal fascicle, not above it, as in 4. erectans (see below). The notoacicular lobe is conical and the yellow aciculum projects from its distal end as a recurved hook. The notopodial cirrus is slender and tapering. Neuropodia have a characteristic superior, digitate lobe that is erect and long; it projects distally for a length about equal to that of the neuropodium (fig. 3). It is first present at about segment 14 and continued far back, nearly to the end but absent from about the last 10 segments where the body tapers rapidly. Neuropodial postsetal lamellae are broad and foliaceous, but not as long as their corresponding noto- podial lamellae. Setae are of 3 kinds including preacicular barred, postacicular lan- ceolate and furcate spines. In anterior segments the barred setae are heavier and more conspicuous than their accompanying postacicular setae but after the origin of the furcate spines, at about the sixth segment, the barred setae decrease in relative size and come to be more slender than postacicular setae. Lanceolate setae are of 2 intergrading kinds. Those in upper and lower parts of the fascicles are nearly smooth all around. Those in the middle, where accompanied by furcate setae, are profusely and irregularly covered with fine spinelets on the cutting edge (fig. 5) and nearly smooth on the opposite side. The shaft is cylindrical and smooth; the distal end is slender and pointed. These setae number 6 to 8 in a fascicle and they alternate with as many furcate setae; their relations and comparative sizes suggest that the latter function to clean the spinous parts of the lanceolate setae. 124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Furcate setae (fig. 4) are first present from about the sixth segment and continue posteriorly through most segments in both notopodia and neuropodia. The 2 tines are about equally long and thick; the strengthen- ing fibers extend along the inner sides of both tines, though directed somewhat away from the center; the 2 tines are nearly symmetrical. The pygidium terminates in a long, median cirriform process. In a second group of individuals (see under Collections, above), the interramal cirri are not present before segment 7 or 8. The postsetal lamella of notopodia tends to be somewhat superior instead of immedi- ately behind the setal fascicle. In other respects, however, including the peculiar details of the proboscis and the diffusely spinous setae, the specimens agree with those described above. It is further noteworthy, that among 6 individuals from one station (1265-41) some smaller, 15 mm long individuals have interramal cirri first present from segment 5, whereas the largest one, 44 mm long, does not have them before segment 8. A. dicirris grossly resembles 4. dibranchis (see above) in some respects, and some individuals were earlier (Hartman, 1940, p. 237) so identified. In both the prostomium has a pair of dark eyespots near the posterior margin; neuropodia have a long, erect lobe on the superior edge. In 4. dicirris, however, the proboscis has 22 rows of papillae whereas in 4. dibranchis there are 14 rows (which may however be secondarily divided proximally). The proximal surface of the proboscis is diffusely papillated in 4. dicirris and presumably smooth in 4. di- branchis (Grube). Nephthys dibranchis Monro (1933a, p. 56) from Gorgona Island, Panama in 20-30 fms, is here referred to A. dicirris since the proboscis has 22 rows of subterminal papillae with none distinctly medial; inter- ramal cirri are first present from segment 5 and continued back on most body segments. Other records of N. dibranchis from tropical or subtropical parts of the Eastern Pacific are perhaps also this, thus Neph- thys dibranchis Berkeley (1941, p. 340) from Santa Cruz Island, Cali- fornia. It is likely also that Nephthys verrilli Cowles (1931, p. 340) from Maryland, belongs to this species. Holotype.—from station 436-36 and paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality——Pifias Bay, Panama, shore (station 436-36). Distribution.—A. dicirris occurs in warm waters of both sides of tropical and subtropical America and the Gulf of California, Mexico; it extends north at least to southern California in the west and Beaufort, North Carolina or possibly Maryland on the Atlantic side; its known range is intertidal to 72 fms. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 125 Aglaophamus tabogensis (Monro), new combination Nephthys tabogensis Monro, 1933a, pp. 53-55, fig. 23 (in part). Material examined.—Type collection in the British Museum, Lon- don, England. This species is referred to Aglaophamus because it has interramal cirri that are involute, not recurved. Both notopodia and neuropodia have furcate setae. The proboscis has 20 terminal, bifid papillae; the subterminal papillae are in only 2 or 3 in a row and there is a single giant one middorsally. The prostomium is rectangular seen from above and longer than wide; there are no visible eyespots. Involute interramal cirri are present from segment 8 and disappear between segments 40 and 50. They are best developed between segments 25 and 35 where they are spiralled and greatly exceed in size their respective notopodial cirri. The latter are small and cirriform except between segments 20 to 25 where they are much prolonged though still cirriform; here they exceed in length their accompanying interramal cirri. Acicular lobes are acutely conical. Neuropodia have a small erect lobe on the superior edge; it is present at least on anterior segments through the twenty-fifth but is nowhere long. A. tabogensis (Monro) was first thought to include individuals with interramal cirri involute and also recurved. I am regarding these as belonging to 2 different species in 2 genera, the other named Nephtys monroi (see above). Distribution —A. tabogensis (Monro) is known only through its original discovery from Taboga Island, between Taboga and Taboguilla, Pacific side of Panama in 6-12 fms, from a muddy bottom. Aglaophamus erectans, new species Plate 19, figs. 1-10 Nephthys malmgreni Treadwell, 1914, p. 192, in part. Not Théel, 1879. Collections.—1133-40 (9); 1256-41 (1); 1262-41 (1); 1311-41 (1); 1313-41 (1); 1316-41 (1); 1318-41 (2) ; 1321-41 (6); 1366-41 (1); 1435-41 (1); near Guadalupe Island, off western Mexico in 40 fms, green mud, collected Sept. 1, 1906 (5); Gulf of Catalina, Cali- fornia in 165-230 meters in green mud and sand, collected June 28, 1901, by C. A. Kofoid (8); off Redondo Beach, California in 50-100 fms, collected June, 1941 by T. Burch (8). There is no distinct color pattern but the prostomium (fig. 1) is partly diffused with brown, and the ventral side of the body has a broad brown line in the middle. Length of 34 or 35 segments is 21 to 27 mm; 126 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 width with parapodia is to 5.2 mm at the widest part or segment 16. The prostomium is approximately rectangular and has a straight anterior margin; its posterior half is pigmented. There are no visible eyespots. Nuchal organs are inconspicuous between the upper edge of the first notopodia and the postectal margin of the prostomium. Frontal an- tennae taper distally; they resemble the first pair of ventral cirri except that they are not constricted near the base. Posterior antennae originate just behind and ventral to the anterior pair; they are broader and slight- ly longer than the first pair. When the proboscis is retracted the lateral margins of the mouth extend through the first and most of the second segment. The lower lip with its outer margins extends from the middle of the second, to the middle of the fifth segment. The proboscis has 14 rows of bifid terminal papillae and the same number in the subterminal rows. These number 10 to 13 in each row and they decrease in size going proximally; there is no distinct middorsal or midventral papilla. The proximal surface of the proboscis is smooth (ig: 1); Parapodia are biramous throughout. The first are large, directed for- ward and project beyond the prostomium. The first neuropodium exceeds its notopodium in size; the ventral cirrus resembles the frontal antennae. The first neuroacicular lobe is acutely prolonged and nearly as long as the ventral cirrus. Neurosetae number about 15 to 20 in a fascicle. The first notopodium has a small notopodial cirrus and its setae include both barred preacicular and lanceolate postacicular ones. Farther back the parapodial rami are widely separated from each other (fig. 2). Interramal cirri are involute and may be first present from segment 9 where they are tiny, or not until segment 11. They increase in size gradually and come to be spiralled (fig. 3) by segment 17. Typical notopodia have a small postsetal foliaceous lamella that is superior in position. Notopodial cirri are short, conical and smaller than their respective interramal cirri except in anterior segments where the latter are lacking. Acicular lobes in both notopodia and neuropodia are conical. Acicula occur singly; they project from the distal end of the lobe and are re- curved at the tip (fig. 4). An erect lobe at the upper edge of neuropodial lobes is present as a small papilla from about segment 16; it appears as a separation between the presetal and postsetal lobes. This papilla en- larges gradually so that by segment 27 it is as shown in fig. 3; it is never as large or long as the comparable process in 4. dicirris (see above). Farther back it comes to be only slightly longer; in posterior segments it decreases and is probably absent from a considerable posterior portion. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 127 Setae consist of preacicular barred (figs. 7-10) and postacicular lan- ceolate ones. Furcate setae have not been identified. The lanceolate setae have transverse rows of serrations (figs. 5, 6). Most of the individuals listed above are anterior fragments or at least not posteriorly complete. Since they are from dredged collections, and sometimes in groups, it is suggested that they may form beds. Most specimens come from green mud. A. erectans resembles 4. malmgreni (Théel) in some respects. Both have a proboscis with 14 rows of papillae and with 10 to 13 in a row and both lack a large middorsal papilla. In both the acicular lobes are conical and the postsetal lobes are inconspicuous; the interramal cirrus is small or absent in a long anterior region. 4. erectans differs from A. malmgreni in that eyes are absent, not present; neuropodia have an erect superior lobe from about segment 16 which is continued through median segments; this lobe is absent from A. malmgreni (Théel). Holotype from station 1316-41, and paratypes in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality—One mile southwest of Ben Weston Point, Santa Catalina Island, California in 45 fms (station 1316-41). Distribution—Southern California and Lower California, Mexico, in depths of 20 to 172 fms, in mud. Aglaophamus rubella (Michaelsen), new combination Nephthys rubella Michaelsen, 1897, pp. 19-24, pl. 1, figs. 5-8; Fauvel, 1923, p. 373, fig. 145. Interramal cirri are involute, thus this is referred to Aglaophamus. Aglaophamus rubella anops, new subspecies Nephthys malmgreni Berkeley, 1924, p. 290 (Fide Berkeley, 1945, p. S27 iz Nephthys rubella Berkeley, 1945, p. 327. Collections.—Mittelnacht Island, Canada (1, gift from Drs. E. and C. Berkeley) ; off Alaska in 185-300 fms, dredged by U.S.S. Albatross Ct). A complete specimen with 55 segments measures 17 mm long. The body is diffused reddish brown but there is no pigment pattern (pre- served). The prostomium is pentagonal, with slightly arcuate frontal margin and straight sides; the posterior margin is medially prolonged so as to extend back to the end of the first segment. The frontal antennae are at the anteroectal margins of the prostomium and nearly as large as the posterior antennae; the latter are inserted at the sides of the pro- stomium; there are no eyespots such as are present in the stem species. 128 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 The proboscis (seen by dissection) has 14 longitudinal rows of sub- terminal papillae with 15 to 20 in a row; the largest are distal and they diminish in size proximally to very minute ones. There is none in middorsal or midventral positions. The proximal surface is smooth. Interramal cirri are involute and first present from the fourth seg- ment; they are small at first but come to inscribe a complete spiral within a few segments; they are present on all segments to near the end of the body. The first segment is similar to that shown for the stem species (Michaelsen, 1897, pl. 1); ventral cirri are large triangular and project forward; the first notopodium is present as a low mound with a very small notopodial lobe. Preacicular setae in both rami surpass and outnumber postacicular ones. Farther back the ventral cirrus is much smaller and other parapodial parts are more developed. In typical parapodia the notopodium consists of a broad upper post- setal lobe and a much smaller, inconspicuous lower portion that is surpassed by the conical acicular lobe. Its presetal part is short and notched, with the superior part the larger. Neuropodia have a broad, foliaceous postsetal lobe that extends out slightly beyond the conical acicular lobe; the preacicular part is weakly notched. A slight prolonga- tion or spur of the superior edge of the neuropodium corresponds to the erect superior lobe of the stem species. Ventral cirri are large and triangular. Preacicular setae are barred; postacicular setae are long, tapering, finely denticulate at the cutting edge. Furcate setae are absent. Acicula are yellow, deeply embedded except for the recurved tip. A. rubella anops differs from the stem species, 4. rubella (Michael- sen) most conspicuously in its much smaller size, 55 mm as against 60-120 mm long; the prostomium lacks eyespots instead of having them; interramal cirri are present from the fourth, instead of third segment; the proboscis has only 15-20 papillae in subterminal rows instead of 30-40 papillae. The specimen selected as holotype was reported as Nephthys rubella Michaelsen by Berkeley (1945, p. 327) collected from Mittelnacht Island, east end of Vancouver Island; it is a gift from Drs. E. and C. Berkeley to whom thanks are here extended. The paratype was dredged, with Goniada annulata Moore, by the U.S.S. Albatross on August 29, 1905, station 4748. Holotype and paratype in the Allan Hancock Foundation. Type locality —Mittelnacht Island, east end of Vancouver Island, Canada. Distribution—Vancouver Island and between Departure Bay and Clarke Rock, western Canada in 20 fms (Berkeley, 1924); also Yes No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 129 Bay to Anan River and return, Albatross station 4748, August 29, 1905, in 185-300 fms. Aglaophamus inermis Ehlers Nephthys inermis Hartman, 1940, p. 234, pl. 39, figs. 84-86, pl. 40, fig. 95. Collections not previously reported— 931-39 (2) ; 1097-40 (1). This species is clearly characterized for lacking terminal and sub- terminal papillae on the proboscis; both notopodial and ventral cirri are long and cirriform. Distribution.—This occurs on both sides of tropical America and has been recorded also from the Mediterranean Sea and the Gulf of Suez (Monro, 1937, p. 283). It is intertidal to depths of 53 fms. Aglaophamus lobophora (Hartman), new combination Nephthys lobophora Hartman, 1940, pp. 234-236, pl. 40, figs. 91-94. Collections—(See Hartman, 1940, p. 234). This is here referred to Aglaophamus since interramal cirri are in- volute. Distribution.—It is known only from Peru in 10-30 fms. Aglaophamus lutreus (Baird), new combination Nephthys lutrea Baird, 1873, p. 95. ? Nephthys virgini Ehlers, 1897, pp. 19-23, pl, 1, figs. 9-12. Not Kin- berg, 1866. Material examined.—Type specimen of Nephthys lutrea Baird from Otter Island, Patagonia, in the British Museum, London, England and specimens labeled Nephthys virgini by Ehlers, from Patagonia, in the Swedish State Museum, Stockholm, Sweden. The type specimen is a single macerated individual. Its published and only account is incomplete but the specimen is now distorted so that parapodial lobes cannot be clearly distinguished. Interramal cirri are seen to be involute, thus this goes to 4 glaophamus ; they are long and in- scribe at least a spiral. They are first present though small on the fourth or fifth segment but by the seventh they are much larger. Notopodia have a conspicuous flat, foliaceous cirrus that is located just above the interramal cirrus (notopodial cirrus). Neuropodia have a slender, erect lobe on the superior edge; this is as shown by Ehlers (1897, pl. 1, fig. 12) for Nephthys virgini, which I regard as possibly the same. Setae include preacicular barred, and postacicular serrated ones; the serrations are limited in extent and successive rows are widely spaced. This species was originally compared with Nephthys impressa Baird (see 130 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. above) and separated from it for its different size. Since the latter is a Nepthys with recurved interramal cirri, the 2 are at once separable. The so-called jointed setae described by Baird (1873, p. 95) may have referred to the preacicular barred setae, but these were further mis- interpreted to be postacicular, instead of preacicular in position. Other specimens examined, labeled Nepthys virgini Ehlers (1897, pp. 19-23, pl. 1, figs. 9-12) also from Patagonia and now deposited in the Swedish State Museum, resemble the specimen of Baird. Some neuropodia have an erect lobe on the superior edge; interramal cirri are involute and first present from segment 4 or 5; the first are small but by segment 5 these cirri are longer than their respective notopodial cirri. The latter are foliaceous but have an acuminate tip. Anterior neuro- podia have a short, superior digitate lobe that attains its maximum development at about segment 10-15. The proboscis has 14 rows of sub- terminal papillae; at the proximal end of the series each row bifurcates to give rise to 2 or more rows of smaller papillae. A. lutreus bears resemblance to 4. sinensis (Fauvel) (1932b, p. 536) which also has 14 rows of subterminal papillae on the proboscis and a superior lobe on neuropodia. However, in the latter interramal cirri are present from the second segment and already well developed by the third one. Distribution.—A. lutreus (Baird) is known only from Patagonia, southern South America. Genus Micronephthys Friedrich, 1939 Type M. minuta (Théel) This genus was erected (Friedrich, 1939, p. 123) for a single species, Nephthys minuta Théel (1879, pp. 28-31, pl. 2, fig. 18) from the Russian Arctic Sea. It is characterized for its small size (16 to 19 mm long or less) and few body segments (as low as 30 but perhaps to 75 or more) and perhaps for nearly or altogether Jacking interramal cirri. Parapodial lobes are poorly developed. Setae consist of barred pre- acicular, and smooth lanceolate postacicular ones. Furcate setae are known only for one species, here referred to this genus, M. sphaero- cirrata (Wesenberg-Lund). The first segment, like all subsequent ones, is biramous. In addition to the type species of the genus, M/. minuta (Théel), the genus may include also the following species: Nephthys abranchiata Ehlers (1913, p. 452) from Antarctic seas in 385 meters, and Nephthys ambrizettana Augener (1918, pp. 166-168, pl. 2, fig. 13, pl. 3, figs. 60, No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 131 61) from Angola, Ambrizette, west Africa. Nephthys sphaerocirrata Wesenberg-Lund (1949, pp. 294-296, figs. 24-26) from the Sea of Iran in 13 meters is unique for having notopodial and ventral cirri that are subglobular and furcate setae present. The genus, Micronephthys Friedrich, may thus comprise the following: M. minuta (Théel), M. abranchiata (Ehlers), new combination, M. ambrizettana (Augener), new combination and M. sphaerocirrata (Wesenberg-Lund), new com- bination. Another species described as Nephthys stammeri Augener (1932, pp. 663-664, 678-679, fig. 2) from the Adriatic Sea, is said to lack inter- ramal cirri, thus would also go to Micronephthys Friedrich. However, parapodia are said to be uniramous and are thus not nephtyid in char- acter. The proboscis was described as eversible and with 14 bifid ter- minal papillae with the same number of rows subdistally and with to 5 in a row. It appears that the description was based on more than one species, and may partly belong to that of a syllid. 132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 LITERATURE CITED ANNENKOVA, N. 1929. Nachtrag zur Polychaetenfauna des Schwarzen Meeres. 1. Goniada bobrezkii n. sp. C. R. Acad. Sci. Russ. Leningrad, vol. for 1929, pp. 495-497, 5 figs. Arwipsson, I. 1897. Zur Kenntnis der Gattungen Glycera und Goniada. Bihang, K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., Stockholm, vol. 23 (Afg. 4, no. 6), pp. 1-30, 2 pls. 1899. Studien tiber die Familien Glyceridae und Goniadidae. Bergens Mus. Aarbog, no. 11, pp. 1-69, 4 pls. AvupboulIN, J. AND H. Epwarps 1834. Classification des Annélides, et description de celles qui habitent les cotes de la France. Néréidiens. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, vol. 27, pp. 195-260, 6 pls. AucENER, H. 1906. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, and on the east coast of the United States, 1877 to 1880, by the U.S.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake. Westindische Polychaeten. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 43, pp. 91-196, 8 pls. 1912. Beitrag zur Kenntnis verschiedener Anneliden und Bemerkungen iiber die nordischen Nephthys-Arten und deren epitoke Formen. Arch. Naturgesch. Berlin, vol. 73A (Heft 10), pp. 162-212, pls. 5, 6. 1913. Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens. Polychaeta I, Errantia. Ergebnisse der Hamburger siidwest-australischen Forschungsreise 1905, vol. 4, pp. 63-304, 3 pls. 1918. Beitrige zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Polychaeta. Herausgegeben von W. Michaelsen, Hamburg, vol. 2, Lief. 2, pp. 67-625, 6 pls. 1922a. Australische Polychaeten des Hamburger Zoologisches Museums. Arch. Naturgesch. Berlin, vol. 88 (Abt. A), pp. 1-37, 9 figs. 1922b. Litorale Polychaeten von Juan Fernandez. The Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. Edited by Dr. Carl Skottsberg, Uppsala, vol. 3, pp. 161-218, 1 pl. 1924. Polychaeta von Neuseeland. I. Errantia. Videns. Medd. Kjgb., vol. 75, pp. 241-441, 11 figs. 1925. Ueber westindische und einige andere Polychaeten-Typen von Grube (Oersted), Kréyer, Mérch und Schmarda. Pub. Univ. Zool. Mus. Kgbn., no. 39, pp. 1-47, 2 figs. 1927a. Polychaeten von Siidost- und Siid-Australien. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. Pt. 38. Videns. Medd. Kjgb., vol. 83, pp. 71-279, 17 figs. 1927b. Die Polychaeten der Sammlung Thilenius von Neuseeland und Samoa. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 13, pp. 338-363, 5 figs. 1927c. Polychaeten von Neu-Pommern. Sitzber. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, pp. 119-152, 1 pl. 1931. Die bodensdssigen Polychaeten nebst einer Hirudinee der Meteor- Fahrt. Mitt. zool. Staatsinst. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 44, pp. 279-313, 11 figs. 1932. Die Polychaeten und Hirudineen des Timavogebietes in der Adriati- schen Karstregion. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Syst., vol. 63, pp. 657-681, 3 figs. 1933a. Polychaeten aus den zoologischen Museen von Leiden und Amsterdam. Pt. 1. Zool. Meded. Leiden, vol. 15, pp. 177-260, 31 figs. 1933b. Polychaeten aus den zoologischen Museen von Leiden und Amsterdam. Pt. 3. Ibid., vol. 16, pp. 283-316, 3 figs. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 133 1934. Polychaeten aus den zoologischen Museen von Leiden und Amster- dam. Pt. 4. Schluss. Ibid., vol. 17, pp. 67-160, 31 figs. Bairp, W. 1863. Descriptions of several new species of worms belonging to the Anne- lida Errantia and Sedentaria or Tubicola of Milne Edwards. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 106-110. 1873. Description of some new species of Annelida and Gephyrea in the collection of the British Museum. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 11, pp. 94-97. BENHAM, W. 1909. Annelida and Sipunculoidea. Im Scientific Results of the New Zealand Government Trawling Expedition, 1907. Records Canterbury (New Zealand) Mus., vol. 1, pp. 71-82. 1915. Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F.I.S. Endeavour on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. Pt. 1, pp. 173-237, pls. 38-45. 1916. Report on the Polychaeta obtained by the F.I.S. Endeavour on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. Pt. 2, pp. 125-162, 3 pls. 1921. Australian Antarctic Expedition 1911-14. Scientific Reports Series C, Zoology and Botany, vol. 6, pt. 3, Polychaeta. (Sydney, William Applegate Gullick). pp. 1-128, pls. 5-10. 1932. Notes on Polychaeta: two new species of the genus Goniada. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 9, pp. 553-566, 9 figs. BERKELEY, E. 1924. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. 2. Phyllodocidae to Nereidae. Contr. Canad. Biol., n.s., vol. 2, pp. 287-294, 1 pl. 1927. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Pt. 3. Leodicidae to Spionidae. Ibid., vol. 3, pp. 405-422, 1 pl. BERKELEY, E. AND C. BERKELEY 1939. On a collection of Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Mexico. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 3, pp. 321-346, 12 figs. 1941. On a collection of Polychaeta from southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pt. 1, pp. 16-60, 18 figs. 1942. North Pacific Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Vancouver Island, Alaska and Bering Sea. Canad. Jour. Research, vol. 20, pp. 183-208, figs. 1-6. 1945. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. 3. Further notes on Syllidae and some observations on other Polycheta Errantia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 12, pp. 316-335, 6 figs. BLAINVILLE, H. DE 1825. Dictionaire des Sciences Naturelles. Article Néréide. vol. 34, pp. 408-455. BLANCHARD, R. 1849. Anelides du Chile. Jz Gay’s Historia fisica y politica de Chile. Segun documentos adquiridos en esta republica durante doce anos de residencia en ella. Paris. Zoologica, vol. 3, pp. 9-52, 2 plates in Atlas. Bosretzky, N. 1870. Materialy dlya fauny Shernago Morya. Annelidy Kievskago ods- chestva estestvoi Zapisky, Kiev. vol. 1, pp. 188-274, pls. 9-12. (In Russian. ) 134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 CarRRINGTON, B. 1865. On the chaetopod annelids of the Southport sands. Proc. Lit. and Philos. Soc. Manchester, vol. 4, pp. 176-188. CHAMBERLIN, R. 1919a. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 48, pp. 1-514, 80 pls. 1919b. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. Jour. Entom. Zool. Claremont Coll., vol. 11, pp. 1-23. 1920. Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913-18. Vol. 9B, Annelids, Parasitic worms, Protozoans, etc. Polychaeta. Ottawa, pp. 1B-41B, 6 pls. CHARRIER, H. 1907. Notes sur Nephthys hombergit Aud. et Edw. Trav. Soc. sci. Stat. Zool. Arcachon, vol. 10, pp. 297-306, 8 figs. CHIAJE, S. DELLE 1825-1828. Memorie sulla storia e notomia degli animali senze vertebre del regno di Napoli. (Naples, Stamperia), vol. 2, pp. 1-444. CLAPAREDE, E. 1868. Les Annélides chétopodes du Golfe de Naples. Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, vol. 19, pp. 313-584, 16 pls. COooNFIELD, B. 1931. The cilia of Nephthys bucera. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. Phila., vol. 17, p. 416, 1 fig. 1934. The movement and regulation of cilia on the parapodia of Nephthys bucera. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 67, pp. 399-409, 9 figs. Cow es, R. 1931. A biological study of the offshore waters of Chesapeake Bay. Bull. U.S. Fish Com. Wash., vol. 46, pp. 277-381. Cuvier, G. 1817. Le Régne Animal. (Paris, Deterville Libraire). Vol. 4, p. 173. (In corrections and additions.) CZERNIAWSKY, V. 1881-1882. Materialia ad zoographiam Ponticam comparatam. Vermes. Fascicles 3 and 4, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow, vol. 56, pp. 338-420, 1 pl., and vol. 57, pp. 146-198. DALYELL, J. 1853. The powers of the Creator displayed in the creation; or, observations on life amidst the various forms of the humbler tribes of animated nature with practical comments and illustrations, vol. 2. London, pp. 1-359, 46 pls. EHLERS, E. 1868. Die Borstenwiirmer nach systematischen und anatomischen Unter- suchungen dargestellt. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann. xx and 748 pp., 24 pls. 1875. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Verticalverbreitung der Borstenwiirmer im Meere. Zeits. wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 25, pp. 1-102, 4 pls. 1887. Report on the annelids of the dredging expedition of the U.S. coast survey steamer Blake. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 15, vi and 335 pp., pls. 1-60. No. 1 1897. 1901. 1905. 1908. 1913. 1918. HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 135 Hamburger Magalhaenischen Sammelreise. Polychaeten. Hamburg, Friedrichsen and Co., 148 pp., 9 pls. Die Polychaeten des magellanischen und chilenischen Strandes. Fest- schrift zur Feier des Hundertfiinfzigjahrigen Bestehens der k6nigli- chen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, Berlin, pp. 1-232, 25 pls. eccclaviieche Anneliden. Abhandlungen der koéniglichen Gesell- schaft der Wissenschaften zu Géttingen. Math.-phys. K1i., neue Folge, vol. 3, no. 1, 80 pp., 9 pls. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer Valdivia 1898-1899. Im Auftrage des Reichsamtes des Innern, herausgegeben von Carl Chun, Professor der Zoologie in Leipzig, Leiter der Expedition. vol. 16, Lief. 1. Die bodensassigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Jena, G. Fischer, 168 pp., 23 pls. Die Polychaeten-Sammlungen der deutschen Sitidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Deutschen Siidpolar Exped., vol. 13, Heft 4, pp. 397-598, pls. 26-46. Polychaete Anneliden von den Aru- und Kei Inseln. Frankfurt- am-Main. Abh. Senckenberg. Ges., vol. 35 (2), pp. 227-250, pls. 15-17. Face, L. AND R. LEGENDRE 1927. FAUVEL, P. 1902. 1914. 1916. 1919. 1923. 1927a. 1927b. 1928. 1932a. 1932b. 1932c. 1933. 1941. 1943, Péches planctoniques 4 la lumiére effectuées a Banjuls-sur-Mer et a Concarneau. I. Annélides polychétes. Arch. zool. exp. gén. Paris, vol. 67, pp. 23-222, 29 figs. Annélides polychétes de la Casamance rapportées par M. Aug. Chevalier. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie (5), vol. 5, pp. 59-105, 55 figs. Annélides polychétes non pelagiques provenant des campagnes de VHirondelle et de la Princesse-Alice, 1885-1910. Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, fasc. 46, pp. 1-432, 31 pls. Annélides polychétes des Iles Falkland recueillies par Rupert Valentin Esqre. Arch. zool. exp. gen. Paris, vol. 55, pp. 417-482, pls. 8, 9. Annélides polychétes de Madagascar, de Djibouti et du Golfe Persi- que. Ibid., vol. 58, pp. 315-473, pls. 15-17. Polychétes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, pp. 1-488, 188 figs. Polychétes sedentaires. Faune de France, vol. 16, pp. 1-494, 2004 figs. Polychaeta. Faune des Colonies Frangaises, vol. 1, fasc. 6, pp. 523-533. Annélides polychétes nouvelles de l’Inde. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, vol. 34, pp. 90-96, 3 figs. Annelida polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Mus. Calcutta, vol. 12, pp. 1-262, 9 pls., 40 figs. Polychétes nouvelles de Che-Foo (Chine). Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, ser. 2, vol. 4, pp. 536-538, 1 fig. Annélides polychétes provenant des Campagnes de Il’Hirondelle II (1911-1915). Res. Camp. Sci. Prince de Monaco, fasc. 85, pp. 1-50, ob alg Annélides polychétes du Golfe du Pei Tcheu Ly, de la collection du Musée Hoang ho Pai ho, recoltées par le R. P. Leroy et le R. P. Icent. Pub. Mus. Hoang ho Pai ho de Tien-Tsin, no. 15, pp. 1-67, 6 figs. Annélides polychétes de la Mission du Cap Horn (1882-1883). Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, ser. 2, vol. 18, pp. 272-298. Annélides polychétes de Californie (sic) recueillies par L. Diguet. Mem. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, n.s., vol. 18, fasc. 1, pp. 1-32, 8 figs. Fiscuut, H. 1903. Polychaeten von Ternate. Abh. Senckenberg. Naturf. Gesells., vol. 25, pp. 90-136, pls. 4-8. 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Fraser, C. M. 1943. A ten-year list of the Velero III collecting stations. Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 259-425, 115 charts. FRIEDRICH, H. 1939. Polychaeten-Studien IV. Zur Polychaetenfauna der Barents-See. Keiler Meeresforschungen, Kiel, vol. 3 (Heft 1), pp. 122-132, 6 figs. Fucus, H. 1911. Notes on the early larvae of Nephthys and Glycera. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, vol. 9, pp. 164-170, 10 figs. GRAVIER, C 1898. Etude du prostomium des Glycériens, suivie de considérations gén- érales sur le prostomium des annélides polychétes. Bull. Sci. France Belg., vol. 31, pp. 159-184, 421-444. 1904. Sur les Annelides polychétes del a mer Rouge (Nepthydiens, Gly- cériens). Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, vol. 10, pp. 472-476. 1906. Contribution a l’étude des Annélides polychétes de la mer Rouge. Nouv. arch. Mus. Paris, ser. 4, vol. 8, pp. 123-236, 8 pls., figs. 286- 409. GruBe. E. 1840. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmen des Adriatischen und Mittel- meers. Kénigsberg, J. H. Bon. Polychaeta, pp. 61-88, pl. 1. 1850. Die Familien der Anneliden. Arch. Naturges. Berlin, vol. 16. 1, pp. 249-364. 1856. Annulata Oerstediana. Naturhist. Vidensk. Medd. Foren. Kjgb., pp. 158-186. 1868. Reise der Oersterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858 und 1859. Zool. Theil, vol. 2 (3). Anneliden. Vienna, pp. 1-48, 4 pls. 1870. Bemerkungen iiber die Familie der Glycereen. Jahresber. schles. Gesells. Breslau, vol. 47, pp. 56-68. 1874. Descriptiones Annulatorum novorum mare Ceylonicum habitantium ab honoratissime Holdsworth collectorum, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 325-329. 1877. Ueber eine Sammlung von wirbelosen Seethieren, welche Herr Dr. Eugen Reimann dem hiesigen zoologischen Museum zum Geschenk gemacht. Jahresber. schles. Gesells. Breslau, vol. 54, pp. 48-51. 1878a. Anneliden-Ausbeute S.M.S. Gazelle. Monats Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, vol. for 1877, pp. 509-554. 1878b. Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Anneliden-fauna der Philippinen nach den von Herrn Prof. Semper mitgebrachten Sammlungen. Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vol. 25, pp. 1-300, 15 pls. 1881. Beschreibungen von neuen Anneliden des zoologischen Museums zu Berlin. SitzBer. naturf. Gesells. Leipzig, pp. 109-117. HANSEN, A. 1878. Annelider fra den norske Nordhavsexpedition i 1876. Nyt Mag. Naturv., Oslo, vol. 24.1, pp. 1-17, pls. 1-10. 1882. Recherches sur les Annélides recueillies par M. le professeur Edouard van Beneden pendant son voyage au Bresil et a la Plata. Mem. Acad. R. Belg., Cl. Sci., vol. 44, pp. 1-29, 7 pls. HarTMAN, O. 1936. Nomenclatorial changes involving California polychaete worms. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 26, pp. 31-32. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 137 1938a. Descriptions of new species and new generic records of polychaetous annelids from California of the families Glyceridae, Eunicidae, Stauronereidae and Opheliidae. Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 43, pp. 93-112, 63 figs. 1938b. Review of the annelid worms of the family Nephtyidae from the northwest Pacific, with descriptions of five new species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 143-158, 6 figs. 1940. Chrysopetalidae to Goniadidae. Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, pp. 173-287, 14 pls. 1942a. A review of the types of polychaetous annelids at the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. Bull. Bingham Ocean- ogr. Coll., vol. 8, pp. 1-98, 161 figs. 1942b. Report on the scientific results of the Atlantis expeditions to the West Indies under the joint auspices of the University of Havana and Harvard University. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol. 16, pp. 89- 104, pls. 8, 9. 1942c. The identity of some marine annelid worms in the United States National Museum. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 92, pp. 101-140, 15 figs. 1944a. New England Annelida. Pt. 2. Including the unpublished plates by Verrill with reconstructed captions. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 82, pp. 327-344, pls. 45-60. 1944b. Polychaetous annelids. Allan Hancock Atlantic Expedition, Rep. 3, pp. 1-33, 2 pls. 1944c. Polychaetous annelids, including the description of two new genera and nine new species. Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, pp. 239-310, pls. 19-26. 1945. The marine annelids of North Carolina. Duke Univ. Marine Station, Bull. 2, pp. 1-54, pls. 1-10, 2 charts. 1948a. The polychaetous annelids of Alaska. Pacific Science, Hawaii, vol. 8, pp. 1-58, 12 figs., 2 charts. 1948b. The marine annelids erected by Kinberg, with notes on some other types in the Swedish State Museum. Ark. Zool. Stockholm, vol. 42A, pp. 1-137, 18 pls. HEINEN, A. 1911. Die Nephthydeen und Lycorideen der Nord- und Ostee, einschliesslich der verbindenden Meeresteile. Wiss. Meeresunters. Kiel, Abt. Kiel, n. Folge, vol. 13, pp. 1-87, 1 pl., 5 charts. HOAGLAND, R. 1920. Polychaetous annelids collected by the United States Fisheries steamer Albatross during the Philippine expedition of 1907-1909. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 100 (1), pp. 603-634, pls. 46-52. Izuxka, A. 1912. The errantiate Polychaeta of Japan. Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, vol .30, pp. 1-262, 24 pls. Jakusova, L. 1930. (On the Archiannelida and Polychaeta of the Black Sea.) (In Russian.) Isvestia Akad. nauk, Leningrad, Phys.-math., ser. 7, no. 9, pp. 863-881. Jounson, H. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-438, 19 pls. 138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 JounstTon, G. 1835. Illustrations in zoology, Othonia fabricii and Nephtys Cuvier. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, vol. 8, pp. 181-183, 341-343, 4 figs. 1865. A catalogue of the British non-parasitical worms in the collection of the British Museum. London. pp. 1-366, pls. 1-20. KINBERG, J. 1866. Annulata nova. Oefv. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. Stockholm, vol. 22, pp. 239-258. 1858-1910. Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befal af C. A. Virgin aren 1851-1853. Zoologi. 3 Annulater. (Uppsala and Stockholm, Almquist-Wicksells). 78 pp., 29 pls. LANGERHANS, P. 1879. Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. Zeits, wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 33, pp. 271-316, pls. 14-18. Lerpy, J. 1855. Contributions towards a knowledge of the marine invertebrates of the coast of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 3, pp. 135-158, pls. 9-14. LEVINSEN, G. 1893. Annulata, Hydroidae, Anthozoa, Porifera. Vidensk.-Kanonb. Hauchs Togter, Kjgbenhavn, pp. 321-464, 1 pl. McIntosH, W. 1885. Report on the Annelida polychaeta collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Challenger Rep., vol. 12, pp. 1-554, pls. 1-55, 1a-39a. 1900a. A monograph of the British Annelids. Vol. 1, pt. 2, Polychaeta, Amphinomidae to Sigalionidae. Ray Soc. Pub., pp. 215-442, 17 pls. 1900b. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5, pp. 254-268, 2 pls., 2 figs. 1908. A monograph of the British Annelids, Vol. 2, pt. 1, Polychaeta, Nephthydidae to Syllidae. Ray Soc. Pub., pp. 1-232, pls. 43-50, 57-70. 1910. A monograph of the British Annelids. Vol. 2, pt. 2, Polychaeta, Syllidae to Ariciidae. Ray Soc. Pub., pp. 233-524, pls. 51-61, 71-87. Mau, A. 1874. Annulater i hafvet utmed Sverges vestkust och omkring Goteborg. Goteborg Hand!, pt. 2, pp. 67-105, 1 pl. MALmcREN, A. 1866. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. Oefy. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. Stockholm, vol. 22, pp. 355-410. 1867-1868. Spetsbergens, Grénlands, Islands och den Skandinaviska hal- fons hittils kanda Annulata Polychaeta. Oefv. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. Stockholm, vol. 24, pp. 1-235, 7 pls. MARENZELLER, E. VON 1879. Siidjapanische Anneliden. I. Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 41 (2), pp. 109-152, pls. 1-6. MIcHAEL, E. AND G. F. MCEWEN 1915. Hydrographic, plankton and dredging records of the Scripps In- stitute for Biological Research. Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 15, pp. 1-206, 4 figs., map. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 139 MICHAELSEN, W. 1897. Die Polychaetenfauna der deutschen Meer, einschlieslich der benach- barten und verbindenden Gebiete. Wiss. Meeresunt. deutschen Meere, Kiel u. Leipzig, vol. 2, Heft 1, pp. 1-216, 1 pl. Monro, C. 1928. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-16. On the Polychaeta collected by Dr. Th. Mortensen off the coast of Panama. Vid. Medd. Dansk. naturh. Foren., vol. 85, pp. 75-103, 19 figs. 1930. Polychaete worms. Discovery Reports, vol. 2, pp. 1-222, 91 figs. 1931. Polychaeta Oligochaeta, Echiuroidea and Sipunculoidea. Great Bar- rier Reef Exped., 1928-29. Sci. Rep., vol. 4, pp. 1-37, 15 figs. 1933a. The Polychaeta errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon in the Panama region and the Galapagos Islands during the expedition of the S.Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 1, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. 1933b. Notes on a collection of Polychaeta from South Africa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 11, pp. 487-509, 20 figs. 1934. On a collection of Polychaeta from the coast of China. Ibid., ser. 10, vol. 13, pp. 353-380, 10 figs. 1936. Polychaete worms. II. Discovery Reports, vol. 12, pp. 59-198, 34 figs. 1937. The John Murray Expedition 1933-34. Scientific Reports, Polychaeta. vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 243-321, 28 figs. 1939. Polychaeta of the Rosaura Expedition. Novitat. Zool. London, vol. 41, pp. 345-354, figs. 280-283. Moore, J. 1903. Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philia., vol. 55, pp. 401-490, 5 pls. 1905. New species of Polychaeta from the north Pacific, chiefly from Alaskan waters. Ibid., vol. 57, pp. 525-554, 3 pls. 1911. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. 3. Euphrosynidae to Goniadidae. Ibid., vol. 63, pp. 234-318, 7 pls. MULLER, F. 1858. Einiges iiber die Anneliden Fauna der Insel St. Catharina an der brasilianischen Kiiste. Arch. Naturg. Berlin, vol. 24.1, pp. 211-220, 2 pis. MULLER, O. 1788. Zoologica Danica. Descriptiones et Historia. vol. 2, pp. 1-56. OrRSTED, A. 1843. Annulatorum danicorum conspectus. Fasc. 1. Maricolae, Hafniae, pp. 1-52, 7 pls. 1845. Fortgenekse over Dyr, samlede i Christianiafjord ved Drgbak fra 21-24 Juli, 1844. Naturh. Tidskr., ser. 2, vol. 1, pp. 400-427, 1 pl. 15 figs. Oxupa, S. 1938. Polychaetous annelids from the vicinity of the Mitsui Institute of Marine Biology. Jap. Jour. Zool., vol. 8, pp. 75-105, 15 figs. 1939. Annelida Polychaeta in Onagawa Bay and its vicinity. Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp. Univ., ser. 4, vol. 14, pp. 219-244, 14 figs. 1940. Polychaetous annelids of the Ryukyu Islands. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 1-24, 9 figs. 1943. Occurrence of a freshwater polychaete in central China. Reports on the limnological survey of Central China. IV. Jour. Shanghai Sci. Inst., n.s., vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 99-103, figs. 1-3. 140 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 OPPENHEIMER, A. 1902. Certain sense organs of the proboscis of the polychaetaus annelid, Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 37, pp. 553-562, 6 pls. OstroumMov, A. 1896. Report of dredgings and plankton of Selyanika Expedition. Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersburg, vol. 5, pp. 33-93, 111-119. Pratt, E. 1901a. A collection of Polychaeta from the Falkland Islands. Mem. Soc. Manchester Lit. Philos. Soc., vol. 45, pp. 1-18, 1 pl. 1901b. Some notes on the bipolar theory of the distribution of marine organisms. Ibid., pp. 1-21. QUATREFAGES, A. DE 1865-66. Histoire naturelle des Annéles marina et d’eau douce. Annélides et Gephyriens. vols. 1-3. Paris. RAPHAEL, C. 1933a. Etude de la trompe des glycéres et de son organe excréteur d’hémo- globine. Trav. Sta. Biol. Roscoff, fasc. 11, pp. 5-18, 7 figs. 1933b. Sur un cas de bifurcation posterieure chez Glycera convoluta. Ibid., fasc. 11, pp. 21-25, 3 figs. 1934. Notes sur la désintégration de l’hémoglobine chez les Nephthys. C.R. Soc. Biol. Paris, vol. 116, pp. 312-313. Rioja, E. 1918. Datos para el conocimiento de la fauna de Anelidos poliquetos del Cantabrico. Trabaj. Mus. Nac. Madrid, Zool., vol. 37, pp. 1-99, 20 figs. 1923. Algunas especies de Anelidos poliquetos de las costas de Galicia. Bol. Real Soc. Exp. Hist. nac. Madrid, vol. 23, pp. 333-345, 2 figs. 1941. Datos para el conocimienta de la fauna de Poliquetos de las costas del Pacifico de Mexico. An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, vol. 12, pp. 669-746, 11 pls. 1944. Estudio de algunos poliquetos del Museo Argentino de ciencias naturales. Ibid., vol. 15, pp. 115-138, 62 figs. Risso, J. 1826. Historire naturelle de principales productions de l’Europe meridionale et particulierement de celles des environs de Nice et des Alpes Mari- times. vol. 4. Paris, F. G. Levrault. Observations sur differents Annélides des Alpes Maritimes, pp. 397-432. Route, L. 1896. Resultats scientifiques de la campagne du Caudan dans le Golfe du Gascogne. Annélides. Ann. Lyons Univ. Paris, vol. 26, pp. 439-471, pls. 19-25, 1 pl. SAINT JOSEPH, DE BARON 1898. Les Annélides polychétes des cétes de France. Ann. Sci. nat. Paris, ser. 8, vol. 5, pp. 209-464, pls. 13-23. SAVIGNY, J., in LAMARCK. 1818. Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans vertebres. Paris, vol. 5, pp. 1-612. No. l HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE 141 ScHMARDA, L. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere. Leipzig, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 1-164, 22 pls., textfigs. SOUTHERN, R. 1921. Polychaeta of the Chilka Lake and also of fresh and brackish waters in other parts of India. Mem. Indian Mus. Calcutta, vol. 5, pp. 563- 659, pls. 19-31, 18 textfigs. STIMPSON, W. 1853. Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan or the region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Smithson. Contr. Knowl., vol. 6, pp. 1-67, pls. 1-3. 1856. Descriptions of some new marine invertebrates. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 7, pp. 385-395. STOLTE, H. 1932. Untersuchungen tiber Bau und Funktion der Sinnesorgane bei Poly- chaetengattung Glycera Sav. Zeits. wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 140, pp. 421-538, 38 figs., 10 tables. St¢p-BowlirTz, C. 1941. Les Glycériens de Norvege. Medd. zool. Mus. Oslo, no. 51, pp. 181- 250, 14 figs., 8 charts. SUMNER, F., R. OsBURN AND L. COLE 1913. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Section 3. A catalogue of the marine fauna of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish Wash., vol. 31, pp. 549-794. Tuee., H. 1879. Les Annélides polychétes des Mers de la Nouvelle-Zemble. Svensk. Akad. Hand1., vol. 16, no. 3, pp. 3-75, pls. 1-4. TuHorson, G. 1946. Reproduction and larval development of Danish marine bottom inver- tebrates, with special reference to the planktonic larvae in the sound (Oresund). Medd. Kom. Danmarks Fisk.- Hav., Ser: Plankton, vol. 4, no. 1, 523 pp., 199 figs. TREADWELL, A. 1901. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bull. U.S. Fish Com. Wash., vol. 20, pt. 2, pp. 161-210, 81 figs. 1906. Polychaetous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the steamer Albatross in 1902. Ibid., vol. 23, pt. 3, pp. 1145-1181, figs. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collections of the zoological museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 13, pp. 175-234, 2 pls. 1928. Polychaetous annelids from the Arcturus oceanographic expedition. Zoologica, N.Y., vol. 8, pp. 449-489, figs. 177-179. 1931. New species of polychaetous annelids from California, Mexico, Porto Rico and Jamaica. Amer. Mus. Nov. N.Y., no. 482, pp. 1-7, 22 figs. 1937a. Hemipodia canadensis, a new polychaetous annelid from Nova Scotia. Jour. Biol. Bd. Canada, vol. 3, pt. 4, pp. 348-349, 3 figs. 1937b. Polychaetous annelids from the west coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. Zoologica, N.Y., vol. 22, pp. 139-160, 2 pls. 1941. Plankton of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedition. Polychaetous annelids from Bermuda plankton, with 8 shore species and 4 from Haiti. Ibid., vol. 26, pp. 25-30, 9 figs. 142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 1943. Polychaetous annelids from the Philippine Islands in the collections of the American Museum of Natural History. Amer. Mus. Nov. N.Y., no. 1220, pp. 1-4, 7 figs. 1945. New species of polychaetous annelids from Massachusetts and Cali- fornia. Ibid., no. 1280, pp. 1-3, 8 figs. VERRILL, A. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish. Wash., vol. for 1871-72, pp. 295-778. 1874. Report on the dredgings in the region of St. Georges Banks, in 1872. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 3, pp. 1-57, 8 pls. 1880. Notice of recent additions to the marine Invertebrata, of the north- eastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species, and critical remarks on others. Pt. 1. Annelida, Gephyera, Nemertina, Nematoda, Polyzoa, Tunicata, Mollusca, Anthozoa, Echinodermata, Porifera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 2, pp. 165-205. 1881. New England Annelida. Pt. 1. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 4, pp. 285-324, 12 pls. 1885a. Results of the expeditions made by the steamer Albatross, off the northern coast of the United States, in 1883. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. Wash., vol. for 1883, pp. 503-699, 44 pls. 1885b. Notice of recent additions to the marine Invertebrata of the north- eastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and critical remarks on others. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 8, pp. 424-448. Voir, M. 1911. Die Glyceriden der Nordsee. Wiss. Meeresunt., Abt. Kiel, n. Folge, vol. 13, pp. 89-125, 1 chart. WALLENGREN, H. 1902. Zur Kenntnis des peripheren Nervensystems der Proboscis bei den Polychaeten. Jena Zeits. Nat., vol. 36, pp. 165-180, pls. 7-8. WEssTER, H. 1879. Annelida Chaetopoda of the Virginian coast. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 9, pp. 202-269, 11 pls. 1886. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. Ann. Rep. N.Y. Mus. Nat. Hist., no. 39, pp. 128-159, pls. 4-10. WEsSTER, H. AND J. BENEDICT 1884. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Provincetown and Wellfleet, Mass. Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm. Wash., vol. for 1881, pp. 699-747, 8 pls. 1887. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Eastport. Maine. Ibid., vol. for 1885, pp. 707-755, 8 pls. WESENBERG-LUND, E. 1949. Polychaetes of the Iranian Gulf. Danish Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, pp. 247-400, 47 figs., 3 maps, 3 tables. Whitson, D. 1936. Notes on the early stages of two polychaetes Nephthys hombergi Lamarck and Pectinaria korent Malmgren. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, vol. 21, pp. 305-310, figs. 1-3. ese i eines pevil, _. in bi : 1 i I i au at h > Dy Hd Ww iy 1 Hy it i 144 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 1 Figures 1 to 6, Goniada brunnea: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, x 50; Fig. 2, parapodium 85 in posterior view, x 62; Fig. 3, parapodium 35 in posterior view, x 110; Fig. 4, proboscidial organs from the side of the proboscis, in lateral view showing approximate arrangement, x 2280; Fig. 5, a proboscidial organ in three-quarter view, x 4560; Fig. 6, proboscidial organ in frontal view, x 4560. Figures 7, 8, Goniada maculata: Fig. 7, proboscidial organ in lateral view, x 1950; Fig. 8, proboscidial organ in typical view as seen from above, x 1950. Pry GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE HARTMAN no. l 146 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 2 Figures 1 to 9, Goniada annulata: Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, prostomium slightly turned (antennae missing), x 55; Fig. 2, proboscidial chevron from the left side, x 192; Fig. 3, a posterior parapodium in anterior view, x 83; Fig. 4, parapodium 34 in anterior view, x 55; Fig. 5, articulation of a neuroseta in lateral view, x 3500; Fig. 6, end of neurosetal shaft seen from the back, x 3500; Fig. 7, articulation of a neuroseta in three-quarter view, x 3500; Fig. 8, proboscidial organ seen from the oral (front) side, x 1000; Fig. 9, proboscidial organ seen from the side, x 1000. No. l HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PES 2 148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 3 Figures 1 to 10, Goniada littorea (1451-42): Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, x 130; Fig. 2, parapodium 26 in posterior view, x 250; Fig. 3, parapodium 84 in anterior view, x 180; Fig. 4, circlet of jaws seen from the front, x 270; Fig. 5, chevron from the everted proboscis, x 280; Fig. 6, portion of a seta showing max- imum development of spinelets, in three-quarter view, x 4800; Fig. 7, cross section of seta shown in Fig. 6, at base of spinelets, x 4800; Fig. 8, articulation of a composite seta in three-quarter view, x 4200; Fig. 9, proboscidial organ in lateral view (the long spine is directed orally), x 3400; Fig. 10, proboscidial organ seen from above, x 3400. PL. 3 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE No. 1 150 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 4 Figure 1, Goniada brunnea, chevron with 7 pieces, x 344. Figures 2, 3, Goniada acicula (Atlantic): Fig. 2, proboscidial organ in frontal view, x 2240; Fig. 3, proboscidial organ in three-quarter view, x 2240. Figures 4 to 7, Goniada acicula, (Pacific): proboscidial organs in various positions; Fig. 4, in frontal view, x 2240; Fig. 5, in side view with base extended, x 2240; Fig. 6, in three-quarter view, x 2240; fig. 7, typical views of 4 organs, about x 1000. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 4 152 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 5 Figures 1 to 3, Ophioglycera gigantea: Fig. 1, prostomium in dorsal view with base torn away, x 40; Fig. 2, parapodium 37 in anterior view, x 40; Fig. 3, parapodium 63 in anterior view, x 40. Figures 4 to 8, Goniadella gracilis: Fig. 4, end of the setal shaft showing the articulating concavity from the back, x 3240; Fig. 5, inferior composite hook from about parapodium 50, in three- quarter view, x 3240; Fig. 6, chevron from the right side of proboscis, x 740; Fig. 7, about parapodium 50 in posterior view, x 312; Fig. 8, prostomium in dorsal view, x 200. 154 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 PLATE 6 Figures 1 to 12, Glycinde armigera: Fig. 1, anterior end in right lateral view, with the proboscis about half way everted, x 25; Figs. 2 to 12, proboscidial organs from areas as indicated: Fig. 2, area IV seen from above to show the bosses, x 23009 igs, area IV in side view, x 2300; Fig. 4, area V in side view, with subapical pore, x 740; Fig. 5, area I seen from top, showing pore and spine, x 4422; Fig. 6, area III in side view, showing pore and spine, x 4500; Fig. 7, area II-1, in side view, x 400; Fig. 8, area II-2, in side view, x 400; Fig. 9, area II-3, in side view, x 400; Fig. 10, area II-4, in side view, x 400; Fig. 11, area II-5, in side view, x 400; Fig. 12, area II-6, in side view, x 400. PL. 6 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE No. l ‘> (> Dy Py ary RN repay mee = 156 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 7 Figures 1 to 15, Glycinde solitaria: Figs. 1-9, proboscidial organs from areas as indicated: Fig. 1, area II-1, x 870; Fig. 2, area II-2, x 870; Fig. 3, area II-3, x 870; Fig. 4, area II-4, x 870; Fig. 5, area II-5, x 870; Fig. 6, area II-6, x 870; Fig. 7, area V x 1700; Fig. 8, area IV, in three-quarter view, x 1700; Fig. 9, area IV, in side view, x 1700. Fig. 10, middle part of setal appendage in frontal view, x 3000; Fig. 11, cross section of setal appendage through base of spines, x 3000; Fig. 12, end of setal shaft seen from the back, x 3000; Fig. 13, articulation of a neuroseta from parapodium 53, in lateral view, x 3000; Fig. 14, parapodium 15 in anterior view, x 204; Fig. 15, parapodium 57 (ovigerous) in anterior view, x 204. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 7 158 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 8 Figures 1 to 9, Glycinde polygnatha: Fig. 1, sixth parapodium, in anterior view, x 126; Fig. 2, median parapodium, in anterior view, x 63; Fig. 3, a far posterior parapodium, in anterior view, x 80; Fig. 4, notoseta from a median parapodium, in lateral view, x 1900; Fig. 5, notoseta from a median parapodium in frontal view, x 1900; Fig. 6, distal end of articulation of a composite seta, x 3000; Fig. 7, distal end of articulation with base of appendage in three-quarter view, x 1060; Fig. 8, composite seta in three-quarter view, x 1060; Fig. 9, cross section of append- age with maximum development of spines, x 4700. PL. 8 GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE HARTMAN No. 1 160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 9 Figures 1 to 9, Glycinde polygnatha: proboscidial organs from areas as indicated: Fig. 1, area II-1, x 450; Fig. 2, area II-2, x 450; Fig. 3, area II-3, x 450; Fig. 4, area II-4, x 450; Fig. 5, area II-5, x 450; Fig. 6, area II-6, x 450; Fig. 7, area I, x 3530; Fig. 8, area III, x 2370; Fig. 9, area IV, x 1180. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 9 162 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL,.15 PLATE 10 Figures 1 to 11, Proboscidial organs from species of Glycera: Figs. 1, 2, G. tenuis: Fig. 1, in frontal view, x 1250; Fig. 2, in lateral view, x 1250; Figs. 3, 4, G. oxycephala: Fig. 3, in lateral view, x 1250; Fig. 4, in frontal view, x 1250; Figs. 5, 6, G. convoluta: Fig. 5, in frontal view, x 1600; Fig. 6, in three-quarter view, x 1600; Figs. 7, 8, G. robusta: Fig. 7, in frontal view, x 900; Fig. 8, in lateral view, x 900; Figs. 9, 10, G. dibranchiata: Fig. 9, in lateral view, x 3000; Fig. 10, in frontal view, x 3000; Fig. 11, G. tesselata: in lateral view, x 790. PL. 10 GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE HARTMAN No. 1 164 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 11 Figures 1 to 4, Glycera capitata: Fig. 1, middle parapodium in anterior view from California specimen, x 125; Fig. 2, middle parapodium in anterior view from epitokous individual from California, x 63; Fig. 3, middle parapodium in anterior view from Alaska specimen, x 63; Fig. 4, aileron in lateral view from Alaska specimen, x 125. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 11 166 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 PLATE 12 Figures 1 to 5, Hemipodus armatus (265-34): Fig. 1, paragnathal end | of proboscis seen from the front of the everted proboscis, x 27; | Fig. 2, a proboscidial organ in three-fourths view, x 881; Fig. 3, a median parapodium in anterior view, x 124; Fig. 4, jaw with attached aileron showing where the latter is attached, x 935; Fig. 5, jaw with aileron, showing curvature of the jaw, x 935. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 12 168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 13 Figures 1 to 9, Nephtys glabra (1268-41 and 1229-41) : Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view, proboscis everted, x 20; Fig. 2, seventh parapodium in anterior view, x 16; Fig. 3, sixty-third para- podium in anterior view, x 16; Fig. 4, middle portion of post- acicular notoseta from sixty-third parapodium, x 2200; Fig. 5, basal part of postacicular notoseta from sixty-third parapodium, x 2200; Fig. 6, preacicular barred notoseta from sixty-third parapodium, x 2200; Fig. 7, cross section of seta shown in fig. 6, x 2200; Fig. 8, frontal view of seta shown in fig. 6, x 2200; Fig. 9, frontal view of seta shown in fig. 6, from near middle, x 2200. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 13 ae = A © 170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 14 Figures 1 to 6, Nephtys assignis (1379-41): Fig. 1, everted proboscis and first few segments in dorsal view, x 14; Fig. 2, anterior end in dorsal view, proboscis retracted, x 16; Fig. 3, seventh parapodium in anterior view, x 30; Fig. 4, forty-eighth para- podium in anterior view, x 30; Fig. 5, part of a preacicular barred seta seen from the front (barred side), x 4500; Fig. 6, part of a postacicular seta seen in 34 view, x 2364. PL. 14 GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE HARTMAN No. 1 ip ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 15 Figures 1 to 6, Nephtys singularis (770-38): Fig. 1, anterior end including first 5 segments, in dorsal view, x 28; Fig. 2, seventh parapodium in anterior view, x 31; Fig. 3, thirtieth parapodium in anterior view, x 31; Fig. 4, part of a postacicular neuroseta showing portion where stem and blade merge, in lateral view, x 560; Fig. 5, part of a preacicular neuroseta, showing arrange- ment of transverse bars at about middle of seta, in frontal view, x 382; Fig. 6, part of a preacicular neuroseta, seen from the side, x 382. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE _ PL.._ 15 174 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 16 Figures 1 to 6, Nephtys acrochaeta: Fig. 1, thirty-sixth parapodium in anterior view, x 23; Fig. 2, thirty-sixth parapodium in pos- terior view, x 23; Fig. 3, part of a preacicular barred seta near the basal end of barred region, seen from the front, x 608; Fig. 4, part of a preacicular barred seta seen from the side, x 608; Fig. 5, part of a postacicular seta showing spur and basal region of the spinous region, seen from the front, x 483; Fig. 6, part of a postacicular seta showing spur and basal region of the spinous region, seen from the side, x 483. No. l HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE PL. 16 176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 17 Figure 1, Nephtys monroi: a neuropodial lobe from a median para- podium, setae and ventral cirrus omitted, x 35. Figure 2, Nephtys hombergi (from type of N. macandrewi Baird): thirty-fifth parapodium in anterior view, setae omitted, x 14. Figures 3, 4, Nephtys impressa: Fig. 3, twenty-first parapodium in anterior view, x 16; Fig. 4, seventieth parapodium in anterior view, ventral cirrus and setae omitted, x 16. No. 1 HARTMAN: GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE _ PL. _17 178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 18 Figures 1 to 8, Aglaophamus dicirris (436-36): Fig. 1, everted proboscis in dorsal view, x 28; Fig. 2, anterior end including prostomium and 6 segments in dorsal view, x 40; Fig. 3, twenty- eighth parapodium in anterior view, x 112; Fig. 4, furcate seta from twenty-eighth parapodium in full view, x 1340; Fig. 5, part of a middle postacicular seta near base of spinous region, in frontal view, x 2852; Fig. 6, part of a preacicular barred seta, from broadest region, in frontal view, x 2840; Fig. 7, part of a barred seta in lateral view, x 2840; Fig. 8, cross section of a barred seta at region shown in fig. 6, x 2840. PL. 18 GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE HARTMAN No. 1 180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 PLATE 19 Figures 1 to 10, Aglaophamus erectans (1316-41 and 1313-41): Fig. 1, anterior end in dorsal view (1316-41) and everted proboscis (1313-41), x 26; Fig. 2, eighth parapodium in anterior view, x 86; Fig. 3, twenty-seventh parapodium in anterior view, x 86; Fig. 4, thirty-fourth parapodium showing recurved aciculum and digitate lobe, x 180; Fig. 5, distal part of a notoseta from twenty- seventh parapodium in lateral view, x 3300; Fig. 6, part of a postacicular spinous seta, with maximum development of spines, in lateral view, x 3300; Fig. 7, part of a preacicular barred seta near base, in frontal view, x 3300; Fig. 8, part of a barred seta nearer the tip, in frontal view, x 3300; Fig. 9, part of a barred seta in lateral view, x 3300; Fig. 10, cross section of a barred seta, x 3300. No. 1 HARTMAN : GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE, NEPHTYIDAE __ PL.._:119 Safeline NBN rn Bu +P tae SOME POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS By Lissize H. Hyman? WOOES EOL if WothO A small collection of polyclads taken by the Allan Hancock Pacifi Expeditions on three visits of the Velero III to the Galapagos Islands furnishes the basis for the present article. The collection consists of seven vials, found to contain five species, one known and four unknown. The known species, here recovered, is Prosthiostomum parvicelis Hyman, 1939, and two additional species, not represented in the present material, have been recorded from the Galapagos Islands in the literature: Em- prosthopharynx opisthoporus Bock, 1913, and Pseudoceros splendidus Stummer-Traunfels, 1933, reported by Plehn (1896). All types from the present study have been returned to the Allan Hancock Foundation for permanent deposit. As the terminology herein employed, and familial and generic de- finitions, are given in my article ““The Polyclad Flatworms of the Pacific Coast of North America” (Hyman, 1953), it seems unnecessary to re- peat them here. Definitions will be given only for genera not treated in that article. Family Latocestidae Genus LATOCESTUS Plehn, 1896 Definition —Latocestidae of long slender shape; pharynx near the posterior end, hence with long main intestine extending forward from the pharynx to the brain region; copulatory complex behind the pharynx, hence very close to the posterior end ; with or without spermiducal bulbs ; prostatic vesicle extending anteriorly from the penis papilla; Lang’s vesicle present. Type species —Latocestus atlanticus Plehn, 1896. Latocestus galapagensis, new species Figs. 1 and 2 Material—There were three vials of this species, one containing six specimens, collected at station 166-34, Black Beach, Charles Island, January 19, 1934; one with one specimen taken at station 71-33, James 1 American Museum of Natural History, New York. [183] MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY Ameena mcg ereetentrstesacensnanestnyaien e er 184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Bay, James Island, February 12, 1933; and one with another specimen from station 350-35, South Seymour Island, December 13, 1934. All specimens were found along rocky shores. Anatomical description—vThe species has the form typical of the genus, namely, long, slender, and straplike (fig. 1). It is characteristic of the members of this genus that they tend to curl on preservation, apparently because the central part contracts more than the lateral regions. As preserved specimens of Latocestus are hard to straighten and usually show some damage in the process, it is difficult to get a measure- ment of length. When unfolded as well as possible, the specimens ap- peared to be 40 mm long; but no doubt they are much longer than this when alive and fully extended. The color of the preserved specimens is an opaque grayish brown. The body margin is encircled by a continuous band of minute eyes; this band is broad with more numerous eyes an- teriorly and gradually diminishes posteriorly. Because of the difficulty of straightening the specimens, and since they all appeared to have suf- fered some damage to the thinner, more delicate anterior end, the dis- tribution of the cerebro-frontal eyes could not be exactly determined. It is shown approximately in fig. 1. The cerebral eyes are numerous and closely placed, in two bands beginning behind the brain and extending forward above it. Then, as frontal eyes, they spread out in the usual fanlike manner between the brain and the anterior end. The frontal eyes show less spread and a smaller number than in some other species of Latocestus. The digestive tract, in so far as it could be seen in the rather opaque whole mounts, has the form typical of the genus. The oval ruffled pharynx is far back, located just in front of the posterior end. The long main intestine proceeds forward from it in the median line almost to the brain (fig. 1). The copulatory apparatus, as is typical in this genus, is found in the short space between the posterior end of the pharynx and the posterior body margin (fig. 1). Its structure in median sagittal section is shown in fig. 2. The sperm ducts proceed posteriorly to a point behind the male apparatus, where they turn forward and, as a pair of slender tubes with- out any augmentation of musculature, pass on either side of the prostatic vesicle to a point ventral to its proximal part. Here they unite to a com- mon ejaculatory duct that proceeds posteriorly as a sinuous tube which lies ventral to the prostatic vesicle and joins the duct of the latter at the base of the penis papilla. The prostatic vesicle is therefore free, a char- acteristic of the genus. It is an oval body, whose proximal interior con- sists of a web of glandular follicles, while distally there is a large lumen. No. 2 HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 185 The vesicle is covered externally with a well-developed muscle layer, thicker dorsally than ventrally, and perforated dorsally by muscle strands at right angles to its fibers. Distally the prostatic vesicle narrows to the ejaculatory duct that traverses the center of the conical penis papilla and opens at its tip. The penis papilla lies in a small male antrum that paral- lels its contours and opens below by the male gonopore. As usual in acoty- lean polyclads, the male apparatus is situated immediately behind the pharynx, with the penis directed backward. The female apparatus lies close behind the male apparatus, with a separate female gonopore located well behind the male gonopore. The female gonopore leads into an exceptionally narrow, tubular female antrum, from which the vagina proceeds anteriorly and then makes the usual backward curve. The vagina is entered along its course by the cement glands, which are thickest at the curve. Shortly after the curve, the vagina receives the oviduct from below and then continues as the duct of Lang’s vesicle. This duct almost equals the vagina in length; it gradually descends and opens into the long, oval Lang’s vesicle. Differential characters—Of the ten previously described species of Latocestus, one, the type species atlanticus Plehn, 1896, is described as devoid of marginal eyes, no doubt an error of observation. Four others, pacificus Laidlaw, 1903, plehni Laidlaw, 1906, marginatus Meixner, 1907, and caribbeanus Prudhoe, 1944, have the marginal band of eyes limited to the anterior part of the body margin. Of the five species with a complete band of marginal eyes, ocellatus Marcus, 1947, differs from all other species of Latocestus in possessing a common gonopore. The sexual anatomy of L. maldivensis Laidlaw, 1902, and of argus Laidlaw, 1903, has not been described; but the arrangement of the frontal eyes in the former differs altogether from that of the present species, and argus is said to resemble atlanticus as regards sexual anatomy. L. atlanticus is provided with pronounced spermiducal bulbs, that is, strong musculariza- tions of the terminal parts of the sperm ducts; and this is also the case in I. viridis Bock, 1913. A lack of such muscularization appears not only in the present species but also in L. marginatus and in L. whartoni (Pearse), 1938; the latter, however, differs from galapagensis in the short crescentic Lang’s vesicle. A large elongated Lang’s vesicle is found in viridis and atlanticus as well as in galapagensis. Remarks.—This appears to be the most common polyclad of the Galapagos Islands, as it was taken in three different locations on three different expeditions, and in greater numbers than those of any of the other species. The genus Latocestus in general is limited to tropical and subtropical waters. 186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Family Cryptocelidae Cryptocelis insularis, new species Figs. 3 and 4 Material—One specimen taken at station 66-33, Tagus Cove, Albe- marle Island, February 9, 1933, on sandy bottom, at 10 to 20 fathoms. Anatomical description—The worm is an elongated oval in shape, rounded anteriorly and more pointed posteriorly. It measures 17 mm long and 8 mm wide across the anterior third ; but as it was much folded and contorted, it is probably longer when extended in life. The appear- ance of the worm after straightening is shown in fig. 3. A narrow band of marginal eyes extends around the anterior fourth of the body margin. The cerebro-frontal eyes are few in number and extent compared to those of other species of this genus; they form two bands that extend over the brain region. It is usual in the genus to find tentacular eye clusters on either side of the brain; and in the present species there is a little group of about four eyes on each side of the rear part of the cerebro- frontal bands that could be regarded as representing tentacular eyes. The color of the animal was not determinable. All that was seen of the digestive tract is the small ruffled pharynx shown in fig. 3; it is bounded on either side by the coils of the uteri full of eggs. The male copulatory apparatus, located shortly behind the pharynx, is typical of the genus and enables generic recognition in the cleared whole mount. It is a very elongated oval muscular body. The copulatory region of the worm was removed and sectioned sagittally. A median sagittal view of the copulatory complexes is shown in fig. 4. As the sperm ducts approach the male apparatus, they acquire thick muscular walls and become spermiducal bulbs. These gain the ventral side of the anterior end of the male apparatus, where they lose their muscular walls and become narrow tubes; then they at once unite to form a common duct that penetrates the muscular wall of the prostatic vesicle, ascends in this muscular wall, and enters the anterior end of the prostatic vesicle. According to Bock (1923), the whole of the long muscular body is to be regarded as a prostatic vesicle. It consists of a thick muscular coat, a glandular interior that occupies its anterior half, and a duct in its pos- terior half. The glandular region is divisible into two parts—an anterior one that takes the eosin stain and is composed of narrow transverse chambers, and a posterior one that stains blue in haematoxylin and has a very different histological appearance from the eosinophilous region. This NO. 2 HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 187 second glandular region also appears to be subdivided into transverse chambers. It narrows to a wide ejaculatory duct that proceeds straight posteriorly inclosed in a loose muscular region. The ejaculatory duct then narrows and becomes more muscularized ; after a few coils, it enters the proximal end of what may be supposed to represent the penis proper. This is a muscular body with a wavy epithelial lining, which proceeds ventrally and opens by the wide male gonopore. Directly behind this is a deep body indentation that seems to define the posterior wall of the penis as a more penis-like projection. The female gonopore occurs some distance posterior to the male pore. It leads into a short tubular female antrum from which the vagina pro- ceeds at right angles, paralleling the ventral body wall. The vagina at first presents several pouches; then, proceeding anteriorly as a straight tube, it makes a backward bend and, paralleling its former course, ter- minates in a bulbous enlargement that receives the two oviducts ap- proaching from in front. The vagina is lined with a cuboidal epithelium and is only slightly muscular. It is surrounded throughout its course, except for the terminal bulb, by the usual cloud of cement glands. Differential characters—The present species is distinguished from all previously described valid species of Cryptocelis by the limitation of the marginal eyes to the anterior body region. In all the others, the marginal band completely encircles the margin. The number of cerebro-frontal eyes is also rather fewer than in other species of the genus, so that in general C. insularis is characterized by a paucity of eyes. The division of the eosinophilous part of the prostatic vesicle into marrow transverse chambers also occurs in C. alba Lang, 1884, and in C. occidentalis Hyman, 1953; and in the latter also the glandular portion of the prostatic vesicle presents two areas of different staining properties. The large glandular diverticulum of the ejaculatory duct described by [Akubova (1909) for C. glandulata has not been found in any other species of the genus; but a glandular layer surrounding the epithelium of the ejaculatory duct is of common occurrence in the genus, having been reported for all the Japanese species (ijimai Bock, 1923, littoralis Kato, 1937, amakusaensis Kato, 1936, and orientalis Kato, 1939). This glandular layer is also present in C. com- pacta Lang, 1884, from the Mediterranean and in C. occidentalis, Cali- fornia. However, I have been unable to detect it in C. insularis. 188 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Family Planoceridae Genus PLANOCERA de Blainville, 1828 Definition —Planoceridae of broadly oval to circular form, with tentacular eyes encircling the tentacle bases; with true seminal vesicle; prostatic vesicle free; cirrus sac large and muscular, with lumen lined with small spines; with or without one to several large spines or hooks at the exit of the cirrus sac into the male antrum; female antrum (vagina bulbosa) heavily muscularized ; Lang’s vesicle reduced to a small sac, its duct often very long. Type species —Planocera pellucida (Mertens) 1832. Planocera tridentata, new species Figs. 5, 6, and 7 Material.—One specimen of this splendid species was taken at station 30-33, Gardner Bay, Hood Island, January 26, 1933, on a rocky shore. Anatomical description —This is a rather large species, of circular form, 42 mm in diameter (fig. 5). It should be mentioned, however, that there is a fold in the genital region, between the male and female gono- pores; and if this were straightened out, the animal would probably be slightly longer than wide. But in any case, the species is a very broad one. The margins are frilly. The color is indeterminable but the species ap- pears thin and transparent. There are the usual two nuchal tentacles characteristic of the family. The tentacular eyes appear to be situated at the base of the tentacles. The cerebral eyes form elongated groups over the brain region. The pharynx (fig. 5) is about central, short and wide, with a few broad lateral folds. The uteri, full of eggs, are seen on either side of the pharynx, but do not meet anterior to the latter. The copu- latory apparatus is seen in the whole specimen immediately behind the pharynx, and shows the prostatic vesicle attached to the anterior end of the cirrus sac; but the posterior part of the latter is concealed by the mass of cement glands that is pushed forward over it by the fold already mentioned. This is unfortunate, for it would have been helpful to have seen the armature of the cirrus sac, especially the three large teeth, in the whole specimen. Their presence was not suspected until sections were prepared. The copulatory region was removed and sectioned sagitally. Because of the many teeth in the cirrus sac and the mass of cement glands, there is a good deal of tearing in the sexual region; but all points could be NO. 2. HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 189 determined. A general sagittal view of the copulatory apparatuses is shown in fig. 6. The rounded prostatic vesicle forms the proximal end of the male apparatus. It is covered with a thick layer of muscle fibers forming its contour, and the interior is divided into radiating glandular chambers of eosinophilous nature. The oval seminal vesicle lies ventral to the prostatic vesicle. It has a thick muscular wall. ‘The sperm ducts could not be traced outside the seminal vesicle, but the common sperm duct enters the ventral wall of the vesicle as shown in fig. 6, and pursues a slanting anterior course in the muscular wall before opening into the lumen. The rear end of the seminal vesicle makes an upward bend and narrows to an ejaculatory duct that, after coming in contact with the prostatic duct, runs alongside the latter and ventral to it. The two ducts open together on a papilla projecting into the beginning of the lumen of the cirrus sac. The cirrus sac is a muscular oval body, broad anteriorly and gradually narrowing posteriorly. It is ensheathed in a thick mus- cular coat outlining its contour and somewhat constricted from the mus- cular coat of the prostatic vesicle. The anterior and larger part of the cirrus sac consists of a tissue web in which muscle bands run diagonally backward, converging to a penislike eminence projecting into the armed part of the cirrus sac. The lumen of the anterior part of the cirrus sac forms an ejaculatory duct. The part of this lumen that receives the prostatic duct and duct from the seminal vesicle is wider and has thinner walls than the remainder, which is a narrow tube with a definite mus- cular wall. It continues backward in a sinuous manner and opens through the penislike eminence just mentioned, which projects into the consider- able cavity of the rear part of the cirrus sac. This cavity and the emin- ence are covered with backward directed curved spines, that are slightly larger toward the posterior end of the cirrus sac. This forms another penislike projection housed in the male antrum, a cavity of fair size exiting by the male gonopore. The spines of the cirrus sac are borne on numerous folds that are underlain by a heavily staining tissue that ap- pears to be cuticularized. It does not show any definite histological characters. In addition to the many small spines lining the lumen of the cirrus sac, there are three very large spines or teeth at the exit of this lumen into the male antrum. These do not appear in a median sagittal section, since they are located in the lateral walls of the distal end of the cirrus sac. There are two large spines in one wall at the same level, and an even larger one in the opposite wall, posterior to the other two and with its point almost reaching the male gonopore. These teeth are borne on 190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 large oval masses of the same dense and deeply staining, but histologically indeterminable, tissue that underlies the spiny layer of the main part of the cirrus sac. Fig. 7 gives a view of the three spines as made out from parasagittal sections. Because of the fold already mentioned, presumably not natural, the female gonopore is brought rather near the male gonopore. One may suppose that naturally it would be well posterior to the latter. The female gonopore leads into the excessively muscular terminal part of the female canal, called the bulbous vagina by most authors but regarded by me as a bulbous antrum. This has a very thick muscular wall of inter- lacing, mostly circular fibers, and is lined by a heavily staining scalloped layer that seems to be of the same nature as the material underlying the spines of the cirrus sac. This material may be regarded as cuticularized ; but in the female canal it does not bear any spines. The muscular wall continues inward for some distance, gradually diminishing in thickness. One may suppose that the vagina proper begins where the cuticularized lining ceases. The vagina curves forward and pursues a long course through the cement glands as a very narrow tube receiving these glands. After reaching the level of the spiny part of the cirrus sac, the vagina curves backward dorsal to itself and widens into a short section, lined by a cuboidal epithelium, that does not receive any cement glands. This soon terminates in a downward curve entered by the two oviducts. There does not appear to be any Lang’s vesicle, that is, any continuation of the female canal beyond the entrance of the oviducts. Differential characters—There are about fifteen valid described species of Planocera. The present species differs from all of these in its extremely broad shape. Even assuming that the animal is oval rather than circular when fully extended, it is still definitely broader than any of the other species. It is also among the larger species. The lining of the cirrus with small spines is characteristic of the genus; but the presence of large teeth at the exit of the cirrus into the male antrum occurs in only a few species. Apart from the finding by Kato (1938) of a large tooth at the cirrus exit as an aberration in a specimen of P. pellucida, large teeth around the cirrus tip are reported as specific characters only in P. armata Laidlaw, 1902, P. crosslandi Laidlaw, 1903, and P. uncinata Palombi, 1939. In the last, there is a circle of spines of moderate size around the cirrus tip, and other details of the copulatory apparatuses differ greatly from those of the present species. In P. armata, the cirrus tip bears a circle of six large spines and there is also a cuticularized ring at about the middle of the cirrus sac. P. crosslandi, however, is armed with three large hooks at the cirrus tip and therefore comes closer to tridentata than No. 2 HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 191 any other Planocera species. Unfortunately, no figures of crosslandi were given. The description indicates that it is a small, oval species (22 by 16 mm) ; that the prostatic vesicle is enclosed within the same sheath as the cirrus sac, whereas in tridentata there is a separating constriction; that the duct from the seminal vesicle enters the prostatic duct, whereas it remains separate in tridentata; and that the female canal continues be- yond the entrance of the common oviduct as a long thread-like Lang’s vesicle, whereas this vesicle is wanting in tridentata. ‘These details appear sufficient to differentiate tridentata from crosslandi, apart from the great distance between their localities. Genus AQUAPLANA, new genus Definition.—Planoceridae of oval form and thin consistency, with a pair of nuchal tentacles; with spermiducal bulbs; true seminal vesicle wanting; prostatic vesicle free; cirrus sac scantily armed with spines and provided with a long papilla, also armed with spines; female antrum not bulbous ; with a large Lang’s vesicle; with a large muscular bursa extend- ing forward from the vagina as in Paraplanocera. Type species —A quaplana oceanica. Aquaplana oceanica, new species Figs. 8, 9, 10, and 11 Material—One specimen taken at station 66-33, Tagus Cove, Albe- marle Island, February 9, 1933, on a sandy bottom, at 10 to 20 fathoms. Anatomical description.—The specimen is about 16 mm long, oval in shape, and has folded margins. There is a pair of nuchal tentacles, each with its base encircled by tentacular eyes. The cerebral eyes are repre- sented by a pair of clusters in front of the tentacles, with a few scattered eyes between the paired clusters (fig. 9). The color was not determin- able. The pharynx appears as a very small oval organ in the body center, but might have been lost on fixation, as is often the case in polyclads. The copulatory apparatus appears some distance behind the pharynx; from its sides the uteri, filled with eggs, extend forward to the tentacles. The copulatory apparatuses as seen in the entire worm are shown in fig. 8. There is indicated a free prostatic vesicle, entered at its attached end by the two sperm ducts, without the formation of a seminal vesicle; a cirrus sac; a large Lang’s vesicle; and a copulatory bursa extending anteriorly alongside the male apparatus. These characters suggest at once Paraplan- ocera, but sections show that the worm cannot be fitted into this genus. 192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vor, 15 The copulatory region was removed and sectioned sagittally. A median sagittal view of the copulatory apparatuses is given in fig. 10, but as the bursa is laterally placed, it does not appear in this section. As shown in fig. 8, the sperm ducts approach the prostatic vesicle from the sides, acquire muscular walls, and become spermiducal bulbs. ‘These unite in the median line ventral to the attached end of the prostatic vesicle to form a common duct that enters the prostatic duct (fig. 10). The prostatic vesicle is a rounded body with a muscular wall and glandu- lar interior; the latter is supplied, at least in part, by extracapsular glands, the necks of which pass through the proximal wall of the vesicle. ‘The prostatic vesicle gives off a wide duct that, after receiving the com- mon sperm duct, proceeds along the center of the cirrus sac. The latter is bound within the same muscular sheath as the prostatic vesicle and its interior is composed of loose tissue which contains diagonal muscle bands that converge towards its tip. The lumen of the cirrus sac begins about half way along the organ and is lined by a few scattered spines and occupied by the proximal part of a very long cirrus papilla. This con- tinues from the ejaculatory duct and occupies the proximal half of the cirrus sac as a long slender projection, scantily armed with spines on its outer surface. The tip of the cirrus papilla extends almost to the female gonopore. The female gonopore lies not far behind the male pore and leads into a female antrum that, contrary to the usual condition in the Planoceridae, lacks special muscularization. From it, the vagina continues with a for- ward slant through the mass of cement glands, then curves dorsally and backwards, where it presents a papillate lining that receives the cement glands. The vagina then becomes muscular, acquiring a thick coat of circular fibers; it curves downward behind the mass of cement glands and, after receiving the common oviduct and giving off the duct of the bursa, continues with a backward bend as the very short duct of Lang’s vesicle. This opens at once into the very long Lang’s vesicle. These latter parts of the female apparatus are best seen on a para- sagittal section, since the copulatory bursa is situated well to one side. Such a section is depicted in fig. 11, which shows the muscular vagina descending behind the mass of cement glands and giving off a broad muscular duct to the copulatory bursa. The latter is an elongated sac whose histology is difficult to determine because the interior stains heavily. There appears to be no definite lumen and the interior seems to consist of a complicated web of muscle columns. The function of this bursa is problematical. It seems improbable that it can actually be a copulatory bursa, that is, a recipient of sperm at copulation, for it lacks No. 2. HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 193 a definite lumen; furthermore, the Lang’s vesicle of this specimen is full of sperm and hence is the true seminal receptacle. The coils of the sper- miducal bulb of that side are seen in contact with the anterior end of the bursa. Having received or given off the bursa stalk, the vagina bends posteriorly, receives the common oviduct, and enters the Lang’s vesicle. Discussion.—As already mentioned, this species gave every indication of belonging to Paraplanocera; but the presence of a long cirrus papilla precludes inclusion in this genus. Only one other planocerid is known that possesses a similar cirrus papilla, Planctoplanella atlantica Hyman, 1940; but in this the cirrus lacks an armature and the bursa is absent, making it impossible to fit 4quaplana oceanica into this genus. In recent years there have been attempts (e.g., by Marcus, 1947) to divide the Planoceridae into two subfamilies, Planctoplaninae and Planocerinae. The characteristics of Aquaplana oceanica throw grave doubt on the validity of this distinction, since it has a long cirrus papilla as in the Planctoplaninae, but otherwise closely resembles Paraplanocera, placed in the Planocerinae. Family Prosthiostomidae Prosthiostomum parvicelis Hyman, 1939 Figs. 12, 13, and 14 Material.—Three specimens were taken at station 187-34, Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, January 25, 1934, at 8 to 10 fathoms, on a sand-rock bottom. The vial also contains a number of very young lIepto- planids, not identifiable. Anatomical description —This will be limited to points not brought out in the original description. As the type specimen was broken in the anterior margin, the marginal eyes could not be completely illustrated. It is fortunate, therefore, that one of the specimens in the Hancock collections is perfect in this region. The eyes of this individual are shown in fig. 12. A second individual of what is presumably the same species is young and immature, with fewer eyes, as shown in fig. 13. The third specimen, like the type, has the male apparatus in a state of eversion. As it seemed desirable to attempt to get sections of the everted apparatus, this specimen was sectioned in a plane calculated to be parallel to the everted apparatus. Although the sections were not quite longitudinal with respect to the apparatus, they do show what was suspected in con- nection with the type specimen, namely, that the entire male antrum everts but the penis remains within the penis sheath. A somewhat re- 194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 constructed longitudinal view of the everted apparatus is given in fig. 14. The figure indicates that the two prostatic vesicles are included in the eversion but the major part of the seminal vesicle remains in the body. The seminal vesicle is cut obliquely; actually it is a long oval body. Remarks—Prosthiostomum parvicelis is apparently one of the more common polyclads of the Galapagos, as the present specimens came from a different island than the original finding, which was in Sullivan Bay, James Island. FAUNISTIC REMARKS While the present collection can hardly be supposed to exhaust the polyclad fauna of the islands, it is suggestive. For instance, one is sur- prised at the absence of typical cotyleans, such as pseudocerids and eury- leptids, usually a common element of the polyclad fauna of tropical and subtropical regions; and the absence of stylochids, which are also usually characteristic of warm waters, is noteworthy. A certain resemblance is apparent to the polyclad fauna of southern California and Lower Cali- fornia (Hyman, 1953). For instance, a latocestid is perhaps the com- monest polyclad of the Gulf of California. A species of Cryptocelis, in which the details of the prostatic vesicle are closely similar to those of C. insularis, is found off southern California. A Prosthiostomum, so much like P. parvicelis that some doubt still remains of its specific differ- ence from the latter, is common along the shores of southern California. As planocerids tend to be cosmopolitan, comparison of the planocerids of the two regions is not profitable; but it might be noted that all four planocerids found on the Californian and Mexican coasts have large teeth in the cirrus sac, as in the two Galapagos species. Possibly the develop- ment of large teeth in the cirrus sac is related to the tropical habitat. SUMMARY In three different collecting trips of the Allan Hancock Pacific Ex- peditions to the Galapagos Islands, there were collected a total of five different polyclad species, four of them new, namely, one latocestid, Latocestus galapagensis; one cryptocelid, Cryptocelis insularis; two planocerids, Planocera tridentata and Aquaplana oceanica; and one prosthiostomid, Prosthiostomum parvicelis Hyman, 1939. Some similarity is noted between the Galapagos polyclads and those of southern Cali- fornia and Lower California. No. 2 HYMAN : POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 195 REFERENCES Bock, SIxTEN 1913. Studien tiber Polycladen. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala. vol. 2, pp. 31-343, 8 pls., 67 text-figs. 1923. Two new Acotylean Polyclads from Japan. Arkiv for Zool. vol. 15, no. 17, pp. 1-39, 1 pl., 7 text-figs. GraFF, LUDWIG VON 1892. Pelagische Polycladen. Ztschr. f. Wiss. Zool. vol. 55, pp. 190-219, 4 pls. Hyman, Lipsie H. 1939. Polyclad Worms collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithson. Misc. Collect. vol. 98, no. 17, pp. 1-13, 15 figs. 1940. The Polyclad Flatworms of the Atlantic Coast of the United States and Canada. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. vol. 89, pp. 449-495, 8 figs. 1953. The Polyclad Flatworms of the Pacific Coast of North America. Bul. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. 100, art. 2, pp. 269-392, 161 text-figs. ITAKuBova (JACUBOWA), LyDIA 1909. Polyclada Sebastopol’skoi Bukhty [Polyclads of the Bay of Sebasto- pol] Mém. Akad. Nauk Leningrad. ser. 8, vol. 24, no. 2, pp. 1-31, 1 pl., 13 text-figs. Kato, Kojiro 1936. A New Polyclad Turbellarian, Cryptocelis amakusaensis, from South- ern Japan. Jap. Jour. Zool. vol. 7, pp. 17-20, 1 pl., 3 text-figs. 1937. Thirteen new Polyclads from Misaki. Jap. Jour. Zool. vol. 7, pp. 347- 371, 3 pls., 33 text-figs. 1938. On a pelagic polyclad, Planocera pellucida (Mertens) from Japan. Zool. Soc. Japan, Tokyo, Dobutsugaki Zasshi [Zool. Mag.] vol. 50, pp. 230-232, 3 figs. 1939. The Polyclada of Mutsu Bay. Sci. Rpts. Tohoku Imp. Univ. ser. 4, Biol., vol. 14, pp. 141-153, 2 pls., 10 text-figs. LaiwLaw, F. F. 1902. The marine Turbellaria, with an account of the anatomy of some of the species. Jz Gardiner, J. S., The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Cambridge [Eng.]. vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 282-312, 2 pls, 13 text-figs. 1903a. Notes on some Marine Turbellaria from Torres Straits and the Pacific, with a description of new species. Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc. vol. 47, no. 5, pp. 1-12, 1 text-fig. 1903b. On a collection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the Straits of Malacca. (Skeat Expedition, 1899-1900.) Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1903, vol. 1, pp. 301-318, 1 pl., 7 text-figs. 196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 1903c. On the Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901 and 1902. - Turbellaria Polycladida. Art. 1. The Acotylea. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1903, vol. 2, pp. 99-113, 1 pl., 5 text-figs. 1906. On the Marine Fauna of the Cape Verde Islands, from Collections made in 1904 by Mr. C. Crossland. - The Polyclad Turbellaria. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1906, vol. 2, pp. 705-719, 1 pl., 3 text-figs. LANG, ARNOLD 1884. Die Polycladen (Seeplanarien) des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeresabschnitte. Jz Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel. Leipzig. Mon. XI, pp. 1-688, 39 pls., 54 text-figs. Marcus, ERNESTO 1947. Turbeldrios marinhos do Brasil. Sio Paulo Univ. Bol. Faculd. Filos. Cien. Letr. Zool. 12, pp. 99-215, 104 figs. MEIXNER, ADOLF 1907a. Polyclades recueillis par M. Ch. Gravier dans le Golfe de Tadjourah en 1904. Bul. Paris Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 1907, no. 2, pp. 164-172. 1907b. Polycladen von der Somalikiiste, nebst einer Revision der Stylochinen. Ztschr. f. Wiss. Zool. vol. 88, pp. 385-498, 5 pls., 2 text-figs. PALOMBI, ARTURO 1939. Turbellari del Sud Africa. Policladi di East London. Arch. Zool. Ital. vol. 28, pp. 123-149, 1 pl., 16 text-figs. Pearse, A. S. 1938. Polyclads of the East Coast of North America. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. vol. 86, pp. 67-98, 13 figs. PLEHN, MARIANNE 1896. Neue Polycladen, gesammelt von Herrn Kapitain Chierchia bei der Erdumschiffung der Korvette Vettor Pisani, von Herrn Prof. Dr. Kikenthal im nérdlichen Eismeer und von Herrn Prof. Dr. Semon in Java. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw. vol. 30, pp. 137-176, 6 pls. PRUDHOE, STEPHEN 1944. On some Polyclad Turbellarians from the Cayman Islands. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 11, vol. 11, pp. 322-334, 6 figs. STUMMER-TRAUNFELS, R. VON 1933. Erganzende Untersuchungen zum Literaturverzeichnisse. Jz Bronn, H. G., Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Band 4, Abteilung tc, Polycladida, Lieferung 179, pp. 3485-3596, 1 pl., 176 text-figs. Legends of Figures 198 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. Fig. 1. General view of Latocestus galapagensis. Fig. 2. Median sagittal section of the copulatory complexes of Latocestus galapagensis. 1 POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS FIG. HYMAN : NO. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Fig. 3. General view of Cryptocelis insularis. Fig. 4. Median sagittal section of the copulatory complexes of Cryptocelis insularis. RIiGe a3 NO. 2 HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS bo i) Fig. Se ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS General view of Planoccra tridentata. VOL. ———— ee 5 POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS FIG. HYMAN : No. 2 cus Sy) = Cag RS Fig. Fig. Fig. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLS 6. Median sagittal section of the copulatory complexes of Planocera tridentata. 7. Scheme of the three large teeth at the cirrus exit of Planocera tridentata, constructed from parasagittal sections. 8. Ventral view of the copulatory complexes of Aquaplana oceanica as seen in the whole specimen. 6 FIG. HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS 2 NO. Pere ‘ 5 s, y * ty WA Geng f LW ip aA —~< sigatir an Bo “uy 70% “Al ltien ONG : vo be gegugeet eae Gian og A A oe Sa || 206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 Fig. 9. General view of 4 quaplana oceanica. Fig. 10. Median sagittal section of Aquaplana oceanica, showing male apparatus and part of the female apparatus. HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS FIG. 9 Fig. Fig. Fig. 5 ils IZ? N35 14. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. Parasagittal section of the female copulatory apparatus of .lquaplana oceanica, showing remainder of female apparatus. Anterior end of mature specimen of Prosthiostomum parvicelis, showing eye arrangement. Anterior end of juvenile Prosthiostomum, presumably parvicelis, showing eye arrangement. Lengthwise section of everted male apparatus Oli I/F, parvicelis. 65) NO. 2 HYMAN: POLYCLAD FLATWORMS FROM THE GALAPAGOS FIG. 11 bi \ <7 + SY « KG AY y SX 4 4 ‘ A CRE WT yas WALD ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOR. tS FOR ALL FIGURES 1, marginal eyes; 2, frontal eyes; 3, cerebral eyes; 4, uteri; 5, pharynx; 6, main intestine; 7, Lang’s vesicle; 8, duct of Lang’s vesicle; 9, oviduct entrance; 10, vagina; 11, cement glands; 12, female antrum; 13, female gonopore; 14, male gonopore; 15, male antrum; 16, penis papilla; 17, ejaculatory duct; 18, prostatic vesicle; 19, sperm duct; 20, tentacular eyes; 21, spermiducal bulb; 22, eosinophilous part of prostatic vesicle; 23, cyanophilous part of prostatic vesicle; 24, tentacle; 25, seminal vesicle; 26, cirrus sac; 27, armature of cirrus sac; 28, bulbous antrum; 29, copulatory bursa; 30, brain; 31, penis stylet; 32, penis sheath; 33, cirrus papilla; 34, prostatic ducts. ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE AND LONGOSOMIDAE (Plates 20-45, 1 chart) By Otca HarTMAN ABSTRACT The polychaetous families ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHI- DAE, PARAONIDAE and LONGOSOMIDAE are reviewed. The ORBINIIDAE are distinguished for 74 species in nine genera and two subgenera. Two new subfamiliess ORBINIINAE and PROTO- ARICIINAE, are named. Califia, new genus, is erected for C. calida, new species, from California. Other new species are Haploscoloplos bifurcatus, Scoloplos (Leodamas) dendrobranchus and 8S. (L.) fimbria- tus, from South Australia, Naineris uncinata from California, and Naineris grubei australis, new subspecies, from South Australia. The APISTOBRANCHIDAE are known for three species in three genera, and known only from the north Atlantic and Arctic oceans. The PARAONIDAE are recognized for 28 species in three genera and three subgenera. Aedicira is a new subgenus in Aricidea. New species are Aricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata, A. (C.) furcata, Paraonis multi- branchiata, and P. gracilis oculata, new subspecies, from California. LONGOSOMIDAE is known for a single species from California. Aricidea fauveli, new name for A. fragilis, sensu Fauvel, and per- haps 4. jeffreysiit, sensu Fauvel, originates in the Mediterranean Sea. Haploscoloplos alaskensis is newly referred to H. panamensis, Aricidea heteroseta to A. suecica, A. longicornuta to A. uschakovi and Paraonis filiformis to P. gracilis. A glossary of terms is given for ORBINIIDAE, and some species are emended. ORBINIIDAE Hartman, 1942 INTRODUCTION Representatives of the family Orbiniidae (—Ariciidae) are usually regarded as the first family of the suborder Sedentaria although they are freely moving in habit and construct no tube. They forage for food, [211] 212 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 have well developed parapodia and the prostomium is fully uncovered. These features ally them to the suborder Errantia. he body is divisible into an anterior thorax and a posterior abdomen and the eversible pharynx is unarmed; these characters are those of the Sedentaria. Orbi- niids inhabit mainly the intertidal or littoral zones but a few species are described from greater depths. They are most abundant in shallow marine seas where they are associated with sandy or muddy bottoms or algal holdfasts. They sometimes occur in massed numbers so as to form beds. One species is known from a brackish lake in India and none from freshwater. Most species are recorded from temperate or warm seas but large numbers of individuals of a few species occur in polar seas. Geographic distribution is so checkered that some large continental areas have up to 20 species and others have few or none (see charts of distribution below). Orbiniids attain dimensions of considerable size with a length of 400 mm not unusual; most are moderately large and measure 35 to 100 mm long; and a few are minute, measuring only a few millimeters long. HIsToRICAL The oldest generic name, Aricia Savigny, was erected for A. sertulata Savigny, 1820, from La Rochelle, France. The same species from this locality was later (1833) named Aricta cuvieri Audouin and Milne Edwards. Savigny had attributed to the prostomium the presence of four rudimentary antennae, for which he mistook the everted nuchal organs. This interpretation led to a discussion by later authors on the merits of one name against the other. Most are now agreed that the two specific names refer to the same species but have preferred the use of the younger name, 4. cuvieri Audouin and Milne Edwards since it has received the greatest usage and is best described (Fauvel, 1927a, p. 12) ; I follow this usage for the specific name. The family name was more recently erected although its major groupings were noted when Audouin and Milne Edwards (1833, pp. 388-399) used ARICIENS for Aricia Savigny with three species (4. cuvieri, A. latreillii and A. sertulata), together with some species in the Spionidae, Opheliidae and Cirratulidae. Castelnau (1842, p. 20) in a brief and obscure reference erected a name Venadis (not to be confused with Vanadis Claparéde, a pelagic Alciopidae) for Aricia cuvieri and A. latreillii. Venadis was proposed to NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 213 include those species without antennae and Aricia was retained for 2. sertulata, which was presumed to have four antennae. The article suffers from omissions and errors of various kinds; its only original name, Venadis, is best struck from the list of available names, especially since it has been omitted by more recent authors. Oersted (1843, p. 35) erected four groups of ARICIAE: they were 1) Ariciae verae for Scoloplos, Aricia and Aonis (a spionid), 2) A. naidinae for the presently known Spionidae and Disomidae, 3) 4. nerideae for what is now regarded as the Sphaerodoridae, and 4) d. lumbricinae for the Cirratulidae and Opheliidae. Only the 4. verae would include the Orbiniidae as known at present. Quatrefages (1865, p. 280) followed Audouin and Milne Edwards (1833) in using the family name ARICIEA; he named species in the genera Aricia and Scoloplos; he added the new name Orbinia for Aricia sertulata Savigny and placed Porcia Grube and Anthostoma Schmarda in the same family. The last one now goes to Naineris and Porcia is indeterminable (Eisig, 1914, p. 280). Kinberg (1866, pp. 250-252 and 1867, 337) used the family name ARICIEA Audouin and Milne Edwards for six genera, of which five were newly erected. They included 4ricia Audouin and Milne Edwards and new genera Alcandra, Phylo, Lacydes, Leodamas and Labotas. A new family ANTHOSTOMEA Kinberg (1867, p. 337) was erected for the genus Anthostoma Schmarda. These names have been reviewed (Hartman, 1948b, pp. 11-12). Malmgren (1867, p. 203-205) erected the family name ARICI- IDAE;; he followed the grouping of Oersted but excluded Aonis. He named species in Aricia (A. cuvieri), Scoloplos (S. armiger), and Naineris as Naidonereis (N. quadricuspida). He noted the resemblance of A. sertulata Savigny to A. cuvieri and observed that Quatrefages had erected Orbinia for the same species. Claparéde (1870, p. 44) used the family name of Audouin and Milne Edwards and concluded that Orbinia Quatrefages was a dead name since it was proposed to replace Aricia as in A. sertulata Savigny, not as in 4. cuvieri. Czerniawsky (1881, pp. 368-373) introduced a new system. This brief outline without descriptions or illustrations was based on a theo- retical evaluation of characters that had been earlier established. Most of the new names have remained unknown or unconnected with subse- quent literature. The family ARICIEA included five genera. 1) Orbinia Quatrefages was retained for Aricia sertulata Savigny and 2) 214 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Porcia Grube, 1858, for P. maderensis Grube (the latter now regarded indeterminable both generically and specifically) ; 3) Aricia Audouin and Milne Edwards was retained for 4. cuvieri and A. latreillii; 4) Anthostoma Schmarda was retained for 4. hexaphyllum and A. ramo- sum, both by Schmarda (both now regarded as species of Naineris) ; and 5) Theodisca F. Miiller was used for TJ. anserina and T. liriostoma, both by Claparede. Czerniawsky considered the following genera in- determinable: Alcandra, Phylo, Lacides (sic), Leodamos (sic), Labotas, all by Kinberg, 1866 and Gisela, Hermundura, Cherusca and Drilidium, all by F. Miiller, 1858. (See alphabetical list, below, for further com- ments. ) Czerniawsky further divided Aricia Savigny into eight subgenera. The chief distinction was based on the presence or absence of prostomial eyes. The subgenus Protoscoloplos was proposed for Aricia glosso- branchia Schmarda; Scolopflos Blainville was retained for S. armiger (O. F. Miller), Aricia for A. laevigata Grube and A. cuvieri Audouin and Milne Edwards. The subgenus Archiaricia was erected for Aricia foetida Claparéde, Protoaricia for Aricia oerstedii Claparéde, Para- scoloplos for Aricia capsulifera Bobretzky, Paraaricia had no species assigned to it and Heteroaricia was proposed for Aricia acustica Langer- hans. In this list of new names, Protoscoloplos is indeterminable, Archi- aricia goes to the older Phylo Kinberg, Protoaricia replaces Theostoma Eisig, 1914, and includes Parascoloplos and Heteroaricia, and Paraaricia is a nomen nudum (see alphabetical list of names below). Benham (1896, p. 258) regarded the family ARICIIDAE as an appendix of a suborder Nereidiformia and considered its members inter- mediate between the Errantia and the suborder Spioniformia. This scheme is not accepted currently. Mesnil and Caullery (1898, pp. 141-143) retained Aricia for seven species, 4. cuvieri and A. latreilli both by Audouin and Milne Edwards, A. foetida Claparéde, A. norvegica Sars, A. kupfferi Ehlers, 4. formosa Hansen and A. michaelseni Ehlers. They used Scoloplos (Scoloplos) for S. armiger Miiller, Aricia miilleri Rathke (including 4. arctica Hansen and Scoloplos elongatus Quatrefages), 4. glossobranchia Sch- marda, 4. cirrata Ehlers, 4. marginata Ehlers and A. tribulosa Ehlers. Scoloplos (Nainereis) was used for Nainereis quadricuspida Fabricius, Aricia laevigata Grube, A. oerstedii Claparéde, A. acustica Langerhans, A. platycephala McIntosh, 4. armata Hansen, Scoloplos kerguelensis, MclIntosh, Theodisca anserina Claparéde, T. liriostoma Claparéde and T. mamillata Cunningham and Ramage. The chief distinction between NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 215 Scoloplos sensu stricto and Scoloplos (Nainereis) was thought to be in the shape of the prostomium, pointed in the former and rounded in the latter. _ McIntosh (1910, pp. 494-521), in a monographic study for Great Britain, attributed the family name Ariciidae to Audouin and Milne Edwards, 1833, although it had not been so used before Malmgren, 1867. McIntosh used Aricia Savigny to include A. cuvieri, A. latreillii, A. norvegica and his three new species A. edwardsi, A. grubei and A. armandi. Scoloplos was used only for S. armiger and Nainereis (sic) for Scoloplos quadricuspida and S. mammillata (sic) (see alphabetical list of names below). The most comprehensive study of the family was that by Eisig (1914, pp. 153-600), who reviewed previous works and brought to- gether a vast body of literature. He made detailed studies of organ systems and identified many morphological and anatomical parts; most of the accepted terminology was initiated in this study. He described species in the genera Nainereis (sic), Aricia, Scoloplos, Scolaricia, and erected Theostoma. Since the study was limited chiefly to species in the Mediterranean Sea, its generic and specific categories were accordingly restricted. Chamberlin (1919, pp. 353-361) described species in four genera and added Branchethus; which is now referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) Kinberg. Day (1954, pp. 21-23) added new species in two new genera, Proscoloplos and Orbiniella. Fauvel (1927a, pp. 7-26) in the Faune de France gave keys to five genera; included are seven species in Aricia, two in Nainereis (sic) and single species in Scoloplos, Theostoma and Scolaricia. The first includes Orbinia and Phylo as used herein, the second is here spelled Naineris, and Theostoma is called Protoaricia (below). The generic name Aricia Savigny is preoccupied and has been re- placed by Orbinia Quatrefages (Hartman, 1936, p. 32); the family name ARICIIDAE was thus changed to ORBINIIDAE (Hartman, 1942a, p. 57). The oldest species, now known as Scoloplos armiger, was first named Lumbricus armiger Miller, 1776; it is now reported from widely scattered geographic areas, including various parts of Europe, eastern United States, Japan and parts of the Southern Hemisphere. The next oldest, first described from Greenland as Nais quadricuspida Fabricius, 1780, is now known as Naineris and recorded from both sides of the northern Atlantic Ocean. Most of the other species from Europe were 216 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 known before the end of the nineteenth century. The earliest American species were described by Verrill (1873 to 1900), Webster (1879 to 1884) and Kinberg (1867). Others have been added in more recent times. FAMILY CHARACTERISTICS Typically the body is long, slender and often appears ragged in its posterior part because of the presence of dorsally directed parapodia and branchiae. Color in life is generally pale orange or yellowish red with bright red branchiae (due to the color of the red blood). The body consists of a shorter thorax and a much longer abdomen. These parts are weakly separable (in the PROTOARICIINAE, new subfamily) to more or less abruptly different (in the ORBINIINAE, new subfamily, especially in the genera Orbinia and Phylo). The change is most notice- able in the narrowing of the body in the abdomen and in the difference in position and structure of parapodial lobes and setal fascicles. In the thorax the neuropodia have short, transversely prolonged fleshy ridges; in the abdomen they are longer and slenderer to cylindical in shape. The prostomium is an inconspicuous lobe, truncate or semicircular or elongated conical; it has no appendages but the everted nuchal organs located at the posterior sides have sometimes been mistaken for short antennae. Prostomial eyes are present, especially in juvenile stages, or absent or so deeply embedded as to be unseen in older and preserved individuals. The nuchal organs are ciliated, slitlike invaginations located at the posterior ectal margins of the prostomium. The prostomium may alter its shape with age or method of fixation. In juvenile stages it is more or less semicircular or rounded in front; in later stages it may be long and pointed or conical or abruptly truncate in front. The proboscis or anterior end of the alimentary tract is unarmed, In the ORBINIINAE it is an eversible, epithelial, simple or multilobed pouch secondarily derived from a portion of the ventral side of the anterior end of the alimentary tract. In adult stages of some species it is voluminous and much branched dendritically; when everted it may conceal the prostomium and the ventral part of the first few segments. In the PROTOARICIINAE, as in Protoaricia and perhaps also in Proscoloplos and Orbiniella, it is muscular and primarily derived from the anterior end of the alimentary tract and of limited proportions (Eisig, 1914, p. 162 as Theostoma). In the ORBINIINAE the first segment or peristomium is a smooth, sometimes partly biannulated ring without parapodia; in the PRO- TOARICIINAE the first and second segments are without parapodia; NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 217 all other segments have biramous parapodia. In the thorax the parapodia are lateral; they gradually ascend so that in middle and posterior seg- ments of the abdomen they are dorsal. The body is broadest in the middle thorax; it is slightly (Naineris and some species of Haploscolop- los) to greatly depressed (Scoloplos (Leodamas) and some others). Farther back it is cylindrical in cross section or somewhat flattened dorsally. In some species or genera the ventrum of some anterior seg- ments has transverse rows of fleshy lobes, collectively called ventral fringe; otherwise the ventrum is smooth. Notopodia are more or less similar throughout the body except for differences in size and relative proportions of parts. Each consists of a simple, papillar or elongated lobe supported by one to several embedded yellow rods or acicula. Each has a tuft of long, slender, distally pointed setae; in some segments, usually in posterior thoracic and anterior or all abdominal segments, they may be accompanied by furcate or forked setae (pl. 20, fig. 5). The postsetal lobe is more or less conspicuous; it may be short and triangular or longer to cirriform (pl. 27, fig. 3) or it may be foliaceous (pl. 22, fig. 1) or fringed; its shape is specific. It has been variously called dorsal cirrus, branchia, secondary branchia, upper cirrus, fleshy lobe, lancet-shaped lip, cirriform or dorsal languet, lanceo- late lip, dorsal tubercle, cylindrical process and ligulate thread (see Eisig, 1914, p. 174, for references). The name here used, postsetal lobe, refers to its position behind the notopodial setal fascicle. The neuropodia are more highly modified and diversified within a single individual than are the notopodia and thus more specific. In the thorax the neuropodium is an oval or crescentic ridge and closely ap- pressed to the body wall. A posterior or postsetal part may be a simple fleshy ridge, or it may have one to several lobes along its margin, or there may be a series of lobes forming a fringe (pl. 23, fig. 2). The prolonged processes are called podial lobes if simple and fringe if multiple or serrated. Thoracic neuropodia are provided with palisaded series of setae or uncini or both. There are no embedded acicula. Abdominal neuro- podia are slenderer, longer, and supported by one to several acicula which may be entirely embedded or somewhat emergent; the projecting setae are generally in long, close tufts. Subpodial lobes or ventral cirri (if located immediately below the neuropodium) are variable in occurrence and distribution. When present they may be located at or near the ventral edge of abdominal and some posterior thoracic neuropodia. Their presence and distribution or absence is specific and has no generic significance. Thus in Phylo subpodial lobes 218 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 are present in P. felix and absent from P. ornatus. In Orbinia they are present in most species but absent from O. johnsoni. In Haploscoloplos they are absent from most species but present in H. fragilis. In Naineris, Protoaricia, Scolaricia, Califia, new genus, and perhaps some others they are altogether absent. In Scoloplos sensu stricto they are absent from most species but present in S. armiger; in S. (Leodamas) they are present in S. (L.) ohlini, S. (L.) cirratus and S, (L.) verax and absent from others. Podial, like subpodial, lobes are conspicuous when present but their occurrence has no generic significance. As the name implies, they are a part of the parapodium and are located along the postsetal margin of thoracic parapodia. They may occur as single or simply divided lobes or as serrated fringed rows. Their greatest development is in some species of Orbinia and Phylo. Subpodial and podial lobes have been called ventral papillae, pectinated ventral folds, fringes, conical papillae, cirrus- like appendages, short conical cirri and other descriptive terms. Interramal cirri are present in some species of Phylo, Orbinia and Haploscoloplos. ‘They are simple, cirriform, large to small processes located between the notopodium and neuropodium of some posterior thoracic and sometimes on anterior abdominal segments (pl. 20, fig. 2). Their presence and distribution are specific. They have been called also intermediate cirrus, intercirrus, cirruslike thread, subulate cirrus, cirri- form branchia, external branchia of the notopodium, branchial languette, conical languette, branchia, upper ventral cirrus and other descriptive names (see Ejisig, 1914, p. 174 for references). Their irregular distribu- tion can be noted in certain species of some genera. They are absent from all species of Scoloplos, Naineris, Scolaricia and PROTOARICI- INAE. In Phylo they are present in P. felix, P. grubet, P. foetida, P. michaelseni, sensu Monro; they are absent from P. ornatus, P. nudus, P. michaelseni, sensu Okuda, P. kupfferi and P. norvegicus. In Orbinia there are interramal cirri in O. cuvieri and O. latreillit; there are none in O. johnsoni and O. bioreti. In Haploscoloplos they are present in H. fragilis and H. robustus but absent from H. elongatus, H. pana- mensis, H. kerguelensis and possibly others. Lateral organs (‘‘Seitenorgane” of Ejisig, 1914, p. 240) are small, oval, nonretractile elevations between notopodia and neuropodia in some or all thoracic and abdominal (pl. 21, fig. 4) segments of some species in some genera. Each mound has few to many stiff, short to long pro- jecting hairs. Individual hairs are embedded in the epithelium and ter- minate within in sensory cells, some of which are large, others small NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 219 (see Jeener, 1927, pp. 104, 110 and Rullier, 1950, pp. 226-231). The presence of lateral organs has been noted in Scoloplos armiger, Orbinia latreillii, Phylo foetida, Naineris laevigata, Scolaricia typica, Proto- aricia oerstedi and possibly others. ‘hey are absent in species where an interramal cirrus is present and are considered homologous to the latter. Both are modifications of the epithelium and have no relation to nuchal organs. Branchiae are conspicuous, segmentally paired processes and present on most body segments; they are absent from a few (two to five) to many (about 30) anterior segments and rarely altogether absent (Orbiniella). The first few pairs may be small and papillar, located on the dorsolateral side of the body within the notopodial bases. They enlarge gradually or abruptly and become long, subcylindrical to flat- tened lobes that are much larger than the accompanying parapodial lobes. Their lateral margins are more or less conspicuously fimbriated or ciliated except for a smooth tapering distal end which may be set off from the fimbriated region by a subdistal swelling (pl. 23, fig. 2). In most species the branchiae are simple; in a few they are branched (pl. 33, 1ia> 2) Dorsal ciliated ridges are present in genera in which a middorsal space separates the inner branchial bases, as in Naineris and Protoaricia. They are more restricted or nearly absent when the branchial bases are close together middorsally. The ciliary rows are more or less continuous with the rows that border the branchial pairs. Dorsal ciliated mounds (= dorsal organs of Rullier, 1950) homo- logous with the nuchal organs of the prostomium are segmental and present on most or perhaps all segments. They are located in front of the branchial bases nearer the segmental groove. Each organ is a ciliated, retractile mound developed from epithelium. A pair may be far apart, as in species of Naineris (pl. 38, figs. 1 and 6) and Protoaricia, or nearer together as in species of other genera. They may be circular, oval or shield-shaped as in Scoloplos and Scolaricia, or slitlike depressions as in Orbinia and Phylo. They may be recognized externally by a circlet of dark pigment about their bases. Rullier (1950, pp. 220-225) has de- scribed them as groups of ciliated cells with innervation like that of the nuchal organs. Statocysts or organs of equilibrium are known for some species of Naineris and Protoaricia. They are segmental, epithelial depressions, sometimes covered with a thin membrane, located on a variable number 220 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL./L5 of anterior segments. On prebranchial segments they may occur at a place corresponding to the base of the branchia; farther back they are in front of or under the branchial base (Eisig, 1914, p. 249). Large epithelial glandular pouches are present only in species of Phylo, located in posterior thoracic segments, one pair to a segment. They open to the exterior, are lined with secretory cells and covered with a spirally wound outer musculature. Their distribution corresponds with that of the modified spines or spears (pl. 23, fig. 2). The aperture is at the anterior side of the neuropodium and in front of the uppermost modified spine; it is usually accompanied by a fleshy foliaceous or papil- lar lobe. The pouches are oval or pyriform and have a groove along the posterior side where the uppermost spine lies lengthwise along it. The glands have been considered repugnatory (Claparéde, 1870, p. 56, pl. 22, fig. 1b) and thought to function in defense or offense (Claparede, 1873, pp. 137-138). Eisig (1914, p. 229) called them defense glands (“Wehrdriisen’”) and considered them homologous with nephridia. Soderstrom (1920, p. 86) identified similar structures in polydoriid spionids and concluded that they are secretory, emitting a chitinized, setal-like substance. Nephridia are paired, segmental structures visible externally as small pores located on the lower posterior side of most or all abdominal neuropodia and sometimes on some posterior thoracic segments. At sexual maturity some are modified and function as gonopores (Mau, 1881, pl. 27). Ventral pads are tumid, glandular areas arising from the body wall below the neuropodial bases of some abdominal segments. They are padlike and conspicuous in species of Phylo, Orbinia and Haploscoloplos ; they are foliaceous in Scoloplos (pl. 30, fig. 2) and Scolaricia, to little developed or inconspicuous in some other genera. At sexual maturity they may enlarge and be filled with developing ova. The posterior end of the body usually terminates in segments dimin- ishing in length and width. The pygidium in small and collarlike; it has one to many pairs of short papillar to long filamentous processes (pl. 22, fig. 2). The anus is terminal or only slightly dorsal. Setae and acicula are entirely simple and without articulation. Setae are diversified and highly specific. All notopodia and neuropodia have slender, distally pointed setae (‘‘Pfriemborsten” of Eisig, 1914); the shaft is cylindrical and smooth and the distal end is compressed like a blade and provided with spinelets (seen in reflected light) ; it appears camerated, canaliculated or fenestrated when seen with transmitted NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 221 light, due to internal structures. The spinelets have their origin from longitudinal fibrils lying within the shaft. They can be traced inward to the core, where they are separated by clearer areas. The number of spine- lets in a transverse row for a single seta, from base to tip, remains fairly constant but the spinelets are thicker and shorter at the base and longer and slenderer at the tip. These setae have been called also capillary setae, camerated capillaries, aw] setae and other descriptive names. Furcate, lyrate or forked setae (pl. 22, figs. 7, 8) are usually present only in notopodia of the abdominal segments and some posterior thoracic notopodia, or they are absent. They are usually few in a fascicle and located in an inferior position, accompanied by pointed setae. Each con- sists of a straight cylindrical shaft, smooth or spinous along its outer side, two long diverging tines connected with each other by a thin, translucent membrane that may be pouched (best seen from the edge of a tine), and strengthening fibrils extending out from the shaft. When perfect, the thin connecting membrane may be neatly serrated or crenu- lated at its free edge (pl. 20, fig. 5) ; when worn, it is frayed, torn or altogether lacking. ‘he dimensions and positions in the fascicle suggest that these setae function to keep clean the long pointed setae. They may occur more often than reported as their sparse number and small size make them difficult to find. Uncini or uncinate hooks of characteristic form are found in thoracic neuropodia of some species. They may form thick conspicuous palisaded vertical series, most numerous in middle and posterior thoracic seg- ments. Each is straight or distally curved or has a tip that is blunt, entire or divided. There may be a delicate hyaline hood (pl. 22, figs. 5, 6) or the tip may be uncovered. The outer curved region may be smooth (pl. 35, fig. 6) or have transversely ridged (pl. 20, figs. 3, 4) or denti- culated (pl. 40, fig. 4) structures. Uncini are present in some species of Orbinia, Phylo, Scoloplos, Scolaricia and Orbiniella. They are absent from Haploscoloplos, Califia and one species of Naineris. They are peculiarly curved and have a rostrate tip (— swan-shaped hooks) in Proscoloplos. Cauduncini (‘‘Zipfelhaken” of Eisig, 1914, p. 216) are hooded uncini, as the name implies; they are described for species of Protoaricia (Eisig, 1914, p. 216) and Naineris (Annenkova, 1931, p. 204). Subuluncini (pl. 37, figs. 5, 6) are transitional between pointed setae and uncini; the base or stalk is uncinate, the distal end abruptly slen- derer and long pointed. The outer side of the curved region may be ornamented with rows of spinelets. ‘(They are known from some species of Naineris and Protoaricia. 222 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL,,15 Modified spines or spears are found only in Phylo, in posterior thoracic neuropodia. They form a single row in front of other setae. The uppermost one (pl. 23, fig. 2) is near the aperture of the glandular pouch and may project from the parapodium for a considerable distance. Farther down they are increasingly embedded in parapodial tissue. Re- placement of upper or most worn ones is progressively from below. Ac- cording to the species, the color of the spine varies from pale yellow to very dark or black. In shape they are acicular (pl. 24, fig. 2) or spear- like (pl. 23, fig. 4) or hastate to sagittate. Their position at the sides of a long, otherwise unarmed body suggests that they function in the stabili- zation or equilibration of the animal. Brush-tipped setae (pl. 42, fig. 2) are known only in Califia (see below) ; they are, essentially, modified pointed setae in which the in- ternal fibrils are freed to form a broomlike distal end. Pseuduncini or false hooks are delicate spines with a soft dark tip, associated with glandular pouches in Phylo; they are small and slender and thus easily overlooked. Flails (‘‘Geiselpfriemen” of Eisig, 1914) are modified pointed setae abruptly bent in their distal part; they occur only in ab- dominal neuropodia of Scolaricia. Acicula or embedded supporting rods occur in all notopodia and abdominal neuropodia. In most genera they are in bundles of two or more; in Scoloplos (Leodamas) abdominal neuropodia have single thick, distally curved acicula that project from the parapodial lobe (pl. 32, fig. 2): Generic limitations are not rigid, because of the high degree of reticulation of most morphological features. This has resulted in an interchangeable use of generic and subgeneric categories, as Scoloplos for Naineris, or Aricia including Phylo. The number of thoracic segments varies but is fairly constant specifically in Phylo and Orbinia; it is in- constant in Naineris. he presence of podial and subpodial papillae and interramal cirri and the distribution of branchiae can be used only specifically. The approximate shape of the prostomium varies with the age of individuals but is more or less constant in adult individuals, unless the proboscis is everted. Podial and subpodial lobes are most highly developed in Orbinia and Phylo; their distribution and number are fairly specific. The occurrence and distribution of other processes named above are to be examined with the same caution. Thoracic neuropodia are thick and semilunar to oval; they have transverse rows of podial fringe in some species of Orbinia and Phylo; they are less modified in species of other genera and least so in Naineris NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 223 and PROTOARICIINAE. Abdominal neuropodia are long and cylin- drical in Orbinia, Phylo and Califia; they are shorter and somewhat compressed in Scoloplos, Haploscoloplos and Scolaricia; they are short and blunt in Naineris and PROTOARICIINAE. Abdominal noto- podia are widely separated middorsally in Orbiniella, Naineris and Califia; they are increasingly nearer together in Scoloplos, Phylo and Orbinia. The most significant diagnostic characters are 1) the approximate or exact number of thoracic segments, 2) the extent of the transition region and whether it is abrupt or gradual, 3) the nature of the probos- cis, whether epithelial or muscular and the extent of branching, if any, 4) the character of the branchiae, if simple or divided, cylindrical, com- pressed or laterally fimbriated, 5) the comparative lengths of postsetal notopodial lobes and branchiae, 6) the presence of ventral pads, if any, and their place of origin, 7) the presence or absence of podial lobes, their distribution and their number at maximum development, 8) the presence or absence of subpodial lobes or ventral cirri, their extent and number at maximum development, 9) the kinds of setae, especially those in thoracic neuropodia, 10) the details of uncini, subuluncini, furcate setae or other modified setae, 11) the presence or absence of interramal cirri, lateral organs or other surface structures such as ciliated ridges, ciliated mounds, nephridial or gonadial pores, 12) the form and number of anal appendages, and 13) the approximate size and proportions of the body. The circulatory system has been described for Phylo foetida by Timofeev (1930, pp. 149-180). It consists of longitudinal and trans- verse connectives in complex arrangement. The longitudinal vessels in- clude a dorsal one which connects with a plexus and lacunae [cardiac body] surrounding the alimentary canal. The ventral vessel is unpaired and slightly to right of center; a pair of much smaller paraneural ves- sels accompanies the unpaired one. The transverse connecting vessels are especially well developed in gonadial segments. There is a peri- pheral arch which permits transport of the blood from ventral to dorsal sides of the body, and a visceral arch which carries it in the opposite direction. These arches have ventral and dorsal branches. This author noted the strong development of anastomoses between the branchial and nephridial vessels, especially those which function as gonadial outlets. Parapodial vessels are proportionately weakly developed. The circulatory fluid is red. 224 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 Regeneration of lost anterior and posterior ends has been noted (Mau, 1881, p. 425). Caudal regeneration has been described also for Phylo foetida by Probst (1931, pp. 369-403). GLOSSARY IN ORBINIIDAE abdomen, the longer posterior part of the body in which the neuro- podia become more or less dorsal in position, are slenderer and more or less cylindrical, with restricted fascicles of setae, and the branchiae are fully developed. acicula, or embedded supporting rods, present in all notopodia and in abdominal neuropodia, in fascicles of 2 to 5 or 6 and fully embedded or somewhat projecting from the parapodial lobe, or singly, heavy and sicklelike as in Leodamas. branchiae, the prolonged, laterally fimbriated, fleshy processes originating on the dorsal side of the body within notopodial bases ; usually present in all abdominal segments and sometimes on posterior thoracic ones. cauduncini, like uncini but with a distal tail or pointed hood, present in thoracic neuropodia in Protoaricia. brush-tipped setae, modified setae in anteriormost segments in Califia only. dorsal ciliary ridges (dorsal “Flimmerwiilste” of Eisig), the con- tinuous, transverse ridge across the middorsum between branchial bases ; more or less continuous with the lateral fimbriae of the branchiae. dorsal cirrus, see notopodial postsetal lobe. flails or flail setae (‘“Geisselpfriemen” of Eisig and “soie a fléau” of Fauvel), the abruptly bent abdominal neuropodial setae present only in Scolaricia. furcate setae or lyre, lyrate or forked setae, the short, bifurcated setae accompanying pointed setae in abdominal or posterior thoracic notopodia. glandular organ, the large, flask-shaped, thick-walled sack located in posterior thoracic segments in Phylo, associated with modified spines (called “poches glanduleuses” by Claparéde, ‘‘Driisenorgane” by Sdéder- strom). interramal cirrus, or intercirrus, a slender, short to long, simple lobe between notopodia and neuropodia of posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal segments, limited to some species in a few genera and equi- valent to the lateral organ. | | | NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 225 lateral organ (‘“Seitenorgane” of Eisig), the small rounded sta- tionary elevation between notopodia and neuropodia, with stiff project- ing hairs, present in some species of some genera in which an interramal cirrus is absent. nephridia, the segmentally arranged organs with external pore, located on the posterior side of neuropodial ridges; at maturity partly functioning as gonopores. nuchal organs or nuchal slits, the single pair of ciliated, eversible, epithelial pouches or slits at the postlateral margin of the prostomium, homologous with the segmental ciliary organs in more posterior seg- ments. parapodia, the biramous lateral outgrowths of the body, consisting of notopodia, which are more or less uniform throughout the body, and neuropodia, which are variously modified. peristomium, the first visible segment behind the prostomium, form- ing a complete ring about the oral aperture, without parapodia or setae. podial fringe, the serial rows of lobes or papillae located along the margins of postsetal lobes in thoracic neuropodia and notopodia in some species, especially in Orbinia. podial lobe or lobes, located along the postsetal ridge in thoracic notopodia and neuropodia in some species and genera; usually conical or elongated, or divided, or simpler than podial fringe. postsetal lobe or lobes (called also dorsal and ventral cirrus), the fleshy foliaceous or cirriform prolongation located behind setal fascicles of both notopodia and neuropodia. proboscis, the anteriormost part of the pharynx, epithelial and eversible and more or less branched to simple in Orbiniinae or muscular and noneversible in Protoariciinae. prostomium, the anterior pointed or rounded lobe preceding the oral aperture, without appendages but sometimes with eyes (especially in juvenile stages) and a pair of nuchal organs at the postlateral margins. pseuduncini, or false uncini, the minute, delicate, uncinal spines as- sociated with the glandular organ in species of Phylo. segmental ciliary organ (“dorsal organ” of Rullier, “Wimperhigel” of Eisig), the paired, metameric, epithelial mound present in middle or later thoracic segments and continued to the end of the body, located in front of the branchial base near the segmental groove, covered with cilia and retractile; in Naineris the pair widely separated, in others more modified so that they approach and are more or less embedded anchor- like in the body; innervated like the nuchal organs. 226 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 setae, pointed setae (“Pfriemborsten” or “awl setae” of Eisig), the long, distally pointed spinous setae present in all notopodia and most abdominal neuropodia; sometimes called camerated, areolated, canali- culated and fenestrated because of the ladderlike arrangement of the internal structure of the shaft. spears or spines, the thick, acicular spines in posterior thoracic neuro- podia of Phylo; arranged in an anterior row, the dorsalmost one as- sociated with the large glandular organ; called also defense spines and other descriptive names. statocysts, the thoracic paired organs located at the base of branchiae or in a location corresponding to the branchial base; epithelial in origin and present only in species of some genera. subpodial lobe, or ventral cirrus, a fleshy lobe located immediately below the neuropodium or some distance below it, sometimes simple, or multiple, but less complex than subpodial or ventral fringe. subuluncini, resembling uncini with a long, distally pointed projec- tion, located in thoracic neuropodia, limited to some species in some genera, as Naineris. swan-shaped setae or hooks, present in some thoracic neuropodia, known only in Proscoloplos. thorax, the anterior part of the body, usually broader and more depressed than the abdomen, with lateral parapodia differing from those in the abdomen. uncini, the acicular, distally blunt, straight or somewhat curved to sickle-shaped, smooth or ridged or serrated modified setae present in thoracic neuropodia of some species in some genera, especially Scoloplos. ventral cirrus, see subpodial lobe. ventral fringe, the serial rows of lobes or papillae on the ventral side of some thoracic and abdominal segments, especially in species of Orbinia, sometimes more or less continuous or like subpodial fringe. ventral pads, the glandular areas adjacent to neuropodia of some abdominal segments, especially conspicuous at sexual maturity and dis- tended with gonadial substances. REPRODUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT The development of Naineris laevigata from Japan is described by Okuda (1946, pp. 135-139). Adult individuals inhabit muddy bottoms in the Zostera zone. Spawning occurs from the end of May to the middle of June. The eggs are laid on the surface of the mud, not in NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 227 gelatinous masses but as a thin, irregular ribbon-shaped cluster invested with a delicate pellicle. These irregular pieces may adhere to the stems of Zostera. The fertilized egg is nearly spherical and measures about 250 micra across. The young pass through a modified trochophore stage. In 46 hours an elongated larva has developed, with short rows of cilia but no setae. Metamorphosis occurs after about two days and results in a gradual loss of ciliary rows. A six-segmented stage follows; dorsal and ventral fascicles of setae appear in the third and fourth segments. An alimentary tract is formed and the larva begins to feed. After one or two more days setae appear in the fifth and sixth segments and the larva begins to creep. Metamorphosis requires about four days and the formation of the seventh setigerous segment marks its end. This is about ten days after fertilization. The first two segments are asetigerous. During juvenile stages the branchiae are developed and the trunk elon- gates. The development of Haploscoloplos kerguelensis in Japan is also described by Okuda (1946, pp. 139-144). Adults are mature from June to July; they occur in sandy mud bottoms. The eggs are laid in a pear- shaped gelatinous mass supported by a long stalk. Hatching takes place about three days after fertilization and the pelagic life lasts only one or two days. There are no larval swimming setae. The development resembles that of Naineris laevigata from Japan. The stages of development for some species from Europe are sum- marized by Thorson (1946, pp. 78, 79, 140). Scoloplos armiger, Phylo foetida and Orbinia cuvieri have no pelagic stages. The best studied species, Phylo foetida from the Gulf of Naples, spawns from January to June at four-week periods for a single individual (Schaxel, 1912, p. 384). Eggs are laid in a gelatinous cylindrical mass measuring 60 to 80 millimeters long, attached to the sand. The young hatch in six to twelve days and remain larval for two to three weeks but there is no. pelagic stage (Lo Bianco, 1899, pp. 448-573 and Salensky, 1883, pp. 188-220). Scoloplos armiger spawns in spring; eggs are laid in pear-shaped gelatinous cocoons measuring about 20 by 10 millimeters; they are at- tached to the sand by a tough strand 15 to 50 millimeters long. A female individual may spawn more than one cocoon and each cocoon may have 400 to 1000 eggs. The larvae remain there for as much as three weeks and hatch in a creeping stage; when hatched they are about 600 micra long. The stages of cell division have been described by Delsman (1916, p. 409). ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 ppidsni14ponb s14auw Ny XxX DIYIUDAQOUUDU S14IUW NJ ».4 DIDIUNU S14dUID NT ».4 x ».¢ x DIDH1bIV] S149UID ST XxX 19qQN41B S149UW Ny DIUIPUIP S14IUD NT 3% S1UAOIIG SILIUID NY xX DIVIJUDAND S149 UW NT ‘ds s0)¢0j0980;q0 x X De xe snysnqgos $01¢ 010980) YT sisuauiouvd $01 ¢0,09501¢0 FY] sninurm sisuajanbsay $014¢0]0980)19¢0 FY X Xx sisuajanbaay $0]7010980] 90 FY ae ae: sytbvaf s0j¢0j0980] 40 ]y Xx gsnso1jof s0]70]09580)4¢vF] x snyvbuoja s01¢010950)¢v YT xX vpivs vyftjv) Xx DISNGOL .DAPUDI]P,, on © ot rs) Onn po Toate ee eeee Gees ee oP op ea ay eo as = m ® 3 Ay Ii OIE (eri ry ee = c 5 25 a0 ey Heme Oe ONT Sun mh yh NS FR 8 2 3 we oe ee me Bee eters mee AS _ a) a o. oe ° a Saw s pee ig oO» =) aS seh Pa . iS) =r a 53 g5 i=} ey ro) = Ge - fs Of 6 = ao F 3 8s Ss 9Q sa1vadg Jo oweN es at pR OF ee o a va 5 Ow — BR, of: a fet) Q ice > 3 n.5 D AO ° =o = 8 it) 5 =e of oo cr 88 ye 9° = ° ao. 1 a 5 ie 5 o rs) =a +t) we. 77) AX _ Sia — 5 229 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE NO.3 HARTMAN x 1061 ‘Stal yq 4ab2u4v s0jJo0j02¢ xX Wjaoupvas4 § soi ¢oj07¢ xD4am ("'T) $0,¢0]095 snsojngisy ("7 ) s0jg¢o0j075 a a xX tupajIu snyourbaviu (7) $0j;¢oj07§ xX xX snypuibsvu ("'7) sojg¢ojo7 5 x unyo) ("T) 801401095 xX SNjDAAI) ("'T) $0]F0]09§ x jacwpvas (*§) 01401095 x snoyfiavg sabiuav ("§) sojgojors XG Xx xX é xX xX 4abimav (*§) s074¢0]09§ x 4 sfarauov (*§) s07¢0]095 D, « 1pa]S490 DIITADOJOA x x 4 SNYDULO O74 x snpnu ojhyd x Xa SNIDawsOU 0144 I x OL6T OLUOY ‘ruaspavyr1u oj4Yd x ruosuyol D1u1940) x 14910N) DIUIGLC) >:¢ DIDUIIUN SIAIUID NT x x x DS0JS S14dUID NY 230 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 BIg Ye, ues00Q NUE Y U19q}IOU UI Spue]sT * adoinq ur1ay}10U na bd ROLY uJay}J0u pue adoing bd | > bd | bd] bd | Od UJ9y}NOS pue U1a}SaM ue209 ONUEPY UJ9q}NOs UI spurs! BOLI Ul9}saM bd bd (+S61-bE6T ‘AeC) BOLIFY UJayINOS a a ve pueleaz Man eIUBWSE T, bd (+161 ‘auesny ) bd BIpesIsNny U1I}s9MqINOS RIPeIYSNY Usa}seaqyNos bd Bag Pea pue uvs0Q ueIpuy on a seaie oytoeg Y}NOS bd (sS6r ‘Aoyeyosy) pue 9r6I-IE6T ‘BAOYUAUUY) | pd me | P| PM SUOISAI O1JIIY JOIAOS (9b6T-LE6T ‘epnyQ) uedef a Pa | Ps | n on n bl Ss = i=) o ales Nilo S18 a 6 iis 8 aS - 2333 tS Sex 3 8) a & & a | CS ° 2) R ) ine) “ 2 A} | als; a es] 2) 8) S|]. wel Vl[&] a =| 8S] 81s] 8] 818 “~ hefia (epee iPad ie Vt ge bea [al ky i cafes peas rn (FS) fies Cm ey | S Rien] s 5 8 boa as) SVS Sys S als] as] s& 8] s[-s |]. S/S S18) 81 8 S/ S/S] S18 ].8) &] 8 SS 1S Sy Sy eS eS Sere See Sis ais eRe rey WS Ve! i EES | Reh SI | Re SASS eee es ee ois reaiceed cen iene eee tee ‘3 (313 ]S/ 815] $) 8] 8] 8) 818) 8/818 2 (sla al-S/-8)-8/)-81/-8)-S/ 3S] 38/8/5815 sie LsS |S 81S] 8) 81S) Sl ere aisle Salt Rlealealalealaelaiolololols 231 NO. 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE x 1P3]S490 D1IITADOJOLY 4 snjapyr0ubhp s0jgojorsosg snjouso offy gd >< ZE61 ‘Jaaney ‘supnu ojfyg ».¢ x x sn1b3ansou ojhyd x LE6T ‘WpNyC ‘tuwasjavyoiu o]hyg »¢ x x waf{dny ojfyg x taqnsb ojhyd viysnby vpyaof ojfygq a Duvisaqiy vpiyaof ojfyg * x suvjimr vpiyaof ojkyg x sypajsnv vpyaof ojfyg vryuvijv vpijaof ojhyg sisuauiulpv vpyaof ojkyd x ppyaof oj, xX ispavonpa D1IU1IGLCE xX DI1Shag 14IVHNI DIUIGLE) 232 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 vag yortg | PS UvIIO JULY usay}10U Ul spurs! adoing UsJayj10U BOTY. ulayj}Jou pue adoing UI9y}NOS pUL U1I}SIM uva09 DnuEPY uJay}NOS UI Spue]s! BOLI Ulsd}saM (+S61-b£6T APC) ROLY uiaq}NOS purleaz Man BIUBUISE J, (+161 ‘sauasny ) BI[eIISNYy UI9}S9MYINOS BIpeijsny UI9}SBIYINOS BIS pry pue ue20¢ uvIpuy svaie oytoeg YyNOg ($S6t ‘AoyeYos~) pue 9b6I-TE6T ‘eAoyUoUUY ) SUOIS9I DIJOIY JOIAOS (9b61-LE6T ‘epnyo) uedef Scoloplos madagascariensis Scoloplos novae-hollandiae Scoloplos cylindrifer, Augener, 1914 Scoloplos dubius Scoloplos (L.) cylindrifer Scoloplos (L.) dendrobranchus Scoloplos (L.) fimbriatus Scoloplos (L.) johnstonei Scoloplos (L.) chevalieri Scoloplos (L.) latum Protoaricia capsulifera Scolaricia haasi Scolaricia typica Scoloplos (S.) armiger Scoloplos (S.) marsupialis NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 233 The early development of Haploscoloplos robustus has been studied by Horn and Bookhout (1950, pp. 1-9, pls. 1-4, as H. bustoris). In North Carolina individuals are mature from May through September. Natural spawning was never attained in the laboratory nor were the egg masses ever collected in the field. It was assumed that there are no gelatinous masses in this species as are known for some others (see above). Eggs and sperm were artificially removed from adult individuals. When the eggs were fertilized, only about one percent developed into healthy larvae. A motile trochophore was observed sixteen hours after fertilization. After 40 hours the larvae had grown so that segments 3 and 4 each had a pair of long setae. The presence of ten ciliated bands indi- cated as many segments. The 70-hour larva showed six setigerous seg- ments. Metamorphosis was complete after three days; at that time the larva had nine setigerous segments and most ciliary rows had disap- peared. Branchiae were present on the tenth and eleventh segments and the alimentary tract was differentiated. After four days a juvenile was developed which resembled the adult except for its much smaller size. There was presumably no planktonic stage. Experimental parthenogenesis was demonstrated for Aricia by Kostanecki (1909, pp. 238-253). GEoGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION The most widely distributed species are Naineris laevigata and Scoloplos armiger, each occurring in ten of the geographic categories named above. If we include the closely related Naineris dendritica with N. laevigata, the range covers 14 categories. In the case of Scoloplos armiger, with its subspecies it occurs in 11 categories. The closely re- lated species of Haploscoloplos (elongatus and kerguelensis with vari- ties) are found in nine groups. Species of Orbinia are limited largely to Europe or coastlines of the Atlantic Ocean. Those of Scoloplos (Leo- damas) come chiefly from the Southern Hemisphere. Those of Haplo- scoloplos and Naineris are most diversified in the vicinities of the Gulf of Mexico and West Indian seas. The single species of Protoaricia has been recorded from both sides of the tropical Atlantic Ocean. Those of Scolaricia, Proscoloplos, Orbiniella and Califia are the most restricted geographically. The two charts immediately above show the geographic distribution for species of Orbiniidae. (See alphabetical list of species below for further bibliographic citations. ) 234 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 EcoLoGy AND HABIT Most species of Orbiniidae occur in sandy or muddy bottoms of intertidal to shallow or moderately deep seas. Fewer numbers are re- ported from abyssal depths. These deep-water species are distributed mainly in the genera Phylo, Califia, Scoloplos and Naineris. Thus in Phylo the type of the genus, P. felix Kinberg, is littoral on both sides of America (see below) ; P. nudus (Moore) is recorded from 1242 to 2982 feet off southern California (Moore, 1911, p. 315); P. fimbriatus (Moore) occurs off Japan in 120 to 1560 feet (Moore, 1903, p. 464) and P. norvegicus (Sars) has been recorded from shallow water to 8040 feet off New York (McIntosh, 1885, p. 352) and in 450 to 888 feet in northern Japan (Annenkova, 1938, p. 170). Phylo kupfferi (Ehlers) occurs in the northern Atlantic Ocean in 4305 to 8196 feet (Ehlers, 1874, p. 296) and P. grubei (Gravier) is described off Peru in 2532 feet (Gravier, 1908, p. 42). Naineris quadricuspida (Fabricius) was taken in 5940 feet off northern Japan (Annenkova, 1938, p. 171). Califia calida, new genus and species, is known only from greater depths off southern California (see below). Scoloplos armiger (Miller), originally described from shallow seas of western Europe, has a nearly cosmopolitan distribution in shallow to greater depths with a record off northern Japan in 3000 to 6000 feet (Annenkova, 1938, p. 170). The associations of species from the northern Pacific Ocean are predictable within limits. Naineris dendritica and Scoloplos acmeceps are commonly found in sandy and mixed bottoms overgrown with grasses, especially in the roots of Phyllospadix and Zostera or the hold- fasts of littoral algae. Haploscoloplos elongatus and Scoloplos armiger occur in greater ranges of depths (see chart of species in San Pedro Basin). he associations of species of Orbiniidae and Paraonidae are indicated by symbols on the charts. Each group of letters represents species taken together in a single small sample from the area indicated. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 235 LONG BEACH LONG POINT CHART SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF ORBINIIDAE AND PARAONIDAE IN SAN PEpRO BASIN AND ENVIRONS, CALIFORNIA Name of Species Symbol Aricidea, near suecica 0 Aricidea ? ramosa Aricidea uschakovi Aricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata Aricidea (Cirrophorus) furcata Califia calida Haploscoloplos elongatus Naineris uncinata Paraonis gracilis oculata Paraonts (Paraonides) lyra NwonmenNnt Nn fw ND Scoloplos armiger 236 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 When disturbed or removed from the substratum, individuals typically roll into a ball or tight coil so that the smooth ventrum of the body is outside and the branchial or dorsal side is within; the cephalic structures are innermost in the coil and the anal appendages outermost. Swimming is accomplished with an abrupt opening and closing of the coil. The method of feeding has been likened to that of some holothurian echinoderms in which the multilobed proboscis of Orbinia is compared with the branched crown of Cucumaria (holothurian). The proboscis is extruded, loaded with nutrient particles and retracted, carrying food and other particles into the digestive tract (Eisig, 1914, p. 168). STATION NUMBERS OF THE VELERO III AND VELERO IV WITH SPECIES OF ORBINIIDAE, PARAONIDAE AND LONGOSOMIDAE FROM EACH STATION (see Fraser, 1943, for data on stations 885-38 to 1501-52). 885-38. Scoloplos armiger (1). 886-38. Haploscoloplos elongatus (1). 887-38. Scoloplos acmeceps (1). 888-38. Phylo felix (1), Scoloplos armiger (1). 901-38. Naineris dendritica (1). 905-38. Haploscoloplos elongatus (1). 908-38. Naineris uncinata (1). 992-39. Haploscoloplos elongatus (1). 1021-39. Scoloplos armiger (1). 1149-40. Aricidea nr. suecica (2). 1201-40. Haploscoloplos elongatus (1). 1204-40. Naineris dendritica (1). 1211-40. Scoloplos acmeceps (6). 1222-41. Naineris dendritica (12). 1228-41. Naineris dendritica (1). 1256-41. Phylo felix (1). 1259-41. Phylo felix (1). 1299-41. Aricidea nr. suecica (1). 1315-41. Naineris dendritica (1). 1321-41. Aricidea nr. suecica (1). 1327-41. Scoloplos armiger (1). 1330-41. Naineris uncinata (1). 1370-41. Naineris dendritica (1). 1398-41. Naineris uncinata (many juveniles). NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 237 1437-41. 1441-41. 1442-41. 1443-41. 1445-42. 1446-42. 1447-42. 1449-42. 1450-42. 1451-42. 1457-42. 1459-42. 1464-42. 1468-42. 1471-42. 1472-42. 1474-42. 1477-42. 1478-42. 1479-42. 1480-42. 1484-42. 1487-42. 1488-42. 1490-42. 1491-42. 1492-42. 1493-42. 1496-42. 1501-42. 1668-49. 1990-50. Naineris dendritica (6). Haploscoloplos elongatus (1); Scoloplos acmeceps (2); Aricidea pacifica (1). Scoloplos acmeceps (4). Naineris dendritica (many). Scoloplos acmeceps (3); Naineris dendritica (1). Naineris dendritica (1). Naineris dendritica (1). Naineris dendritica (1). Scoloplos acmeceps (2); Scoloplos armiger (1); Aricidea pacifica (1). Scoloplos acmeceps (6). Scoloplos acmeceps (6); Naineris dendritica (4). Naineris dendritica (10). Naineris dendritica (3). Naineris dendritica (18). Scoloplos acmeceps (2). Naineris dendritica (1). Naineris dendritica (1). Naineris dendritica (3). Scoloplos acmeceps (1). Scoloplos acmeceps (2). Scoloplos acmeceps (1). Scoloplos acmeceps (4). Naineris dendritica (1). Naineris dendritica (5). Naineris dendritica (many). Naineris dendritica (10). Naineris dendritica (4). Scoloplos acmeceps (1). Naineris uncinata (1). Naineris dendritica (1). Jan. 8. Santa Cruz Basin, California, 33°-50’-00”, 119°-24’- 10”, in 2850 to 3600 feet, sticky green mud. Aricidea uschakovi (1). Aug. 13. % mi off Willow Cove, Santa Catalina Island, California, 33°-22’-25”, 118°-20’-32”, in 224 feet, mud and shell. Aricidea nr. suecica (20). 238 1995-50. 2012-51. 2017-51. 2026-51. 2030-51. 2033-51. 2035-51. 2053-51. 2059-51. 2091-52. 2107-52. 2113-52. 2114-52. 2115-52. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Oct. 1. 7 mi ENE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, California, 33°-25’-38”, 118°-12’-46’’, in 2400 feet, mud. Califia calida (1). April 13, Lagoon, San Martin Island, Lower California, Mexico, 30°-28’-53”, 116°-06’-27”, rocky shore, in lagoon. Scoloplos armiger (3). April 15. 14. 2 miles SSE of Geronimo Island, Lower Cali- fornia, 29°-34’-15”, 115°-43’-00”, in 324 feet, green mud. Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). April 19. South Bay, Cedros Island, Lower California, 28°- 05’-00”, 115°-19’-45”, in 96 to 114 feet, mud and sand. Haploscoloplos elongatus (7); Phylo felix (several) ; Para- onis gracilis oculata (1). Apr. 20. 5.4 miles E of Morro Redondo Point, Cedros Island, Lower California, 28°-02’-23”, 115°-06’-08”, in 240 to 246 feet, green mud. Aricidea nr. suecica (4). May 19. 9.25 miles SSE of Point Fermin, California, 33°- 33’-22”, 118°-14’-55”’, in 1140 to 1320 feet, mud and shale. Paraonis lyra (1). May 19. 8.1 miles SSE of Point Fermin, California, 33°- 34’-48”, 118°-13’-44”, in 192 to 300 feet, sand and mud. Aricidea nr. suecica (24); Paraonis gracilis oculata (3). September 8. 2.6 miles SE of Los Angeles lighthouse, 33°- 40’-27”, 118°-13’-20”, in 66 to 72 feet, over kelp bed. Paraonis lyra (3). October 7. 2.7 miles SSE of Los Angeles lighthouse, 33°- 40’-20/, 118°-13’-07”, in 72 to 78 feet, over kelp bed. Paraonis lyra (3). February 9. 2.6 miles S of Los Angeles lighthouse, 33°-39’- 54”, 118°-14’-50”, in 84 to 90 feet, sand and kelp. Scoloplos acmeceps (1). (see volume 19, part 1, this series, for data on following stations except for those herein given). Haploscoloplos elongatus (4); Paraonis gracilis oculata (7). Scoloplos armiger (1); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Aricidea furcata (2). Haploscoloplos elongatus (2); Aricidea nr. suecica (53); Aricidea furcata (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (9). Haploscoloplos elongatus (2). NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 239 2116-52. 2117-52. 2120-52. 2152-52. 2126-52. 2128-52. 2142-52. 2149-52. 2152-52. 2153-52. 2168-52. 2172-52. 2175-52. 2176-52. 2189-52. 2193-52. 2202-53. 2217-53. 2219-53. 2224-53. 2227-53. 2228-53. Haploscoloplos elongatus (5); Aricidea nr. suecica (2); Paraonis gracilis oculata (4). Aricidea uschakovi (3), Paraonis gracilis oculata (4). Haploscoloplos elongatus (7); Aricidea nr. suecica (about 90); Aricidea uschakovi (20). Scoloplos armiger (9); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Aricidea uschakovi (8); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Scoloplos armiger (5); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). June 25. 0.3 miles E of Long Point light, Santa Catalina Island, 33°-24’-15”, 1189-21-35”, in 252 to 402 feet, sand and dead brachiopod shells. Naineris uncinata (6) ; Aricidea nr. suecica (7). Paraonis gracilis oculata (2). Haploscoloplos elongatus (6). Scoloplos acmeceps (5); Aricidea nr. suecica (16) ; Aricidea furcata (23) ; Paraonis gracilis oculata (4). Naineris uncinata (3); Scoloplos armiger (3); Longosoma catalinensis (3); Aricidea furcata (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (5). October 31. 8.5 miles W of East end, Santa Catalina Island, California, 33°-17’-29”, 118°-29’-13”, in 3102 feet. Aricidea ?ramosa (1). October 31. 2.8 miles west of Salta Verde Point, Santa Catalina Island, California, 33°-18’-31”, 118°-28’-31”, in 348 feet, mud. Haploscoloplos elongatus (4); Aricidea nr. suecica (4); Paraonis gracilis oculata (3). Haploscoloplos elongatus (9); Aricidea nr. suecica (6); Paraonis gracilis oculata (2). Haploscoloplos elongatus (4). Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (4); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (6). Califia calida (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (6). Haploscoloplos elongatus (11); Aricidea nr. suecica (9); Paraonis gracilis oculata (9). Haploscoloplos elongatus (2); Aricidea nr. suecica (10); Aricidea uschakovi (1); Aricidea furcata (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (2). 240 2229-53. 2230-53. 2231-93: 2232-53. 2233-53. 2291-53. 2294-53. 2301-53. 2307-53. 2311-53. 2312-53. 2316-53. 2317-53. 2318-53. 2320-53. 2324-53. 2337-53. 2338-53. 2342-53. 2343-53. 2389-53. 2403-53. 2410-53. 2411-53. 2412-53. 2414-53. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Naineris uncinata (3) ; Aricidea nr. suecica (10). Scoloplos sp. (1); Califia calida (1); Aricidea nr. suecica GS) Aricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata (3). Haploscoloplos elongatus (14); Aricidea nr. suecica (11); Aricidea uschakovi (6). Haploscoloplos elongatus (12); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (3). Haploscoloplos elongatus (6). Aricidea uschakovi (1); Aricidea aciculata (2); Paraonis gracilis oculata (many). Califia calida (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (3). Haploscoloplos elongatus (6); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (92). Haploscoloplos elongatus (34); Natneris uncinata (5); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Aricidea uschakovi (2); Aricidea furcata (2); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Scoloplos armiger (12). Scoloplos acmeceps (1). Scoloplos acmeceps (1). May 19. 5.8 mi SSE of Point Fermin light, California, 33°- 37’-35”, 118°-14’-20”, in 150 feet, sand. Scoloplos acmeceps (4). May 19. 2.2 mi ESE of Los Angeles breakwater light, Cali- fornia, 33°-41’-38”, 118°-12’-33”, in 78 feet, sand and mud. Scoloplos acmeceps (2). Califia calida (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (1); Aricidea uschakovi (1); Aricidea nr. suecica (3); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Aricidea furcata (1). Califia calida (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (9); Aricidea nr. suecica (2); Aricidea aciculata (5); Paraonis gracilis oculata (2). Aricidea nr. suecica (4); Paraonis gracilis oculata (21). Califia calida (2) ; Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Califia calida (2) ; Aricidea nr. suecica (4). Califia calida (1) ; Aricidea nr. suecica (12). Aricidea aciculata (3); Aricidea furcata (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (3). NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 241 2418-53. 2428-53. 2441-53. 2445-53. 2498-53. 2506-53. 2507-53. 2508-53. 2597-54. 2618-54. 2625-54. 2628-54. 2635-54. 2646-54. 2723-54. 2725-54. 2749-54. 2788-54. 2798-54. 2835-54. 2836-54. 2837-54. 2839-54. 2853-54. 2859-54. 3504-55. 3731-55. Haploscoloplos elongatus (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (several ). Califia calida (2). Califia calida (2). Naineris uncinata (1); Scoloplos armiger (2); Aricidea nr. suecica (1); Aricidea uschakovi (1); Paraonis gracilis oculata (5). Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (several). Aricidea nr. suecica (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (1). Feb. 1. 0.2 mi E of Rock light, Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico, 16° 50’ 37”N, 99° 55’ 30”W, in 13 fathoms, sand and silt. Scoloplos treadwelli (1); Nainerts setosa (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (1). Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Califia calida (1). Califia calida (1). Haploscoloplos elongatus (4); Naineris uncinata (1); Aricidea nr. suecica (7). Califia calida (3) ; Aricidea nr. suecica (2). Haploscoloplos elongatus (2+). Aricidea uschakovi (6); Paraonis gracilis oculata (several). Aricidea nr. suecica (4). Califia calida (2). Paraonis gracilis oculata (1). Aricidea nr. suecica (3). Paraonis gracilis oculata (6). Aricidea nr. suecica (2); Paraonis gracilis oculata (8). June 25. 1.8 miles SE of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island light, California, 33°-22’-58”, 118°-20’-48”, in 35 to 38 fathoms, rock and sand. Naineris uncinata (1). Paraonis gracilis oculata (2+-). Sept. 24. 6.7 mi NW of West Point, Santa Cruz Island, California, 34°-08’-54”, 120°-01’-25”, in 260 fathoms. Paraonis multibranchiata (2). Dec. 12. 18 mi SE of Point Conception light, California, 34°-14’-10”, 120°-12’-45”, in 275 fathoms, green mud. Paraonis multibranchiata (15). 242 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 3733-55. Dec. 12. 19.5 mi SW of Santa Barbara Point light, Cali- fornia, 34°-10’-40’, 120°-00’-42”, in 305 fathoms, green mud. Paraonis multibranchiata (1). 4759-56. Dec. 6. 0.7 mi from Cardiff by the Sea Tower, California, 33°-01’-50”, 117°-17’-45”, in 50 feet, very fine green sand. Longosoma catalinensis (20). 4761-56. Dec. 9. 0.25 mi from Oceanside Pier, California, 33°-11’- 50”, 117°-23’-30’, in 38 feet, micaceous black silt. Longosoma catalinensis (11). A 32-39. 3 miles north of Coche Island, Venezuela, in 21-33 fathoms. Paraonis lyra (1). SYSTEMATIC DIscUSSION The ORBINIIDAE are recognized for two subfamilies, the OR- BINIINAE, new subfamily and the PROTOARICIINAE, new sub- family. In the former the body is larger and longer; in adults, only the first segment is a smooth ring or it may be superficially divided; the proboscis is epithelial, voluminous and eversible; parapodia are more or less highly developed and have accessory lobes of diversified kinds; branchiae are usually well developed and present on many segments. The ORBINIINAE include the genera Orbinia Quatrefages, Phylo Kinberg, Haploscoloplos Monro, Scoloplos (Scoloplos) Blainville, Scoloplos (Leodamas) Kinberg, Scolaricia Eisig, Califia, new genus, and Naineris Blainville. In the PROTOARICIINAE the body is much smaller, slenderer and measures less than 15 mm long; the first two segments are smooth; branchiae are less conspicuous or absent; the proboscis is muscular and non-eversible in so far as known. It includes the genera Protoaricia Czerniawsky, Proscoloplos Day and Orbiniella Day. Each of these genera is known for a single species limited to areas in the Atlantic Ocean. The following list gives original generic, subgeneric, specific and subspecific names in alphabetical order. Only original names, new combinations and accepted names are given. The 126 original names of species, subspecies or varieties are reduced to 74 valid names; 31 original generic or subgeneric names to 11 valid ones. Alcandra Kinberg, 1866, p. 251, erected for 4. robusta Kinberg. Ques- tionable, see below. Alcandra robusta Kinberg, 1866, p. 251, and Kinberg, 1910, pp. 62-63, pl. 24, fig. 6. Off Brazil in 20 to 30 fathoms. Questionable, see below. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 243 Anthostoma Schmarda, 1861, p. 61, erected for 4. hexaphyllum Sch- marda. Referred to Naineris Blainville, 1828, see Eisig, 1914, p. 440. Anthostoma acutum Verrill, 1873, pp. 599-600. Massachusetts. Referred to Scoloplos armiger (Miiller), see Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 738. Anthostoma dendriticum Kinberg, 1867, p. 337. Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. Referred to Naineris dendritica, see below. Anthostoma fragile Verrill, 1873, pp. 598-599. New England. Referred to Haploscoloplos fragilis, see below. Anthostoma hexaphyllum Schmarda, 1861, p. 61, pl. 27, fig. 217, text- figs. a-c. Cape of Good Hope, Africa. Referred to Naineris hexaphyllum, see Augener, 1918, p. 421, and Monro, 1930, p. 145. Anthostoma latacapitata Treadwell, 1901, pp. 203-204, figs. 61-65. Puerto Rico. Referred to Naineris setosa (Verrill), see Hart- man, 1951, p. 67. Anthostoma ramosum Schmarda, 1861, p. 62, figs. a-c. Jamaica, West Indies. Referred to Naineris laevigata (Grube), see Eisig, 1914, p. 480. Anthostoma robustum Verrill, 1873, pp. 597-598, pl. 14, fig. 76. New England. Referred to Haploscoloplos robustus, see Hartman, 1951, p. 78 and below. Anthostomea Kinberg, 1867, p. 337, family name erected for Anthos- toma Schmarda. Referred to Orbiniidae, see Hartman, 1948b, p. 42; Aricia Savigny, 1820, pp. 35-36, erected for 4. sertulata Savigny. Re- ferred to Orbinia Quatrefages, 1865, see Hartman, 1936, p. 32. Aricia acustica Langerhans, 1880, pp. 88-89, pl. 4, fig. 1 a-g. Madeira. Referred to Protoaricia oerstedi (Claparéde), see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 24. Aricia angrapequensis Augener, 1918, pp. 413-415, pl. 6, fig. 146, pl. 7, fig. 225, text-fig. 56. Southwest Africa in 0 to 10 meters. Re- ferred to Orbinia angrapequensis by generic change. Aricia (Archiaricia) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371, erected for Aricia foetida Claparéde, see Phylo Kinberg, 1866. Aricia arctica Hansen, 1878b, p. 269, pl. 2, figs. 1-8. North Sea. Re- ferred to Scoloplos armiger (Miiller), see Eisig, 1914, p. 367. Aricia armandi McIntosh, 1910, pp. 508-509, pl. 87, figs. 19, 20. Shet- land, England in 80 meters. Referred to Orbinia armandi by generic change. 244 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Aricia armata Hansen, 1882, p. 18, pl. 5, figs. 28-32. Brazil. Referred Aricta Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia to Naineris laevigata (Grube), see Eisig, 1914, p. 483. bioreti Fauvel, 1919b, pp. 34-35, fig. 2a-f. Madagascar. Referred to Orbinia bioreti by generic change. Redescribed in Fauvel, 1919, pp. 430-433, pl. 16, figs. 52-56. birulae Idelson, named in Zenkevich, 1947, p. 98. Barents Sea, Russian Arctic Ocean. capsulifera Bobretzky, 1870, p. 248. Black Sea. Referred to Protoaricia capsulifera, see Eisig, 1914, p. 517, and by generic change. chevalieri Fauvel, 1902, pp. 83-86, figs. 23-28. Senegal, tropical West Africa. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) chevalieri by generic change. cirrata Ehlers, 1897, pp. 94-95, pl. 6, figs. 148, 149. Southern South America in 62 fathoms. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) cirratus, see Hartman, 1953, p. 38. cirrata Treadwell, 1901, pp. 201-202, figs. 54-57. Puerto Rico. Referred to Scoloplos treadwelli, see Eisig, 1914, pp. 405-407. Aricia cochleata Ehlers, 1901, pp. 166-167, pl. 21, figs. 14-21. Southern Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia South America. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) ohlini, see Augener, 1926, pp. 165-166. cornidei Rioja, 1934, pp. 433-438, figs. 1-15. Southwestern Europe. Referred to Orbinia cornidei by generic change. cuvieri Audouin and Milne Edwards, 1833, pp. 397-398, pl. 15, figs. 5-13. Western France. Referred to Orbinia cuvieri by generic change. cuvieri perpapillata Eisig, 1914, pp. 334-338, pl. 18, figs. 1-14. Gulf of Naples. Referred to Orbinia cuvieri, see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 12, and by generic change. cuvieri persica Fauvel, 1932a, p. 162, fig. 24a-d. Persian Gulf. Referred to Orbinia cuvieri persica by generic change. edwardsi McIntosh, 1910, pp. 501-502, pl. 87, fig. 8. Off Eng- land. Referred to Orbinia edwardsi by generic change. exarmata Fauvel, 1932a, pp. 163-165, figs. 26a-d, 27a-e. Bay of Bengal, India. Referred to Orbinia exarmata by generic change. Aricia fimbriata Moore, 1903, pp. 464-467, pl. 24, figs. 31-35. Northern Japan in 20 to 260 fathoms. Referred to Phylo fimbriatus, see below. Aricia foetida Claparéde, 1870, pp. 46-49, pl. 20, fig. 2. Gulf of Naples. Referred to Phylo foetida by generic change. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 245 Aricia foetida adjimensis Fauvel, 1925, p. 525. Tunisia, northern Africa. Referred to Phylo foetida adjimensis by generic change. Aricia foetida atlantica Fauvel, 1925, p. 525. Western France. Referred to Phylo foetida atlantica by generic change. Aricia foetida australis Fauvel, 1919, pp. 429-430. Madagascar. Re- ferred to Phylo foetida australis by generic change. Aricia formosa Hansen, 1882, p. 18, pl. 5, figs. 23-27. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Questionably Phylo felix, see below. Aricia glossobranchia Schmarda, 1861, p. 61, pl. 27, fig. 215. English Channel. Indeterminable, see Eisig, 1914, p. 518. Aricia groenlandica McIntosh, 1879, p. 504, pl. 65, figs. 5-9. Davis Strait, Greenland, in 20 meters. Referred to Phylo norvegicus, see Levinsen, 1883, p. 115. Aricia grubei McIntosh, 1910, pp. 505-506, pl. 85, fig. 8, pl. 86, fig. 1. British Isles. Referred to Phylo grubei by generic change. Aricia (Heteroaricia) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371, erected for Aricia acustica Langerhans, referred to Protoaricia Czerniawsky, 1881. Aricia imitans Eisig, 1914, pp. 317-321, pl. 15, figs. 1-9, pl. 16, figs. 1-16. Gulf of Naples. Referred to Phylo foetida imitans, see Fauvel, 1924, p. 523 and by generic change. Aricia johnsoni Moore, 1909, pp. 260-262, pl. 8, figs. 30-33. Monterey, California. Referred to Orbinia johnsoni, see below. Aricia kupfferi Ehlers, 1874, p. 296 and 1875, pp. 57-59, pl. 4, figs. 1-7. North Atlantic Ocean in 725 to 1366 fathoms. Referred to Phylo kupfferi by generic change. Aricia laevigata Grube, 1855, pp. 112-113, pl. 4, figs. 6-8. Mediter- ranean Sea. Referred to Naineris laevigata, see Eisig, 1914, pp. 450-479. Aricia latreillii Audouin and Milne Edwards, 1833, pp. 398-399. France. Referred to Orbinia latreillii by generic change. Re- described in St. Joseph, 1894, pp. 85-91, pl. 5, figs. 109-118. Aricia liberiana Augener, 1918, pp. 416-421, text-fig. 57, pl. 6, fig. 167, pl. 7, figs. 209, 210. Senegal, Liberia and French Congo. Referred to Phylo foetida liberiana, see Fauvel, 1924, p. 523, and by generic change. Aricia ligustica Orlandi, 1896, pp. 154-157, pl. 2, figs. 3-12. Mediter- ranean Sea. Referred to Phylo foetida ligustica, see Fauvel, 1924, p. 523, and by generic change. Aricia longithorax Eisig, 1914, pp. 324-327, pl. 18, figs. 15-26. Gulf of Naples. Referred to Orbinia latreillii, see Fauvel, 1924, p. 519, and by generic change. 246 Aricia Aricta Aricia ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 macginitii Berkeley and Berkeley, 1941, pp. 40-41, figs. 7-10. Newport Bay, California. Referred to Phylo ornatus, see below. marginata Ehlers, 1897, pp. 95-97, pl. 6, figs. 150-156. South Georgia. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus, see Hartman, 1953, p. 38. marginata mcleani Benham, 1921, p. 78, pl. 8, fig. 90. Common- wealth Bay, Australian Antarctic, in 25 fathoms. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus mcleani by generic change. Aricia michaelseni Ehlers, 1897, pp. 88-91, pl. 6, figs. 136-140. Southern Aricia South America. Referred to Phylo felix, see Hartman, 1948b, per l05: michaelseni Monro, 1930, pp. 144-145, fig. 54. East Falkland Islands in 1 meter. Referred to Phylo michaelsensi, sensu Monro, see below. Aricia michaelseni Okuda, 1937, pp. 101-102, fig. 3. Japan. Referred to Aricia Phylo michaelseni, sensu Okuda, see below. milleri Rathke, 1843, pp. 176-180, pl. 8, figs. 9-15. Norway. Referred to Scoloplos armiger, see Eisig, 1914, p. 367. Aricia norvegica Sars, 1872, p. 408, and 1873, pp. 236-240, pl. 16, figs. Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia Aricia 1-8. Norway. Referred to Phylo norvegicus by generic change. nuda Moore, 1911, pp. 311-315, pl. 21, figs. 172-176. Off San Diego, California, in 207-497 fathoms. Referred to Phylo nudus, see below. oerstedii Claparéde, 1864, pp. 502-503, pl. 4, fig. 7. Mediter- ranean Sea. Referred to Protoaricia oerstedi, see Eisig, 1914, p. 503, and by generic change. ohlinit Ehlers, 1901, pp. 167-169, pl. 21, figs. 9-13. Southern South America. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) ohlini, see below. ornata Verrill, 1873, pp. 596-597. New England. Referred to Phylo ornatus, see below. papillosa Ehlers, 1907, pp. 16-20, figs. 7-14. New Zealand. Re- ferred to Orbinia papillosa by generic change. (Paraaricia) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371. Invalid, no type species named. (Parascoloplos) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371. Erected for Aricia capsulifera Bobretzky. Referred to Protoaricia Czerniawsky, see Eisig, 1914, p. 503. platycephala McIntosh, 1855, pp. 353-354, pl. 43, figs. 1-3, pl. 22a, figs. 16, 17. Off Bermuda. Referred to Naineris laevigata, see Eisig, 1914, p. 483. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 247 Aricia (Protoaricia) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371, erected for Aricia oerstedit Claparéde. Referred to Protoaricia Czerniawsky, see Eisig, 1914, p. 503. Aricia (Protoscoloplos) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371. Erected for Aricia glossobranchia Schmarda, indeterminable, see Eisig, 1914, p. 518. Aricia ramosa Eisig, 1914, pp. 321-324, pl. 15, figs. 10-17, pl. 16, figs. 17-36. Gulf of Naples. Referred to Phylo foetida, see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 14. Aricia rubra Webster, 1879, pp. 253-255, pl. 9, figs. 123-126. Virginia. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra, see Hartman, 1945, p. 28. Aricia (Scoloplos) fuscibranchis Grube, 1878c, p. 105. North Japan. Referred to Naineris laevigata, see Eisig, 1914, p. 499 and Okuda, 1937, p. 104. Aricia (Scoloplos) quadricuspidata Leuckart, 1849, pp. 198-200, pl. 3, fig. 11. Iceland. Referred to Naineris quadricuspida, see Eisig, 1914, p. 488. Aricia sertulata Savigny, 1820, p. 36. France. Questionably Orbinia cuvieri, see Malmgren, 1867, p. 204. Aricia setosa Verrill, 1900, pp. 651-653. Bermuda Islands. Referred to Naineris setosa, see Hartman, 1942a, p. 61. Aricia tribulosa Ehlers, 1897, pp. 91-94, pl. 6, figs. 141-147. Southern South America. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) tribulosus, see below. Aricia tullbergi Théel, 1879, pp. 45-48, pl. 3, figs. 40-43. Novaya Zem- blya. Referred to Apistobranchus tullbergi, family Apistobranch- idae, see Levinsen, 1883, p. 114 and Eisig, 1914, p. 523. Aricia (Venadis) Castelnau, 1842, p. 20. Erected for Aricia cuvieri and A. latreillii. Invalid. Ariciidae Malmgren, 1867, p. 203, see Orbiniidae. Branchethus Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 357-358. Erected for B. latum. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) Kinberg, see below. Branchethus latum Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 357-361, pl. 64, figs. 7-11, pl. 65, figs. 1, 2. Off Pacific Panama in 322 fathoms. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) latum, see below. Califia, new genus, erected for C. calida, new species, see below. Califia calida, new species. San Pedro Basin, California, see below. Clytie simplex Grube, 1855, p. 114, pl. 4, figs. 9, 10. France. Indeter- minable, see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 63. 248 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLeu5 Gisela heteracantha F. Miller, 1858, p. 216. Brazil. Indeterminable. According to its account the prostomium is cordate and has four eyes; biramous parapodia have hooks resembling those of the family Spionidae. Haploscoloplos Monro, 1933c, p. 261. Erected for Scoloplos cylindrifer Ehlers, 1905. Haploscoloplos alaskensis Hartman, 1948a, pp. 30-32, figs. 8 a-c. Alaska. Referred to Haploscoloplos panamensis, see below. Haploscoloplos bifurcatus, new species. Southeastern Australia, see below. Haploscoloplos cylindrifer (Ehlers) 1905, as Scoloplos cylindrifer. New Zealand, see below. Haploscoloplos elongatus (Johnson) 1901, as Scoloplos elongatus. Northeastern Pacific Ocean, see below. Haploscoloplos foliosus Hartman, 1951, pp. 78-79. Gulf of Mexico. Haploscoloplos fragilis (Verrill), 1873, as Anthostoma fragile. New England, see below. Haploscoloplos kerguelensis (McIntosh) 1885, as Scoloplos kerguelensis. Kerguelen Islands, Antarctic regions, see below. Haploscoloplos kerguelensis minutus Hartman, 1953, p. 37, fig. 11. South Georgia, Antarctic regions in 95-310 meters, gray mud. Haploscoloplos panamensis Monro, 1933d, pp. 1045-1046, fig. 1A-D. Pacific Panama in 6-12 fathoms, see below. Haploscoloplos robustus (Verrill) 1873, as Anthostoma robustum. New England, see below. Haploscoloplos tortugaensis Monro, 1933c, p. 261, fig. 10. Florida. Referred to Haploscoloplos fragilis, see Hartman, 1951, p. 76. Haploscoloplos sp. Hartman, 1948a, pp. 32-33, fig. 8 d-f. Murchison Sound, Greenland, in 60 fathoms. Hermundura F. Miller, 1858, p. 216. Erected for H. tricuspts Miller. Questionable as to family. Hermundura tricuspis F. Miller, 1858, p. 216, pl. 7, figs. 19-21. Brazil. Doubtful to family, possibly related to Pilargiidae. Labotas Kinberg, 1866, p. 252. Erected for L. novae-hollandiae Kin- berg. Referred to Scoloplos Blainville, see Augener, 1922c, p. 40. Labotas novae-hollandiae Kinberg, 1866, p. 252 and 1910, p. 63, pl. 24, fig. 8. Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. Referred to Scolo- plos novae-hollandiae, see Augener, 1922c, pp. 40-41, fig. 9. Lacydes Kinberg, 1866, p. 252. Erected for L. havaicus Kinberg. Re- ferred to Naineris Blainville, 1828, see Eisig, 1914, p. 440. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 249 Lacydes havaicus Kinberg, 1866, p. 253, and 1910, p. 63, pl. 24, fig. 7. Honolulu, Hawaii. Referred to Naineris laevigata, see Hartman, 1948b, pp. 104-105. Leodamas Kinberg, 1866, p. 252. Erected for L. verax Kinberg, 1866. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas), see Hartman, 1948b, p. 104. Leodamas verax Kinberg, 1866, p. 252. Off Cape Virgin, Patagonia, in 32 fathoms. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax, see Hart- man, 1948b, p. 104, and below. Lumbricus armiger Miller, 1776, p. 215. Norway. Referred to Scolo- plos armiger, see Eisig, 1914, p. 372. Naidonereis Malmgren, 1867, p. 205, variant of Naineris Blainville, 1828, see Eisig, 1914, p. 440. Nainereis Grube, 1850, p. 160, variant of Naineris Blainville, 1828, quod vide. Nainereis hespera Chamberlin, 1919b, pp. 14-15. California. Referred to Naineris dendritica, see below. Nainereis jacutica Annenkova, 1931, pp. 204-205, figs. 1-4. Laptev Sea, Arctic Ocean. Referred to Naineris jacutica by generic change. Naineris longa Moore, 1909, pp. 264-267, pl. 8, figs. 38-42. California. Referred to Naineris dendritica, see Hartman, 1948b, pp. 102- 103. Nainereis mutilata Treadwell, 1931, pp. 5-6, figs. 13-18. Jamaica, West Indies. Referred to Naineris mutilata, see below. Nainereis nannobranchia Chamberlin, 1918, pp. 260-261, pl. 2, fig. 10, pl. 3, fig. 1. California, see below. Nainereis retusiceps Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 355-357, pl. 65, figs. 3-5. Paumotu Islands, Pacific Ocean. Referred to Naineris retusiceps or perhaps Naineris laevigata, see Monro, 1933d, p. 1045. Naineris robusta Moore, 1909, pp. 262-264, pl. 8, figs. 34-37. California. Referred to Naineris dendritica, see Hartman, 1948b, pp. 102- 103. Naineris Blainville, 1828, pp. 490-491. Erected for Nais quadricuspida Fabricius, see below. Naineris aurantiaca (Miller) 1858, as Theodisca aurantiaca. Brazil. Questionable. Naineris bicornis Hartman, 1951, pp. 72-74, pl. 19, figs. 1-6. Western Florida, see below. Naineris dendritica (Kinberg) 1866, as Anthostoma dendriticum. Northeastern Pacific Ocean, see below. Naineris grubei (Gravier) 1908, as Scoloplos grubei. Peru, see below. 250 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Naineris grubei australis, new subspecies. Southern Australia, see below. Naineris hexaphyllum (Schmarda) 1861, as Anthostoma hexaphyllum. Southern Africa, see below. Naineris jacutica (Annenkova) 1931, as Nainereis jacutica. Asiatic Arctic Ocean, see below. Naineris laevigata (Grube) 1855, as Aricia laevigata, Cosmopolitan in warm seas, see below. Naineris mutilata (Treadwell) 1931, as Nainereis mutilata. West Indies, see below. Naineris quadricuspida (Fabricius) 1780, as Nais quadricuspida. Green- land and western Europe. Naineris retusiceps (Chamberlin) 1919, as Nainereis retusiceps. South- ern Pacific Ocean; perhaps N. /aevigata, see Monro, 1933d, p. 1045. Naineris setosa (Verrill) 1900, as Aricia setosa. Bermuda, see below. Naineris uncinata, new species. California, see below. Nais quadricuspida Fabricius, 1780, pp. 315-316. Greenland. Referred to Naineris quadricuspida, see Eisig, 1914, p. 488. Orbinia Quatrefages, 1865, p. 288. Erected for Aricia sertulata Savigny which is generally regarded as Aricia cuvieri Audouin and Milne Edwards, see below. Orbinia angrapequensis (Augener) 1918, as Aricia angrapequensis. Southwestern Africa. Orbinia armandi (McIntosh) 1901, as Aricia armandi. Shetland Is- lands, England. Orbinia bioreti (Fauvel) 1919, as Aricia bioreti. Madagascar. Orbinia cornidei (Rioja) 1934, as Aricia cornidei. Southwestern Europe. Orbinia cuvieri (Audouin and Milne Edwards) 1833, as Aricia cuvieri. Europe, see below. Orbinia cuvieri persica (Fauvel) 1932, as Aricia cuvieri persica. Persian Gulf. Orbinia edwardsi (McIntosh) 1910, as Aricia edwardsi. England. Orbinia exarmata (Fauvel) 1932, as Aricia exarmata. Bay of Bengal, India. Orbinia johnsoni (Moore) 1909, as Aricia johnsoni. California, see below. Orbinia latreillii (Audouin and Milne Edwards) 1833, as Aricia latreilli. Europe. Orbinia papillosa (Ehlers) 1907, as Aricia papillosa. New Zealand. Orbiniella Day, 1954, p. 22, erected for O. minuta Day. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 251 Orbiniella minuta Day, 1954, pp. 22-23, figs. 3g-k. Tristan da Cunha, southern Atlantic Ocean. Orbiniidae Hartman, 1942a, p. 57. Erected for Orbinia Quatrefages, 1866. Orbiniinae, new subfamily, for Orbinia and related genera, see below. Phylo Kinberg, 1866, p. 251. Erected for P. felix Kinberg, see below. Phylo felix Kinberg, 1866, pp. 251-252. Near Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, see below. Phylo fimbriatus (Moore) 1903, as Aricia fimbriata. Northern Japan, see below. Phylo foetida (Claparéde) 1870, as Aricia foetida. Europe. Phylo foetida adjimensis (Fauvel) 1925, as Aricia foetida adjimensis. Tunisia. Phylo foetida atlantica (Fauvel) 1925, as Aricia foetida atlantica. France. Phylo foetida australis (Fauvel) 1919, as Aricia foetida australis. Madagascar. Phylo foetida imitans (Eisig) 1914, as Aricia imitans. Mediterranean Sea. Phylo foetida liberiana (Augener) 1918, as Aricia liberiana. Liberia, Africa. Phylo foetida ligustica (Orlandi) 1896, as Aricia ligustica. Mediter- ranean Sea. Phylo grubet (McIntosh) 1910, as Aricia grubei. England. Phylo kupfferi (Ehlers) 1874, as Aricia kupfferi. Northern Atlantic Ocean. Phylo norvegicus (Sars) 1871, as Aricia norvegica. Norway. Phylo nudus (Moore) 1911, as Aricia nuda. Southern California, see below. Phylo ornatus (Verrill) 1873, as Aricia ornata. New England, see below. Phylonidae St¢p-Bowitz, 1948, p. 66. Erected for Phylo Kinberg, see Orbiniidae. Porcia Grube, 1859, p. 105, erected for P. maderensis Grube, indeter- minable, see Eisig, 1914, p. 280. Porcia maderensis Grube, 1859, pp. 105-106. Madeira. Indeterminable, see Eisig, 1914, p. 280. Proscoloplos Day, 1954, p. 21, erected for P. cygnochaetus Day. Proscoloplos cygnochaetus Day, 1954, pp. 21-22, fig. 3 a-f. Tristan da Cunha, southern Atlantic Ocean. 252 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL., 15 Protoaricia Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371. Erected for Aricia oerstedit Claparéde. Includes Theostoma Eisig, 1914, see Hartman, 1947, p. 487. Protoaricia capsulifera (Bobretzky) 1870, as Aricia capsulifera. Black Sea. Protoaricia oerstedi (Claparéde) 1864, as Aricia oerstedii. Europe. Protoariciinae, new subfamily, for genera Protoaricia, Proscoloplos and Orbiniella, see below. Scolaricia Eisig, 1914, pp. 426-428, erected for S. typica Eisig, see below. Scolaricia haasi Monro, 1937b, pp. 83-85, fig. la-d. Palestine, Medi- terranean Sea. Scolaricia lucia Eisig, 1914, in explanation of figs. lapsus calami for S. typica, quod vide. Scolaricia typica Eisig, 1914, pp. 426-439, pl. 19, figs. 8-16. Medi- terranean Sea. Scoloplos Blainville, 1828, p. 493, erected for Lumbricus armiger Miller, see below. Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin, 1919b, pp. 15-16. California, see below. Scoloplos armiger (Miller) 1776, as Lumbricus armiger. Europe, see below. Scoloplos bustorus Eisig, 1914, pp. 422-423, for Anthostoma robustum Verrill, presumed preoccupied. Referred to Haploscoloplos ro- bustus, see below. Scoloplos canadensis McIntosh, 1901, p. 79. Eastern Canada. Referred to Scoloplos armiger, see McIntosh, 1910, p. 511. Scoloplos cylindrifer Ehlers, 1905, pp. 45-46, pl. 6, figs. 16-19. Chatham Islands, New Zealand. Referred to Haploscoloplos cylindrifer, see below. Scoloplos elongatus Quatrefages, 1865, p. 286. France. Referred to Scoloplos armiger, see Grube, 1870b, p. 316. Scoloplos elongata Johnson, 1901, pp. 412-413, pl. 10, figs. 105-110. Puget Sound, Washington. Referred to Haploscoloplos elonga- tus, see Hartman, 1944c, p. 257. Scoloplos grubei Gravier, 1908, p. 42 and 1909, pp. 646-649, pl. 18, figs. 49-57. Peru. Referred to Naineris grubei, see Eisig, 1914, p. 499. Scoloplos jeffreysi McIntosh, 1905b, p. 47. North Atlantic Ocean in 1100 fathoms. Referred to Scoloplos armiger, see Eisig, 1914, p. 367. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 253 Scoloplos johnstonei Day, 1934, pp. 58-60, fig. 11. False Bay, South Africa. Referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) johnstonei, see below. Scoloplos kerguelensis McIntosh, 1885, pp. 355-356, pl. 43, figs. 6-8, pl. 22a, fig. 19. Off Kerguelen Islands. Referred to Haploscolo- plos kerguelensis, see Hartman, 1953, p. 37. Scoloplos madagascariensis Fauvel, 1919, pp. 36-37, figs. 3 a-h. Mad- agascar on reefs. Referred to Scoloplos ?(Leodamas) madagas- cariensis, see below. Scoloplos marsupialis Southern, 1921, pp. 632-634, pl. 27, figs. 19 a-g, text-fig. 18 a-b. Chilka Lake, India, in brackish water. Scoloplos mawsoni Benham, 1921, pp. 78-81, pl. 8, figs. 91-94. Common- wealth Bay, Australian Antarctic Ocean. Referred to Haplos- coloplos kerguelensis, see Monro, 1936, p. 160. Scoloplos minor Oersted, 1843b, p. 125. Denmark. Referred to Naineris quadricuspida, see Eisig, 1914, p. 488. Scoloplos miilleri Rathke, 1843, pp. 176-180, pl. 8, figs. 9-15. Norway. Referred to Scoloplos armiger, see McIntosh, 1910, p. 510. Scoloplos novae-hollandiae (Kinberg) 1866, as Labotas novae-holland- iae. New South Wales, Australia, see below. Scoloplos rufa Treadwell, 1941b, p. 1, figs. 1-6. Texas. Referred to Haploscoloplos robustus, see Hartman, 1956, and below. Scoloplos treadwelli Eisig, 1914, p. 405, for Aricia cirrata Treadwell, 1901, preoccupied. Puerto Rico. Scoloplos (Leodamas) Kinberg, 1866, p. 251. Erected for Leodamas verax Kinberg, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) chevalieri (Fauvel) 1902, as Aricia chevalieri. Senegal, West Africa. Scoloplos (Leodamas) cirratus (Ehlers) 1897, as Aricia cirrata. South- ern South America, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) dendrobranchus, new species. South Australia, see below. ?Scoloplos (Leodamas) dubius (Augener) 1914, as Scoloplos (Nai- donereis) dubius. Southwestern Australia. Scoloplos (Leodamas) fimbriatus, new species. South Australia, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) johnstonei (Day) 1934, as Scoloplos johnstonei. False Bay, Africa. Scoloplos (Leodamas) latum (Chamberlin) 1919, as Branchethus latum. Pacific Panama in 322 fathoms, see below. Scoloplos ?(Leodamas) madagascariensis Fauvel, 1919. Madagascar, as Scoloplos madagascariensis. 254 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus (Ehlers), 1897, as Aricia marginata. South Georgia, Antarctic regions, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus mcleani (Benham) 1921, as Aricia marginata mcleani. Australian Antarctic regions, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) ohlini (Ehlers) 1901, as Aricia ohlini. Southern South America, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra (Webster) 1879, as Aricia rubra, Eastern United States, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) tribulosus (Ehlers) 1897, as Aricia tribulosa. Patagonia, see below. Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax Kinberg, 1866, as Leodamas verax. Pata- gonia, see below. Scoloplos (Naidonereis) dubius Augener, 1914, pp. 31-32, pl. 1, fig. 5, text-fig. 3. Southwestern Australia. Questionably referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) dubius but named Paraonis dubia by Augener, 1923, p. 72. Scoloplos (Protoscoloplos) Czerniawsky, 1881, p. 371, erected for Aricia glossobranchia Schmarda. Indeterminable, see Fauvel, L927 asips. 26. Theodisca F, Miller, 1858, p. 216, erected for T. aurantiaca Miiller. Referred to Naineris Blainville, see Eisig, 1914, p. 440. Theodisca anserina Claparéde, 1864, pp. 504-505, pl. 4, fig. 6. Medi- terranean Sea. Referred to Naineris laevigata, see Eisig, 1914, p. 481. Theodisca aurantiaca Miller, 1858, p. 216, pl. 6, figs. 13-15. Brazil. Referred to Naineris, species indeterminable, see Eisig, 1914, p. 498. Theodisca liriostoma Claparéde, 1870, pp. 50-52, pl. 24, fig. 2. Naples. Referred to Naineris laevigata, see Eisig, 1914, p. 482. Theodisca mamillata Cunningham and Ramage, 1888, pp. 642-643, pl. 38, fig. 8. Scotland. Referred to Naineris quadricuspida, see Eisig, 1914, p. 488. Theostoma Eisig, 1914, pp. 503-506, erected for Aricia oerstedii Cla- parede. Referred to Protoaricia Czerniawsky, 1881, see Hart- man, 1947, p. 487. Key TO SUBFAMILIES, GENERA AND SUBGENERA 1. First two segments without parapodia; body smaller, less than 15 mm long; proboscis presumably muscular, not eversible PROTOARICIINAE 9 NO. oo Pea 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE Only the first segment without parapodia; body more than 20 mm long when adult; proboscis epithelial and eversible ORBINIINAE Shee ao or truncate (pl. 38, fig. 1) at its anterior WMiakeitind Me si) Ve OM Deine SenceMenmeres Prostomium more or less eicate Rae at its anterior mar- gin when mature “ All thoracic parapodia iN evided! sith a meas tose Setaee Nant. vs Lua eae) tae) ah bal. MeLeploseoloplas Some thoracic Per with setae of another kind Thoracic neuropodia of two abruptly different kinds Thoracic neuropodia not abruptly different , Anterior three thoracic neuropodia different from Bee farther back and provided with bristle-tipped setae (pl. 42, 2 ey ee ee Oe Sr Mt Mae Califia Posterior thoracic pe fat ae modified spines as- sociated with a glandular’pouch. .. 9... Pkglo Abdominal neuropodia with flail setae (abruptly bent near the distal end) ; neuropodial ridges foliaceous . Scolaricia Flail setae absent : Sie ; Some thoracic segments =e rows of cae Aone the ventrum and sometimes on parapodial postsetal ridges . . Orbinia Without rows of fringe on the ventrum Pr as Abdominal neuropodia, especially in median and posterior segments, with thick acicula, occurring singly in a ramus and projecting from the parapodial lobe (pl. 32, fig. 2) ; branchiae usually first present from about the fifth or sixth segment Scoloplos (Leodamas) watheat Abi ane: aac projecting from abdominal neuro- podia; branchiae usually not present before about the tenth Segment | eM. a we =) La) Seoloplos(Scoloplos) Branchiae absent) ie te ke a. | Orbmntella Branchiae present on some segments Some thoracic neuropodia with uncini and sibubeeenn Bh Ih fee : ; : Protoaricia Some ebrapedia ae ine setae with rostrate tip (swan-shaped setae), 9.24 2). 8’ a) Proscoloplos 255 Lot 10 256 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 105 Subfamily Orbiniinae, new subfamily Genus Orbinia Quatrefages, 1865 Includes Aricia Savigny, 1820, pp. 12, 35-36. Not Aricia R. L., Anon., 1817, or Godart, 1819, and questionably Protoscoloplos Czer- niawsky, 1881, p. 371. Orbinia Quatrefages, 1865, p. 288; Hartman, 1936, p. 32. Type O. cuvieri (Audouin and Milne Edwards) The thorax has 15 to 40 segments. Transition to the abdomen is more or less abrupt. The prostomium is conical and pointed in front; eyespots are present or absent. Branchiae are first present from the fifth or a later segment and continue on more posterior segments to the end of the body. Thoracic neuropodia have blunt uncinal hooks in palisaded series. Furcate setae may be present in some abdominal notopodia and posterior thoracic notopodia; they are accompanied by pointed setae. Ventral cirri are usually present. An interramal cirrus is present in some species (O. cuvieri, O. latreillii and O. edwardsi) and absent in others (O. angrapequensis, O. bioreti, O. exarmata, O. armandi, O. johnsoni and O. papillosa.) Subpodial lobes may be so conspicuous as to form transverse rows on some thoracic, and anterior abdominal segments. Podial lobes may be present on neuropodia and notopodia. The pygid- ium is terminal and has paired short to long, filiform processes attached dorsolaterally. Eisig (1914, p. 273), who revised the family and its various group- ings, regarded Phylo Kinberg (1866, p. 251) as a synonym of Aricia Savigny and selected Aricia foetida Claparéde as the genotype of Or- binia (as Aricia). However, since O. cuvieri (Audouin and Milne Edwards)—as Aricia sertulata Savigny— was the first species attri- buted to Aricia Savigny, and as Aricia foetida goes to Phylo Kinberg, a valid genus, the genotype of Orbinia can be only O. cuvieri (Audouin and Milne Edwards), generally regarded as including the incompletely described Aricia sertulata Savigny. Orbinia cuvieri (Audouin and Milne Edwards) 1833 Plate 20, figs. 1-5 Aricia cuvieri Audouin and Milne Edwards, 1833, pp. 397-398, pl. 15, figs. 5-13; Fauvel, 1927a, pp. 12-13, fig. 3. Collection.—Gullmar Fjord, Sweden (2). This species attains a large size with length to 300 mm and width to 5-6 mm; segments number about 400 (Fauvel, 1927a, p. 12). In the specimens studied, the thorax has 20 setigerous segments and the 21st NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 257 is transitional. Branchiae are first present, though small (fig. 1), on the fifth and increase in size on more posterior segments (fig. 2) to exceed in length the parapodial lobes. They are simple and lingulate through- out. Thoracic notopodial lobes are simple and tapering; the correspond- ing neuropodial lobes are fimbriated from the second parapodium and have up to 15 uniformly small lobes in a single row in a postsetal posi- tion. A subpodial lobe, resembling a ventral cirrus, is present from the sixteenth segment and continues in the abdomen at the lower edge of the neuropodium (fig. 2). A ventral fringe occurs on the last three thoracic, the transitional and the first three abdominal segments. It gradually diminishes thereafter to a subpodial fringe on about the next 14 abdominal segments. Notopodia have slender pointed setae and a close fascicle of thin, yellow embedded acicula. Abdominal notopodia have furcate setae (fig. 5) in which the two tines are unequally long and the investing mem- brane is supported by fibrillae; the stalk is smooth. Thoracic neuropodia have palisaded ranks of uncini and long, pointed setae. Those of the first four segments are in shorter and thicker series, with 5 to 7 vertical rows; after the fifth such segment, there are at most three longer transverse rows. Anteriormost uncini are pale, slenderer and less curved than those farther back, otherwise of the same kind. Each has transverse ridges (figs. 3 and 4) at the outer curved side. Long pointed setae are present in a vertical series behind the other setae, or they are limited to slender fascicles at uppermost and lowermost parts of the setal ridge. An inter- ramal cirrus is first present at the thirteenth setigerous segment; it resembles an uppermost lobe of the postsetal neuropodial fringe and is continued back through abdominal segments (fig. 2). Distribution.—Orbinia cuvieri is known from European seas (Fau- vel, 1927a, p. 13) and Greenland (Wesenberg-Lund, 1953, p. 56). Orbinia johnsoni (Moore) emended Plate 21, figs. 1-4; pl. 22, figs. 1-8 Aricia johnsoni Moore, 1909, pp. 260-262, pl. 8, figs. 30-33. Orbinia johnsoni Hartman, 1944c, p. 258. Collections —Dillon Beach, Marin County, California, in sandy beach at low tide line, June, 1941 (about 20); Tomales Bay, Cali- fornia, in sandy beaches in an intertidal zone (several) ; La Jolla, Cali- fornia, in sandy beach at low tide line (9) ; Mission Bay, California, in sandy beach near entrance to the sea (several) ; Ensefada, Lower Cali- fornia, Mexico (1); Port Parker, Costa Rica, in 3-8 fathoms, sandy mud (2). 258 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Total length of mature individuals is 80 to 90 mm; segments num- ber to about 300. The thorax has 16 to 19 (pl. 21, fig. 1) setigerous segments. Transition from thorax to abdomen is abrupt and involves one to three segments; it is marked by an abrupt change in parapodia and the appearance of ventral fringe. Epithelial welts nearly encircle the body (preserved) in the thorax. The prostomium is about twice as long as broad and tapers anteriorly to an acute tip (pl. 21, fig. 3) ; eye- spots are absent, at least in mature individuals. A pair of nuchal organs occupies the posterior lateral position. In individuals from a single col- lection the peristomium may be only one-third as long as the prostomium or it may exceed the latter in length. The eversible proboscis is a much folded epithelial sack. Branchiae are first present from setigerous segment 15 or not before 20. The first branchiae are small and they gradually increase in size on the next five to ten segments, becoming erect and lanceolate in shape. When fully developed they have conspicuous ciliated marginal fringe and taper distally to a smooth tip (pl. 21, fig. 4); they are simple and unbranched throughout. In the thorax the postsetal lobe is simple, small or inconspicuous in notopodia and neuropodia (pl. 21, fig. 1). In neuropodia a simple lobe is located at the middle of a long, low fleshy ridge; it is only slightly thicker than the notopodial postsetal lobe. At about segment thirteen, or where the fringed region begins, the notopodial lobe elongates and gives rise to the dorsal postsetal lobe farther back. At the same place the neuropodial lobe increases in size. Ventral fringe is first present on segment 17 or not before 19 or 20 and is continued back through 12 to 14 segments (pl. 21, fig. 1). It begins as a pair of elongated lobes on the ventrolateral side of the body; on the next few segments there are 3 or 4 to 9 pairs of lobes forming a continuous series across the ventral side of the body. Thereafter there is a gradual diminution of lobes to only one on the thirty-third or follow- ing segment. Neuropodial ventral pads in the abdomen are foliaceous, entire ridges, most conspicuous in sexually mature individuals when they are crowded with gonadial products, at which time they are thick and in- flated at the base. These pads are first present, though small, where the ventral fringe disappears; they gradually increase in size and length. Thoracic neuropodia are elongate oval ridges with a small papillar lobe at their midlength. Abdominal neuropodia consist of two lobes, of which the upper one is longer and thicker than the lower one (pl. 22, NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 259 fig. 1). A ventral cirrus and interramal cirrus are absent. Thoracic neuropodia have up to 5 or 6 rows of setae in the middle region where best developed; the rows diminish to 2 or 3 farther forward and back. The anteriormost vertical row has alternating pointed setae (pl. 21, figs. 2, 3) resembling those in front. The outer side of the seta is pro- vided with transverse rows of spinelets. Uncini are slightly curved and distally blunt. When perfect they are distally covered with a close hyaline hood; most uncini have no hood, perhaps as a result of wear. The convex curved region has 5 to 7 or 8 transverse ridges (pl. 22, figs. 5, 6) or it may be nearly or entirely smooth. Furcate setae are first present in notopodia after the disappearance of the ventral fringe. They may number up to 9 in a bundle but diminish to only 2 to 4 or 5 in some fascicles. They are continued back to near the end of the body and have the usual position in the inferior part of the notopodial fascicle. The shaft or stem is nearly cylindrical ; external- ly it is smooth except for 14 to 20 transverse, incomplete rows of short spinelets on the side marking that of the shorter distal tine (pl. 22, figs. 7, 8). The rows of spinelets extend about one-third to one-half way around the stem. The core of the stem is penetrated by strong parallel fibrillae. The two distal tines are unequally long; the shorter is slightly the slenderer. Each tine terminates in a flaring tip that is cupped or grooved at its outer side (pl. 22, fig. 7). The inner sides of the tines give rise to a continuous thin flange or membrane traversed lengthwise by 5 to 10 strands continuous with those within the stalk. This mem- brane, when perfect, is pouched (pl. 22, fig. 7) ; when torn or imperfect, there may be only a few of the several fibrils of the membrane, resem- bling long teeth or a diverging spine. It seems likely that a similar condi- tion of wear is illustrated in published accounts of furcate setae for some other species. Acicula number 3 to 5 or 6 in a fascicle; they are fully embedded. The pygidium has a series of long, slender filaments attached dorso- laterally (pl. 22, fig. 2). Some individuals taken in June in central California and in March in southern California are mature; ova are first visible 4 or 5 segments behind the fringed region and continue back to near the end of the body. In these segments the nephridial pore, located on the posterior side of the neuropodial flange, is more conspicuous and tumid than elsewhere. Color in life is satiny pale green. In central California the species is associated with Nephtys caecoides Hartman; in southern California it is found in sandy beaches where Euzonus (Thoracophelia) mucronata (Treadwell) occurs. 260 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL O15 Orbinia johnsoni differs conspicuously from the genotype O. cuvieri (see above) and most species of the genus in having no ventral or inter- ramal cirri. It is the only known species of the genus from the Americas. Distribution—O. johnsoni is known from central and southern California south to Port Parker, Costa Rica, in sandy beaches, especially in protected bays or coves; it is intertidal to 3-8 fathoms. Genus Phylo Kinberg, 1866 Type P. felix Kinberg, 1866 Includes Aricia in part, and Archiaricia Czerniawsky, 1881. Phylo differs from Orbinia (see above) in having the thorax modi- fied into two regions, an anterior one with normal setae and a posterior one with modified spines and special glandular pouches (pl. 23, fig. 2). Anterior segments have long pointed setae and uncini. Parapodial and ventral fringe are usually present on some thoracic or anterior abdominal segments or limited to neuropodia. Ventral fringe is absent in P. nor- vegicus and P. nudus (see below). The prostomium is short and conical (pl. 23, fig. 1). The first or peristomial segment is a smooth ring but may be transversely divided so as to appear double (P. nudus, below). Branchiae are first present from the fourth to sixth segment and continue back to near the end of the body; they are simple, usually lingulate and have fimbriated mar- gins. Interramal cirri are present, or reduced or absent. Posterior thoracic neuropodia have thick, modified spines in an anterior series; the uppermost one is near the aperture of the epithelial glandular organ (pl. 24, fig. 2). The modified spines have been named also “‘aciculae glochideae” (Kinberg, 1866, p. 251), spears or “spiessig Borsten” (Ehlers, 1897, p. 90), arrow-formed defense setae or “pfeil- formigen Wehrborsten” (Augener, 1923, p. 71), “grosses soies en épieu ou lancéolées” (Fauvel, 1927a, p. 10), “spear-headed chaetae” (Monro, 1930, p. 144), “spear-headed spines” (Okuda, 1937, p. 102) and other descriptive names. They are here called spears or spines, depending on their shape. Species of this genus have been included in Orbinia (Eisig, 1914, p. 273, and Fauvel, 1927a, p. 10). On the other hand they have been considered remote enough to regard them as a distinct family, Phylonidae (Stép-Bowitz, 1948, p. 66). For the present their affinities are believed to be with Orbinia, with which they have many features in common. ‘The erratic occurrence of some conspicuous characters is shown in the following chart. 261 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE NO.3 HARTMAN *satjatieA 0} Aay Joj ‘p76 “d ‘pzeT ‘jaaney 209, O1U0J 8 12-1 ¢I juasaid q}XIs yiep aje}sey juasqe juasoid juasaid = mwasjapyril *g Are} 2] 14) (0) ¢ SI-+1 §— -UsWIpni wayyy yiep a7e sey Juasqe juasaid quasaid 1uasjapyrIM “g a}e\sey a7 ¢I-ZI II juasqe Y}XIs yiep ATBOM juasqe Juasaid Juasqe snpnu "qd LV=Sh OF 6 0 ¢ CT 10 §] +1-Z1 juasqe Y}XIs yiep 9}e}sey juasqe juesqe juasqe = sn71baa10U'g + 91-1 ZI Juasqe wayyy yiep o}e4sey Juasaid Juasaid Juasoid Snyviquy “gq 67-02 0} Leplogae ~S2oTIBA pur ST 0} OT ZI IO TT TI-OT quasoid 0} Y}XIS ¢yiep =: Awypnoroe juosqe juasaid juasaid vp1a0f{ ‘dq LT-E1 TSO} PIEIPE 410¢ I10+41[-ZI SI-Il juasqe yINoF yiep A] BOM juasqe quasaid quasaid wa ffiny “gq ¢ ST-§T ZI juasoid Y}XxIs yep a}e}sey juasqe juasaid Juasaid 1aqnub *q ST-LT 6c-Cl JO¢}( 10 /Z-ST TI-+1 juasqe wy Moa = AB NIIOB juasqe quasaid quasaid SNIVULO “J 61 9} 6 019 9I-IT OL juasaid Y}XIs yep a}eyISes juasqe juasoid Juasoid xyaf‘d Jaquinu Wwo1y Jaquinu aerqouerig SJUsWIs9S sjUaUIdaS sjUaUIdaS snii19 JSIY YIM aurds aurds d1oe10y} d10eI0y dIDeIOY} jewes juauIses = paljIpoul payipour asulij[el asulyyjer aSursy saroads IollajsOg 10l1a}sOg JOlIaUY -193UJ. = SNOIISIIG «=jo1ojoD joadeyg -podojoN -podoinay [eqUa, jo owen Ouda NIST o14ud 40 SHIOadS NI SUALOVUVH) TVOIOOTOHdUOP, AWOS AO NOSIYVdINOZ) 262 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Key To Species OF Phylo KINBERG Without ventral fringe . . 2 1. With ventral fringe (pl. 23, fig. 7) on some eae an some- times on abdominal segments. 3 2. With fimbriated postsetal lobe on ‘tie ae aS forsee seg- mentst Age lth aii car \ Nat et La eran reece aa 2. Without Bee sah Pines 5 ieetl ole) AP emomeectcns 3. Ventral fringe conspicuous, extending across the ventrum of some thoracic segments . . 4 3. Ventral fringe sparse, limited to 2 to 4 iabest on eee 14 to 16 or back to segments 19 to 21 . . . OP. fimbriatus 4, Without interramal cirrus (pl. 24, fig. ‘ in abdominal para- podiaii. yf 4. With rece aavalit cirrus (pl. 23, i aia in some abdomeat para- podiavauae be 74. : : 5 4. With very small or haute tieeepaGial cirrus ; vented fringe on segments 12 to 21, with up to 23 lobes in a row ; P. michaelseni, sensu Okuda 5: With ae spears in 11 or 12 posterior thoracic segments P. foetida and varieties 5. With btate or share tate spines in 3 to 9 posterior thoracic segments . . Moree 6. With 16 to 19 nd seemene: denteal fine on Segment Seow aa ie ve f » Gals el OReielen 6. With 21 or 22 ieee segments ; enteral fringe on segments 14 t023° 2. 8 4) se 0% UP michaelseni, sensu Manno 7. Ventral fringe present on only 3 to 5 segments; modified thor- acic: spines acicular. jie V9 2° ha we 0) cu eee 7. Ventral fringe on more numerous segments or in double rows en. some sepments: <4 0) | Shee a ey ee ernaras Phylo felix Kinberg, 1866 Plate 23, figs. 1-7 Phylo felix Kinberg, 1866, pp. 251-252; Hartman, 1948b, pp. 105-106, pl. 15, fig. 10; Hartman, 1953, pp. 37-38. Aricia formosa Hansen, 1882, p. 18, pl. 5, figs. 23-27; Augener, 1934, pp. 146-148. Aricia michaelseni Ehlers, 1897, pp. 88-91, pl. 6, figs. 136-140 ; Augener, 1918, p. 420, fig. 58; Augener, 1923, p. 71. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 263 Collections.—888-38 (1); 1256-41 (1); 1259-41 (1); 2026-51 (several) ; near La Paz, Lower California, Mexico (1, collected by Jens Knudsen, February, 1955) ; Osoflaco and Oceano, San Luis Obispo County, California, in dead Olive shells (many, collected by Conrad Limbaugh, 1955). The dorsum is elevated through the fourth setigerous segment and depressed to concave in segments farther back. There are 16 to 18 thoracic segments. The first 10 neuropodia are long and thick, with their parapodial ridges flanked by postsetal fringe (fig. 1). Their neuro- setae are of two kinds; there are 3 to 5 rows of yellow uncini distally curved and transversely ridged (fig. 6), some of which are distally hooded. They form palisaded series. The setae in the posterior row are longer, distally pointed and have transverse series of fine spinelets along their free length. There is no inferior fascicle of pointed setae. The next 6 to 8 neuropodia are smaller and less elevated. The corresponding notopodia have long, simple postsetal lobes and fascicles of pointed setae Gig, 1), The thoracic neuropodial fringe is present from the first parapodium as two or three lobes; their number gradually increases to 9 to 12 lobes on middle and posterior thoracic segments. Ventral fringe forms a single row of lobes across the ventrum where best developed. It is first present as a pair of lobes on the eleventh, or not before the twelfth to fourteenth segments; it increases to five lobes on the next, and 15 lobes, on the fourth or fifth fringed segment. It is absent after thoracic segment 17 to 20. Branchiae are first present from the fourth or fifth setigerous seg- ment and continue back to the end of the body; they are simple, lingu- late and laterally fimbriated (fig. 3). From about segment 11 the uncini are replaced by dark brown spears (figs. 1 and 4); the posterior pointed setae and inferior uncinal rows remain as in front but are more limited in number. Thoracic notopodia have full fascicles of long pointed setae and a close fascicle of slender yellow embedded acicula. Abdominal notopodia are similar to those in the thorax but have fewer setae. Furcate setae (fig. 7), numbering one to three in a bundle, occupy the inferior position of the fascicle. In median and posterior abdominal parapodia they increase in number to 6 to 10 and are ac- companied by pointed setae. Notopodial acicula are embedded, pale yellow, slender and number 2 or 3 in a close fascicle. Abdominal neuro- podia have 4 to 6 slender, shorter setae and one or 2 slender embedded acicula. 264 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 An interramal cirrus (fig. 3) is present as a long simple lobe, from the second last thoracic or not before the first abdominal segment. It is continued back through a long abdominal region. A subpodial lobe, resembling a ventral cirrus, is present on the same segments (fig. 3). The modified spines of posterior thoracic segments are sagittate (fig. 4) and number 4 to 6 in an anterior transverse row. The uppermost one projects from the neuropodium and is more conspicuous than the others. These spines are present in setigerous segments 11 to 16 or 18. The side of the spine directed forward is deeply grooved; the back side is smooth. The same spine, seen in different views, can thus be seen as sagittate to acicular, depending on the orientation of the observer. Phylo felix Kinberg (1866) from Brazil has branchiae first present from segment 5; the thorax consists of 19 setigerous segments; inter- ramal cirri are long; modified spines are present in segments 11 to 19; neuropodial fringe numbers 5 to 10 lobes at maximum development ; ventral fringe is present on segments 13 to 20; furcate setae have not been described. Phylo felix, as Aricia michaelseni Ehlers (1897) from Patagonia, differs from the type in that the thorax consists of 17 to 19 setigerous segments; modified spines are present only in setigerous segments 15 to 17 or 19 (or 3 to 5 segments) ; neuropodial lobes number up to 15 lobes at greatest development. The details of parapodia and setae seem to be identical for the individuals from Brazil and Patagonia. Phylo michaelseni, sensu Monro (1930, pp. 144-145, fig. 54), from the East Falkland Islands, is said to have branchiae from the sixth seti- gerous segment; the thorax consists of 22 segments; modified spines are present in segments 14 to 22; neuropodial lobes number to 12 in a series; ventral fringe is present on segments 14 to 23 with up to 15 lobes in a row; furcate setae are present. This differs from P. felix Kinberg in its later presence of branchiae, higher thoracic count and perhaps some other characters not yet defined. Phylo michaelseni, sensu Okuda (1937, pp. 101-102, figs. 3 a-e), from Japan, differs from the type in that interramal cirri are rudi- mentary; modified spines are present in only 5 segments; neuropodial lobes number to 12 in a row; ventral fringe is present on setigerous segments 12 to 21 with up to 23 lobes in a row; furcate setae are present. Most of these records are in general agreement. The record from Japan departs most widely with respect to its rudimentary interramal cirrl; it may refer to a distinct subspecific or lesser systematic category. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 265 Distribution.—Phylo felix is known from Brazil (Kinberg, 1866), Patagonia (Ehlers, 1897), California, in shallow dredging to 55 fathoms, Gulf of California south to La Paz, Mexico, in shallow dredg- ing, East Falkland Islands, Antarctic Ocean (Monro, 1930), and questionably Japan (Okuda, 1937). Phylo ornatus (Verrill), 1873 Plate 24, figs. 1-10 Aricia ornata Verrill, 1873, pp. 596-597; Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 724; Andrews, 1891, p. 292; Sumner, 1913, p. 623; Pearse, 1942, p. 183. Orbinia ornata Hartman, 1944a, p. 340; Hartman, 1945, pp. 28, 30. Aricia macginitiu Berkeley and Berkeley, 1941, pp. 40-41, figs. 7-10. Phylo ornatus Hartman, 1951, pp. 79-80. Collections—North Carolina south to southwestern Florida (many); Mission Bay, California (some); San Quintin Bay, Lower California, Mexico (several). Length is over 100 millimeters but the posterior end is seldom perfect because of the high degree of fragmentation on preservation. The long posterior branchiae and postsetal lobes present a ragged appearance, especially of the postabdominal region. ‘he thorax consists of an anterior region of about 14 and a posterior one of about 16 segments, after which the transition to the abdomen is abrupt. The prostomium is small, acutely pointed in front and much nar- rower than the segments which follow. Thoracic notopodia have a simple lingulate postsetal lobe. Thoracic neuropodia of the anterior region resemble one another except for a gradual increase in size pos- teriorly. here are 3 to 5 rows of yellow uncini in anterior series and a single row of pointed, slightly curved spinous setae in back. The lower- most setae are uncinate (fig. 9). In posterior thoracic segments the neuro- podial uncini of the upper half of the series are replaced by an anterior row of 8 or more large, evenly spaced modified spines (fig. 1) accom- panied by more posterior rows of slightly curved uncinate hooks like those in front. The lower part of the neuropodium has setae as in front except for a conspicuous fascicle of distally pointed setae located in an inferior-posterior position. Modified spines are present in setigerous segment 15 to the end of the thorax; they are translucent amber or somewhat rust colored, due to a coat of extraneous substance. When clean they are smooth, straight 266 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 and taper distally to a blunt point; in cross section they are subcircular, not longitudinally grooved. They are most numerous in the fifteenth segment, where they number about 17 in a single row; they diminish gradually in number to only 4 or 3 in the last thoracic segment. At first they occupy the entire anterior row in a fascicle; in the last thoracic seg- ment they lie only in the uppermost end of the fascicle and are replaced by normal uncinate hooks below. he posteriormost part of the fascicle has stiff pointed setae. The aperture of the glandular pouch is accom- panied by a foliaceous lobe (fig. 2) in front of the uppermost modified spine. Branchiae are present from the fifth setigerous segment and continue back to the end of the body; they are simple, lingulate and fimbriated along their lateral margins (fig. 3). Subpodial or ventral fringe begins as a single paired filament on setigerous segment 12 or 13, located below the ventral edge of the neuropodium. On the next segment the fringe forms a nearly continuous ‘row across the ventrum and is so continued on 15 to 20 segments as a single or partly double row. The fringe is usually absent after the fifth abdominal segment. Thoracic neuropodial fringe begins on the first setigerous segment; the number of lobes in a row increases from about 6 on the first, to 12 to 14 on the last thoracic neuropodium. The fringe is continued in abdominal neuropodia so that the first may have 5, the second 2 lobes and thereafter it is absent. Anterior thoracic neuropodia have setae of two kinds; one is longer, slenderer and gently curved and is in the posterior part of the fascicle; the other is shorter, thicker and more curved (fig. 4). The spinous region is extensive along the curved part of the seta. Transverse rows of spinelets (fig. 6) are continued around the sides and leave bare only a narrow space (figs. 7 and 8); the distal end of the seta is smooth and under high magnification (seen with transmitted light) shows the so-called canaliculations or chevrons (fig. 5) which are internal, not surface structures. Aricia macginiti Berkeley and Berkeley (1941) from southern Cali- fornia is here referred to Phylo ornatus (Verrill) since the two agree in characters indicated on the chart above. The only difference, considered nonspecific, concerns the number of segments in the posterior thoracic re- gion. This number differs to an even greater degree in individuals from a single locality, such as North Carolina, where many specimens were taken in a single season. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 267 Distribution.—Phylo ornatus occurs on both sides of temperate United States and western Mexico, especially in mud flats in littoral zones. It is recorded from New England south to Florida and in the Gulf of Mexico; also from southern California and Lower California, Mexico. Phylo fimbriatus (Moore) 1903 Aricia fimbriata Moore, 1903, pp. 464-467, pl. 24, figs. 31-35; Okuda, 1937, pp. 99-101, figs. 1 to 2 a-g. This species is here referred to Phylo Kinberg because posterior thoracic segments have modified spear-headed spines. The prostomium is bluntly conical and much narrower than the smooth peristomium. The thorax consists of 12 anterior and 4 posterior setigerous segments. Branchiae are first present on the fifth and continue on all posterior segments as simple, lingulate, distally pointed processes. In abdominal segments the pair approach middorsally and their bases are united by a transverse epithelial fold. Thoracic notopodial and neuropodial postsetal lobes are fringed; the notopodium has up to 7 to 9 and the neuropodium 12 to 20 lobes at maximum development or in middle thoracic segments; there are fewer lobes in front of and behind this region. Neuropodia of anterior thoracic segments have palisaded series of many uncini accompanied by long pointed setae. Uncini are slightly curved and distally covered with a hyaline hood; each has transverse rows of spinelets along the outer curved region. The shortest, bluntest and most curved uncini are in anteriormost rows, and the longest and least curved ones are farthest back. Okuda (1937, p. 100) refers to these various uncini and setae as genuine hooks, subuluncini and canaliculated serrated setae respectively. Posterior thoracic parapodia (13 to 16) resemble those in front but are shorter and have modified spines. These form an anteriormost ver- tical row of 5 to 7 dark, lanceolate spines (called acicula by Moore, 1903) and are accompanied by more posterior rows of uncini and pointed setae, like those in anterior thoracic neuropodia but fewer in number. Interramal cirri are absent. Ventral fringe is sparse; it is first pres- ent as 2 to 4 lobes on segments 14 to 16, then increases to about 9 pairs of lobes through the next 6 to 8 segments (Okuda, 1937, fig. 2c shows 9 lobes on a side and a transitional or seventeenth setigerous segment). Furcate setae are present in abdominal notopodia (Moore, 1903, p. 467 gives neuropodium, which should perhaps be notopodium). Distribution —Phylo fimbriatus is known only from northern Japan in 20 to 260 fathoms. 268 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vous Phylo nudus (Moore) 1911 Aricia nuda Moore, 1911, pp. 311-315, pl. 21, figs. 172-176; Fauvel, 1932a, pp. 162-163, fig. 25a-d. This species is here referred to Phy/o Kinberg because posterior thor- acic segments have modified glandular organs and spines (Moore, 1911, fig. 174). It differs from typical species of the genus in having no ventral fringe. The anterior thoracic region consists of 11 segments in which only pointed setae are present. Ihe posterior thoracic region comprises segments 12 to 15; they have modified dark brown spines in anterior vertical series numbering 5 to 7 in a row; each spine is narrowly lanceo- late or acicular; more posterior rows of setae are all pointed. Thoracic neuropodia have fringed postsetal lobes present between segments 9 and 13; the fringes consist of 12 to 15 lobes in a row. Branchiae are first present from the fifth setigerous segment and con- tinue back to the end of the body; they are simple and lingulate through- out. Interramal cirri are absent; furcate setae have not been identified. Distribution.—Phylo nudus comes originally from southern Cali- fornia in 207 to 497 fathoms from a mixed muddy bottom (Moore, 1911); it is further recorded from off Akyab, Burma, in 34 fathoms (Fauvel, 1932a). Genus Haploscoloplos Monro, 1933 Type H. cylindrifer (Ehlers) 1905 The prostomium is conical, varying from long and acutely pointed to bluntly equitriangular. Eyes are present, especially in juvenile stages, or absent. The thorax consists of 14 to 20 or more segments. The first segment is a smooth apodous ring. Branchiae are first present from seg- ment 10 (rarely before) to 25 and continued back on all or most seg- ments; they are simple and branched (in the type of the genus) or entirely simple. Thoracic neuropodia have setae that are all long and distally pointed; they are more or less spinous or serrated along their free ends. Furcate setae are present in abdominal notopodia or absent. Embedded acicula are present in all notopodia and abdominal neuro- podia. Interramal cirri are present on few to many segments or absent. Subpodial lobes (sometimes also ventral cirri) are present on few to many segments or absent. Ventral fringe and parapodial fringe are absent. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 269 Haploscoloplos differs from Scoloplos Blainville (see below) mainly in having no thoracic neuropodial uncinate or other modified setae. The species of Haploscoloplos show the same relation to those of Scoloplos, sensu stricto, as Naineris setosa (Verrill) (see below) does to other species of Naineris Blainville. In the case of Haploscoloplos, a separate generic grouping is justified because of the wide geographic range of its several species and the number of species concerned (at least 10 species or subspecies are congeneric). Key To Species oF Haploscoloplos 1. Branchiae in part branched . . . . UH. cylindrifer Beanchiaersmuples(pl: 2oehia: 2) os. Saheve cae So hen, 2 Interramal cirrus (pl. 25, fig. 1) present in some posterior thoracic or anterior abdominal segments 3 2 Without imterramal cirri . 9s. Sue 3. Posterior thoracic and anterior agai ee sation ventraleiprus:(pleZoy figs Sh 3 sw ae ae orobustus 3. Posterior thoracic and abdominal neuropodia with ventral cirrusu@pls 20. fie. Wy 2b ee ss dips Wee eleGiederles 4. Subpodial Tobe (pl. 28, fig. 2) present on some thoracic neuro- padiaai nr a. tees han ey Ube anamensrs 4. Subpodial lobe ee Shige Eel Ae 5 5. Thoracic neuropodial postsetal iat bifid on segments 10 or 11 fom ee) 4 i is) ME bifurcatius 5. Thoracic Bee etl a ee eli ie not bifid or obscurely so 6 6. Abdominal neuropodia with long triangular postsetal lobe ex- tending distally beyond the branchial tips . . H. foliosus 6. Abdominal neuropodia with postsetal lobe much shorter than branchiae 3)" ; ; od The oh hae ae 7. Thorax with 18 or more ag tan ia chige present on pos- terior thoracic segments; thoracic neuropodia a low ridge with a small papilla near its midlength . . . H. elongatus 7. Thorax consisting of 9 or 10 setigerous segments (rarely more); branchiae limited to abdomen; thoracic neuropodial postsetal lobe triangular... ies. BiG 8. Length of body when adult 40 mm or more eg . kerguelensis 8. Length of body when adult 8 mm or less See en H. kerguelensis minutus 270 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Haploscoloplos cylindrifer (Ehlers) 1905 Scoloplos cylindrifer Ehlers, 1905, pp. 45-46, pl. 6, figs. 16-19; Augener, 1914, pp. 29-30, pl. 1, fig. 4; Augener, 1926, p. 166; Augener, 1927b.p.. 323: Haploscoloplos cylindrifer Monro, 1939b, pp. 124-125, figs. 13 a-c. According to the several accounts indicated above, based on indi- viduals originating from New Zealand (Ehlers, 1905), Australia (Augener, 1914) and Tasmania (Monro, 1939b), it is generally agreed that the prostomium is conical in mature specimens and that thoracic parapodia have only pointed setae. In some posterior abdominal segments the branchiae are divided in dichotomous arrangement (shown by Augener, 1914, pl. 1, fig. 4, and by Monro, 1939b, fig. 13). According to Ehlers (1905) the body is about 17 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, and consists of about 115 segments; branchiae are present from setigerous segment 18 or 25 and cylindrical in shape; the prostomium is acutely triangular and longer than wide; the peristomium is a smooth ring. In posterior neuropodia there are a few setae and sometimes pro- jecting acicula. This recalls the diagnostic feature in Scoloplos (Leo- damas) (see below). Abdominal neuropodia have a long vertical flange continuous with the parapodial ridge and extending beyond the sub- podial thickening (shown by Ehlers, 1905, pl. 6, fig. 19). Augener (1914, pp. 29-30) described the prostomium as oculate; branchiae are present from setigerous segment 17 or not before 22 and bifid from about branchial segment 37, with the number of terminal filaments increasing to 4 in posterior segments. Augener (1926, p. 166), in collections from Dunedin, New Zealand, noted that branchiae are distally bifid or trifid, and (1927b, p. 353), in individuals from Tau- ranga, New Zealand, noted an anterior abranchiate region of 19 to 21 segments and divided branchiae farther back. Monro (1939b, pp. 124-125), in specimens from Tasmania, found branchiae first present on segments 24 to 29 or not before 50; they were simple for about 25 segments and dichotomously branched there- after, with up to 5 terminations (Monro, fig. 13); transition from thorax to abdomen was at about setigerous segment 14. If these accounts refer to a single species, the degree of variability is considerable, with branchiae not present before segment 17 to 50. Thoracic parapodia have conspicuous rounded, lamellar postsetal lobes in anterior segments. These lobes increase in length and are distally NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 271 pointed farther back, especially in posterior thoracic segments. The postsetal lamella of neuropodia diminishes in size posteriorly and in abdominal segments it is a low transverse ridge extending mainly below the acicular lobe. Transition from thorax to abdomen coincides more or less closely with the origin of the first branchiae and varies accordingly. The individual branchial filaments are cylindrical, increase in size posteriorly and are divided in some abdominal segments. In mature individuals, segments 26 to 65 have gonopores. Distribution —H. cylindrifer is known from southern shores and islands of Australia and New Zealand in littoral zones. Haploscoloplos fragilis (Verrill) 1873 Plate 25, figs. 1-3 Anthostoma fragile Verrill, 1873, pp. 598-599; Verrill, 1874, p. 370; Webster, 1879, p. 258; Webster, 1879b, p. 121; Webster, 1886, palate Scoloplos fragilis Verrill, 1881, p. 301, 317, 322; Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 724; Hartman, 1942a, pp. 60-61, figs. 113-115. Haploscoloplos tortugaensis Monro, 1933c, p. 261, fig. 10. Haploscoloplos fragilis Hartman, 1944a, p. 340, pl. 46, fig. 5, pl. 50, fig. 6; Hartman, 1945, p. 30, pl. 6, fig. 5; Hartman, 1951, pp. 76-78, pl. 21, figs. 1-3. Collections—Many individuals come from Massachusetts, North Carolina, western Florida and Louisiana in intertidal zones from sandy beaches. The body is long and appears ragged in its posterior parts due to the presence of long parapodial and branchial processes. The prostomium is long, triangular and acutely pointed in front. Branchiae are first present from segment 17 or not before 21 to 30. The parapodial change from thorax to abdomen is abrupt at segment 17 or not until 23. An interramal cirrus is first present from the first branchial segment or the one following; its occurrence is continued back through about 90 to 100 segments; at maximum development it is long and cirriform (fig. 2). Thoracic parapodia have postsetal lobes that are broadly foliaceous in both dorsal and ventral rami. A subpodial lobe is first present from the first branchial segment; it gradually enlarges through anterior ab- dominal segments and becomes well separated from a similarly shaped lobe resembling a ventral cirrus. The synonymy indicated above has been established (Hartman, 1951). 272 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 Distribution —Haploscoloplos fragilis is common in intertidal sandy shores from New England south to southern Florida and in the Gulf of Mexico. Haploscoloplos robustus (Verrill) 1873 Plate 25, figs. 4-6 Anthostoma robustum Verrill, 1873, pp. 597-598, pl. 14, fig. 76; Web- ster, 1879, p. 258. Scoloplos robustus Verrill, 1881, p. 301. Scoloplos robusta Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 724. Scoloplos bustorus Eisig, 1914, pp. 422-423; Hartman, 1942a, p. 58, figs. 110-112; Hartman, 1944a, p. 340; Hartman, 1945, p. 30. Scoloplos rufa Treadwell, 1941b, p. 1, figs. 1-6. Haploscoloplos bustoris Horn and Bookhout, 1950, pp. 1-9, pls. 1-4. Haploscoloplos robustus Hartman, 1951, p. 78, pl. 21, figs. 4-6; Hart- man, 1956. Collections —Many individuals from intertidal sandy beaches are from Massachusetts south to North Carolina; others are from the Gulf of Mexico. This grossly resembles H. fragilis (see above), with which it some- times occurs, but it is a larger species and easily distinguished by its having no ventral and subpodial lobes such as are present in HZ. fragilis. The prostomium is less acutely pointed. The first branchiae are present, though small, at about segment 23 and they rapidly increase in size so that they stand erect over the dorsum. Transition from thorax to ab- domen is about at segment 22 to 24 or somewhat farther back. Inter- ramal cirri are first present from the first branchial segment and con- tinue back through many (about 54) segments; they are absent farther back. Thoracic neuropodia have a small short papilla at the midlength of the postsetal lobe; the corresponding notopodia have a larger and broader process, also near the middle of the parapodial ridge. Abdominal neuro- podia have a conspicuous transverse flange (figs. 5, 6) ; in ovigerous indi- viduals it is greatly distended due to the presence of great numbers of gonadial products. Anthostoma robustum Verrill was thought to be a homonym of Alcandra robusta Kinberg (1866) by Eisig (1914, p. 422), who pro- posed the specific name bustorus. Since Verrill’s species rightly goes to Haploscoloplos and Kinberg’s species is in another genus (Hartman, 1948b, p. 106), the change in specific name is unnecessary. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 273 Distribution.—Haploscoloplos robustus is common in littoral sands from New England south to southern Florida and in the Gulf of Mexico. Haploscoloplos elongatus (Johnson) 1901 Plate 26, figs. 1-11 Scoloplos elongata Johnson, 1901, pp. 412-413, pl. 10, figs. 105-110; Treadwell, 1914, p. 199; Berkeley, 1927, p. 413; Monro, 1933d, pp. 1045-1046. Aricia sp. Treadwell, 1914, p. 199 (in part). Haploscoloplos elongata Hartman, 1944c, p. 257; Hartman, 1948a, p. 30; Hartman, 1955, p. 174. Collections —Many individuals, including the type collection, come from Puget Sound, Washington, Alaska, central and southern California in intertidal zones to 293 fathoms, including the following stations of the Velero III and Velero IV (data for stations are published in Fraser, 1943, and Hartman, 1955): 886-38 (1); 905-38 (1); 992-39 (1); 1201-40 (1); 1441-41 (1); 2026-51 (7); 2107-52 (4); 2114-52 (2) 2115-52 (2); 2016-52 (5); 2120-52 (7); 2149-52 (6); 2168-52 (5); 2175-52 (4) ; 2176-52 (9); 2189-52 (4) ; 2202-53 (4) ; 2217-53 Mani 2224-55 §(6)s 2227-53 ((11)s 2228-53 (2); 2232-53 (14) 2255-53) ()12)'- 2291-53 (6); 2307-53 (6); 2311-53" (34) > 2337-53 (1) ; 2389-53 (9) ; 2418-53 (1) ; 2506-53 (1); 2508-53 (1) ; 2618-54 (1) ; 2646-54 (4) ; 2725-54 (2+). The type collection from Puget Sound, Washington, shore, consists of twelve large individuals 100 to 200 mm long. The prostomium is depressed, conical and has no eyes. Branchiae are first present from seti- gerous segment 14 to 16; the transition from thorax to abdomen varies between segment 19 to 21 and the change is complete thereafter. Thor- acic neuropodia have a low transverse postsetal ridge from which a small papillar lobe projects at midlength. In another lot of 5 individuals from Tomales Bay, California, branchiae are first present from setigerous segment 18 and the transition from thorax to abdomen is at 23. Others from off southern California, measuring less than half as long, have branchiae first present from seg- ment 13 to 16 and the transition from thorax to abdomen is at segment 16 or not before 21. The first appearance of branchiae thus varies from segment 13 to 18 and the transition of thorax to abdomen from segment i>)to 21. In mature individuals the prostomium is acutely pointed, a little longer than wide and has no eyes. The dorsum between the bases of the larger branchiae usually has a reticulated brown pigment persisting in 274 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 alcohol. Branchial tips and the foliaceous neuropodial flanges (often with ruffled margins) on the ventrolateral side of the abdomen are often dark- ly pigmented, with the color concentrated as clusters of minute dark spots, as shown by Johnson (1901, pl. 10, fig. 108). Branchiae are small at first and gradually increase in size to form flat, dorsally directed processes with an asymmetrical subapical swelling (fig. 3). Where best developed in abdominal segments, they are fimbriated along their lateral margins and the fimbriae are not visibly continued across the middorsum of the body. Thoracic setae are all slender and distally pointed; those in neuro- podia form fuller tufts than those in notopodia. The upper ramus is supported by about 5 yellow acicula in a close bundle; each one is very slender, sickle-shaped at the distal end and has a long, pointed tip (fig. 1). Transitional parapodia have about 4 notopodia and 6 similar neuro- podial acicula (fig. 2). Thoracic setae (fig. 4) are shorter and thicker (fig. 9) than abdominal setae (fig. 11). All have transverse rows of spinelets (figs. 6, 7) that number 10 to 12 in a row (fig. 5). Furcate setae are present in abdominal notopodia (fig. 3), located at the inferior end of the setal fascicle; they number 2 to 5 in a bundle; their tines are unequally long and the shaft is spinous (fig. 8). Lateral organs are clearly visible in abdominal segments; they are provided with short stiff hairs. Many individuals taken in quantitative samples from San Pedro Basin of southern California in 13 to 293 fathoms (Hartman, 1955) are uniformly alike in that the transition from thorax to abdomen is at setigerous segment 15/16; branchiae are present, though small, on the last several thoracic segments and become larger thereafter; abdominal neuropodia have the foliaceous flange like those from more northern localities. The ovigerous region comprises abdominal segments 7 to 26. The pygidium is collarlike and has a pair of long slender filaments attached at the dorsolateral margin. Specimens reported as Scoloplos elongata (Treadwell, 1914, p. 199) from Salmon Bay, Puget Sound, have been found to agree with Hap/os- coloplos elongatus; others coming from Tomales Bay and Coronado, California, are here referred to Scoloplos (Scoloplos) acmeceps. Aricia sp. Treadwell (1914, p. 199) from San Diego, California, is also re- ferred to Haploscoloplos elongatus. H. kerguelensis Berkeley and Ber- keley (1941, p. 41) from southern California may also be referred to what I am calling H. elongatus, since it comes from the same geographic area. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 275 The affinities of H. elongatus are clearly with H. kerguelensis (Mc- Intosh). Both have branchiae limited largely to abdominal segments; both have rather simple thoracic notopodial and neuropodial lobes; inter- ramal cirri are absent. In H. elongatus the thoracic neuropodial post- setal ridge is low and has a papillar lobe at its midlength; in H. ker- guelensis the corresponding process is a triangular lobe. In H. elongatus abdominal neuropodia have a foliaceous flange extending considerably below the neuropodial postsetal lobe and more or less dark; such a flange is absent from H. kerguelensis. In H. elongatus the branchiae are more conspicuously developed and lingulate, with fimbriae along the lateral margins; in H. kerguelensis the branchiae are far less developed and depressed cylindrically; the fimbriae are obscure. Distribution RH. elongatus is common in littoral sandy mud flats of the northeast Pacific Ocean from Alaska south to California. In its more southern range it is subintertidal and has been taken in soft bottoms in San Pedro area, California, to 293 fathoms but is most abundant in 7 to 136 fathoms (Hartman, 1955). At its upper levels, its range overlaps that of Scoloplos (Scoloplos) acmeceps (see below), with which it is apt to be confused. Haploscoloplos kerguelensis (McIntosh) 1885 Plate 27, figs. 1-3 Scoloplos kerguelensis McIntosh, 1885, pp. 355-356, pl. 43, figs. 6-8, pl. 22a, fig. 19; Gravier, 1911, pp. 108-110, pl. 5, figs. 60-63 ; Fauvel, 1916, pp. 443-445, pl. 8, figs. 23-25; Fauvel, 1932a, pp. 165-167. Haploscoloplos kerguelensis Monro, 1936, p. 160; Okuda, 1937, p. 103, figs. 5-6; Okuda, 1938, p. 98; Monro, 1938, p. 623; Monro, 1939b, p. 124; Hartman, 1953, p. 37. Collection South Georgia, Antarctic regions (2). This species comes originally from Kerguelen Islands, subantarctic waters. Monro (1936 to 1939) re-examined the type collection and emended the first account. He showed that the prostomium is distally pointed and not rounded; the thoracic dorsum is inflated and not de- pressed; thoracic setigerous segments number from 9 to 11; branchiae are first present from segments 11 to 16 and are thus absent from the thorax. There are no interramal cirri, no ventral cirri and no subpodial lobes. Podial postsetal lobes are limited to single, short, triangular processes in both rami of the thorax. Immature individuals have fur- cate setae in some notopodia but their presence has not been observed in mature specimens. 276 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Other accounts (see references above) describe variations of con- siderable magnitude, as follows: First appearance Number of of branchiae thoracic on setigerous setigerous Locality Authority segment segments 12 9 Kerguelen Islands McIntosh, 1885, p. 356 12-13 9 South Georgia Hartman, 1953, p. 37 13 (not given) Antarctic regions Gravier, 1911, p. 108 18-20 10-12 Falkland Islands Fauvel, 1916, p. 444 | Monro, 1936, p. 160; 12-15 14 (or 9-10) South Orkney Islands Monro, 1939b, p. 124 14 or 18 150r19 ‘Japan Okuda, 1937, p. 103; Okuda, 1938, p. 98 11-16 9-11 Australia Monro, 1939b, p. 124 Benham, 1921, pp. 78-81 ; : : g 12 ?12 Australian Antarctic (Ga Seoloslesaimescem Scoloplos mawsoni Benham (1921, pp. 78-81), from the Australian Antarctic region, has been referred to Haploscoloplos kerguelensis by Monro (1936, p. 160). Scoloplos kerguelensis, sensu Fauvel (1932a, pp. 165-167), from India in a small creek at low water, differs from typical representatives in its high thoracic count (18-20 segments); thoracic parapodia are plain except for the last 3 to 6, which have a small conical notopodial postsetal lobe and an inconspicuous lobe at the midlength of the neuro- podial ridge; branchiae are first present from segment 21 and are short, broad, triangular in shape. Haploscoloplos kerguelensis, sensu Okuda (1937 and 1938) from Japan more nearly resembles H. elongatus (see above) in that branchiae are present on the last thoracic segment and the transition from thorax to abdomen is at 15/16 to 19/20. Distribution—Haploscoloplos kerguelensis comes originally from Kerguelen Islands in 110-120 fathoms (McIntosh, 1885); it is re- ported from Patagonia (Ehlers, 1897, p. 97), from Antarctica in 8-10 fathoms (Willey, 1902, p. 275), Port Lockroy, Antarctica, in 28 meters (Gravier, 1911, p. 108), Falkland Islands (Fauvel, 1916, p. 445), India (Fauvel, 1932a, p. 165), South Orkney Islands (Monro, 1936, p. 160) and Japan (Okuda, 1937 and 1938). As indicated above, some of these records may refer to other species. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 277 Haploscoloplos panamensis (Monro) 1933 Plate 28, figs. 1-3 Haploscoloplos panamensis Monro, 1933d, pp. 1045-1046, fig. 1 A-B. Haploscoloplos alaskensis Hartman, 1948, pp. 30-32, fig. 8 a-c. Collection.—Southern Alaska (several). The thorax consists of 17 segments. Branchiae are first present from the twelfth setigerous segment and are simple and lanceolate through- out. The notopodial postsetal lobe is small in the first few segments and increases in size to a slender elongate lobe extending distally about half as far as the longest setae. Anterior thoracic neuropodial ridges have a simple postsetal lobe at the midlength. In posterior thoracic segments this lobe is divided so that there are two similar lobes; the lower one resembles a ventral cirrus. There are no interramal cirri. Haploscoloplos alaskensis Hartman (1948, pp. 30-32, fig. 8 a-c), from southern Alaska, is here referred to H. panamensis Monro. Both have a unique development of postsetal lobes in posterior thoracic neuro- podia. A second lobe is present at segments 13 or 14 below the subpodial lobe and in the fifteenth or last thoracic segment a third lobe is present which is continued back through the first 8 to 10 abdominal segments. Distribution —Haploscoloplos panamensis is known only from the Pacific side of Panama in 6-12 fathoms and from southeast Alaska at low tide to 25 fathoms. Haploscoloplos bifurcatus, new species Collections—Encounter Bay, on limestone reef among Zostera roots, pebbles and sand (2) and Port Vincent, Yorke Peninsula, South Aus- tralia (1) all collected by S. J. Edmonds; Camp Cove, Watsons Bay, Port Jackson, New South Wales, dredged in 6-8 fathoms (1) collected by Barbara Dew. The largest individual, from Yorke Peninsula, measures about 65 mm long, 4 mm wide in the thorax, and consists of more than 200 segments (a posterior end is missing). Iwo other individuals (from Encounter Bay, chosen as cotypes) include an anterior end of an ovi- gerous individual measuring 35 mm long for 78 segments and 4 mm wide in the thorax; the other one measures about 50 mm long for 134 segments and 4 mm wide in the thorax. Transition from thorax to abdomen is at setigerous segments 21/22. Branchiae are present from the ninth segment and very small; they 278 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 gradually increase in size in posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal segments. The prostomium is equitriangular in shape and has no eyes. The everted proboscis is voluminous and multilobed at its distal everted end. In the thorax the neuropodial postsetal lobe is triangular in the first ten segments; thereafter it is divided so that a smaller second lobe is present below the larger one but both are postsetal (in the specimen from New South Wales, the divided condition is present from the eighth setigerous segment). In the last two thoracic segments the ventral lobe resembles a ventral cirrus. These lobes are abruptly absent thereafter. There are no interramal cirri, no subpodial fringe and no other cirri resembling ventral cirri. In middle abdominal segments the branchiae are large at the base and conspicuously fimbriated along their sides for the basal third; more distally they are slender and terminate in attenuate tips. Branchial bases are widely separated middorsally. In posterior abdominal segments the neuropodial superior lobe is long and triangular, the inferior one is much shorter but also triangular. The neuropodium is supported by 3 or 4 slender pale acicula in a close, fully embedded fascicle. The correspond- ing notopodia have a long, foliaceous postsetal lobe exceeded in length by the accompanying erect, lanceolate branchiae. In ovigerous individuals large ova are present from the ninth ab- dominal segment and continue back through at least 46 segments; on these individuals the glandular pads are visible from the thirteenth or fourteenth abdominal segment. The largest individual from Yorke Peninsula agrees with the type specimens except that branchiae are not present before the fifteenth seti- gerous segment and the prostomium is proportionately longer and great- ly attenuated at its tip. Another one from Encounter Bay has a similar pointed prostomium and branchiae are present from the ninth segment. Still another from the same place has 19 thoracic segments, the twentieth being transitional; branchiae are first present from segment 15 and the prostomium is short and triangular. Posterior thoracic neuropodial lobes are elongate triangular and only the last four segments have a small accessory ventral lobe. Two posterior ends from South Australia have a pygidial ring provided with a pair of long cirriform filaments attached dorsolaterally. Haploscoloplos bifurcatus differs from other species of the genus (see also key above) in that posterior thoracic neuropodia have divided post- setal lobes (hence the specific name) ; branchiae are present in posterior thoracic segments; the transition from thorax to abdomen is abrupt and about at segment 21/22. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 279 Distribution —Haploscoloplos bifurcatus is known only from South Australia in intertidal sandy or pebbly beaches and from New South Wales, Australia, in 6-8 fathoms. Haploscoloplos sp. Scoloplos armiger Augener, 1914, pp. 20-24. Not O. F. Miiller, 1776. Individuals from Sharks Bay, Denham, southwestern Australia, in intertidal zones under stones, in detritus and sand, reported as Scoloplos armiger (Augener, 1914, p. 23), are here referred to Haploscoloplos sp. The thorax is said to have only pointed setae; the prostomium is long and conical; ventral and parapodial fringe are absent. Branchiae are first present in postthoracic segments. The first 7 parapodial pairs are much reduced; thereafter a small ventral and a slightly larger dorsal lobe are visible along the parapodial ridges. The separation between thorax and abdomen is not sharp. This brief diagnosis agrees reasonably with that of H. kerguelensis (see above). Haploscoloplos sp. Plate 28, figs. 4-6 Haploscoloplos sp., Hartman, 1948, pp. 32-33, fig. 8 d-f. Transition from thorax to abdomen is abrupt at the fifteenth seti- gerous segment. Branchiae are present from the eleventh one, increase in size going back and stand erect over the dorsum; they are simple and unbranched throughout. Thoracic parapodia have long triangular postsetal lobes (fig. 4) in notopodia and neuropodia. Abdominal para- podia have a longer notopodial and a shorter neuropodial lobe (fig. 5). Setae are all slender and distally pointed, as characteristic of the genus, except for furcate setae (fig. 6) present in notopodia of middle segments. There are no interramal cirri, no ventral cirri and no sub- podial lobes. Distribution—This is known only from Murchison Sound, Green- land, in 60 fathoms. Genus Scoloplos Blainville, 1828 Kry To SUBGENERA Abdominal neuropodia with two or more acicula in fascicles that are more or less completely embedded; branchiae usually present from about segment 10 to 26 Bae Scoloplos, sensu stricto 280 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Abdominal neuropodia with single heavy aciculum projecting from distal end of parapodium; branchiae first present from about segment 5 or6 . . . . . Scoloplos (Leodamas) Scoloplos, sensu stricto Type S. armiger (O. F. Miller) 1776 The prostomium is triangular and more or less acutely pointed in front. Branchiae are first present from about segment 10 to 26 and con- tinue back to the end of the body; they are simple lingulate or straplike. The thorax consists of many segments. Notopodia have long pointed setae; some notopodia, especially in the middle region of the body, may have furcate setae. Thoracic neuropodia have palisaded rows of curved uncini (pl. 29, fig. 6) and sometimes accompanied by pointed setae (pl. 29, fig. 3). There are no interramal cirri and no ventral or parapodial fringes. KEY TO SPECIES OF Scoloplos, sensu stricto 1. A pocket-shaped membrane located behind the ventral cirrus present from about segment 18 and continued more posteriorly ‘ S. marsupialis Without ee ee grasa attatiens nae, eo) A ee Thoracic neuropodia have vertical rows of heavy ees spines ; : S. treadwelli 2: IN GunepeaiA aneee auch bene Bien spines? ">" 8 3 Ne 3. Thoracic neuropodial ridge with two papillae and a sabeedil lobe present on some thoracic segments (pl. 29, fig. 2) . S. armiger Sh Thoradie dete sadial Hage wee a utele short lobe; parapodia without subpodial lobe . . . . «. . S. acmeceps Scoloplos armiger (Miiller) 1776 Plate 29, figs. 1-7 Lumbricus armiger Miller, 1776, p. 215. Scoloplos armiger Eisig, 1914, pp. 367-403; Fauvel, 1927a, pp. 20-21, fig. 6 k-q; Okuda, 1937, pp. 102-3, fig. 4 a-d; Monro, 1930, p. 145; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 97, figs. 197-199. Scoloplos sp. Hartman, 1955, p. 183. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 281 Collections —885-38 (1) ; 888-38 (1) ; 1021-39 (1); 1327-41 (1); 1450-42 (1); 2012-51 (3) ; 2113-52 (10) ; 2125-52 (9) ; 2126-52 (5); 2153-52 (5); 2312-53 (12) ; 2445-53 (21) ; Osoflaco and Oceano, San Luis Obispo County, California (2, collected by Conrad Limbaugh, £955). In individuals from California the thorax consists of 19 to 22 seti- gerous segments; it is depressed through most of its length. The next two segments are transitional (fig. 3). The prostomium is acutely pointed and prolonged so that it is about three times as long as wide at the base; there are no eyes; nuchal slits are visible at the sides of the posterior margin. The peristomium is about as long as the first setigerous segment. Branchiae are first present from the twelfth to sixteenth setigerous seg- ment or not before segment 24 (1327-41). The first eight or ten pairs are small, but they gradually enlarge and stand erect over the dorsum. The lateral fimbriae are most conspicuous at greatest branchial develop- ment, the subdistal enlargement is asymmetrical and the distal tip is smooth (figs. 3, 4). In about the first 16 parapodia the thoracic neuropodia have a single papillar lobe (fig. 2) in postsetal position. Between segments 14 to 17 a second small lobe is present below the middle one and thereafter both lobes become longer and extend behind the larger neuropodial uncini. In addition a smaller, prolonged lobe some distance below the para- podium is present (fig. 1). A purplish pigment spot is visible between the base of the parapodium and the subpodial lobe. Between segments 19 to 32 (or only to 28) the subpodial lobe increases, is largest on about segment 26 (fig. 3), and decreases to absence after segment 32. The neuropodium has only a postsetal lobe to segment 22. The abdominal region begins at segment 20 to 23; it is marked especially by an abruptly slenderer neuropodial fascicle and more pro- longed setal lobes (fig. 4) and broad neuropodial flanges. The flange is first noticeable on about segment 18 as a small dark spot between the ventral cirrus and the subpodial lobe (fig. 3); thereafter it enlarges, becoming padlike through a few segments and a flange in abdominal segments. The dark spot (persisting in preservative) is visible on the posterior face of the flange. Anterior thoracic notopodia have a long triangular postsetal lobe and neuropodia have a short papillar lobe near the midlength of the ridge (fig. 2). Notopodia have full fascicles of pointed setae. Neuropodia have similar pointed setae and ridged uncini (figs. 6, 7). The transverse ridges extend across the outer curved side of the uncinus and number 4 or 5 282 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 in parallel series. There are no subuluncini. The uncini are in 3 or 4 vertical rows immediately in front of a single row of pointed setae. Ab- dominal notopodia have pointed setae and furcate setae (fig. 5) in which the shaft is slightly spinous on the side with the shorter tine. There is some variation in individuals from eastern Pacific regions. In specimens from 885-38 and 888-38, ventral cirri are present from the fourteenth segment and subpodial lobes only between segments 16- 21; branchiae are present from the twelfth segment and the thorax comprises 19 setigerous segments. In two others from 1021-39, the sub- podial lobes are on segments 19 to 29 and on 20 to 32 respectively; in one from 1450-42, subpodial lobes are on segments 17 to 32; and in another on 19 to 29. In specimens reported from the Korean Archi- pelago, Okuda (1937, pp. 102-103) described subpodial lobes on seg- ments 14-16 to 18-20. Distribution —Scoloplos armiger is widely reported from cosmopoli- tan areas in littoral depths. Its occurrence in California is limited to mixed bottoms in moderate depths (see also Chart for species in San Pedro area, above). Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin Plate 30, figs. 1-7 Scoloplos elongata Hilton, 1918, p. 61. Scoloplos acmeceps Chamberlin, 1919b, pp. 15-16; Hartman, 1936, p. 32; Hartman, 1944c, p. 257. Collections —887-38 (1); 1211-40 (6); 1441-41 (2); 1442-41 (4) ; 1445-42 (3); 1450-42 (2); 1451-42 (6); 1457-42 (6); 1471-42 (2) ; 1478-42 (1); 1479-42 (2) ; 1480-42 (1); 1484-42 (4) ; 1493-42 (1) 2091-52 (1) + 2152-52 (5); 2316-53 (1) 2317-531) 230s (4) ; 2320-53 (2); many others from various parts of the northeastern Pacific Ocean from southern Alaska south to Mazatlan, Mexico, in littoral zones. Larger specimens measure more than 150 mm long, 3 to 4 mm wide, and have more than 200 segments. The anterior two-thirds of the thorax is broadly depressed ; farther back it is less so. The change from thorax to abdomen is variable within limits, between segments 21 to 24 or from 19 to 26; it is noticeable because of a change in neuropodial lobes and setae. Ihe prostomium is small and inconspicuous and pointed in front; it lacks visible eyespots. Branchiae are first present from segments 14 to 20 in smaller individuals, or from about segment 25 in larger ones. The first branchiae are small and they increase rapidly in size, standing erect over the dorsum within five to ten segments; they are heavily fimbriated at the outer lateral margins (fig. 2). NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 283 Thoracic parapodia are inconspicuous in anterior segments; both notopodia and neuropodia have small papillar lobes located about mid- way along the postsetal ridge. Farther back the notopodial lobe is longer and triangular (fig. 1), the neuropodium has a longer ridge with the upper part prolonged. Notopodia have only pointed setae accompanied by slender embedded acicula. Neuropodia have thicker fascicles of yellow, distally pointed setae and fewer uncini in palisaded series. They are so arranged that the anterior one to several rows are pointed setae, followed by one to three rows of uncini with 8 to 15 in a row at maximum de- velopment or the uncini may be absent from the upper part of the fascicle; the posteriormost row consists of pointed setae only. The uncini are distally curved; each has 6 to 8 transverse ridges along its outer side (figs. 6, 7); a translucent hyaline hood ensheaths the distal part (lacking from worn uncini). The pointed setae are spinous beyond the shaft, with the spines in numerous transverse rows (fig. 3) and extending nearly around the seta (fig. 4). Furcate setae (fig. 5) are present in abdominal notopodia; the shaft is spinous and the distal tines are unequally long. In the abdomen the notopodial postsetal lobe is long and erect; the neuropodium consists of a longer supra-acicular lobe and a shorter sub- acicular one (fig. 2). Dorsal ciliated mounds are visible from segments 11 to 13 and continue on more posterior segments; the pair are widely separated at first but rapidly approach middorsally, so that by segment 20 or 21 they are proximal to each other. Statocysts are present on branchial segments in front of the branchial base (fig. 2), at least from the second or third branchial segment. The pygidium has a pair of very long, cirriform processes inserted dorsolaterally. Scoloplos acmeceps is sometimes associated with Hapfloscoloplos elongatus. They are distinguishable grossly in that the first has a greatly depressed thorax, the second a slightly depressed one; the first has thoracic uncini, the second lacks them; the first has more spinous noto- setae than the second. Distribution.—Scoloplos acmeceps is known from Alaska south to western Mexico in littoral zones; it is associated especially with hold- fasts of algae and grasses, in littoral zones. Scoloplos treadwelli Eisig, 1914 Aricia cirrata Treadwell, 1901, pp. 201-202, figs. 54-57. Scoloplos treadwelli Eisig, 1914, pp. 405-407; Augener, 1927d, p. 69. Collection.—2597-54 (1). 284 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 This species was originally described from three specimens in which the transition from thorax to abdomen was at segment 14, 16 and 20 respectively ; in the present individual the transition is abrupt after seg- ment 23. The branchiae are absent from the thorax and begin on the first abdominal segment. The prostomium is acutely pointed and longer than wide; the peristomium or first segment is a little longer than the prostomium and intermediate in width between the prostomial base and the first setigerous segment. There are no ventral cirri or subpodial lobes. In the thorax the notopodia have a long triangular postsetal lobe and neuropodia are represented only by very low postsetal ridges. ‘Thor- acic neuropodial setae are almost entirely dark brown with smooth brown acicular spines, except for an occasional long, capillary seta in a few of the anteriormost segments, irregularly strewn in the fascicles with the brown spines. The first seven neuropodia have spines in double rows; thereafter the rows are single. The rows are longest in middle thoracic segments and diminish in the last 8 thoracic segments so that only about 4 spines are present in the last two such segments. The pig- ment of the neuropodial spines is most intense in middle thoracic seg- ments and in the lowermost spines; the uppermost in the series are pale. Abdominal notopodia consist of a long, tapering postsetal lobe and a fascicle of long, slender setae accompanied by 3 to 6 furcate setae in which the tines are unequally long. The corresponding neuropodia ter- minate distally in a bulbous lobe as originally shown and have a few long, slender setae and several pale, very slender embedded acicula. This individual differs from the original account in that the transi- tion from the thorax to the abdomen is at a later segment; but since it is variable in the type collection, the difference may not be significant. The proportions of prostomial and peristomial lengths differ but no more than in some other species of the family. Distribution —Scoloplos treadwelli was first described off Puerto Rico in 12-18 fathoms with mud and shale, 161-172 fathoms, sand and mud, and 97-120 fathoms, coral. The greatest extension of its range is the present record which comes from off Acapulco, Pacific side of Mex- ico, in 13 fathoms on a bottom of sand and silt. Scoloplos (Leodamas) Kinberg, 1866 Type Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax Kinberg, 1866 Includes Branchethus Chamberlin, 1919. The prostomium is acutely pointed and usually prolonged. Ab- dominal neuropodia have acicula which are heavy, single and project from the parapodium. Branchiae are first present from about the fifth or NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 285 sixth segment (sometimes farther back) and are present to the end of the body; they are simple or branched. Podial lobes, subpodial lobes or ventral cirri are present or absent. Interramal cirri are absent. Thoracic notopodia have only pointed setae with embedded acicula. Thoracic neuropodia have pointed setae and uncini, or uncini only. Furcate setae are present in some notopodia or absent. Scoloplos (Leodamas) differs from Scoloplos sensu stricto chiefly in having projecting acicula in ab- dominal neuropodia and branchiae present in more anterior segments. Key To SPEcIES OF Scoloplos (Leodamas) Branchiae branched (pl. 33, fig. 2) on some segments . . 2 1. Branchiae simple throughout though sometimes abnormally divided... ii. 3 2. Some branchiae eee le fed al an up to 5 al filaments . . ~ Se GES), datum 2. Some branchiae aichetoneacly ee (pl.33, fe Z) S. (L.) dendrobranchus 5: ee ol ie ee lobes in thorax and abdomen bi- AUITCALEM oS ar piae, ase, eg a elena 3. Notopodial postsetal thee a not eee wre hg edly 1 a Mee TCE 4. Thoracic neuropodia with uncini only (an occasional one may have one. or a few long pointed setae). . « <<: . -. « 6 4. Thoracic neuropodia with uncini accompanied Pa pointed setae in regular arrangement... 5 5. Uncini with transverse ridges (pl. “32, bey oe posterior ines acic neuropodia with a postsetal lobe at lower third of ridge; transition from thorax to abdomen at about segment 24 to 28 a tn og SS, NE.) Prabalasus Wace ert ce 31, fe 3) ele Senet Sr iy | 6. Last 5 thoracic segments and anterior abdominal seuents with 4 or more subpodial lobes in a row (pl. 34, fig. 1) F ES Oe ° , S. (L.) fimbriatus 6. Thorace es with ley or no subpodial lobes . . . 7 7. Last two thoracic segments with subpodial lobe; furcate setae as with tines of equal length . . . S. (L.) johnstonei 7. Without subpodial lobes in thoracic segments; furcate setae with tines of unequal length . . . ars 8. About the first 18 abdominal segments eat supe ing transition from thorax to abdomen at about segments 27 to Slee met mana bs 0s Snes wenmatus 286 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 8. Abdominal segments without subpodial lobes . . . . 9 9. Thoracic neuropodia without postsetal lobes . . . . 10 9. Last thoracic neuropodia with a long postsetal lobe, present also in abdominal segments as a long, slender postsetal lobe (pli S20 hen ee iat , NSE Ob) aSE GI) Menbra 10. Transition from thorax to apatites at about segment 19 or 20 : S. (L.) ohlini 10. aioe hae svat: to shale at about segment 11 to 14 ‘ ; S. (L.) marginatus lia “Peanisntien eos ee to arated at about segment 21 or 22 : : S. (L.) chevalieri ili "Transition ohn ge to pane at about segment 27 : ?(L.) madagascariensis ie is nteeriee ee S. CES) oles (Webster), S. (L.) ohlini (Ehlers) and S. (L.) marginatus (Ehlers) are distinguishable from one another only by characters known to be variable in other species. It is therefore possible that these three names refer to a single widely dis- tributed species. Furthermore, S. (L.) marginatus mcleani (Benham) differs from its stem species in having thoracic neuropodia provided with 3 to 6 dark spines behind the other setae, located at the inferior end of the series; this distinction is not altogether reliable in other species. Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax Kinberg Plate 31, figs. 1-4 Leodamas verax Kinberg, 1866, p. 252. Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax Hartman, 1948b, pp. 104-105, pl. 15, figs. 35.4: The prostomium is equitriangular, depressed conical and without eyes. The everted proboscis is a smooth, unbranched spacious epithelial pouch. The peristomium is longer than the prostomium and about twice as long as the first setigerous segment. Thoracic segments number 25. Branchiae are first present from the sixth setigerous segment and con- tinue on all other segments; they are simple and lingulate. Thoracic notopodial postsetal lobes are deeply bifurcated from the first parapodium and through most of the thorax. The corresponding neuropodial postsetal lobe is triangular and undivided. Thoracic neuro- podia have palisaded rows of thick yellow uncini which are distally curved and smooth at the outer curved side (fig. 3) ; there are no pointed setae or subuluncini. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 287 In the abdomen only a short middorsal space separates the branchial bases. Branchiae are large, compressed and terminate in a slenderer tip; they exceed the notopodial lobe in size. Typical abdominal notopodia have a large triangular postsetal lobe and two or three embedded yellow acicula, together with about 20 long, pointed setae and two or three furcate setae (fig. 1). The corresponding neuropodia have a smaller triangular postsetal lobe and a thick yellow aciculum that is curved near the tip and projects from the lobe; in addition there are 12 to 15 long pointed setae. A simple ventral cirrus is present, at least in anterior abdominal segments, located at the sides of the body and immediately below the neuropodial base. Furcate setae (fig. 4) have tines of unequal length and a smooth shaft. Abdominal acicula (fig. 2) are thick, distally curved and smooth; they differ from thoracic uncini in having a longer, tapering distal end. Distribution.—Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax is known only from southeastern South America in 32 fathoms. Scoloplos (Leodamas) ohlini (Ehlers) 1901 Plate 31, figs. 6-8 Aricia ohlini Ehlers, 1901, pp. 167-169, pl. 21, figs. 9-13. Aricia cochleata Ehlers, 1901, pp. 166-167, pl. 21, figs. 14-21. Scoloplos ohlini Augener, 1926, pp. 165-166. Collections—Type collections from Tribune Bank, southern South America, in 25 fathoms (deposited in the Swedish State Museum) ; San Quintin Bay, Lower California, Mexico (many, collected by Dr. Donald J. Reish) ; Cuchra Beach, Chile, in semiexposed sandy beach, February, 1955 (many, collected by Dr. Eric Guiler). A small posteriorly incomplete, coiled specimen labeled Aricia ohlini Ehlers in the Swedish State Museum has 20 thoracic setigerous segments and 26 abdominal segments (the posterior end is missing). Segments 20 and 21 are transitional. The everted proboscis is a simple globular pouch. Branchiae are present from the sixth setigerous segment; they are simple and continue on all segments. A subpodial lobe resembling a ventral cirrus (fig. 1) is present from the last thoracic segment and continues at least through segment 46, hence is largely abdominal in occurrence. Thoracic neuropodia are simple transverse ridges without lobes or papillae. They are provided with palisaded rows of uncini (fig. 3), either unaccompanied by pointed or other setae or with an occasional 288 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 pointed seta in irregular arrangement. In partial three-quarter view some of these uncini appear cuspidate on the inner convex edge, as originally shown by Ehlers (pl. 21). Furcate setae (fig. 4) are present in posterior thoracic and abdominal notopodia; they have tines of unequal length and a smooth shaft. Ab- dominal neuropodia (fig. 1) have heavy yellow acicula (fig. 2) which project from the distal end of the neuropodium for a short distance; a second developing aciculum may be more deeply embedded. In a collection of many individuals from San Quintin Bay, Lower California, the length of the body is more than 60 mm (the posterior ends are fragmented) ; number of segments is more than 300. The thorax is 1.04 mm wide at most and deeply depressed through most of length, so that its width/depth ratio is about 3/1. The prostomium is long and distally pointed and about 1.4 times as long as wide; it has no eyes. The everted proboscis is a large, spacious smooth epithelial pouch that extends across the ventrum of anteriormost segments; there are no ter- minal lobes. The peristomium or first segment is a smooth ring about two-thirds as long as the prostomium. Branchiae are first present from the sixth setigerous segment and stand erect with each pair close together in the thorax and thus far removed from the parapodial bases; they form trim rows on the greatly depressed thorax and are uniform in size and appearance. In the ab- domen they increase in size and are more conspicuously ciliated at their lateral margins. Branchiae are simple lobes throughout. The thorax consists of 21 setigerous segments and the change to the abdomen is abrupt thereafter. Thoracic notopodial postsetal lobes are slender, erect and long triangular, but are largely concealed by the much longer notopodial setal fascicle. Thoracic neuropodia have con- spicuous palisaded rows of uncini arranged in about four vertical rows; they emerge from a low ridge that lacks papillae. The anteriormost uncini number about 10 in a row, are thick and rust-colored due to an extraneous deposit; they are distally bluntly rounded. The two middle rows of uncini more nearly resemble those in the posteriormost row except that they lack a hyaline hood; in their distal end they are slight- ly curved, have a shallow cuspidate depression immediately beyond the weakly developed transverse rows of ridges (which are hardly visible on most uncini). The posteriormost row of uncini are distally hooded and have transverse rows of delicate ridges at their outer curved side. There are no pointed setae except for an occasional one, resembling the noto- podial setae, accompanying the posteriormost row of uncini. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 289 Abdominal notopodia have a long triangular postsetal lobe and 10 to 12 longer to shorter pointed setae accompanied by two furcate setae. Abdominal neuropodia have a postsetal lobe that is much shorter and triangular. The single projecting aciculum at maximum development has a characteristic shape, not found in the type from southern South Amer- ica; in its distal end it is sharply recurved in the form of an inverted capital J; its basal shaft is dark to light brown, its distal end is paler. The aciculum is accompanied by about six slender pointed setae. The pygidium is surrounded by a thick flange and two pairs of tapering cirriform appendages; a longer pair is inserted at the sides and a shorter pair ventrally; the largest are slightly longer than the depth of the anal ring and the others are about two-thirds as long. The individuals from Lower California were first thought to differ from S. (L.) ohlini from Tribune Bank, South America, especially be- cause of the sharply recurved acicula in abdominal neuropodia. It was found however that these characteristic recurved acicula are absent from anterior abdominal neuropodia. In other respects, especially in the great- ly depressed thorax, the unadorned thoracic neuropodia, and the cus- pidate thoracic uncini, there is close agreement. Distribution—S. (L.) ohlini is recorded from southern South America (Ehlers, 1901) and off Lower California, Mexico. Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus (Ehlers) 1897 Aricia marginata Ehlers, 1897, pp. 95-97, pl. 6, figs. 150-156; Ehlers, 1908, pp. 116-117; Monro, 1930, p. 144. Scoloplos marginatus Monro, 1936, p. 159; Monro, 1939b, pp. 123-124. Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus Hartman, 1953, p. 38. The thorax consists of 11-14 or up to 18-19 segments; transition to the abdomen is abrupt thereafter. The prostomium is acutely conical and longer than wide. Branchiae are present from the sixth setigerous segment and continue on all other segments; they are simple and un- divided. Thoracic neuropodia have uncini only. Abdominal neuropodia have singly occurring yellow curved acicula that extend from the neuro- podial lobe. Furcate setae are present in abdominal notopodia. The last six thoracic segments have a postsetal lobe at the middle of the neuropodial ridge, differing in this respect from S. (L.) ohlini (see above). The variety mcleani Benham (1921, p. 78) differs from the stem species in that posterior thoracic neuropodia are said to have three to six dark spines behind and below the uncini. Distribution—Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus comes from Ant- arctic and subantarctic regions in shallow depths to 270 fathoms. 290 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 Scoloplos (Leodamas) cirratus (Ehlers) 1897 Aricia cirrata Ehlers, 1897, pp. 94-95, pl. 6, figs. 148, 149. Scoloplos (Leodamas) cirratus Hartman, 1953, p. 38. Branchiae are present from the sixth setigerous segment to the end; they are simple. The thorax consists of 27 to 31 segments. A subpodial lobe resembling a ventral cirrus is present from segment 20-25, or from about the sixth last thoracic segment, and continues through 18 anterior abdominal segments. The last six thoracic neuropodia have a podial lobe at the midlength of the setigerous ridge. Distribution.—Scoloplos (Leodamas) cirratus is known only from the vicinity of the Falkland Islands off southern South America, in shallow depths to 62 fathoms. Scoloplos (Leodamas) johnstonei (Day) 1934 Scoloplos johnstonei Day, 1934, pp. 58-60, fig. 11. This species is here referred to the subgenus Leodamas because branchiae are present from the sixth setigerous segment; the presence of projecting acicula from abdominal neuropodia is not established but in other respects the species agrees with those of this subgenus. The prostomium is acutely pointed and longer than wide. Thoracic neuro- podia have three rows of uncini that are distally curved and smooth. Thoracic parapodia have no podial or subpodial lobes and thus agree with those of S. (L.) ohlini (Ehlers) with which johnstonei may have its nearest affinities. Distribution.—Scoloplos (Leodamas) johnstonei is recorded only from South Africa. Scoloplos (Leodamas) tribulosus (Ehlers) 1897 Aricia tribulosa Ehlers, 1897, pp. 91-94, pl. 6, figs. 141-147. Scoloplos tribulosus Eisig, 1914, p. 408; Fauvel, 1941, p. 286. This species is here referred to the subgenus Leodamas because the branchiae are first present from the fifth to seventh setigerous segments ; the thorax consists of 25 to 28 segments. Subpodial lobes are absent. Distribution.—Scoloplos (Leodamas) tribulosus is known from southern South America in intertidal zones. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 291 Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra (Webster) 1879 Plate 32, figs. 1-6 Aricia rubra Webster, 1879, pp. 253-255, pl. 9, figs. 123-126. Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra Hartman, 1951, pp. 74-76, pl. 20, figs. 1-6. Collections —Many from littoral sands in North Carolina and Florida. The body is long, slender and greatly depressed in the thorax; length is about 70 and width only 1 mm. The prostomium is acutely pointed and longer than wide; it lacks eyes (fig. 1). Transition from thorax to abdomen is at segment 24 or 25 and more or less abrupt. Branchiae are first present from the sixth and continue on all other segments; they are simple, lingulate throughout and conspicuously fimbriated. Thoracic neuropodia have a long transverse postsetal ridge without lobes (fig. 3). They have three to five transverse rows of uncini, most of which are distally curved and have transverse rows of ridges (fig. 4). Abdominal parapodia have a long tapering notopodial postsetal lobe and a similar, though smaller, neuropodial postsetal lobe (fig. 2). Fur- cate setae (fig. 6) accompany the pointed setae in notopodia. Neuro- podia have a projecting yellow aciculum that is distally hooked (fig. 5). Distribution.—Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra is known from eastern and southeastern shores of the United States, in intertidal sandy beaches. Scoloplos (Leodamas) dendrobranchus, new species Plate 33, figs. 1-3 Collections—Encounter Bay, on limestone reef among Zostera roots, pebbles and sand (6); Snapper Point in midtidal part of sandy beach (6); and Port Willunga on jetty piles and dug up from sand (4) ; all from South Australia, collected by S. J. Edmonds. Total length of the largest individual is about 45 mm; greatest width in the middle thorax is about 3 mm; number of segments is 230 or more. The body is greatly depressed in the thorax; it is narrowed forward to an acutely pointed prostomium and backward to a narrower, cylindrical abdomen. The separation between thorax and abdomen is weakly visible except for a change in neuropodial lobes. The posterior end of the body appears unusually ragged because of the extensively divided branchiae (fig. 2). 292 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS von, 15 The prostomium is longer than wide and only slightly depressed ; there are no visible eyes. The nuchal organs are large, transversely oval invaginations at the sides, located near the anterior margin of the peristomium. The proboscis, partly everted in some individuals, is a large vesicular pouch. Only the first segment is a simple, smooth ring, longer than the first setigerous segment and narrower. Transition from thorax to abdomen occurs at setigerous segments 15 to 18. Parapodia of the first 12 segments are lateral; thereafter they shift upward and be- come dorsal in the abdomen. Branchiae are first present on the eighteenth setigerous segment and are thus entirely abdominal. The first pairs are slender, digitate simple lobes, located at the dorsal base of the notopodium, leaving a wide mid- dorsal space bare. They are visibly fimbriated at their lateral margins. Farther back they slowly increase in size. At about segment 80 there is an occasional divided branchia but many segments continue to have simple ones. In the posterior half of the body the branchiae rapidly divide dichotomously so that in the posterior fourth of the body they are all branched, with as many as six terminal filaments (fig. 2) ; together they form a dense mass of filaments over the dorsum of the body. Parapodia from the first segment are well developed but there is a gradual increase in the development of neuropodial fascicles to about segment ten, after which the fascicles diminish through segments 11 to 15 and gradually become more limited. Notopodial and neuropodial postsetal lobes from the first segment are long, triangular; in middle thoracic segments they are foliaceous (fig. 1) with the neuropodial one the larger. The third thoracic notopodium has a digitate postsetal lobe and about 12 pointed setae, with the longest ones in the upper part of the fascicle. Each seta is distally tapered to a point and closely barred along its length. The corresponding neuropodia have a shorter postsetal lobe; their setae are similar but shorter, with the longest ones in the upper and lowermost positions in the fascicle; in addition there are 8 to 14 uncini in a single series, located in the anterior and inferior part of the fascicle in a line approximating the shape of a printed letter J, with the long end of the letter at the anterior end and the short one at the posterior end. The uncini are distally blunt, slightly curved and have no hood; at their outer curved region they are closely but vaguely pec- tinated. Other thoracic parapodia resemble those of the third segment but are larger as far as the eleventh to fourteenth segment, after which there is a gradual diminution. By the eighteenth segment there are only about seven uncini in a neuropodial fascicle, accompanied by a small number of pointed setae. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 293 Abdominal parapodia have longer postsetal lobes (fig. 2) than those in front; they are provided with long pointed setae and embedded aci- cula; furcate setae have not been found. Neuropodia have slender fas- cicles of long pointed setae supported by a single projecting yellow aciculum (fig. 3) sharply curved near its distal end. There are no subpodial lobes, ventral cirri or interramal cirri. Scoloplos (Leodamas) dendrobranchus belongs to a small group of orbiniids in which abdominal segments have branched branchiae. S. (Leodamas) latum Chamberlin (see below) from off Pacific Panama is another one but it differs in that the branching is palmate instead of dichotomous. Distribution—South Australia in intertidal zones, associated with sand, Zostera beds and mixed bottoms. Scoloplos (Leodamas) latum (Chamberlin) 1919 Branchethus latum Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 358-361, pl. 64, figs. 7-11, pl. 65, figs. 1-2. Scoloplos latus Fauvel, 1932a, pp. 167-169, fig. 28 a-e. This species is here referred to the subgenus Leodamas because branchiae are present from the sixth or fifth setigerous segments. The thorax consists of about 20 segments. The prostomium is acutely pointed and has no eyes. Branchiae are simple and undivided through about eight segments and thereafter divided. At the thirteenth to fifteenth branchial pairs there are about three branches, and thereafter there is an increase to as many as nine filaments in palmate arrangement. In pos- terior segments the branching decreases so that branchiae are again simple and reduced. Distribution.—Scoloplos (Leodamas) latum was first described off Pacific Panama in 322 fathoms, green mud; it is further reported from Akyab, Burma, in 250 fathoms (Fauvel, 1932a). Scoloplos (Leodamas) fimbriatus, new species Plate 34, figs. 1-5 Collections—Corney Point (1) and ‘Troubridge Beach (12), Yorke Peninsula, South Australia (taken by S. J. Edmonds). All individuals are fragmented posteriorly, larger fragments con- sisting of the anterior end and some abdominal segments measuring about 30 mm long and 2-3 mm wide. The thorax consists of 24 to 29 or 30 segments. The transition to abdomen is complete in one segment. The change is most apparent because of the complete disappearance of 294 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 uncini and the presence of slenderer, longer parapodia in the abdomen. The prostomium is acutely pointed in front and has no visible eyes. Branchiae are first present from the seventh setigerous segment and increase in size, so that within two segments they are lanceolate or laterally compressed, and terminate in a slender filamentous tip (fig. 2). Branchiae are continued on all segments and are visibly fimbriated along their lateral margins. They are simple, lingulate at maximum develop- ment, and directed dorsally. Thoracic neuropodia have conspicuous transverse, palisaded rows of curved uncini, without pointed setae. At maximum development in the middle thorax, there are about four vertical rows of uncini. The anter- iormost row is longest and has the thickest, largest and most sharply curved uncini (fig. 3); those in more posterior rows are gradually slenderer and shorter and less sharply bent near the tip (fig. 4). All are smooth along the shaft and without terminal hood. Abdominal notopodia have a long, slender postsetal lobe (fig. 2), a fascicle of long pointed setae, and two or three furcate setae; the fascicle is accompanied by a single aciculum which projects slightly from the parapodium. Abdominal neuropodia have a thick acicular lobe and a much shorter subacicular lobe (fig. 2); all setae are pointed and the single aciculum projects from the distal end of the parapodium. Seen in lateral view (fig. 5) the aciculum is slightly curved at its distal end and tapers to a blunt tip. Posterior thoracic and anterior abdominal (fig. 2) segments are characterized by the presence of subpodial lobes in vertical series. They are first present on about the fifth last thoracic segment, where the neuropodial ridge has a short lobe at its midlength. A longer lobe is located at the ventral edge of the ridge; this resembles a ventral cirrus. In the following segment the neuropodial lobe is longer and there are two equally long slender subpodial lobes. On the last three thoracic segments there are three or four long, slender subpodial lobes. ‘This pattern is continued through about fifteen abdominal segments, but diminishing so that the first three have three slender lobes in a row, the next five or six segments may have only two lobes, and the next six seg- ments have single lobes resembling ventral cirri. Thereafter the lobes are absent. One specimen has a posterior end with a pygidium; the body narrows posteriorly and terminates in a thickened rim with middorsal incision; a pair of long slender filaments is inserted at the dorsolateral edge. Such a fragment has branchiae present on the last body segment as a pair of small, slender filaments. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 295 Scoloplos (Leodamas) fimbriatus approaches S. (L.) johnstonei Day in having smooth thoracic uncini. The two differ in that the first has about 30, the second about 23 thoracic segments; branchiae are first present from the seventh segment in the first and from the sixth in the second. Subpodial lobes are multiple in the first and limited to only two lobes on the last thoracic segments in the second species. S. (L.) fimbriatus might have affinities with Scoloplos novae-hol- landiae Kinberg (1866, p. 252, and 1910, p. 63, pl. 24, fig. 8) from Sydney, New South Wales. According to Augener (1922c, p. 41, fig. 9), who emended the original account, the latter has thoracic neuro- podial setae of three kinds; some are short, smooth and slightly curved, others are long and capillary, while still others are transitional. Distribution—Scoloplos (Leodamas) fimbriatus is known only from southern and western ends of Yorke Peninsula, South Australia, in intertidal sands. Alcandra robusta Kinberg, 1866 Plate 31, fig. 5 Alcandra robusta Kinberg, 1866, p. 251; Kinberg, 1910, pp. 62-63, pl. 24, fig. 6; Hartman, 1948b, p. 106. This species is known only through its original find from off Brazil in 20 to 30 fathoms. The prostomium is pointed conical. The peristom- ium is a simple smooth ring. Branchiae are present from the fifth seti- gerous segment and simple on what remains of the type specimen (only thoracic segments). They were originally said to be both simple and divided (bifid). Neuropodia from the second segment have yellow uncini (fig. 5) accompanied by pointed setae. In so far as known, there- fore, this species can be referred to Scoloplos (Leodamas) Kinberg. More specific designation is possible only by a comparison of collections from the type locality. Genus Scolaricia Eisig, 1914 Type S. typica Eisig, 1914 This differs from Scoloplos (see above) in that abdominal neuro- podia have modified setae called flails (‘‘Geisselpfriemen” Eisig, 1914 and “soies en fléau’”’ Fauvel, 1927), in addition to typical pointed setae. Only two species are known and both come from the Mediterranean sea (see list of species above). 296 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Genus Naineris Blainville, 1828 Type N. quadricuspida (Fabricius) 1780 This is spelled also Nainereis Grube, 1850, Naidonereis Malmgren, 1867, and Naidoneris Webster and Benedict, 1887. It includes Nais Fabricius, 1780, Anthostoma Schmarda, 1861, Lacydes Kinberg, 1866, and questionably Theodisca Miller, 1858. ‘The prostomium is rounded in front. Branchiae are present from the second, or not before about the twenty-third setigerous segment. The thorax consists of 12 to 30 or more segments. Thoracic neuropodial setae may include uncini which are hooded or not, subuluncini, and pointed setae, or all setae may be pointed. Abdominal notopodia have pointed setae sometimes accompanied by furcate setae. Subpodial lobes and interramal cirri are absent. In all segments the branchial bases are widely separated middorsally. Key To Species OF Naineris 1. All thoracic setae slender and distally pointed . WN. setosa Some thoracic neuropodial setae uncinate or subuncinate . . 2 2. Thoracic neuropodial setae largely slender and pointed except for a small ventralmost fascicle of acicular uncini; branchiae — . present from third setigerous segment . . WN. mutilata 2. Thoracic neuropodial setae otherwise; branchiae first present on a more posterior segment. 3 3. Thoracic neuropodial postsetal one: aati scare 38, a 6) Te hery: N. uncinata 3: nie: Bure peel Atel lobe simple (pl. 35, fig. 1) 4 4. Branchiae reduced in size and not present before about seg- ment 20 to 23 and diminishing in size in posterior abdominal segments, becoming inconspicuous . . WN. nannobranchia 4. Branchiae larger and not so reduced in abdominal segments 5 5. Thoracic neuropodia provided with uncini (pl. 39, fig. 1) but no subuluncini . . . , oe hi veg en 5. Thoracic neuropodia with uncini ee dienes al 3/, fies 5)io Lire ate | SD Sa ee at Ve. Po eee re 6.) Thoracic uncini, Smooth) 5 =," 2” 2) Nererusicess 6. Thoracic uncini ridged, spinous or ornamented along their freeslenothy, Se ees bo: cc) eis Lee ge ey Genet ce nn eee NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 297 7. Prostomium truncate (pl. 40, fig. 1) at its anterior margin; thoracic neuropodial nie with a short lobe at its superior eagesmyni AS : oe) eh ES 7. Prostomium more or re Ends in fone: eee neuro- podial ridge with a short lobe at its midlength N. Pe 8. aioe eis Shak ‘17 cea segments . WN. grubei 8. Thorax with 28 segments followed by about ten transitional segments . . oe 6 ON. erube: australis 8. Thorax with bait 48 rasesons segments . WN. bicornis 9. Furcate setae absent; transition from thorax to abdomen at setigerous segments 20 or 21; branchiae present from segment Shor O's ee iy es ye 2 MeNGwaeutioen 9. Furcate setae present; transition pla thorax to abdomen vari- able, from fourth or not before thirtieth segment . . . 10 10. ‘Thoracic postsetal lobe of neuropodia a short restricted ridge (pl. 36, figs. 1, 2); some uncini more or less ridged (pl. 37, Hea) Like dece © AN a le - Ne dendritica 10. Thoracic postsetal icbe of eee es a prolonged foliaceous lobe? (pl. 35; figs: 1, 2) uncini. smooth (pl. 35, fg. 7) or Mearly SO; .. See! te Nelacviogia Naineris ie eiilen (Seleeeds) from southern and western Africa (Augener, 1918, pp. 421-423, as Scoloplos (Naidonereis)) be- longs to the group associated with Naineris laevigata (Grube) but is not clearly distinguishable as known at present. In its thoracic parapodial lobes it agrees most closely with N. /aevigata (Grube) (see below). Naineris laevigata (Grube) 1855 Plate 35, figs. 1-8 Aricia laevigata Grube, 1855, pp. 112-113, pl. 4, figs. 6-8. Anthostoma ramosum Schmarda, 1861, p. 62, figs. a-c. Lacydes havaicus Kinberg, 1866, p. 252. Aricia armata Hansen, 1882, p. 18, pl. 5, figs. 28-32. Aricia platycephala McIntosh, 1885, pp. 353-354, pl. 43, figs. 1-3, pl. 22a, figs. 16, 17. Naidonereis laevigata Augener, 1925, pp. 33-34. Scoloplos (Naidonereis) laevigata Augener, 1927, pp. 68-69. Nainereis laevigata Augener, 1934, pp. 148-149; Monro, 1933d, p. 1045; Hartman, 1948b, pp. 103-104, pl. 15, figs. 1, 2. Collections—Many come from southern Florida, Galapagos Is- lands, Hawaiian Islands (collected by Dr. Robert Hiatt) and Peru (collected by Dr. Wolfgang Weyrauch) 298 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 There is considerable variation in the first appearance of branchiae. In some from southern Florida they are present from the fourth seti- gerous segment; and in some from the Galapagos Islands they are present first on the sixth, eighth or ninth segments and already long and filiform. On others they are absent from the first 11 segments, small on 20 or more segments, and rapidly increase in size only in abdominal segments. The transition from thorax to abdomen is also variable but generally occurs between segments 14 to 30, with an additional two segments transitional. In thoracic neuropodia the postsetal lobe is broad- ly foliaceous and prolonged at its superior edge (figs. 1, 2). Branchiae are laterally fimbriated. Thoracic neurosetae include many pointed setae (fig. 4) in two or more anterior series, followed by uncini and subuluncini. The uncini (figs. 6, 7), numbering 5 to 12 in a row, are slenderer than or as heavy as subuluncini and located in more inferior positions. The lowermost are distally hooded (fig. 6) ; the uppermost are larger and without hood (fig. 7). Subuluncini (fig. 5) are located in the uppermost part of the fascicle behind the pointed setae. They resemble uncini in which the distal end is prolonged and spinous. Thoracic notopodia have slender pointed setae and slender embedded acicula, and in more posterior seg- ments there may be a few furcate setae (fig. 8). Abdominal notopodia have long pointed setae, one or two furcate setae (fig. 8), and three to five thick, yellow acicula more or less com- pletely embedded or with their distal ends free (fig. 3). The furcate setae have tines of unequal length and a shaft spinous along one side (fig. 8). Eisig (1914, pp. 450-488) referred a long list of names to this species, including Anthostoma hexaphyllum Schmarda, which is con- sidered distinct by Monro (1930, p. 145) and Augener (1918, p. 421) (see also Key to Species above). Aricia setosa Verrill is a distinct species ; Naineris robusta and N. longa, both by Moore from California, are here referred to Naineris dendritica (see below). Distribution —WNaineris laevigata is known from cosmopolitan areas in warm seas in littoral zones. In the eastern Pacific Ocean it is known from the Galapagos Islands, Ecuador (Monro, 1933, p. 1045) and Peru (newly recorded herein). It is replaced by the nearly related Naineris dendritica in the northeastern Pacific Ocean (see below). NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 299 Naineris dendritica (Kinberg) 1867 Plate 36, figs. 1-3; plate 37, figs. 1-7 Anthostoma dendriticum Kinberg, 1867, p. 337. Naineris robusta and Naineris longa Moore, 1909, pp. 262-267, pl. 8, figs. 34-42. Nainereis hespera Chamberlin, 1919b, pp. 14-15. Nainereis laevigata Berkeley and Berkeley, 1941, p. 41; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 196; Hartman, 1944c, p. 257. Naineris dendritica Hartman, 1948b, pp. 102-103. Collections—901-38 (1), 1204-40 (1), 1222-41 (12), 1228-41 (1), 1315-41 (1), 1370-41 (1), 1437-41 (6), 1443-41 (many), 1445- 42 (1), 1446-42 (1), 1447-42 (1), 1449-42 (1), 1457-42 (4), 1459- 42 (10), 1464-42 (3), 1468-42 (18), 1472-42 (1), 1474-42 (1), 1477-42 (3), 1487-42 (1), 1488-42 (5), 1490-42 (many), 1491-42 (10), 1492-42 (4), 1501-42 (1), also many others from the north- eastern Pacific Ocean from Alaska south to southern California, chiefly from intertidal low littoral zones. The prostomium is broadly rounded in front. The everted proboscis is much branched and extensive. Branchiae are first present from about segment 12 or rarely as early as 7 or not before segment 14 or 15; the first few pairs are small and they gradually increase in size so that by about segment 30 they meet across the middorsum or stand erect (pl. 36, fig. 2); they are simple and lightly fimbriated along their lateral margins. Transition from thorax to abdomen is at about segment 20 or not before 30. Thoracic notopodial postsetal lobes are long and triangular; the corresponding neuropodial lobes are fleshy ridges in which the superiormost edge is slightly enlarged so as to resemble a small papilla (pl. 36, figs. 1, 2). This is in contrast with N. /aevigata (see above) in which this lobe is more or less foliaceous and prolonged at its upper edge. Thoracic neuropodia at maximum development have two or more anterior rows of pointed setae; the anteriormost (pl. 37, fig. 7) are sharply bent and conspicuously denticulated along the cutting edge; those farther back (pl. 37, fig. 6) are transitional between the anterior- most and the subuluncini (pl. 37, fig. 5) which occur in the uppermost part of the fascicle. The posteriormost row has uncini in which the cutting edge is smooth (pl. 37, fig. 3) or transversely ridged (pl. 37, fig. 4), especially for those in the inferiormost position. 300 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLS 15 Variations in uncini and transitional setae are noted when comparing individuals from Alaska and Washington and south to southern Cali- fornia. Those from northern localities have pale yellow setae; the more southern ones have darker setae and the individuals are proportionately smaller. Abdominal segments have parapodia (pl. 36, fig. 3) resembling those of N. laevigata (compare pl. 35, fig. 3). Notopodia have long pointed setae and a few furcate setae (pl. 37, figs. 1, 2) in which the tines are unequally long and the shaft is spinous. Neuropodia have shorter pointed setae and a transverse series of yellow acicula (pl. 37, fig. 3) extending a short distance from the parapodium. Naineris dendritica is distinguishable from N. laevigata (see above) by characters which may be only subspecific or varietal. They concern mainly the details of postsetal lobes in thoracic neuropodia and micro- scopic details of the setae and uncini. Their separation is here maintained because of the differences in geographic range (see distribution below). Distribution.—Naineris dendritica is limited to littoral zones of the northeastern Pacific Ocean from Alaska south to southern California. It is common especially in sandy muds supporting abundant plant growth. Naineris jacutica Annenkova, 1931 Nainereis jacutica Annenkova, 1931, pp. 204-205, figs. 1-4. This is said to measure about 85 mm long and it has a prostomial lobe that is semicircular. Branchiae are present from segment 8 or 9 and continue to the end of the body; the first are small but from seg- ment 16 to 18 they are longer than their accompanying postsetal lobes. Transition from thorax to abdomen occurs at segments 20/21. In its de- tails it agrees with N. laevigata (see above) except that furcate setae are said to be altogether absent. Distribution—Naineris jacutica is recorded from the Sea of Ok- hotsk and Bering Sea. Naineris mutilata (Treadwell), 1931 Nainereis mutilata Treadwell, 1931, pp. 5-6, figs. 13-18. Naineris mutilata Hartman, 1956. The thorax consists of 29 setigerous segments, with the last two transitional. Branchiae are present from the third setigerous segment; the first few are small and they increase in size gradually in the thorax; NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 301 they continue to the end of the body. Thoracic neuropodia at maximum development have a broadly foliaceous postsetal lobe longest at its upper edge, much like that of Naineris laevigata (see above). They have setae that are almost all long and distally pointed, more or less sigmoid (S- shaped) along their length, and denticulated. In a small inferiormost position there are 8 to 12 much shorter, acicular uncini that are distally blunt and only slightly curved and smooth along their free length; the distal end has a closely fitting hyaline hood. Abdominal notopodia have long pointed setae and furcate setae. Ab- dominal neuropodia have about 4 yellow, straight acicula that are dis- tally blunt and slightly projecting from the neuropodial lobe, and a slender fascicle of long pointed setae. The affinities of N. mutilata are with N. setosa (Verrill), in which thoracic neuropodia have only pointed setae. Distribution.—Naineris mutilata is known only from Jamaica, West Indies. Naineris uncinata, new species Plate 38, figs. 1-8 Naineris sp., Hartman 1955, p. 177. Collections.—908-38 (1); 1330-41 (1); 1398-41 (many) ; 1496-42 (1, holotype) ; 2128-52 (6) ; 2153-52 (3) ; 2229-53 (3) ; 2311-53 (5); 2445-53 (1); 2646-54 (1); 2853-54 (1); another from Alitak Bay, Alaska, shore (1). Most individuals are fragmented in their posterior ends. Total length of larger ones is about 40 mm or less; width in the thorax is 1.5 to 1.8 mm. The prostomium (fig. 1) is broadly truncate and has no eyes (a juvenile individual from 2853-54, believed to be the same species, has a broadly rounded prostomium with a pair of eyespots near its posterior margin). Nuchal organs at the postectal margins of the prostomium are transversely elongated, papillar processes. The proboscis, everted in some, is spacious and somewhat lobed but not dendritically branched. The first segment is a smooth ring, wider but shorter than the prostomium. Branchiae are first present from the fifth (fig. 1) or sixth segment; the first few pairs are small and erect; they enlarge gradually in thor- acic segments, becoming larger and longer than their accompanying postsetal lobes in abdominal segments (figs. 7, 8). All are simple, lingu- late and conspicuously fimbriated along their lateral margins. 302 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOrsI5 Transition from thorax to abdomen is after segment 26 or at seg- ments 17/18 (in 2128-52). Thoracic parapodia have thick, tufted fascicles of notopodial setae and longer series of neuropodial setae (fig. 6). The uncini are coated with a rust-colored extraneous substance but when cleared of it they are pale amber, as are the other setae. Thoracic notopodia have a long, slender postsetal lobe and long pointed setae. ‘The corresponding neuropodia from the first segment have a postsetal ridge with a long papilla at the middle of the ridge. At the seventh segment there is a second lobe (fig. 6) and this is continued through thoracic segments. In transitional segments the lower one resembles a ventral cirrus (fig. 7). These lobes are absent in abdominal segments. Thoracic neuropodia have pointed setae (fig. 3) and ridged uncini (fig. 4). The first one has 2 to 4 vertical rows of uncini, together totaling about 24, located at anterior and superior positions of the fas- cicle; about 15 long pointed setae are located in posterior and inferior rows. [The second neuropodium is similar to the first but larger. After the third segment the uncini occupy most of the setal fascicle and may form six to ten vertical rows in conspicuous ranks, with a single posterior row of pointed setae. Uncini are sharply curved and have conspicuous transverse ridges at the outer edge (fig. 4). Seen from the ridged side they are distally truncate to excavate and cuspidate in their subdistal region. Abdominal notopodia have a long, slender postsetal lobe, a fascicle of long pointed setae with a few furcate setae (fig. 8) and several em- bedded yellow acicula. The corresponding neuropodia have a smaller postsetal lobe (fig. 8), a more delicate fascicle of pointed setae and one or two yellow acicula that may project somewhat from the parapodium. The furcate setae are about as thick as the pointed setae with which they occur but are shorter, the two tines unequally long and the shaft slightly spinous (fig. 5). Dorsal ciliated mounds are visible through most branchial segments as slight circular elevations somewhat in front of the branchial bases (figs. 1, 6, 7). They are widest apart in the thorax and approach medi- ally in abdominal segments. Naineris uncinata belongs to the group of species in which thoracic neuropodial setae consist of only pointed setae and uncini. It differs from others in that the neuropodial postsetal lobe is divided in thoracic seg- ments. It is distinguished from nearly related forms in the key above. Distribution—The type collection comes from South Slough, Coos Bay, Oregon, in hard packed sand and eel grass; others are from Cali- fornia in littoral depths to 340 fathoms (Hartman, 1955, p. 128), and from southern Alaska, shore. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 303 Naineris nannobranchia (Chamberlin) 1919 Nainereis nannobranchia Chamberlin, 1919c, pp. 260-261, pl. 2, fig. 10, Did hie: 4. This species comes originally from Mendocino, California. The thor- ax consists of 26 segments. Branchiae are first present from segment 20 to 23 and small; they increase in size farther back but are unusually small and inconspicuous and absent in posterior segments. The prostomium is semicircular. Thoracic notopodia have a postsetal lobe that is large, subconical and diminishes in size posteriorly. ‘Thoracic neuropodia have a postsetal lobe that is vertically elongate and broadly convex at the edge. In abdominal neuropodia the postsetal lobe is a small conical process. Thoracic neuropodia have setae of two kinds, including two anterior rows of nearly smooth uncini and subuluncini, and a ventro- posterior fascicle of slender pointed setae. Length approaches 50 mm; width is about 3 mm; number of segments about 237. Distribution —This is known only from Mendocino, California. Naineris grubei (Gravier) 1909 Scoloplos grubei Gravier, 1909, pp. 646-649, pl. 18, figs. 49-57. This species is characterized by having 17 thoracic setigerous seg- ments. Branchiae are present from the seventh and continue on all other segments; they are simple throughout. The prostomium is broadly truncate and has no eyes. The everted proboscis is dendritically branched. Thoracic neuropodia have postsetal lobes that are triangular and longest at the superior end. Thoracic neuropodial setae consist of long pointed and ridged uncini. Distribution —Naineris grubei comes from Peru and is more widely recorded from Ecuador and Chile (Augener, 1933c, p. 63). Naineris grubei australis, new subspecies Plate 39, figs. 1-4 Collections—Port Noarlunga (1), Encounter Bay (1), both south of Adelaide and Troubridge, Yorke Peninsula (1), all from South Australia, collected by S. J. Edmonds. Length of a posteriorly incomplete individual is 40 mm; width in the thorax or widest part of the body is about 3 mm. The thorax consists of 28 segments and is followed by a long transitional region comprising segments 29 to 38; thereafter the change to abdominal neuropodia is 304 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 complete. The prostomium is truncate at its frontal margin and has no eyes. Branchiae are present from the sixth segment and already so large as to extend distally as far as the postsetal notopodial lobe of the same segment. Farther back they increase in size and are densely fimbriated at their lateral margins (fig. 4). On each segment the two branchiae are widely separated middorsally and connected by a raised ciliated ridge. Thoracic notopodia resemble those of the stem species. Neuropodia of the first segment have a short papillar lobe at the middle part of the postsetal ridge. By the seventh segment the lobe is about a third of the distance from the upper end of the ridge and by the tenth segment it is at the uppermost edge of the ridge and longer. Neuropodial setae are of two kinds; some are distally pointed (fig. 2), others are uncini. The pointed setae resemble those of notopodia. Uncini are partly smooth along the free ends and partly ridged at the outer edge (fig. 1) ; some have a hyaline hood at the distal end. Abdominal notopodia have a long, slender, distally tapering postsetal lobe (fig. 4) and carry a fascicle of long, pointed setae. Furcate setae are absent. Abdominal neuropodia have a much shorter postsetal lobe broadly triangular at the base and prolonged distally from the superior part of the lobe. There are three to five yellow acicula in transverse series with the distal ends projecting from the parapodium. The largest and longest aciculum is uppermost and there is a gradual decrease in size and length going ventrally. The accompanying setae are long, slender and distally pointed. Naineris grubei australis resembles the stem species in the shape of the prostomium, the early occurrence of branchiae and the kinds of setae and uncini. In the subspecies, branchiae are present from the sixth in- stead of seventh segment; the transition from thorax to abdomen is at segments 29 to 38 in the subspecies and at segment 17 in the stem species. Distribution—Naineris grubei australis has been taken only in southeastern Australia in the vicinity of Adelaide, South Australia. Naineris bicornis Hartman, 1951 Plate 40, figs. 1-6 Naineris bicornis Hartman, 1951, pp. 72-74, pl. 19, figs. 1-6. Collections.—This has been taken only from Florida in the Gulf of Mexico in intertidal sandy beaches. Total length is about 30 mm, greatest width 5 mm and segments number over 100. The prostomium is truncate and slightly emarginate at its frontal margin (fig. 1); the everted proboscis is voluminous and somewhat lobed. Parapodia from the first segment have elongate post- setal lobes. Branchiae are present from the sixth setigerous segment and NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 3005 increase in size farther back. The thorax is deeply depressed (fig. 2), and its transition to the abdomen is at segments 45 to 50. Thoracic neuropodia have a long postsetal flange from the upper edge of which a triangular lobe projects (fig. 2). They have uncini with transverse serrations and a distal sheath (fig. 4), and pointed setae with sharply bent tip and transverse serrations (fig. 5). Abdominal notopodia have furcate setae (fig. 6) accompanying the pointed setae. Distribution—Naineris bicornis has been reported only from west- ern Florida. Naineris setosa (Verrill) 1900 Plate 41, figs. 1-6 Aricia setosa Verrill, 1900, pp. 651-653. Naineris setosa Hartman, 1942a, p. 61, figs. 116-118; Hartman, 1951, pp. 67-70, pl. 17, figs. 1-6. Collections—Southwestern Florida (many), Puerto Rico (7), 2597-54 (1). This differs from other species of the genus in lacking uncini and subuluncini. The prostomium is broadly truncate (fig. 1) and the everted proboscis is voluminous and multilobed (fig. 2). The thorax is somewhat depressed (fig. 3). Transition from thorax to abdomen oc- curs between segments 25 to 35. Branchiae are first present from the sixth (or fourth) setigerous segment; they are long and erect through- out the body (figs. 3, 4, 5) and widely separated across the middorsum. Thoracic neuropodia consist of a broad foliaceous lobe prolonged at its superior edge (fig. 3). A subpodial lobe resembling a ventral cirrus (fig. 4) is present in anterior and middle abdominal segments; farther back it is absent (fig. 5). Furcate setae with a spinous shaft (fig. 6) accompany pointed setae in abdominal notopodia. Distribution.—Naineris setosa was first described from Bermuda and has been found more extensively in the eastern end of the Gulf of Mex- ico and Puerto Rico; it is here newly recorded from off Acapulco, Mexico, in 13 fathoms. Genus Califia, new genus Type C. calida, new species The prostomium is short and triangular. The first segment or peri- stomium is a smooth ring. The thoracic region is depressed near the middle. Transition from thorax to abdomen is abrupt with the change 306 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 most apparent because of the difference in neuropodia. Branchiae are simple and lanceolate and first present from about the eighth segment; they are continued back to or near the posterior end and widely sepa- rated from each other across the middorsum. Neuropodial setae of the first three segments differ from those farther back in having coarser shafts and brushy tips (pl. 42, fig. 2); all other thoracic setae are slender and distally pointed. Furcate setae are present in abdominal notopodia. Postsetal lobes of both notopodia and neuropodia are simple, longer to shorter slender lobes. Parapodia are lateral to dorsolateral in posterior segments. There are no interramal or ventral cirri, no sub- podial or ventral fringe and no uncinate hooks or spines. Califia differs from other orbiniids in having the first three seti- gerous segments modified and provided with special setae and parapodia directed laterally to dorsolaterally. A single species, C. calida, new species, is known. Califia calida, new species Plate 42, figs. 1-3 Orbiniid n.g. and sp. Hartman, 1955, p. 179. Collections —1995-50 (1); 2219-53 (1); 2230-53 €1); 2301-53 (1) ; 2324-53 (1-) ; 2343-53 (1) ; 2410-53 (2) ; 2411-53 (2) ; 2412-53 (1); 2428-53 (2); 2441-53 (2) ; 2628-54 (1); 2635-54 (1) ; 2723-54 (3); 2798-54 (2), all stations in San Pedro Basin, California, in 235 to 418 fathoms in green mud, especially associated with siliceous sponge. All individuals are fragmented; total length is 80 to 100 mm with the greatest width, between segments 7 to 10, about 6.5 mm. The body tapers slightly farther back and more rapidly to the small prostomium. Abdominal fragments are readily identified in mixed collections by the presence of a conspicuous black mid-dorsal spot in the form of an anvil, located on a segmental depression between successive welt-like ridges continuous with the inner branchial bases. The greatly prolonged slender notopodial postsetal lobes and neuropodial bases of posterior segments are also very characteristic. The prostomium is a short, equitriangular inconspicuous lobe with- out eyes. Nuchal organs are visible at the posterolateral margins and their depressions extend back on the peristomium. In some individuals a large, multibranched, epithelial proboscis is everted and conceals the ventral side of the first segment. The peristomium or first ring is about as long as the prostomium and two and one-half times as broad at its posterior end. The body widens rapidly in the first few segments, so that this region appears inflated. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 307 The thorax consists of 13 or 14 setigerous segments with the transi- tion abrupt thereafter; it is most noticeable through the change in neuro- podial setal fascicles. The first three setigerous segments differ from those farther back especially for the presence of brush-tipped (fig. 2) setae with a thick stalk. The third parapodium has a slender postsetal notopodial lobe and a similar though thicker lobe in the neuropodium (fig. 1). The notopodial fascicle consists of many slender setae extend- ing distally in fan-shaped series. The corresponding neuropodium has setae of two abruptly different kinds. Most have a brushy tip of which some are finer (fig. 2), others coarser (fig. 3); about eight others are slender and capillary, in a close tuft at the superior end of the series. The largest brush-tipped setae are behind and below the smaller ones, in a series of 14 to 20, and in line with the postsetal lobe; the anterior- most series number about 24 in a row. The shaft of the smaller ones is more strongly transversely ridged but otherwise similar. Parapodia of more posterior thoracic segments have postsetal lobes that are very long, slender and similar to one another. Their setae are of a single kind, slender, distally pointed, with transverse serrations along the outer exposed part. Notopodial acicula are pale yellow and number several in a close sheath. Branchiae are first present from the eighth setigerous segment; the first are small, slender and tapering; farther back they increase in size but are nowhere conspicuous. They are simple, entire lobes with an occasional one abnormally bifid; their lateral margins are inconspicuously fimbriated. In some individuals there is a diminution in size, so that in far posterior segments the branchiae are very small; in others they are long and slender, exceeding in thickness and length their accompanying notopodial postsetal lobe. Branchiae of a segment are widely separated middorsally; a fleshy welt-like ridge is continued across the dorsum be- tween the branchial bases, but seemingly lacks fimbriae. Thoracic neuropodia have a short to long postsetal lobe located at or near the midlength of the postsetal ridge. It is shortest in front and increases posteriorly to a long, tapering cirruslike lobe in both notopodia and neuropodia. Abdominal neuropodia have a prolonged base extending far beyond the corresponding notopodia. The distal end is bifid, comprising a rounded presetal (or superior) part and a slenderer, equally long post- setal (or inferior) lobe. A single yellow aciculum extends to the end of the neuropodium or slightly emerges from the lower edge of the pre- setal lobe; one or two very slender capillary setae accompany the acicu- 308 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 lum. Abdominal notopodia have a very long, cirriform postsetal lobe exceeding in length the notopodial base. Setae include a slender fascicle of three to five pointed setae, one or two furcate setae in which the two tines are unequally long and the shaft smooth, and two or more delicate, yellow completely embedded acicula. The ventral side of the body is smooth. There is no color except for the dark to black spots on the middorsum, and the dusky appearance of the prostomium and first few segments. Distribution.—Califia calida is a deep-water species known only from the deeper parts of San Pedro area, California, associated with siliceous sponge. It is reported as orbiniid, new genus and species (Hartman, 195 spel JO) APISTOBRANCHIDAE Mesnil and Caullery, 1898 As Apistobranchiens Mesnil and Caullery, 1898, p. 147. This small family, known for only three species in as many genera, is nearly allied to the Orbiniidae (above) and Paraonidae (below) and is considered transitional between them. It is distinguished for having parapodia with reduced notopodia (weakly biramous) or entirely uni- ramous. Only one species, Ethocles typicus Webster and Benedict, 1887, is known from the Western Hemisphere. The most recent study (Wes- enberg-Lund, 1951, pp. 59-65) enumerates the characters and recognizes the genera named in the key below. The family was first distinguished from the Orbiniidae (as Ariciens) by Mesnil and Caullery (1898, pp. 147-149). Key TO GENERA 1. Segments 5 to 12 with postsetal neuropodial lobes cirriform in shape.” 7.264% - s . | Apistobranchus Segments 5 to 12 mith mee postsetal lobes "5. 3 S Z Segments 7 to 11 with fringed neuropodial postsetal lobes ; ae segment without a ventral lobe . . . . Skardaria 2. Segments 8 to 12 with fringed neuropodial postsetal lobes ; first segment with a ventral lobe . . . . =. Ethocles NO — A list of the genera and species with known localities follows. A pistobranchus Levinsen, 1883, p. 114, with one species, 4. tullbergi (Théel), 1879, pp. 45-48, first described from Nouvelle Zembla, European Arctic Ocean, and from western Europe in muddy bottoms (Eliason, 1916, pp. 6-9, figs. 1, 2 and Eliason, 1920, p. 39-40). NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 309 Ethocles Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 733, with one species, E. typicus Webster and Benedict, 1887, pp. 733-35, pl. 6, figs. 77-85, from New England in soft bottoms. Skardaria Wesenberg-Lund, 1951, p. 59, with one species S. frag- mentata Wesenberg-Lund, 1951, pp. 59-65, figs. 1-4, from Ice- land. PARAONIDAE Cerruti, 1909 Includes Levinseniens Mesnil and Caullery, 1898. HIstTorIcaL Members of the Paraonidae are best known through studies by Mes- nil and Caullery (1898, pp. 126-150) and Cerruti (1909, pp. 459-512). The former recognized the affinities of the paraonids with the Orbiniidae and Apistobranchidae (see above) and erected a new family, Levin- seniens, for a species that had been earlier placed in the Spionidae. The studies of Cerruti are notable for reviewing previous works and present- ing copies of most earlier illustrations. A comprehensive anatomical description is given for Aricidea jeffreysii, sensu Cerruti. This species and three others, Cirrophorus branchiatus Ehlers, Paraonis (Paraonides ) neapolitana Cerruti, and P. (Paraonis) paucibranchiata, are recorded from the Mediterranean Sea; Paraonis (Paraonis) fulgens (Levinsen) and Levinsenia gracilis (Tauber) are reviewed. Fauvel (1927a, p. 72) added P. (Paraonis) tenera Grube and P. (Paraonides) lyra Southern to the list of species for France. The oldest species, P. tenera Grube, 1872, comes from the Mediter- ranean Sea. Aricidea jeffreysii (McIntosh) 1879, as ?Scolecolepis, originated from Davis Strait, Greenland, in 20 fathoms. Whether this is the same as the one so called from southern Europe is still uncertain. The identity has been questioned by Fauvel (1936a, pp. 65-66), who studied specimens from Morocco. Cerruti (1909, p. 493) regarded Aricidea nolani Webster and Benedict, 1887, from Maine as identical with 4. jeffreysii (but see below). Fauvel (1927a, p. 70) accepted Cerruti’s classification but in the key to genera and species Paraonis and Paraonides are given in re- versed order. More recent studies have been concerned mainly with the addition to specific ranks (see list below). 310 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voul5 FAMILY CHARACTERISTICS Most members of Paraonidae are small to very small, threadlike forms; the largest measure about 40 mm long and most are between 10 and 20 mm long and small species are 8 mm long or less. Segments are numerous, indefinite in number, and range to 150 (Hartman, 1944d, pp. 314-317). Their resemblance to the Orbiniidae and Apistobranchidae is emphasized by the presence of dorsally directed, laterally fimbriated branchiae. In the Paraonidae, however, the branchiae are not present before the fourth or fifth segment and are absent from a long to short posterior end of the body. In the Apistobranchidae the branchiae are present from the first parapodium and in the Orbiniidae the branchiae are present to the end of the body. Resemblance to the Spionidae is sug- gested by the shape of the prostomium and by the hooded neuropodial uncini. In Cirrophorus resemblance to some Cirratulidae is noted in the presence of heavy acicular spines in some parapodia. The body consists of a prostomium that is clearly visible, a pre- branchial region of three to many segments, a branchial region of 8 to 60 or more segments, and a long postbranchial region. The anal end or pygidium usually has a pair of lateral and a midventral process. The prostomium is semicircular to depressed conical or truncate in front; in some species it narrows posteriorly, in others it widens. Paired eyespots are present at the sides or they are absent. A pair of nuchal organs resembling semicircular slits is sometimes conspicuous at the sides of the prostomium. A median antenna is present (Aricidea) or absent (Para- onis) ; it is simple and cirriform or long to short, or clavate to short and papillar; it is rarely branched in its terminal part. The proboscis is an eversible epithelial pouch, not known to be branched or lobed. The first or second visible segment has biramous parapodia provided with setae. In the prebranchial region both rami have long slender capillary setae. The notopodial postsetal lobe (called also dorsal cirrus) may be prolonged and triangular or cirriform or in- conspicuous. The corresponding neuropodial lobe (called also ventral cirrus) may be similar but is broader at the base and shorter or absent. The branchial region is usually wider than the rest of the body and sometimes broadly depressed; its parapodia are larger and its setae stronger and more numerous than those in other segments. Notopodia have distally pointed setae sometimes accompanied by furcate (lyre) setae; its postsetal lobes may be long and cirriform to foliose or divided. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 311 Neuropodia have palisaded rows of long, distally pointed setae that may be sigmoid (S-shaped) and somewhat limbate (winged) in their distal part. The neuropodial postsetal lobe may be short to long; it may be ex- panded or inflated at the base. Branchiae are simple, cylindrical to broad- ly flattened and laterally fimbriated; they arise above the notopodium and are directed upward. Their shape, number and distribution are of specific importance. Postbranchial segments are slenderer than those in front; they are usually cylindrical in cross section or appear moniliform. Their noto- podia have only slender pointed setae sometimes accompanied by furcate setae or acicular spines. A long to short filiform postsetal lobe is present or absent. Neuropodia have slender distally pointed setae, sometimes ac- companied by uncini which may be acicular or distally bidentate, or hooked; the distal end may be covered with a hyaline hood that is rounded or pointed. Genital papillae have been described for Paraonis (Paraonis) gracilis (Monro, 1930, pp. 151-152), located in segments 30 to 60, a little below and in front of the parapodium. The posterior end tapers to a pygidial ring provided with a pair of ventrolateral processes, sometimes accompanied by a shorter to longer midventral one; or it may be some- what subspherical or the pygidium may be an unadorned collarlike ring. Anatomical details have been given by Mesnil and Caullery, 1898, pp. 133-136. Nothing is known of their reproduction (Thorson, 1946, p. 103). The large size of ova (see Paraonis gracilis oculata, below) suggests that there are no pelagic larvae. SYSTEMATIC DiIscUSSION Original generic, subgeneric, specific and subspecific names are listed alphabetically with citation unless discussed below. They are: Aonides fulgens Levinsen, 1883, pp. 101-103. Denmark. Referred to Paraonis (Paraonis) fulgens (Levinsen), see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 71, fie. 24 ¢-l. Aonides gracilis Tauber, 1879, p. 115. Denmark. Referred to Paraonis (Paraonis) gracilis, see Cerruti, 1909, p. 504. Aricidea Webster, 1879, p. 255, erected for A. fragilis Webster, see below. Aricidea (Aedicira), new subgenus, erected for Aricidea pacifica Hart- man, see below. 312 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 Aricidea (Aedicira) belgicae (Fauvel) 1936, as Paraonis belgicae, Ant- arctic regions, see below. Aricidea (Aedicira) pacifica Hartman, 1944d, p. 316-17, pl. 27, figs. 8, 9. California, see below. Aricidea ?(Aedicira) ramosa (Annenkova) 1934. Arctic regions, see below. Arictdea ?(Aedicira) suecica, sensu Wesenberg-Lund, 1950. North Atlantic Ocean, abyssal, see below. Aricidea alata Treadwell, 1901, p. 202, figs. 58-60. Puerto Rico. Re- ferred to Laonice cirrata (Sars), see Hartman, 1941, p. 294. Aricidea antennata Annenkova, 1934, p. 658, fig. 2, 3b. Sea of Okhotsk. Referred to Aricidea uschakovi, see Annenkova, 1937, p. 173. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) Ehlers, 1908, erected for Cirrophorus branch- iatus Ehlers, see below. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata, new species, see below. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) branchiata Ehlers, 1908, pp. 124-126, pl. 17, figs. 5-9. Southern South Africa in 117 meters, see below. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) furcata, new species, see below. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) lyriformis (Annenkova) 1934. White Sea and Tartar Strait in 135 to 240 meters, as Paraonis (Paraonides) lyriformis Annenkova, see below. Aricidea fauveli, new name for Aricidea jeffreysii, sensu Fauvel, 1936, see below. Aricidea fragilis Webster, 1879, pp. 255-257, pl. 9, figs. 127-132. Vir- ginia, see below. Aricidea fragilis Fauvel, 1936, pp. 65-66, figs. 6, 7, Morocco. Referred to Aricidea fauveli, see below. Aricidea heteroseta Hartman, 1948a, p. 33-36, fig. 9. Alaska. Referred to Aricidea suecica, see below. Aricidea jeffreysii (McIntosh) 1879, as Scolecolepis (?) jeffreysii Mc- Intosh. Greenland, see below. Aricidea jeffreysti, sensu Cerruti, 1909, p. 469. Mediterranean Sea, see below. Aricidea jeffreysit, sensu Fauvel, 1927a, p. 75, fig. 25 a-e. Western Europe. Referred to Aricidea ?fauveli, see below. Aricidea longicornuta Berkeley and Berkeley, 1950, pp. 53-55, fig. 2. Western Canada. Referred to Aricidea uschakovi, see below. Aricidea lopezi Berkeley and Berkeley, 1956, p. 542, figs. 1-3. Lopez Island, Washington, in 21.6 meters, mud, see below. Aricidea nolani Webster and Benedict, 1887, pp. 740-41, pl. 8, figs. 97, 98. Maine. Incompletely known, see chart below. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 313 Aricidea pacifica Hartman, 1944d, pp. 316-317, pl. 27, figs. 8, 9. Cali- fornia. Referred to Aricidea (Aedicira) pacifica, see below. Aricidea quadrilobata Webster and Benedict, 1887, pp. 739-740, pl. 7, figs. 93-96. Maine. Incompletely known, see below. Aricidea ramosa Annenkova, 1934, pp. 657-658, fig. 3A. Arctic Siberia. Referred to Aricidea ?( Aedicira) ramosa, see below. Aricidea suecica Eliason, 1920, pp. 52-55, figs. 14, 15. Denmark, see below. Aricidea near suecica Eliason, 1920. California, see below. Aricidea uschakovi Zachs, 1925, pp. 1-3. Kola Fjord, Russian Arctic Ocean, see below. Cirrophorus Ehlers, 1908, p. 124, erected for C. branchiatus Ehlers. Referred to Aricidea (Cirrophorus), see below. Levinsenia Mesnil, 1897, p. 93, and Mesnil and Caullery, 1898, p. 127. Erected for donides fulgens Levinsen and referred to Paraonis (Paraonis) Grube, 1878, see Cerruti, 1909, p. 495. Paraonis Grube, 1872, p. 58, erected for P. tenera Grube. Redefined by Cerruti, 1909, p. 498, for Aonides gracilis Tauber, 1879, see below. Paraonis belgicae Fauvel, 1936b, pp. 29-31, fig. 3. Antarctic Ocean. Referred to Aricidea (Aedicira) belgicae, see below. Paraonis dubia (Augener) 1914, pp. 31-32. Southwestern Australia, as Scoloplos (Naidonereis) dubius, see Augener, 1923, p. 72, and below. Paraonis filiformis Hartman, 1953, p. 39, fig. 12b-c. South Georgia, Antarctic regions, in 75 to 310 meters. Referred to Paraonis gracilis, see below. Paraonis fulgens (Levinsen) 1883, as Aonides fulgens. Denmark, see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 71, fig. 24 g-l. Paraonis gracilis (Tauber) 1879, as Aonides gracilis. North Atlantic Ocean, see below. Paraonis gracilis oculata, new subspecies. California, see below. Paraonis ivanovi Annenkova, 1934, p. 656, fig. 1A. Northern Bering Sea in 1500 to 2000 meters, see below. Paraonis multibranchiata, new species, California, see below. Paraonis (Paraonides) Cerruti, 1909, p. 493, erected for P. (P.) nea- politana Cerruti, 1909, see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 73, fig. 25 h, i, and below. Paraonis (Paraonides) gracilis Monro, 1930, pp. 150-152, fig. 58. South Georgia. Possibly Paraonis gracilis, see below. 314 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 5 Paraonis (Paraonides) lyra Southern, 1914, p. 94-5, fig. 22. Ireland. See Fauvel, 1927a, p. 72, fig. 24 a-f. Paraonis (Paraonides) neapolitana Cerruti, 1909, pp. 493-495, pl. 18, figs. 7, 19-21. Gulf of Naples in 5 meters. Paraonis paucibranchiata Cerruti, 1909, pp. 498-500, pl. 18, figs. 8, 27. Mediterranean Sea. Paraonis tenera Grube, 1873. Adriatic Sea. Incompletely known, see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 72. Scolecolepis (?) jeffreysii McIntosh, 1879, pp. 506-507, figs. 13, 14. Davis Strait, Greenland, in 20 fathoms. Referred to Aricidea jeffreysti, see below. Scoloplos (Naidonereis) dubius Augener, 1914, pp. 31-32, pl. 1, fig. 5, text-fig. 3. Sharks Bay, southwestern Australia. Referred to Paraonis dubia, see Augener, 1923, pp. 72-75, fig. 25. In addition, Heterospio Ehlers (1874, pp. 296-297), erected for H. longissima Ehlers from the northeastern Atlantic Ocean in 426 fathoms, shows affinities with the paraonids rather than with the spionids; how- ever the branchial processes are said to be present from the first segment, as in members of Apistobranchidae. Key To GENERA AND SUBGENERA 1.” Prostomimmrwithsavumedian antenna’)... oi swe edn ce ee 1. Prostomium without a median antenna .. . 5 2. Modified setae (pl. 43, fig. 3) present in WDE denearcdi f Aricidea, sensu stricto 2. Modified setae Col 43, fig. 4) present in posterior notopodia “wh Aricidea (Cuirrophorus) 2 Modified setae Aone Bish . Aricidea (Aedicira) 3. Abdominal neuropodia with eaaieed setae (pl. 44, fig. 3) eae! Paraonts, sensu stricto 3. Apdoiaal artaneaie with modified setae Paraonis (Bape Genus Aricidea Webster, 1879, sensu stricto Type A. fragilis Webster, 1870 The prostomium has a median antenna; a pair of eyespots is present or absent. Branchiae are present from the fourth or a later setigerous segment and number 15 to 60 or more pairs; they are absent from pos- terior segments. Parapodia are present from the first or second visible NO. 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 315 segment. Neuropodia of abdominal segments have modified setae that are pseudoarticulate, acicular, sigmoid or slightly curved; ends are uncovered or hooded. pom . SNS ee Key To SPECIES Modified setae of posterior neuropodia distally pseudoarticulate Clee eS) Ge) Ee Ta en eRe RR? Of 0901 Modified setae otherwise . a The Modified setae with a distal pa ae 43, i. 1, 2) Modified setae without a hood... Hyaline hoods of setae distally rounded (Pi “43, fe 2) A. jeffreysti, sensu Cerruti Fearne eee 6 setae “Feel pointed (pl. 43, fig. 1) : A. fauveli and A. lopezi Modified setae in Rate subuluncinate, in part uncinate (pl. 43, ee we pe . A. uschakovi Modified setae eneicely uncinate (GE 43, ce 7) : Modified setae in a series all about ale thick 4. suecica Modified setae in a series varying from thickest above to slen- GenesEyBelOW | 2 pe | sh a fa SS CA near suecrca their distal W ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS 316 Suo] AOA juioun pue rurounjngns ¢ L7-$Z 1LOYDYISN VAPIIIAP euuajue [eruUo}soid : os : tes ee EE a ee safa Noy wNtWO}so1d Iev[NTIe pIowsIs ¢ Of-ST DI12ANS IeIU VapIIIs sada YIM UINTUIO}sO1d IB[NITOV PIOUSIS ¢ 61-ST DI19aNS DAPIIIs : : peprarp Ajayewyed é € 8I-E1 DSOUDA DApII14 euuajue [eruoj}soid ide Saqo] W0YS + ; ygtas quauiSas s1y é ¢ 6 Divqot4punb vapii14 py ee a ee ee EEE aEREES Re Ca ae JUaUISas puosas ; 7 WOIJ ¥}aS JSIY ¢ t Oc-£T 1uD]Ou DapiIIAp SN ee pooy papunol e IWN11a9g nsuas YIM IeB[Noe g ster ‘ushasfal vapi14p = ee eee ee ee an a YsSoyUpI AY suas ¢ c et ‘ushas fal vapi9is pooy pajurod ive 1zaG¢0] ‘7 pue qyIM Tepnooe g TE-Se-8T yaanv{ vapii4p ae noy1vopnasd € 09-0S sytbo4f vapiyi4p ee a ee ee aa S1931}as avjas peyIpoul : sired [eroues ee ae peyoueigasd HEM IEHOWE'G sarong yo 0 Meee 1 (Le) JO I9}9BIBY.) jo JaquiInN jose quInN a SS 0791418 nsuas ‘vaplj14p AO SAIOAdS AO SOLLSTUALOVAVHO OLLSONDVIG ONIMOHS LYVH() NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 317 Aricidea fragilis Webster, 1879 Plate 43, fig. 3 Aricidea fragilis Webster, 1879, pp. 255-257, pl. 9, figs. 127-132; Hart- man, 1944d, pp. 315-316, pl. 27, figs. 4, 5; Hartman, 1945, pp. 8, 30, pl. 6, fig. 3. Collections—North Carolina, along shore (more than 50). Individuals measure about 40 mm long and are attenuated in their posterior part. The prostomium is depressed equitriangular, rounded in front and has a pair of small eyespots; the median antenna is cirriform ; nuchal organs are slitlike at the posterior ectal margin. Branchiae are first present from the fourth setigerous segment and number 50 to 60 pairs. Parapodia of branchial segments have a long cirriform notopodial postsetal lobe with a basal enlargement; the corresponding neuropodial postsetal lobe (or ventral cirrus) is largest in branchial segments and disappears gradually in postbranchial segments. Setae in all anterior segments are long, slender and distally pointed. Median and posterior abdominal notopodia have a long, slender and threadlike postsetal lobe extending distally as far as the shortest ac- companying setae, and a slender setal fascicle consisting of about 12 very slender capillary setae. The corresponding neuropodium has a long low postsetal ridge and a full, fan-shaped fascicle of 30 to 40 setae in which the longest are uppermost and there is gradual diminution farther down. In median and posterior segments these neuropodial setae are pseudoarticulate, with a distal, slenderer and tapering part weakly separable from a longer shaft (fig. 3). Breakage is most frequent at this region and may result in a setae that appears distally bifid, with the side opposite the cutting edge resembling a distal arista. There is a visible pubescence on the outer side of the seta at the pseudoarticulate region. The anal end terminates in a collarlike segment with three cirri- form processes. Aricidea fragilis, sensu Fauvel (1936, p. 65), from Morocco, is be- lieved to be a different species because the modified neuropodial setae are hooked and have a terminal hood; it is here renamed Aricidea fauveli (see below). Aricidea fragilis McIntosh (1885, pp. 354-355), from off New York in 1340 fathoms, is very doubtfully the same because of. its abyssal occurrence. Distribution.—A ricidea fragilis Webster as defined herein is believed to occur only in intertidal sandy shores of the eastern United States. 318 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Aricidea fauveli, new name Plate 43, fig. 1 Aricidea fragilis Fauvel, 1936, pp. 65-66, figs. 6, 7. Not Webster, 1879. This differs from Aricidea fragilis (see above) in that posterior neuropodial setae are curved acicular with the tip covered by a pointed hyaline hood (fig. 1). Branchiae are first present from the fourth seti- gerous segment and number 18 to 31 pairs. Aricidea jeffreysii, sensu Fauvel (1927a, p. 75, fig. 25 a-e) from France is perhaps the same (see Fauvel, 1936a, p. 65, for synonymy). Distribution—Morocco and possibly other parts of the Mediter- ranean Sea. Aricidea lopezi Berkeley and Berkeley, 1956 Aricidea lopezi Berkeley and Berkeley, 1956, p. 542, figs. 1-3. According to its description, this has three prebranchial setigerous segments; branchiae number 17 or 18 pairs, and posterior neuropodial setae are distally knobbed and covered with a long, pointed hood. In these respects it approaches 4. fauveli (above) from the Mediterranean Sea. If identical, the specific name, /opezi, has priority. Distribution.—A ricidea lopezi Berkeley and Berkeley is known only from Lopez Island, Washington, in 21.6 meters, in mud. Aricidea suecica Eliason, 1920 Aricidea suecica Eliason, 1920, pp. 52-55, figs. 14, 15. Aricidea heteroseta Hartman, 1948a, pp. 33-36, fig. 9. According to the original account, total length is 8 to 14 mm, width is 0.4 to 0.5 mm. The prostomium is cordate and has a short clavate median antenna and a pair of eyespots. The first 3 segments have no branchiae; they have small postsetal lobes and minute neuropodial post- setal lobes (or ventral cirri). Branchiae are present from the fourth segment and are continued on 10 to 15 or 19 to 24 segments, with the higher number on larger specimens. The notopodial postsetal lobe is more conspicuous in branchial than in prebranchial segments and has a basal enlargement; there are no visible postsetal lobes in neuropodia. Parapodia in anterior and branchial segments have only slender, distally pointed setae. Postbranchial neuropodia have curved acicular setae with a distal arista. Farther back the distal arista is absent and the setae are curved in their distal part. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 319 Aricidea suecica, reported from west of Greenland in 1096 to 2258 meters, Jan Mayen, Norway, in 699 meters, and off the Faroe Islands, England, in 887 meters by Wesenberg-Lund (1950b, pp. 32-33, fig. 35, and 1953, p. 160), differ from the original specimens in that the pros- tomium is broadly equitriangular and lacks eyes; the prostomial antenna is short and conical and branchiae number 17 to 28 pairs; setae are said to be entirely capillary. These specimens by diagnosis would thus go to the subgenus Aedicira (see below). Aricidea heteroseta Hartman (1948a, p. 33, fig. 9) from Lazy Bay, Alaska, is here referred to 4. suecica Eliason from western Europe. Modified setae are similarly sigmoid acicular and have a distal arista, as shown by Eliason (1920, fig. 15). Aricidea jeffreysii Berkeley and Berkeley (1950, p. 55) from western Canada may be the same, accord- ing to this interpretation, since posterior modified setae have no terminal hood. Distribution.—A ricidea suecica Eliason is recorded from Denmark in 12 to 28 meters, from southern Alaska in shallow water, and pos- sibly western Canada and Soviet Arctic localities (Annenkova, 1946, pp. 185-188). Southward (1955) reported it from the British Isles. Aricidea near suecica Eliason, 1920 Plate 43, fig. 7 Aricidea jeffreysi Hartman, 1955, pp. 50, 169. Not McIntosh, 1879. Aricidea sp. Hartman, 1955, pp. 60, 73, 77, 170. Collections—1149-40 (2); 1229-41 (1); 1321-41 (1); 1990-50 m20)'; 2030251 (4), 2035-51 1.(24) = 2113-52 (1): 211452 (53): 2116-52 (2) ; 2120-52 (about 90) ; 2125-52 (1); 2128-52 (7) ; 2152- a2 (16); 2175-52 (4); 2176-52°(6) = 2227-53 (9); 2228-53) (10); 2730-53 (8); 2232-53. (111); 2233-53 (1): 2307-53 (1) ; 2311-53. (1); 2337-53 (3) ; 2338-53 (1) ; 2389-53 (2) ; 2403-53 (1); 2411-53 (4); 2412-53 (12); 2445-53 (1); 2507-53 (1); 2646-54 (7); 2723-54 (2) ; 2788-54 (4) ; 2836-54 (3) ; 2839-54 (2) ; Gulf of California near La Paz, Mexico (2, collected by Jens Knudsen). The individuals listed under Collections are easily separable into two groups. Thus in a large lot from 2120-52, there are about 30 specimens in which the prostomial antenna is short and clavate or only a fraction of the prostomial length; the other 60 are smaller and have an antenna that reaches back as far as the fifth branchial segments. In other respects they are the same. Both forms have a long, cirriform notopodial post- setal lobe in postbranchial segments. Neuropodia have transverse series 320 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 of curved yellow acicular hooks that number 4 to 7 in a series; the largest are uppermost and the others gradually diminish in size. These hooks are accompanied by about twice as many long, slender capillary setae in which the longest are uppermost, the shortest lowermost. The approximate proportionate thickness of hooks and setae is shown in figs) if. Branchiae are first present from the fourth setigerous segment and number 15 to 30 pairs; they are large and erect over the dorsum. Each is thick or somewhat compressed and tapers to a slender distal filament. The first three segments have full spreading fascicles of long pointed setae directed outward and back in flowing tufts. The notopodial postsetal lobe in postbranchial segments is slender and cirriform; it increases in length posteriorly so that it is as long as the shortest setae; on the last few segments it resembles the long pygidial processes. The anal ring is a thick flange with a larger midventral cirri- form process and a pair of slightly smaller though similar lateral ones. Two specimens from the lower end of the Gulf of California, Mex- ico, taken from a soft shallow bottom, differ somewhat from those from San Pedro Basin, California. The body is conspicuously marked with brown segmental stripes (preserved) most conspicuous in the immediate postbranchial region and less intense in anterior segments; similar brown pigment is irregularly present on the prostomium and the rest of the body. The prostomium is depressed conical and has no eyes. Branchiae are present from the fourth segment and number only 14 pairs. Posterior abdominal neuropodia have transverse series of acicular setae that are sharply bent in their distal end or slightly sickle-shaped ; the lowermost are shortest and a little thicker than the longest uppermost in a series. The posterior or pygidial region is missing. They were associated with other annelids unlike those in San Pedro Basin and may thus represent a different species. Individuals identified as near Aricidea suecica Eliason, from Cali- fornia, differ from those in European collections in having branchiae present on a larger number of segments; the prostomium has no eyes; the proportions of posterior neuropodial hooks are somewhat different. Whether these differences are more than variations is considered doubt- ful. Distribution.—Aricidea near suecica has been found to be most abundant in San Pedro areas, California, in soft shallow depths ( Hart- man, 1955, p. 170). It is doubtfully recorded from the southern end of the Gulf of California, Mexico. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 321 Aricidea uschakovi Zachs, 1925 Plate 43, fig. 5 Aricidea uschakovi Zachs, 1925, pp. 1-3; Annenkova, 1937, p. 173. Aricidea antennata Annenkova, 1934, p. 658, figs. 2, 3. Aricidea longicornuta Berkeley and Berkeley, 1950, pp. 53-55, fig. 2; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 38, figs. 68, 69. Aricidea sp. Hartman, 1955, p. 170. Collections.—1668-49 (1); 2117-52 (3); 2120-52 (20); 2152-52 KS); 2228-53, (1) ;.-2232-53 (6)); 2294-53 (1); 2311-53: (2) + 2337-53 (1) ; 2445-53 (1) ; 2749-54 (6). This is characterized especially by the broad, truncate prostomium, the long median prostomial antenna and the deeply bifurcated noto- podial lobe of branchial segments. The first three segments are pre- branchial; they have well developed postsetal lobes in notopodia and neuropodia; thereafter the neuropodial lobe diminishes in size. Branchiae number 23 to 27 pairs; the more posterior ones have long and filiform tips. The individuals listed under Collections, above, differ from the original accounts indicated in the synonymy above, in that neuropodia of posterior segments have setae of three instead of a single kind. These setae are arranged in single transverse series. Ihe uppermost 4 to 8 are slender, long capillary setae; farther down are about as many thicker ones terminating distally in a long straight arista; these are followed in the middle part of the fascicle by about 8 to 12 subuluncinate setae in which the shaft is thicker, subdistally curved or sigmoid and the distal end is slender; the 3 or 4 ventralmost setae are short, sigmoid, blunt and uncinate (fig. 5). Unless looked for, these setae are easily over- looked because they are largely embedded in the parapodial tissue and pale yellow in color. Furthermore, preserved specimens often lack the posterior end in which these setae occur. Except for these setae, the specimens agree fully with accounts of Aricidea uschakovi Zachs as de- fined by Annenkova, and with 4. longicornuta Berkeley and Berkeley. Distribution.—Aricidea uschakovi was first described from Kola Fjord, northern Russia, then recorded from the North Japan Sea in 115 to 230 meters (Annenkova, 1934 and 1937), western Canada in 75 to 230 fathoms (Berkeley and Berkeley, 1950); the present records are from southern California in 12 to 293 fathoms. S22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Aricidea jeffreysii (McIntosh) 1879 Scolecolepis (?) jeffreysii McIntosh, 1879, pp. 506-507, figs. 13, 14. This species comes originally from Davis Strait, western Greenland, in 20 fathoms from shelly sand. It was briefly described and diagnosed as follows: Branchiae present from the fourth setigerous segment, after which they are large on 8 segments, diminish to the fifteenth, and are absent after the eighteenth one, thus numbering 15 pairs. Postbranchial segments have a long filiform postsetal notopodial lobe (McIntosh, 1879, fig. 14) ; other characteristics were not defined. Aricidea jeffreysii, sensu Cerruti (1909, pp. 469-493, pls. 18, 19), is based on collections from the Gulf of Naples, Mediterranean Sea, and is thus perhaps not the same species. In posterior neuropodia these indi- viduals have uncini with a rounded hood (pl. 43, fig. 2). Southern (1914, pp. 93-94) and Fauvel (1927a, p. 75, fig. 25 a-e) have added to the descriptions, based perhaps on other species; Berkeley and Berk- eley (1952, pp. 39-40, figs. 70-73) have reported it from western Can- ada (see also above). It seems possible that these various accounts refer to more than one species. Their identity with McIntosh’s species seems doubtful. Genus Aricidea (Cirrophorus) Ehlers, 1908 Type A. (Cirrophorus) branchiata Ehlers, 1908 This subgenus differs from Aricidea, sensu stricto (see above) in having modified setae in notopodia instead of neuropodia; they are acicular or furcate in shape. Four species are described. Key To Species oF Aricidea (Cirrophorus) 1. Modified notopodial setae heavy, acicular (pl. 43, fig.4) . . 2 Modified notopodial setae furcate (pl. 43, fig. 6) Posterior notopodia with long, digitiform postsetal lobe; branchiae numbering about 25 pairs . dA. (C.) branchiata 2. Posterior notopodia with inconspicuous postsetal lobe (pl. 43, fig. 4); branchiae numbering 15 pairs and broad and much larger than their accompanying postsetal lobe 4. (C.) aciculata 3. Branchiae first present from fourth setigerous segment and numbering about 33 pairs . . . . A. (C:) furcata 3. Branchiae first present from fifth setigerous segment and num- bering /15::to, 23: pairs) 2) 2 = a GE Norsparans Noe W NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 323 CHART SHOWING DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERISTICS OF SPECIES OF Aricidea (Cirrophorus ) Number of Number iF Character of Other unique Name of Species branchial prebranchia : at ae See modified setae characteristics oar ; heavy branchiae large Aricidea (C.) aciculata 15 + Foe as andibroad ahh : hens a long cirriform Aricidea (C.) branchiata 25 + ee postsetal lobe in posterior segments body is brown Aricidea (C.) furcata 33 3 furcate or speckled ee ; : early occurrence Aricidea (C.) lyriformis 15-23 4 furcate of furcate setae in fifth setiger Aricidea (Cirrophorus) branchiata Ehlers, 1908 Cirrophorus branchiatus Ehlers, 1908, pp. 124-126, pl. 17, figs. 5-9. The prostomium is depressed conical and without eyes. The median antenna is short and cirriform, its length less than half that of the prostomium. The first 4 segments are prebranchial. Branchiae are present on about the next 25 segments; they are short, cylindrical and resemble in appearance the corresponding notopodial postsetal lobes. Neuropodia of abdominal segments have heavy acicular spines that project from the end of the parapodial lobe. Distribution.—A ricidea (Cirrophorus) branchiata comes from Agul- has Bank, southern Africa, in 117 meters in gray sand. Southward (1955) recorded it from the British Isles, and Berkeley and Berkeley (1956) from Washington. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata, new species Plate 43, fig. 4 Aricidea sp. Hartman, 1955, pp. 103, 110, 116. Aricidea ?pacifica Hartman, 1955, p. 97. Collections.—2231-53 (3); 2294-53 (2); 2389-53 (5); 2414-53 3). Total length is about 10 mm; width in the branchial region is 0.3 mm; segments number 61 or more. The prostomium is depressed conical, without eyes and with a short cirriform antenna. Branchiae are present 324 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 from the fifth setigerous segment and number 15 pairs; they are simple, lingulate, moderately large and directed over the dorsum. Abdominal segments are moniliform and broader than long, with the greatest dia- meter near the middle where the acicular spines project from the sides of the body. The notopodial postsetal lobe is a short digitate process (fig. 4) and greatly surpassed in length by the acicular lobe; it differs in this respect from the corresponding part in the genotype, 4. (Cirri- phorus) branchiata, in which the postsetal lobe is greatly prolonged. The projecting acicular spines are yellow, thick and subcylindrical along the shaft. The anal end is unknown. Distribution.—A ricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata has been taken only in San Pedro area, California, in 115 to 177 fathoms. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) furcata, new species Plate 43, fig. 6 Collections.—2113-52 (2) ; 2114-52 (1); 2152-52 (23, type collec- tion) ; 2153-52 (1); 2228-53 (1); 2311-53 (2) ; 2342-53 (1); 2414- 53 GL). The body in life and preserved is rust colored or reddish brown or speckled with brown, especially in the branchial region. Total length is about 10 mm and width about 1 mm. Segments number 50 or more. Branchiae are present from the fourth setigerous segment and number 29 to 33 pairs. The prostomium is broadly depressed conical; it has a short clavate antenna; eyes are absent. Nuchal organs are crescent shaped slits at the sides near the posterior margin of the prostomium. The first branchial pair is short and much smaller than the others; the last 6 pairs diminish in size but are larger than the first pair. In these segments the postsetal lobe is a small, digitate simple lobe; it is pale in contrast with the darker body; it diminishes in size in the last several branchial segments and can be seen in abdominal segments only as a very small triangular lobe, present to the end. Setae in anterior and branchial segments are slender and distally pointed. In abdominal segments the notopodial fascicles are much smaller than neuropodial ones; the first have 3 or 4 very long slender setae and 2 or 3 accompanying furcate setae (fig. 6) in which the two tines are unequally long and one has serrations. Corresponding neuropodia have fuller, longer spreading bundles of long, slender setae. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) furcata differs from A. (C.) lyriformis NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 325 (Annenkova) (see below) in having branchiae present from the fourth instead of fifth segment; they number 29 to 33, instead of 15 to 23 pairs. Distribution.—Aricidea (Cirrophorus) furcata has been recovered only in soft bottoms of San Pedro area, California. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) lyriformis (Annenkova) 1934 Paraonis (Paraonides) lyriformis Annenkova, 1934, pp. 656-657, fig. 1B. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) lyriformis Annenkova, 1937, p. 172. This species was originally described from the White Sea in 230 to 240 meters. A median prostomial antenna was thought to be absent and it was thus referred to Paraonis. As collections made later in the Tartar Strait revealed the presence of an antenna, the generic change was neces- sitated (Annenkova, 1937, p. 172). Distribution—Aricidea (Cirrophorus) lyriformis (Annenkova) is known only from the White Sea and Tartar Strait in deep water. Genus Aricidea (Aedicira) new subgenus Type Aricidea (Aedicira) pacifica Hartman, 1944 The prostomium is broadest at its anterior end and weakly convex to emarginate at its frontal margin. Setae are all slender and distally pointed; there are no modified spines. Branchiae are present from the fourth setigerous segment and number 12 to 60 or more pairs. The subgeneric name is coined from the letters of the generic one. Key To SPECIES 1. Prostomial antenna branched. . . . ?4. (A.) ramosa 1. Prostomial antenna undivided . . . ‘ 2 2. Branchiae numbering about 60 pairs and daneniag avert to a long slender tip . . atid wa eh AGA iediacrice 2. Branchiae numbering 13 to “21 pairs and terminating in an abruptly slenderer short tip . . . A. (A.) belgicae In addition Aricidea suecica, sensu Wesenberg-Lund (1950b, pp. 32- 33) from west of Greenland and in 1096 meters, off Jan Mayen, Nor- way, in 699 meters, and from between the Faroes and Shetland Islands, England, in 887 meters, seems to belong to this subgenus since it is said to have only capillary setae throughout. 326 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 CHART SHOWING DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERISTICS OF SPECIES OF Aricidea (A edicira) Number of Number of Name of Species branchial prebranchial Unique characteristic pairs segments iy : branchiae broad with abruptly A. (Aedicira) belgicae 13-21 3 narrowed tip, setae present from first segment aa ; anterior prostomial margin A. (Aedicira) pacifica to 60 3 excavate; notopodial lobes long and cirriform A. ?(Aecidira) ramosa 16 3 prostomial antennae divided A. ?(Aedicira) suecica, sensu 17-28 3 prostomium without eyes Wesenberg-Lund, 1950 Aricidea (Aedicira) pacifica Hartman, 1944 Aricidea pacifica Hartman, 1944d, pp. 316-317, pl. 27, figs. 8, 9. Collections —1450-42 (2) ; Newport Bay, December, 1941 (5) and December, 1943 (2) all from low intertidal eel grass beds near the mouth of Newport Bay, California, associated with rocks, mud, sand and a richly diversified fauna. The prostomium is truncate, broader in front, and has a median concavity; it narrows posteriorly. Branchiae are first present on the fourth setigerous segment and number about 60 pairs. In the posterior branchial region the branchiae are very long, attenuate and have slender filamentous tips. In prebranchial segments all setae are slender and capillary. In branchial segments the neuropodia have full fascicles of palisaded rows of setae that emerge from neuropodia in stiff series and are directed obliquely back. Each seta has a broad blade and terminates in an abrupt- ly long, slender pointed tip, somewhat resembling a subuluncinus of the Orbiniidae but without surface sculpturing. Abdominal segments have setae of a single kind, all slender, capillary and in full, flowing fascicles, those in a bundle appearing white in mass. Each is very slender and hair- like. There are no modified hooks. A. (Aedicira) pacifica grossly resembles Aricidea fragilis (see above) because of the large number of branchiae. In the first the prostomium is truncate and excavate at its anterior margin; in the second it is bluntly conical or rounded in front. The first has only pointed setae in the ab- domen, the second has modified bifid hooks in posterior neuropodia. Distribution —Aricidea (Aedicira) pacifica is known only from Newport Bay, California, in low intertidal zones, associated with a mixed bottom covered with eel grasses. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 327 Aricidea (Aedicira) belgicae (Fauvel) 1936 Paraonis belgicae Fauvel, 1936b, pp. 29-31, fig. 3. Aricidea belgicae Monro, 1939b, p. 127, fig. 16 a-b; Hartman, 1953, p. 39. Length to 15 mm; width 1 mm or less; segments number 50-75 or more. Branchiae are present from the fourth setigerous segment and number 9 to 21 pairs; they are broad and end in an abruptly slender, cirriform tip. In branchial segments the notopodial postsetal lobe is long and filiform; the corresponding neuropodial lobe is short and broad. The prostomial antenna is as long as the prostomium or surpasses it. Distribution.—Aricidea (Aedicira) belgicae comes from Antarctic regions in 20 to 310 meters and off Uruguay in 80 meters (Hartman, 1953). Aricidea P(Aedicira) ramosa Annenkova, 1934 Aricidea ramosa Annenkova, 1934, pp. 657-658, fig. 3A; Annenkova, L937.-p; 172. Collections.—2172-52 (fragment). The body is long and slender and consists of 40 to 60 segments. The branchial region is broadly depressed and the posterior or abdominal region is slender and cylindrical. The prostomium is broadly conical, has a sensory palpode at its frontal margin and is without eyes. The nuchal organs near the posterior lateral margins are darkly pigmented. The prostomial antenna is palmately divided and has 4 to 6 distal lobes of about equal size. Branchiae are first present from the fourth segment and number 16 pairs; each is flattened and ends in a slender tip. Notopodial postsetal lobes in anterior segments are short; in abdominal segments they are longer. Neuropodia have no postsetal lobes. In the prebranchial region the setae of both rami are similar in form and length, each being some- what sigmoid and limbate. From the fourth or fifth segment the noto- podial setae are longer, slenderer and not limbate; the neuropodial setae remain unchanged. There are no known modified hooks; the species is thus referred to subgenus 4edicira but with a doubt, since posteriormost segments are unknown. An individual from station 2172-52 measures 2.34 mm long for 25 segments (the posterior end is missing). The prostomial antenna is palmately lobed with 4 terminal, similar lobes. Branchiae number only 18 pairs. This individual is questionably referred to Aricidea ramosa because of the resemblance in other respects. The character of posterior parapodia and setae is unknown. 328 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Distribution.—Aricidea ?(Aedicira) ramosa comes originally from Bay of Peter the Great in 44 to 2400 meters; the present record is from the eastern wall of Catalina Basin, California, in 1034 meters. Genus Paraonis Grube, 1878 The prostomium is semicircular or conical and more or less de- pressed ; it has or lacks eyes; a median antenna is absent. The first (rare- ly the second) segment is the first setigerous one. Branchiae are present from the fourth or not before the eleventh to nineteenth segment; they number 3 to 36 or more pairs. The posterior abranchiate region of the body is usually cylindrical, has poorly marked segmental grooves and inconspicuous parapodia. Notopodia have only slender hairlike setae; neuropodia have hairlike setae in anterior segments; in the abdominal region some have modified setae which may be acicular or uncinate, with or without a terminal sheath or hood. The genus is conveniently divided into two lesser groups, Paraonis, sensu stricto in which posterior neuropodia have modified setae, and Paraonis (Paraonides) in which posterior notopodia have setae of char- acteristic form. Paraonis, sensu stricto Cerruti, 1909, was erected for Paraonis tenera Grube (1878), even though this species is very incompletely known (Fauvel, 1927a, p. 72). The genotype is more acceptably P. gracilis (Tauber) 1879, which has been considered close to, if not the same as, P. tenera Grube. Key TO SpEcIES OF Paraonis, sensu stricto 1. Setae first present from the second visible segment . P. dubia i. ‘Setae*first present from the first segment © <7) eZ 2. Modified neuropodial setae distally hooded Se eS 2. Modified neuropodial setae without distal hood . . . 3 3. Posterior neuropodial hooks terminating in an acute process with a sheath (Fauvel, 1927a, fig. 24k) . . P. fulgens Posterior neuropodial hooks without a distal process + Prostomium without eyes .. sid eye Og ra Branchiae numbering only 4 pairs . . P. paucibranchiata Branchiae numbering about 16 pairs . . . P. ivanovi Branchiae number 28 to 36 pairs and are very long Efe See Oe a Rae Gh P. multibranchiata 6. Branchiae number 3to 12 pairs . . . . . P. gracilis 3 4, 4. Prostomium with eyes (pl. 44, fig. 1) . P. gracilis oculata 5 5 6 329 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE NO.3. HARTMAN 8Nea“»$=—™—$@m9mR99RRDDDDVD9D——aoasaOmamyswsa9@ayow0OeoeleeooaaaeaeeemOT ? (8229046 *gq Wo1y qejnoroe ¢ l DAéIUd] SIUODAD [qeysinsunsip jou) , : a ee Se eS qepnoe peaino papooy ee eee eee € + vviyIUDAQIIND SILODADG dyI[pea1y) avryouRsq Je[NoIoe paaing S 9£-87 DIVIYIUDAQIINU SIUODADT a Jepnoroe paaino papooy v 9T 1Q0UDAI SIUODADG eas ee eee ee es ee A ee oe ee ee saf9 YIM WINTUIO}sO1d Ie[NoIIe paarno g10¢ €I-TI-8 DIV]NIO $1/19VAB si1uOvADT a ey oe a a ere eR ee ee ee ee 0} 0} Je[Nno1oe paaino ae tore ZI-§ 1112046 s1uoDADg asOl[oy pue peso, Ayoue peoig seryoursq A][e3Stp ‘a}eurOUN £ Sc-9T suabjn{ stuovsvg Geary anmningest spjnoyoe paaino ’ uatouy 30u piqnp sovivg $19B1}9s sired SONSTIa}OBIe YO aejas poyrpour : : anbrun Taint, jo eis [erqouesqaid erqoursg satoadg Jo owen ° yo Jaquinyy jo Jaquinyy 0791448 nsuas ‘S1UODAD J HO SdIOddS AO SOILSTAALOVAVHO OILSONOVIG ONIMOHS LUVHZ) 330 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 215 Paraonis gracilis (Tauber) 1879 Plate 44, figs. 4, 5 Aonides gracilis Tauber, 1879, p. 115. Levinsenia gracilis Mesnil and Caullery, 1898, p. 136-137, pl. 6, fig. 10. Paraonis (Paraonis) gracilis Cerruti, 1909, pp. 468, 498, 504. Paraonis gracilis Eliason, 1920, pp. 55-56, fig. 16 a-e; Wesenberg-Lund, 1950b, p. 32, fig. 34; Wesenberg-Lund, 1953, p. 59-60; South- ward, 1955, p. 264. ?Paraonis (Paraonides) gracilis Monro, 1930, pp. 150-152, fig. 58. Aonides gracilis Day, 1934, p. 60. Paraonis filiformis Hartman, 1953, pp. 39-40, fig. 12 b, c. Collection.—Long Island Sound, New York, from soft bottoms in shallow water (4, collected by Howard Sanders in 1954). Individuals from Long Island Sound are uniformly slender and immature. They measure at most about 20 mm long and 0.15 to 0.2 mm wide. The body is moniliform in the branchial region and cylindri- cal farther back where segmental grooves are obscure, parapodia greatly reduced and visible chiefly because of the projecting setal fascicles. The longitudinal muscles are conspicuously visible through the body wall, especially as seen in transmitted light. The prostomium is a depressed, long conical lobe with a palpode (fig. 4) at its frontal margin; eyes are not visible. The first five segments are prebranchial; they have laterally directed setae in biramous arrange- ment. The next 11 or 12 segments have large, simple, lingulate branchiae directed upward; the middle ones are largest and longest; all are well developed and fimbriated along their lateral margins. Parapodial lobes are inconspicuous. The proboscis, everted in some individuals, is a large globular sack exceeding the body in width. Setae in prebranchial and branchial segments are all long, slender and distally pointed. In postbranchial segments the neuropodia have series of curved or sigmoid hooks without a distal hood; they number one, two or three in a transverse row and are accompanied by one or more capillary setae. The hooks have a thickened shoulder where the seta emerges from the body wall. In individuals from western Europe the length is said to be 15 to 20 mm, width 0.5 to 0.8 mm, and segments number 50 to 100 (Eliason, 1920). Branchiae are present from the sixth or seventh segment and number 12 to 14 pairs. Notopodia and neuropodia are inconspicuous. Notopodial setae are all slender and hairlike. Anterior neuropodia have NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 331 only long pointed setae. Neuropodia have acicular setae first present after several postbranchial segments; they are accompanied by longer slenderer capillary setae (fig. 5). At maximum development, in posterior segments they number about six in a transverse row. Genital papillae have been observed between segments 30 to 60, located in front of the parapodial bases (Monro, 1930, fig. 58). Paraonis filiformis Hartman (1953, pp. 39-40), from South Georgia, is here referred to P. gracilis since there seems to be agreement in all respects except that the prostomial lobe is subspherical (fig. 4) rather than conical, and the neuropodial setae are flattened (fig. 5). Paraonis (Paraonides) gracilis Monro (1930, pp. 150-152), also from South Georgia, differs only in that the first segment is shown without para- podia; this agrees with the account of Paraonis dubia (Augener, 1914). Eliason (1920, pp. 55-56) has recorded a high degree of variation in the first occurrence of branchiae, noting that they are first present on segment six or seven or not before segment 11 to 19. Distribution —lIf the numerous records indicated above belong to a single species, it may be concluded that Paraonis gracilis ranges along both shores of the northern Atlantic Ocean, Greenland (Wesenberg- Lund, 1950), southern Africa (Day, 1934), and Antarctic regions. Paraonis gracilis oculata, new subspecies Plate 44, figs. 1-3 Paraonis n.sp. Hartman, 1955, p. 179. Collections —2017-51 (1); 2026-51 (1); 2035-51 (3); 2107-52 (7) ; 2114-52 (9) ; 2116-52 (4); 2117-52 (4); 2125-52 (1) ; 2126-52 Ol yrz 2-52 (2k 2192-52 (4) 2 2153-52 (1) = 2175252 (3) 8 2076-52 es 2193-92 (1) 2202-53) (1) = 2227-53 (9): 2228-53: (2) + 2233-93 fenys 2294-55 (many) > 2301-53 (3): 2307-53 (92-F); 2311-53 (1): B524-9) \(1) >) 2337553 (1): 2338-53. (1); 2389-53) (2)s 2403-53 (2+) ; 2410-53 (1 or more) ; 2414-53 (3); 2418-53 (several) ; 2445- 53 (5); 2498-53 (1); 2625-53 (1) ; 2749-53 (several) ; 2835-54 (1); 2837-54 (6) ; 2839-54 (8) ; 2859-54 (2+). Total length is about 17 mm; width is 0.26 mm in the thorax and less in other regions; number of segments is 80 or more. The body is very slender, threadlike and resembles the tentacular filament of a cirratulid with which it is sometimes associated. The prostomium is depressed conical in shape and has a pair of eyespots (fig. 1). In some (holotype in 2307-53) there are six prebranchial, eight to eleven branch- ial and many abdominal segments. These numbers are variable, one 332 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 individual (2017-51), measuring less than 17 mm long, consisting of eight prebranchial, 20 branchial and 52 postbranchial, or a total of about 80 segments. Other individuals have from five to eight prebranchial segments. As they come from the same general locality and show great resemblance in other respects, they are regarded as the same species. Postbranchial segments are smooth and cylindrical and segmental furrows are hardly visible. After the middle region the segments are shorter and have raised parapodial ridges; in far posterior segments the postsetal lobes are visible as slender, filamentous processes (fig. 2). Setae in anterior segments are all slender and capillary. In far posterior neuro- podia the setae are replaced by curved acicular spines (fig. 3) numbering to four in a transverse row, in which the uppermost one is longest and others are gradually shorter. They alternate with an equal number of fine and slender capillary setae that are directed obliquely outward. The posterior end of the body terminates in a large midventral lobe and a pair of slender filamentous processes (fig. 2). Some individuals are ovigerous; one (2202-53) has one or two oblong ova in a segment, each nearly as long as the segment is wide and so arranged that the longitudinal axis of the ovum is in line with that of the animal. Paraonis gracilis oculata differs from the stem species in having, in- stead of lacking, prostomial eyes. Other characters are suggested in comparing isolated individuals, including especially the shape of the prostomial lobe, the number of prebranchial and branchial segments and the comparative sizes of posterior neuropodial uncini. However, these features may be highly variable. Distribution.—This species is abundant in soft bottoms of San Pedro areas, California, especially in shallower depths, and is frequently as- sociated with other annelids, especially species of Aricidea, spionids and smaller cirratulids. Its known distribution is plotted on the chart (above). Paraonis multibranchiata, new species Collections —3504-55 (2) ; 3731-55 (15) ; 3733-55 (1). Total length is up to 30 mm; width varies from 0.3 to 0.5 mm in the middle prebranchial, or widest region, of the body. Segments number about 75. The prostomium is similar to that of P. gracilis (Pl. 44, fig. 4); its anterior third is triangular and slightly set off from a posterior inflated part; there are no visible eyes. Setae are present from the first postoral ring. The prebranchial region has 5 segments with biramous parapodia in lateral position. Their notopodia and neuropodia have NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 333 simple, distally pointed, slightly limbate setae in spreading fascicles. The next 28 to 36 branchial segments are narrower and more depressed ; their parapodia resemble those in front and they are provided with setae of like kind, but in less conspicuous bundles. Branchiae are simple, cirriform to threadlike; the first few are short and they increase in length, becoming long and threadlike, and appearing tangled. Their corresponding segments are at first short, annulate and crowded, then longer. Those of the postbranchial region are long and cylindrical, about twice as long as wide. Notopodia of the postbranchial region are inconspicuous and papillar; they have 3 or 4 slender capillary setae in an inconspicuous fascicle. The corresponding neuropodia have larger bundles of curved, acicular setae alternating with an equal number of slender, longer pointed setae; they number about five sets in a bundle. The acicular setae are distally blunt, without a hood; the uppermost in a series are longest but all are about equally thick. The posterior end of the body terminates in a dorsal anal pore, followed by a small triangular lobe with a pair of very slender, short cirri, about as shown in PI. 44, fig. 2. P. multibranchiata differs from other species of the genus in having 28 to 36, instead of 3 to 20, pairs of branchiae; it is known to occur only in deep, instead of shallow, water. Distribution —This is known only from Santa Barbara Channel Basin, California, in 260 to 305 fathoms. Paraonis ivanovi Annenkova, 1934 Paraonis ivanovi Annenkova, 1934, p. 656, fig. 1A. The prostomium is conical and has no eyes; nuchal organs are in the shape of a horseshoe. Branchiae are first present from the fifth setigerous segment and number 16 pairs; they are lancet-shaped. Notopodial post- setal lobes of anterior segments are short; those of abdominal segments are long and slender. Setae of notopodia and neuropodia are simple and of similar form throughout except in neuropodia of abdominal segments, where there are hooded uncini, up to 3 in a transverse row. Distribution.—Paraonis ivanovi is known only from north of Bering Sea, south of Krusenstern Island, in 1500 to 2000 meters. PParaonis dubia (Augener) 1914 Scoloplos (Naidonereis) dubius Augener, 1914, pp. 31-32, pl. 1, fig. 5, text-fig. 3. Paraonis dubia Augener, 1923, pp. 72-75, fig. 25. 334 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vou. 15 The body measures about 6 mm long, 0.5 mm wide and consists of about 73 segments. The prostomium has a pair of eyespots. The first segment is a smooth ring. Branchiae are present from the fifth setigerous segment and were originally presumed to be present on all segments (as in Orbiniidae), later corrected but not clarified (Augener, 1923, p. 72- 75). Monro (1930, p. 150) questionably referred the species to his Paraonis (Paraonides) gracilis, but the large number of branchiae con- tradicts this view. Furthermore, posterior neuropodia were originally shown with projecting acicular spines (Augener, 1914, text-fig. 3), re- calling those of Scoloplos (Leodamas) in the Orbiniidae. Augener (1923, pp. 72-75) redescribed the species and recorded a maximum length of 12.5 mm for 35 segments; buccal segment apodous ; pygidium with a large midventral and a pair of smaller lateral processes ; branchiae cylindrical and present from eighth setigerous segment. Distribution.—This species is recorded from Antarctic regions and southwestern Australia. Genus Paraonis (Paraonides) Cerruti, 1909 Type Paraonis (Paraonides) neapolitana Cerruti, 1909 This subgenus differs from Paraonis sensu stricto in that neuropodia have no modified setae. Postbranchial notopodia have setae of char- acteristic form. In the genotype they are distally pointed and limbate (winged). In others there are furcate (lyrate) setae in addition to slender pointed setae. Key To SpEcIEs OF Paraonis (Paraonides ) Modified setae distally pointed and limbate PP. (P.) neapolitana Modified setae furcat]es is. oid ls iaty Ves iuhd Aaa ee eae The genotype, Paraonis (Paraonides) neapolitana Cerruti (1909), is known only from Europe (see Fauvel, 1927a, p. 73). Paraonis (Paraonides) lyra Southern, 1914 Paraonis (Paraonides) lyra Southern, 1914, pp. 94-95, fig. 22 a-g; Eliason, 1920, pp. 56-57; Fauvel, 1927a, pp. 72-73, fig. 24 a-f. Collections —2033-51 (1); 2053-51 (8); 2059-51 (3); A 32-39 (a). The individuals examined are very small. A complete one with 70 segments measures 7.5 mm long and about 0.16 mm across. Southern (1914), for specimens from Ireland, recorded a length of 12 to 20 mm NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 335 and 90 to 105 segments. The setae in abdominal segments are long, very slender and resemble those of epitokous stages. Ihe prostomium is a plain rounded lobe a little longer than wide, without antenna or eyes. Branchiae are first present from the fourth setigerous segment and number 10 pairs. (Southern reported 8, 11 to 14 pairs). The thoracic notopodial lobe is long, digitiform, about a third to a half as long as its accompanying branchia but slenderer. The notopodial lobe is continued in abdominal segments but diminishes in size; it can be distinguished be- yond the middle of the body. Setae are entirely slender and capillary except that posterior notopodia have lyre setae, numbering one or two in a group and accompanied by long slender setae. The posterior end terminates in a pygidium with 3 cirriform processes. The individuals from the San Pedro Basin, California, agree with those described from Europe (Southern, 1914, Eliason, 1920) except that they are smaller. Another from north of Coche Island, Venezuela, in 13 fms, mud (A 32-39), has branchiae present from the fourth seti- gerous segment and they number 11 pairs. This individual measures about 12 mm long and nearly 2 mm across, but in other respects it re- sembles the smaller ones from the Pacific Ocean. Distribution —Ireland (Southern, 1914), western Europe (Eliason, 1920), France (Fauvel, 1927); San Pedro area, California, in 11 to 220 fathoms. (See chart of distribution). LONGOSOMIDAE Hartman, 1944 This family is known for a single species. It may have its affinities with members of the Paraonidae (see above) but the recent discovery of large paired palpi, resembling those of spioniform annelids, allies it to disomid and magelonid families as well. The prostomium is a small, de- pressed, triangular lobe without appendages. A pair of long, large, longi- tudinally grooved palpi is attached in transverse slits between the pros- tomium and peristomium in dorsolateral positions. The body is divided into an anterior region of nine short setigerous segments and an abdomen with greatly prolonged cylindrical segments. The eversible proboscis is an unarmed epithelial pouch. Long cirriform branchiae are limited to one pair to each of the thoracic segments. Parapodia are biramous and have weakly developed lobes. Setae are entirely simple and consist of at least three kinds. All segments have limbate, distally pointed ones; the first neuropodium has modified recurved hooks (Hartman, 1944, pl. 27, fig. 3a); and abdominal parapodia have subuluncinate setae (pl. 43, fig. 8) in anterior series accompanying limbate setae. 336 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Longosoma catalinensis Hartman, 1944 Plate 43, fig. 8 Longosoma catalinensis Hartman, 1944d, p. 322, pl. 27, figs. 1-3. Collection.—2153-52 (3) ; 4759-56 (20) ; 4761-56 (11). A pair of conspicuous long palpi, seldom seen attached, have their insertion in the groove between the prostomium and peristomium. The details of the anterior end and neuropodial setae of the first segment have been shown (Hartman, 1944, pl. 27, figs. 1-3). The modified setae of abdominal segments are shown here (fig. 8). Length of the largest posteriorly incomplete individual is 25 mm, with the thorax measuring only about 5 mm long; the specimen has 9 thoracic and 4 abdominal segments. Abdominal parapodia consist of low ridges nearly encircling the body. The setae are in a double transverse row, with the posterior series all slender and distally pointed. The anterior series are fewer in number, broader in their distal parts, and terminating in a slender arista that is continuous with the shaft; they resemble subuluncini. A posterior end, perhaps of this species, is present in the collection; it consists of segments that rapidly shorten and a pygidium with two pairs of short papillar cirri. Distribution.—Longosoma catalinensis is known only from shallow depths in outer or exposed areas of southern California; it is associated with other polychaetes, 4 xiothella rubrocincta (Johnson) and Nephtys ferruginea Hartman, and a cumacean, probably Diastylopsis tenuis Zimmer, in very fine sand and silt, in temperatures of about 14.9° C. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 337 ANDREWS, 1891. REFERENCES (See also volume 15, part 1 this series, for other references.) EB, A. Report upon the Annelida Polychaeta of Beaufort, North Carolina. U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 14, pp. 277-302, pls. 12-18. ANNENKovA, N, P. 1931. 1934. 987 1938. 1946. Die Polychaeten in den Sammlungen der Jakutischen Expedition der Akademie der Wissenschaften der USSR. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, vol. 95, pp. 203-205, 4 figs. Paraonidae dal’nevostochnykh morei SSSR.—Meeres-Paraoniden im fernen Osten der USSR. (In Russian with German summary). C.R. (Doklady) Akad. Nauk USSR, pp. 656-661, 3 figs. Fauna Polychaeta severnoi chasti iaponskogo moria.—The polychaete fauna of the northern part of the Japan Sea. (In Russian with English summary). Issledovaniia morei SSSR, fasc. 23, pp. 139-216, 60 figs. Polikhety severnoi chasti iaponskogo moria i ikh fatsial’noe i ver- tikal’noe raspredelenie—Polychaeta of the North Japan Sea and their horizontal and vertical distribution. Gidrobiol. eksped. 1934 g. Iaponskoe More. Trudy, v. 1, pp. 81-230. Novye vidy mnogoshchetinkovykh chervei (Polychaeta) iz severnogo ledovitogo okeana.—Trudy dreifuiushchei ekspeditsii glavsermorputi na ledokol’nom parokhode “G. Sedov” 1937-1940. Moscow, pp. 185- 188, 3 figs. Aupouin, J. ET H. Mitne Epwarps 1833. AUGENER, 1914. Classification des Annélides, et Description de celles qui habitent les cotes de la France. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, vol. 29, pp. 388-412. He Die Fauna Stidwest-Australiens. Polychaeta II, Sedentaria. Bd. 5, Lief. 1, pp. 1-170, 1 pl. and 19 text-figs. 1922c. Revision der australischen Polychaeten-Typen von Kinberg. Arkiv 1923. 1926. Zool. Stockholm, Bd. 14, no. 8, pp. 1-42, 10 figs. Polychaeten von den Auckland- und Campbell-Inseln. Vidensk. Medd. Kjgb., vol. 75, pp. 1-115, 45 figs. Polychaeten von Neuseeland. II. Sedentaria. Vidensk. Medd. Kjgb., vol. 81, pp. 157-294, 22 figs. 1927d. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Fauna van Curagao. Resultaten eener Reis van Dr. C. J. van der Horst in 1920. Polychaeten von Curacao. Zool. Genoots. Nat. Mag. Amsterdam, vol. 25, pp. 39-82, 9 figs. 1933c. The Norwegian Zoological Expedition to the Galapagos Islands 1925, conducted by Alf Wollebaek. VI. Polychaeten von den Galapagos- Inseln. Nyt Mag. Naturvid., vol. 73, pp. 55-66, 1 fig. (Also in Medd. Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 32). BEenuHAM, W. B. 1896. Archiannelida, Polychaeta, and Myzostomaria. The Cambridge Natural History. London. vol. 2, pp. 239-344, figs. 121-186. BERKELEY, E. AND C. BERKELEY 1950. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada.—IV. Poly- chaeta Sedentaria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 3, pp. 50-69, figs. 1-8. 338 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VoL. 15 1952. Polychaeta Sedentaria. Canadian Pacific Fauna, vol. 9b (2), pp. 1- 139, figs. 1-292. 1956. Notes on Polychaeta from the East Coast of Vancouver Island and from Adjacent Waters, with a Description of a New Species of Aricidea, J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada, 13 (4), pp. 541-546, figs. 1-6. BLAINVILLE, H. DE 1828. Vers a sang rouge. Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles. Strasbourg, Paris. vol. 57, pp. 368-501. CASTELNAU, F. DE 1842. Im Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés, des Arachnides et des Myria- podes, par M. Lucas. Paris, P. Duménil, Editeur, pp. 1-601, 46 pls. (Annélides, pp. 4-46, pls. 1-7.) CerruTl, A. 1909. Contributo all’ Anatomia, Biologia e Sistematica delle Paraonidae (Levinsenidae). Mitt. Zool. Staz. Naples, vol. 19, pp. 459-512, pls. 18-19, 10 figs. CHAMBERLIN, R. 1918. Polychaetes from Monterey Bay. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 31, pp. 173-180. 1919c. Pacific coast Polychaeta collected by Alexander Agassiz. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 63, pp. 251-270, pls. 1-3. CLAPAREDE, E. 1864. Glanures zootomiques parmi les Annélides de Port-Vendres (Py- renées Orientales), Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, vol. 17, pp. 463-600, 8 pls. 1870. Les Annélides chétopodes du Golfe de Naples. 2. Ptie. Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, vol. 20, pp. 1-225, 31 pls. 1873. Recherches sur la structure des Annélides sédentaires, Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, vol. 22, pp. 1-200, 15 pls. CUNNINGHAM, J. T. AND G. A. RAMAGE 1888. The Polychaeta sedentaria of the Firth of Forth. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 33, pp. 635-684, pls. 36-47. Day, J. H. 1934. On a collection of South African Polychaeta, with a catalogue of the species recorded from South Africa, Angola, Mosambique, and Madagascar. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 39, pp. 15-82, 16 figs. 1954. The Polychaeta of Tristan da Cunha, Results Norwegian Sci. Exped. to Tristan da Cunha 1937-1938, Oslo, no. 29, pp. 1-35, figs. 1-4. DELsMAN, H. C. 1916. Eifurchung und Keimblattbildung bei Scoloplos armiger O. F. Miller. Tijdschr. Ned. Dierk. Vereen. Leiden, ser. 2, vol. 14, pp. 383-498, 6 pls. EHLERS, E. 1874. Annulata nova vel minus cognita in Expeditione Porcupine capta. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 4, vol. 13, pp. 292-298. 1907. Neuseelandische Anneliden. II. Abhandlungen der kéniglichen Gesell- schaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Math.- phys. KI., neue Folge, vol. 5, no. 4, pp. 1-31, 16 figs. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 339 Eisic, H. 1914. Zur Systematik, Anatomie und Morphologie der Ariciiden nebst Beitragen zur generallen Systematik. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, vol. 21, pp. 153-600, pls. 10-27, 23 text-figs. E.iason, A. 1916. 1920. Biologisch-faunistiche Untersuchungen aus dem Oresund. III. Zwei fiir unsere Fauna neue Polychaeten, Sphaerodorum philippi Fauvel und Apistobranchus tullbergi Théel. Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, N. F., Avd. 2, vol. 12, Nr. 10, 10 pp., 1 pl., 2 text-figs. Biologisch-faunistische Untersuchungen aus dem Oresund. V. Poly- chaeta. Lunds Univ. Arsskr., N. F., Avd. 2, Bd. 16, Nr. 6, pp. 1-103, 18 figs., 1 map. Fapricius, O. 1780. FAUVEL, P. 1919b. 1925. 1936a. 1936b. FRASER, C. 1943. Fauna Groenlandica. Hafniae et Lipsiae. xvi, 452 pp., 12 figs. Annélides polychétes nouvelles de |’Afrique Orientale. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 25, pp. 33-39, 4 figs. Sur l’Aricia foetida Claparéde et ses variétés. Bull. Soc. Zool. Paris, vol. 49, pp. 518-526. Contribution 4 la Faune des Annélides Polychétes du Maroc, Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, vol. 43, pp. 1-143, 14 figs. Expédition antarctique Belge, Résultats du voyage de la Belgica en 1897-99, sous le commandement de A. de Gerlache de Gomery. An- vers. Polychétes. pp. 1-46, 4 figs., 1 pl. McLEAn General account of the scientific work of the Velero III in the East- ern Pacific, 1931-41. Part III. A ten-year list of the Velero III collec- ting stations (Charts 1-115). Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 259-431. GRAVIER, C. 1908. 1909. LOA GRUBE, E. 1851. 1855. 1859. 1870b. 1873. 1878c. Sur les Annélides polychétes rapportés par M. le Dr. Rivet, de Payta (Pérou). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 14, pp. 40-44. Annélides polychétes recueillis 4 Payta (Pérou), par M. le Dr. Rivet. Arch. zool. exp. gén. Paris, sér. 4, vol. 10, pp. 617-659, pls. 16-18. Also in France, Mission du service géographique de l’armée pour la mésure d’un arc de méridien équatorial en Amérique du sud, vol. 9, Zool., fasc. 3, pp. 93-126, 6 pls. Deuxiéme expédition antarctique francaise (1908-1910), commandée par le Dr. Jean Charcot. Annélides Polychétes. pp. 1-165, 12 pls. Die Familien der Anneliden mit Angabe ihrer Gattungen und Arten. Berlin, iv, 164 pp., 1 pl. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Arch. Nat. Berlin, vol. 21 (1), pp. 81-136, pls. 3-5. Annulata Oerstediana. Vidensk. Medd. Kjgb., 1858, pp. 105-120. Bemerkungen tiber Anneliden des Pariser Museums. Arch. Nat. Ber- lin, vol. 36 (1), pp. 281-362. Ueber ein paar neue Anneliden aus der Familie der Spiodeen. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cultur, Jahresber., 50, pp. 57-58. Einige neue Anneliden aus Japan. Schles. Ges, Vaterl. Cultur, Jahres- ber., 55, pp. 104-106. 340 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5 Hansen, A. 1878b. Annelider fra den Norske Nordhavs-expedition i 1877. Nyt Mag. Naturvid., vol. 24, pp. 267-272, pls. 1-2. Hartman, O. 1941. Some contributions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, pp. 289-323, pls. 45-48. 1944d. Polychaetous annelids. Part VI. Paraonidae, Magelonidae, Longo- somidae, Ctenodrilidae, and Sabellariidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, pp. 311-389, pls. 27-42. 1947. Polychaetous annelids, Part VIII. Pilargiidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, pp. 482-523, pls. 59-63. 1951. The littoral marine annelids of the Gulf of Mexico. Pub. Inst. Mar. Sci. Texas, vol. 2, pp. 7-124, 27 pls. 1953. Non-pelagic Polychaeta of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901- 1903. Further Zoological Results, vol. 4, no. 11, pp. 1-83, 1 chart, 21 figs. 1955. Quantitative Survey of the Benthos of San Pedro Basin, southern California. Part I. Preliminary Results. Allan Hancock Pacific Ex- ped., vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 1-185, 2 charts, 7 pls. 1956. Polychaetous annelids erected by Treadwell, 1891 to 1948 together with a brief chronology. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 109, no. 2. Hitton, W. A. 1918. Notes on annelids collected during 1917 at Laguna Beach. Jour. En- tom. Zool. Claremont Coll., vol. 10, pp. 60-62. Horn, E. anp C. BookKHOUT 1950. The early development of Haploscoloplos bustoris. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., vol. 66, pp. 1-9, pls. 1-4. KINBERG, J. 1867. Annulata nova. Ofv. K. Vet.- Akad. Foérh. 1866 (9), pp. 337-357. KosTANECKI, K. 1909. Sztuczne pobudzenie jajek Aricii do rozwoju partenogenetycznego.- Einleitung der kiinstlichen Parthenogenese bei Aricia, Bull. Inst. Acad. Cracovie, vol. 1, pp. 238-253, 16 figs. Leukart, R. 1849. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island. Arch. Naturg. Berlin, vol. 15 (1), pp. 149-208, pl. 3. LeEvINSEN, G. M. R. 1883. Systematik-geografisk-Oversigt over de nordiske Annulata, Gephyrea, Chaetognathi og Balanoglossi. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturh. Foren., pp. 92-350, pls. 2-3. Lo Branco, S. 1899. Notizie biologiche riguardanti specialmente il periodo di maturita sessuale degli animali del Golfo di Napoli. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, vol. 13, pp. 448-573. McIntosH, W. C. 1879. On the Annelida obtained during the cruise of the H.M.S. ‘Valorous’ to Davis Strait in 1875. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., n.s., vol. 1, pp. 499-511, 2 figs., pl. 65. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 341 1901. 1905a. 1905b. Mau, W. 1881. MeEsNIL, F. 1897. Mesni1, F. 1898. Monro, C. in Whiteaves. Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada. Chaetopoda. Cttawa, S.W. Dawson, pp. 68-88. Marine Annelids (Polychaeta) of South Africa. Marine Investiga- tions in South Africa, vol. 3, pp. 57-92, pls. 5-9. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. no, XXVI. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 15, pp. 33-57, pl. 4. Ueber Scoloplos armiger O. F. Miiller. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Anatomie und Histologie der Anneliden. Zeits. Wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 36, pp. 389-432, pls. 26, 27. Etudes de morphologie externe chez les Annélides, II. Remarques complémentaires sur les Spionidiens.- La famille nouvelle des Disomi- diens.- La place des Aonides (sensu Tauber, Levinsen). Bull. Sci. France Belg., vol. 30, pp. 83-100, pl. 3. ET M. CAULLERY Etudes de morphologie externe chez les Annélides. IV. La famille nouvelle des Levinséniens. Revision des Ariciens.- Affinités des deux familles. Les A pistobranchiens. Bull. Sci. France Belg., vol. 31, pp. 126-151, pl. 6. 1933c. On a collection of Polychaeta from Dry ‘Tortugas, Florida. Ann. 1933d. 1937b. 1938. 1939b. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 10, vol. 12, pp. 244-269, 12 figs, The Polychaeta Sedentaria collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon, in the Panama Region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expedi- tion of the S.Y. ‘St. George.’ Zool. Soc. London, pt. 2, pp. 1039-1092, figs. 1-31. A note on a collection of Polychaeta from the eastern Mediterranean, with the description of a new species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 10, vol. 19, pp. 82-86, fig. 1 a-d. On a small collection of Polychaeta from Swan River, Western Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 11, vol. 2, pp. 614-624, 13 figs. Polychaeta. B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Research Expedition 1929-1931. Ade- laide, Australia. Reports, Series B (Zoology and Botany), vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 89-156, 28 figs. Moore, J. P. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, California. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 61, pp. 235-295, pls. 7-9. Miter, O. F. 1776. Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus, seu Animalium Daniae et Norvegiae indigenarum characteres, nomina, et synonyma imprimis popularium. Havniae. xxxii, 282 pp. OERSTED, A. S. 1843b. Oxupa, S. 19376 Udtog af en Beskrivelse af Grgnlands Annulata dorsibranchiata. Natuurh. Tidsskr., vol. 4, pp. 109-127. Some ariciid worms from Japan. Annot. zool. Japon., vol. 16 (2), pp. 99-105, 6 figs. 342 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vous 15 1946. Studies on the development of Annelida Polychaeta. I, Jour. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., Zool., vol. 9, pp. 115-219, 17 pls., 33 figs. OrRLANDI, S. 1896. Di alcuni annellidi policheti del Mediterraneo. Atti, Soc. Ligustica Sci. Nat. Geogr., vol. 7, pp. 145-161, 1 pl. Pearse, A. S., H. J. HumM, anp G. W. WHARTON 1942. Ecology of sand beaches at Beaufort, N.C. Ecol. Monogr., vol. 12, pp. 135-190, 24 figs. Prosst, G. 1931. Beitrage zur Regeneration bei Anneliden. Die Herkunft des Regenera- tions-materials bei der Regeneration des kaudalen K6rperendes von Aricia foetida Claparéde. Zeits. wiss. Biol. Abt. D, vol. 124 (2), pp. 369-403, 24 figs. RATHKE, H. 1843. Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens. Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. Halle, vol. 20, pp. 1-264, pls. 1-12. Rioja, E. 1934. Una nueva especie del género Aricia (A. cornidei n. sp.) de la ria de Pontevedra. Bol. Soc. esp. Hist. nat. Madrid, vol. 34, pp. 433-438, 15 figs. RULER, F. 1950. Etude morphologique, histologique et physiologique. L’organe nucal chez les Annélides Polychétes Sédentaires. Ann. Inst. Océanogr., Paris, vol. 25, pp. 207-341, 39 figs. SAINT JOSEPH, A. DE, BARON 1894. Les Annélides polychétes des cdtes de Dinard. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Zool., sér. 7, vol. 17, pp. 1-395, pls. 1-13. SALENSKY, W. 1883. Etude sur le développement des Annélides .. . Aricia foetida, Arch. Biol. Paris, vol. 4, pp. 188-220, pls. 6, 7. Sars, M. 1872. Diagnoser af nye Annelider fra Christianafjorden. Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania, pp. 406-417. Sars, G. O. 1873. Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna. III. Nyt Mag. Naturv. Oslo, vol. 19, pp. 201-281, pls. 14-18. Savicny, J. C. 1820. Systéme des Annélides. Description de l’Egypte. Histoire naturelle, vol. 1 (3), pp. 1-128. SCHAXEL, J. 1912. Versuch einer cytologischen Analysis der Entwicklungsvorgange. Erster Teil. Die Geschlechtszellenbildung und die normale Ent- wicklung von Aricia foetida Clap. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Abt. f. Anat. u. Ontogenie der Tiere, vol. 34, pp. 381-472, 10 figs., pls. 16-28. SODERSTROM, A. 1920. Studien iiber die Polychaetenfamilie Spionidae. Dissertation. Uppsala, Almquist und Wicksells. 286 pp., 1 pl., 174 figs. NO.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 343 SOUTHERN, R. 1914. Clare Island Survey. Part 47. Archiannelida and Polychaeta. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, vol. 31, pt. 47, pp. 1-160, 15 pls. SOUTHWARD, E. C. 1955. Polychaeta new to the British Isles. Nature, London, vol. 175, p. 264. STgP-BowirTz, C. 1948. Polychaeta from the ‘Michael Sars’ North Atlantic deep-sea expedi- tion 1910. Rep. Sci. Results Michael Sars N. Atlantic Deep-sea Exped. 1910, vol. 5, no. 8, pp. 1-91, 51 figs., 5 tables. TAUBER, P. 1879. Annulata Danica. Kjobenhavn, Reitzel. pp. 1-144. TIMOFEEY, S. 1930. K morfologii Polychaeta. VII. Krovenosnaia systema Aricia foetida Clp.-Zur Morphologie der Polychaten. VII. Das Blutgefasssystem von Aricia foeida (sic) Clp, Bull. Inst. Sci. Biol. Geogr. Univ. Irkoutsk, vol. 4 (3/4), pp. 149-182, 1 pl., 2 figs. TREADWELL, A. L. 1941b. New species of polychaetous annelids from the vicinity of Galveston, Texas. Amer. Mus. Novitat. N.Y., no. 1139, pp. 1-3, 10 figs. UscHAkov, P. V. 1955. Mnogoshchetinkovye chervi dal’nevostochnykh morei SSSR (Poly- chaeta). Akad. nauk SSSR. Zool. Inst. Opredeliteli po faune SSSR, vol. 56, pp. 1-445, figs. 1-164. VERRILL, A. E. 1900. Additions to the Turbellaria, Nemertina, and Annelida of the Ber- mudas, with revisions of some New England genera and species. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 10, pp. 595-671, pl. 70. WESENBERG-LUND, E. 1950a. The Polychaeta of West Greenland. Meddelelser om Grgnland, Bd. 151, no. 2, pp. 1-171, 78 charts. 1950b. Polychaeta. The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, vol. IV (14), pp. 1-92, 10 pls., 67 charts, 2 text-figs. 1951. The Zoology of Iceland. Polychaeta. vol. II, pt. 19, pp. 1-182, 12 figs., 62 charts. 1953. The Zoology of East Greenland. Polychaeta. Meddelelser om Grgn- land, Bd. 122, nr. 3, pp. 1-169, 8 figs., 27 charts. WILEY, A. 1902. Polychaeta. Im British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Report on the collections of natural history made in the Antarctic regions during the voyage of the ‘Southern Cross.’ London, pp. 262-283, pls. 41-46. Zacus, I. 1925. Nouvelles additions 4 la faune des Polychaeta du Nauman. C.R. Acad. Sci. Russ. Leningrad, sec. A, pp. 1-3. ZENKEVICH, L. A. 1947. Fauna i biologicheskaia produktionost moria. Mora SSSR. vol. II, pp. 1-588. (In Russian). 344 Si og ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 20 Orbinia cuvieri Thoracic segments 3 to 12, in dorsal view, x11. Median abdominal parapodium in anterior view, x105. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus seen from the front, x442. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus with maximum development of ridges, seen from the side, x494. Abdominal notopodial furcate seta, x1383. PL. 20 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE No.3. HARTMAN 346 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 21 Orbinia johnsoni 1. Thorax and first few abdominal segments in right lateral view, KO de Thoracic neuropodial seta seen from the side, x670. 3. Anterior end including first three setigerous segments, in dorsal view, x29. 4. (Cross section of 35th segment in anterior view, x35. NO-3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 21 348 Ni ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL lS PLATE 22 Orbinia johnsoni Sixtieth parapodium in anterior view, x28. eee a end showing pygidial appendages and last few segments, x35. Portion of a thoracic neuroseta at base of spinous region, x2205. Portion of thoracic notoseta at base of spinous region, x2500. Thoracic uncinus seen from the front, x941. Thoracic uncinus seen from the side, x941. Abdominal furcate seta seen from the side, x1177. Abdominal furcate seta in nearly frontal view, x1177. NO-3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 22 e 350 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vou. 15 PLATE 23 Phylo felix Anterior end seen from the left side, proboscis slightly everted, x14. Fifteenth parapodium seen from the front, showing underlying epithelial gland, x42. Median abdominal parapodium in anterior view, x42. Superiormost modified spine from posterior thoracic segment in 3/4 view, x85. Cross section of modified spine near base of speared tip, x338. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus from near front of series, with maxi- mum development or ridges, seen from the side, x113. Furcate seta from abdominal notopodium, x864. PL 23 NO-3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE SESG SLB) SoZ ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOT. Lo PLATE 24 Phylo ornatus 1. Cross section through the body showing a parapodium from the posterior thoracic region, in anterior view, x16. 2. Setal portions of a posterior thoracic parapodium, showing parts of the glandular pouch and acicular spines, in anterior view, x36. A postmedian parapodium, in anterior view, x16. A pointed geniculate seta from a posterior thoracic neuropodium, seen from the side, x332. 5. Distal portion of a pointed geniculate seta, beyond the spinous region, seen from the side, x1323. 6. Portion of spinous region of pointed geniculate seta, at maximum development of spines, seen from the front, x1323. 7. Portion of spinous region of pointed geniculate seta, at maximum development of spines, seen from the back, x1323. 8. Pointed geniculate seta at maximum development of spines, in cross section, x1323. 9. Ridged uncinus from anterior thoracic region, seen from the side, x367. 10. Furcate seta from abdominal notopodium, x1006. am SS No. 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 24 354 _ . age ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 PLATE 25 Haploscoloplos fragilis Twenty-second parapodium in anterior view, x46. Sixty-ninth parapodium in anterior view, x40. A far posterior parapodium in posterior view, x52. Haploscoloplos robustus Twenty-eighth parapodium in anterior view, x40. Seventy-eighth parapodium in anterior view, x32. A far posterior parapodium in posterior view, x60. NO: 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE OR MULTI ey 8114» PIe25 356 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 | | | PLATE 26 Haploscoloplos elongatus Fourteenth parapodium in posterior view, x17. Twentieth parapodium in posterior view, x28. Far posterior parapodium in anterior view, x24. Thoracic neuropodial seta in lateral view, x585. Thoracic neuropodial seta in front view, x585. Enlarged section of same thoracic seta in side view, showing arrangement of spinelets, x1755. 7. Enlarged section of same thoracic seta, showing arrangement of spinelets in front view, x1755. 8. Furcate seta from abdominal notopodium, x765. Cross section of thoracic neuropodial seta through base of spinelets, x1755. 10. Part of abdominal notopodial seta in partial 3/4 view, x1006. 11. Cross section of abdominal notoseta through base of spinelets, x1530. a a Ge NO-3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 26 358 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS yor. £5 PLATE 27 Haploscoloplos kerguelensis minutus 1. Anterior end, including thorax and seven abdominal segments, in dorsal view, x39. . Middle thoracic parapodium, seen from behind, x167. 3. Abdominal parapodium and branchia, seen from behind, x167. NO-3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 27 360 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 \ | | PLATE 28 Haploscoloplos panamensis 1. A far posterior parapodium, in anterior view, x62. Seventeenth thoracic parapodium, in posterior view, x112. 3. Furcate abdominal notopodial seta, x3160. Haploscoloplos sp., from Greenland 4. Fiftieth abdominal parapodium, in posterior view, x125. 5. ‘Tenth thoracic parapodium, in posterior view, x125. 6. Furcate abdominal notopodial seta, x3160. PL. 28 No.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE 362 Nun PYND ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 PLATE 29 Scoloplos armiger Transitional region, segments 16 to 24, in left lateral view, x20. Twelfth thoracic parapodium, in anterior view, x55. Twenth-fifth parapodium, in posterior view, x55. A far posterior parapodium, in anterior view, x55. Abdominal notopodial furcate seta, x1225. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus with maximum development of ridges, seen from the side, x550. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus, seen from the front, x550. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL, 29 364 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 30 Scoloplos acmeceps 1. Cross section of 18th segment, in anterior view, showing relations of branchiae, notopodia and neuropodia, x29. A far posterior parapodium, in anterior view, x45. 3. Thoracic neuropodial seta in three-quarter view, x528. 4. Cross section of thoracic neuropodial seta in spinous region at maximum development, showing position of spines, x528. 5. Abdominal notopodial furcate seta, x1200. 6. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus with maximum Geyelepmens of ridges, seen from the side, x660. 7. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus, seen from the front, x660, NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 30 366 aa res =I ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 31 Scoloplos (Leodamas) verax (from holotype) Abdominal parapodium, in anterior view, x51. Neuroaciculum from abdominal segment, x231. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus from tenth foot, x231. Furcate seta from an abdominal notopodium, x971.5. Alcandra robusta (from holotype) Thoracic uncinus from eighth neuropodium, in side view, x231. Scoloplos (Leodamas) ohlini Furcate seta from eighteenth thoracic notopodium, x1094. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus from eighteenth foot, x231. Neuroaciculum from 42nd segment, x231. PL. 31 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE NO-3 HARTMAN 368 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vo. 15 { | | PLATE 32 Scoloplos (Leodamas) rubra Anterior end in dorsal view, x40. A far posterior parapodium, in anterior view, x83. Cross section of twelfth segment, in anterior view, x63. Thoracic neuropodial uncinus with maximum development of ridges, x1316. 5. Abdominal neuropodial aciculum, x425. 6. Abdominal notopodial furcate seta, x2353. ge CS et PL. 32 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE NO-3 HARTMAN 370 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. PLATE 33 Scoloplos (Leodamas) dendrobranchus 1. Twelfth thoracic parapodium in posterior view showing the rela- tions of the postsetal lobes and setae, x112. 2. A far posterior abdominal parapodium showing the dendritically branched branchia and the relations of parapodial lobes and setae, x67. 3. An abdominal aciculum from a far posterior segment, x670. 15 NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 33 372 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 34 Scoloplos (Leodamas) fimbriatus 1. A transitional parapodium in posterior view, x125. 2. An abdominal parapodium showing branchiae and relations of parapodial lobes, in anterior view, x227. 3. An abdominal aciculum seen from the side, x380. Uppermost thoracic uncinus seen from the side, x500. 5. Lowermost thoracic uncinus seen from the side, x500. NO-3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 34 374 SONS, igre oo kOe ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 35 Naineris laevigata Fourteenth thoracic segment in posterior view, x28. Transitional thoracic segment in posterior view, x28. Abdominal segment from median region, in posterior view, x28. Pointed thoracic neuropodial seta seen from the side, x1050. Superior subuluncinus, from thoracic neuropodium, x1575. Inferiormost hooded uncinus from thoracic neuropodium, x1575. Posterior uncinus without a hood from thoracic neuropodium, x1050. Furcate seta from abdominal notopodium, x1600. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 35 376 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS PLATE 36 Naineris dendritica 1. Twelfth segment in posterior view, x14. 2. Twenty-seventh segment in posterior view, x14. 3. A far posterior segment in posterior view, x14. VoL. 05 NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 36 378 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 RIVA 3/7 Naineris dendritica Furcate seta from abdominal notopodium, in front view, x986. A furcate seta from abdominal notopodium in side view, x986. Thoracic uncinus from posterior row, x263. Ridged thoracic uncinus from inferior posterior position, x445. Embedded superiormost thoracic seta, transitional between un- cinus and pointed seta, x445. 6. Thoracic neuropodial seta from middle of fascicle, x445. 7. Thoracic neuropodial seta from anteriormost row, x310. yen os NO: 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 37 380 NN nF ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 15 PLATE 38 Naineris uncinata Anterior end in dorsal view, x16. Portion of pointed thoracic neuropodial seta showing spinous region in side view, x1530. Pointed thoracic neuropodial seta from thirteenth parapodium in side view, x177. Thoracic uncinus from thirteenth parapodium in side view, x189. Furcate abdominal notopodial seta in front view, x706. Thirteenth thoracic segment in posterior view, x25. Twenth-seventh segment (transitional) in posterior view, x39. Posterior abdominal segment in anterior view, some ova _ indi- cated, x28. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 38 382 _ . ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS von, 15 PLATE 39 Naineris grubei australis Thoracic neuropodial ridged uncinus seen from the side, x880. Thoracic neuropodial pointed seta seen from the side, x880. Cross section of thoracic pointed seta, showing arrangement of overlapping platelets, x3340. Parapodium from anterior abdominal region showing postsetal lobes and branchia, in posterior view, x50. No.3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 39 AS “NNN i ie Wy aN au Y, ary {Hy a SW jp Nae ie py LG, by Wa he . D: y 2 ify, ey 4 iy LEZ 384 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. PLATE 40 Naineris bicornis 1. Anterior end with proboscis everted, in dorsal view, x16. Segment twenty-seven, showing arrangement of parapodial parts, in posterior view, x16. 3. Cross section of an abdeminal segment showing parapodial lobes and branchiae seen from behind, x22.4. 4. Thoracic uncinus from neuropodium twenty-seven, with trans- verse serrations and enclosing sheath, x676. 5. Thoracic pointed seta from neuropodium twenty-seven, with trans- verse serrations, x676. 6. Furcate seta from abdominal notopodium, with transversely ser- rated shaft, x676. 10s) No. 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 40 386 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 PLATE 41 Naineris setosa Anterior end in dorsal view with everted proboscis, x7.7. Anterior end in ventral view with everted proboscis, x7.7. Twelfth thoracic segment in cross section, showing postsetal lobes and branchiae in anterior view, x11. Median abdominal segment in cross section, showing parapodial lobes, branchiae and subpodial lobes, in anterior view, x16. A far posterior segment in cross section, showing parapodial lobes and branchiae, in anterior view, x21. A furcate seta from an abdominal notopodium, showing spinous shaft and distal tines, x701. NO. 3 HARTMAN: ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 41 388 ils 2. 3. ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 42 Califia calida Third parapodium in anterior view, showing postsetal lobes and setal fascicles, x23. A brush-topped seta from anterior series in third parapodium, 525 A brush-topped seta from posterior series in third neuropodium, x410. NO. 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 42 ' N// 390 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 PLATE 43 1. Aricidea fauveli, modified seta from a far posterior neuropodium, with pointed hood, x700. (after Fauvel) 2. Aricidea jeffreysii, sensu Monticelli, modified seta from a far posterior neuropodium with rounded hood, enlarged. (after Cer- ruti) 3. Aricidea fragilis, modified seta from a far posterior neuropodium showing pseudoarticulation, tip and base not shown, x1425. 4. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) aciculata, an abdominal neuropodium showing acicular notopodial seta with accompanying slender cap- illary setae, x160. 5. Aricidea uschakovi (from California), two neuropodial setae from a median abdominal segment in full lateral view, x1155. 6. Aricidea (Cirrophorus) furcata, a notopodial furcate seta from an abdominal segment, x2675. 7. Aricidea, near suecica, a neuropodial, curved seta with accompany- ing capillary seta from a far posterior segment, x430. 8. Longosoma catalinensis, a subuluncinate seta with an accompany- ing capillary seta from an abdominal segment, x355. No. 3 HARTMAN : ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE PL. 43 Lyf ny Ne yt W Hy We mn) ¢ BIA 392 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5 PLATE 44 Paraonis gracilis oculata Anterior end showing prostomium, six prebranchial and four branchial segments, in dorsal view, x109. Posterior end showing pygidial processes and last two setigerous segments with setae and postsetal lobes, in dorsal view, x220. A modified neuropodial seta from a median abdominal segment, seen from the side, x100. Paraonis gracilis Anterior end showing prostomium, branchiae from seventh seg- ment and laterally projecting setae, x48. Abdominal neuropodial modified seta with accompanying capil- lary setae (tip not shown), x127. PL. 44 ORBINIIDAE, APISTOBRANCHIDAE, PARAONIDAE No.3. HARTMAN Uo huidtatudetdith dare rp, oe ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC .EXPEDITLONS VOLUME 15 INDEX Illustrations are in bold face type. abranchiata, Glycera, 63, 77, 78 Micronephthys, 90, 131 Nephthys, 130 Nephtys, 90 acicula, Goniada, 1, 14, 17, 31, 151 aciculata, Aricidea, 240 (Cirrophorus), 235,240, 312, B22 4323591 acmeceps, Scoloplos, 234, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 252, 280, 282, 365 (Scoloplos), 229, 274, 275 acrochaeta, Nephtys, 1, 84, 90, 93, 114, 175 acustica, Aricia, 214, 243, 245 acutum, Anthostoma, 243 adjimensis, Aricia foetida, 245, 251 Phylo foetida, 231, 245, 251 (Aedicira), Aricidea, 311, 314, 319,325 belgicae, Aricidea, 312, 313, 325, 326, 327 pacifica, Aricidea, 312, 313, 325, 326 ramosa, Aricidea, 312, 313, 325, 326, 327 suecica, Aricidea, 312, 325, 326 africana, Glycera, 62, 63 agilis, Aglaophamus, 90, 116 Nephtys, 90 Aglaophamus, 1, 84, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90, 107, 116, 117, 120, 121, 125, 127, 129 agilis, 90, 116 dibranchis, 90, 91, 92, 93, 116, 117, 118, 121, 122, 124 dicirris, 1, 84, 93, 116, 118, 121, 122, 126, 179 erectans, 1, 84, 116, 118, 123, 125, 181 inermis, 90, 116, 117, 129 jeffreysi, 116 juvenalis, 116, 118 lobophora, 116, 117, 129 lobophorus, 91 lutreus, 91, 116, 117, 129 lyratus, 84, 90, 116, 118 lyrochaetus, 91, 116, 118 macroura, 90, 91, 92, 116, 118, 120, 121 malmgreni, 91, 116, 118, 127 mirasetis, 116, 117, 121 peruana, 91, 116, 118, 120 polyphara, 92, 117 polypharus, 116 quatrefagesi, 117 rubella, 92, 117, 118, 127, 128 anops, 1, 84, 117, 118, 127 sinensis, 117, 130 spiribranchis, 92, 117 tabogensis, 1, 2, 84, 92, 107, 117, 118, 125 (Aglaophamus) inermis, Nephtys, 90 Aglaopheme, 87, 88, 116 agnesiae, Goniadopsis, 41 alaskensis, Haploscoloplos, 248, 277 alata, Aricidea, 312 alba, Cryptocelis, 187 Glycera, 4, 62,63, 64, 68, 73 cochinensis, Glycera, 63 macrobranchia, Glycera, 63 Albatross, 20, 28, 51, 76, 127, 128, 129 albicans, Glycera, 63 Alcandra, 213, 214, 242 robusta, 228, 242, 272, 295, 367 alcockiana, Goniada, 14 amakusaensis, Cryptocelis, 187 amboinensis, Glycera, 62, 63 ambrizettana, Micronephthys, 90, 131 Nephthys, 130 Nephtys, 90 americana, Glycera, 4, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 69, 73 angrapequensis, Aricia, 243, 250 Orbinia, 230, 243, 250, 256 anops, Aglaophamus rubella, 1, 84, 17, 108.07 annulata, Goniada, 1, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 49, 128, 147 anserina, Theodisca, 214, 254 antennata, Aricidea, 312, 321 Anthostoma, 213, 214, 243, 296 acutum, 243 dendriticum, 243, 249, 299 fragile, 243, 248, 271 hexaphyllum, 214, 243, 250, 298 latacapitata, 243 ramosum, 214, 243, 297 robustum, 243, 248, 252, 272 Anthostomea, 213, 243 [397] sf 398 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS antipoda, Goniada, 14, 15 Aonides fulgens, 311, 313 gracilis, 311, 313, 330 Aonis, 89, 213 Apistobranchidae, 247, 308, 309, 310, 314 Apistobranchiens, 308 Apistobranchus, 308 tullbergi, 247, 308 Aquaplana, 191 oceanica, 191, 194, 205, 207, 209 Archiaricia, 214, 260 (Archiaricia), Aricia, 214, 243 arctica, Aricia, 214, 243 argus, Latocestus, 185 Aricia, 212, 213, 214, 215, 222, 233, 243, 256, 260, 273, 274 acustica, 214, 243, 245 angrapequensis, 243, 250 arctica, 214, 243 armandi, 215, 243, 250 armata, 214, 244, 297 bioreti, 244, 250 birulae, 230, 244 capsulifera, 214, 244, 246, 252 chevalieri, 244, 253 cirrata, 214, 244, 253, 283, 290 cochleata, 244, 287 cornidei, 244, 250 cuvieri, 212, 213, 214, 215, 244, 247, 250, 256 perpapillata, 244 persica, 244, 250 edwardsi, 215, 244, 250 exarmata, 244, 250 fimbriata, 244, 251, 267 foetida, 214,243, 244, 251,256 adjimensis, 245, 251 atlantica, 245, 251 australis, 24/5, 251 formosa, 214, 245, 262 glossobranchia, 214, 245, 247, 254 groenlandica, 245 grubei, 215, 245, 251 imitans, 245, 251 johnsoni, 245, 250, 257 kupfferi, 214, 245, 251 laevigata, 214, 245, 250, 297 latreillii, 212,214, 215, 245, 247, 250 liberiana, 245, 251 ligustica, 245, 251 longithorax, 245 macginitii, 246, 265, 266 marginata, 214, 246, 254, 289 mcleani, 246,254 michaelseni, 214, 246, 262, 264 miulleri, 214, 246 norvegica, 214, 215, 246, 251 nuda, 246, 251, 268 vot. 15 oerstedii, 214, 246, 247, 252,254 ohlini, 246, 254, 287 ornata, 246, 251, 265 papillosa, 246, 250 platycephala, 214, 246, 297 ramosa, 247 rubra, 247, 254, 291 sertulata, 212, 213, 243, 247, 250, 256 setosa, 247, 250, 298, 305 tribulosa, 214, 247, 254, 290 tullbergi, 247 Aricia (Archiaricia), 214, 243 (Heteroaricia), 214, 245 (Paraaricia), 214, 246 (Parascoloplos), 214, 246 (Protoaricia) , 214, 247 (Protoscoloplos), 214, 247 (Scoloplos), 214 Aricia (Scoloplos) fuscibranchis, 247 quadricuspidata, 247 (Venadis), 247 Ariciae, 213 lumbricinae, 213 naidinae, 213 nerideae, 213 verae, 213 Aricidea, 310, 311, 314, 319, 321, 322, 323, 332 aciculata, 240 alata, 312 antennata, 312, 321 belgicae, 327 fauveli, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 391 fragilis, 311, 312, 314, 315, 316, aly, Sally, SAA, Shi furcata, 238, 239, 240 heteroseta, 312, 318, 319 jeffreysii, 309, 312, 314, 315, 316, 318, 319, 322, 391 longicornuta, 312, 321 lopezi, 312, 315, 316, 318 nolani, 309, 312, 316 pacifica, 237, 311, 313, 323, 326 quadrilobata, 313, 316 ramosa, 235, 239, 313, 316, 327 suecica, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 312, 313, 315, 316, 318, 319, 325, 391 uschakovi, 235, 237, 239, 240, 241, 312, 313, 315, 316, 321, 391 (Aedicira), 311, 314, 319, 325 belgicae, 312, 313, 325, 326, 327 pacifica, 312, 313, 325, 326 ramosa, 312, 313, 325, 326, 327 suecica, 312, 325, 326 Aricidea (Cirrophorus), 312, 313, 314, 2 aciculata, 235, 240, 312, 322, B23 Son INDEX branchiata, 312, 322, 323, 324 furcata, 235, 312, 322, 323, 324, 391 lyriformis, 312, 322, 323, 324, 325 Ariciea, 213 Ariciens, 212, 308 Ariciidae, 211, 213, 214, 215,247 armandi, Aricia, 215, 243, 250 Orbinia, 230, 243, 250, 256 armata, Aricia, 214, 244, 297 Glycinde, 10, 47, 48 Planocera, 190 armatus, Hemipodus, 1, 80, 81, 82, 83, 167 armiger, Lumbricus, 215, 249, 252, 280 Scoloplos, 213, 214, 215, 218, 219, 227, 229, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 243, 246, 249, 252, 253, 279, 280, 363 (Scoloplos), 229, 232 pacificus, Scoloplos( Scoloplos), 229 armigera, Glycinde, 11, 12, 22, 33, 46, 47, 49, 54, 57, 155 assignis, Nephtys, 1, 84, 90, 94, 112, 171 assimilis, Nephtys, 90, 100, 101, 102, 110; 114 atlantica, Aricia foetida, 245, 251 Nephtys, 90 Phylo foetida, 231, 245, 251 Planctoplanella, 193 atlanticus, Latocestus, 183, 185 aurantiaca, Naineris, 228, 249 Theodisca, 249, 254 australensis, Goniada, 14, 15, 17 australis, Aricia foetida, 245, 251 Naineris grubei, 230, 250, 297, 303, 383 Phylo foetida, 231, 24:5, 251 Axiothella rubrocincta, 336 basibranchia, Glycera, 63, 73 belgicae, Aricidea, 327 (Aedicira), 312, 313, 325, 326, 327 Paraonis, 312, 313, 327 benguellana, Glycera capitata, 63 oe Naineris, 228, 249, 297, 304, bifurcatus, Haploscoloplos, 248, 269, 277 bilobiata, Nephtys incisa, 91 bioreti, Aricia, 244, 250 Orbinia, 218, 230, 244, 250, 256 birulae, Aricia, 230, 244 Blake, 28 bobrezkii, Goniada, 14, 15 bonhourei, Glycinde, 47 bononensis, Nephtys, 90 borealis, Hemipodus, 80, 81, 82 Nephtys, 90 brachycephala, Nephtys, 90 399 Branchethus, 215, 247, 284 latum, 247, 253, 293 branchialis, Glycera, 63 branchiata, Aricidea (Cirrophorus), 312, 322, 323, 324 branchiatus, Cirrophorus, 309, 312, 313, 323 branchiopoda, Glycera, 61, 62, 63, 66 brevicirris, Glycera, 63 brunnea, Goniada, 1, 6, 13, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 32, 145, 151 bucera, Nephthys, 105 Nephtys, 2, 86, 90, 95, 105 bustoris, Haploscoloplos, 233, 272 Scoloplos, 252, 272 caeca, Nephtys, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 101, 102 caecoides, Nephtys, 90, 95, 101, 259 ferruginea, Nephthys, 102 calida, Califia, 228, 234, 235, 238, 239, 240, 241, 247, 305, 306, 389 Califia, 218, 221, 222, 223, 224, 233, 234, 242, 247, 255, 305 calida, 228, 234, 235, 238, 239, 240, 241, 247, 305, 306, 389 californiensis, Hemipodus, 80, 81, 82: Nephtys, 90, 95, 103 canadensis, Glycera, 1, 62, 63 Hemipodia, 63, 76, 77 Nephtys, 90 Scoloplos, 252 capensis, Glycera convoluta, 64 capitata, Glycera, 62, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 165 benguellana, Glycera, 63 capsulifera, Aricia, 214, 244, 246, 252 Protoaricia, 232, 244, 252 caribbeanus, Latocestus, 185 carnea, Glycera, 62, 63 catalinensis, Longosoma, 239, 242, 336, 39 Cherusca, 214 chevalieri, Aricia, 244, 253 Scoloplos (Leodamas), 232, 244, 253, 286 chilensis, Glycera, 63 chirori, Glycera, 62, 63 ciliata, Nephtys, 85, 89, 90, 92, 93, 95 cinnamonea, Glycera, 64 circinnata, Nephthys, 119 Nephtys, 90 cirrata, Aricia, 214, 244, 253, 283, 290 Glycera, 62, 64, 73 Laonice, 312 Cirratulidae, 212, 213, 310 cirratus, Scoloplos (Leodamas), 218, 229, 244, 253, 285, 290 Cirrophorus, 310, 313 branchiatus, 309, 312, 313, 323 400 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS (Cirrophorus), Aricidea, 312, 313, 314, 322 aciculata, Aricidea, 235, 240, 312, 322,323, 391 branchiata, Aricidea, 312, 322, 323, 324 furcata, Aricidea, 235, 312, 322, 323, 324, 391 lyriformis, Aricidea, 312, 322, 323, 324, 325 cirrosa, Nephtys, 88, 90 longicornis, Nephtys, 90 Clytie simplex, 247 cochinensis, Glycera alba, 63 cochleata, Aricia, 244, 287 compacta, Cryptocelis, 187 congoensis, Goniada, 13, 15, 16, 28 hupferi, Goniada, 13, 15, 28 quinquelabiata, Goniada, 15, 26 convoluta, Glycera, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 68, 72, 163 capensis, Glycera, 64 uncinata, Glycera, 64 cornidei, Aricia, 244, 250 Orbinia, 230, 244, 250 cornuta, Nephthys, 106 Nephtys, 90, 94, 106 corrugata, Glycera, 64, 73, 74 crosslandi, Planocera, 190, 191 Cryptocelidae, 186 Cryptocelis, 187, 194 alba, 187 amakusaensis, 187 compacta, 187 glandulata, 187 ijimai, 187 insularis, 186, 194, 201 littoralis, 187 occidentalis, 187 orientalis, 187 Cucumaria, 236 cuvieri, Aricia, 212, 213, 214, 215, 244, 247, 250, 256 Nephtys, 90 Orbinia, 218, 227, 229, 230, 244, 247, 250, 256, 260, 345 perpapillata, Aricia, 244 persica, Aricia, 244, 250 Orbinia, 231, 244, 250 cygnochaetus, Proscoloplos, 231, 251 cylindrifer, Haploscoloplos, 230, 248, 252, 268, 269, 270 Scoloplos, 232, 248, 252, 270 (Leodamas), 232 danica, Glycera, 64: decipiens, Glycera, 64 decorata, Glycera, 64 dendritica, Naineris, 228, 233, 234, 236, 237, 243, 249, 297, 298, 299, 377, 379 dendriticum, Anthostoma, 243, 249, 299 voL. 15 dendrobranchus, Scoloplos (Leodamas), 232, 253, 285, 291,371 Diastylopsis tenuis, 336 dibranchiata, Glycera, 57, 62, 64, 68, 70, 163 dibranchis, Aglaophamus, 90, 91, 92, 93, 116, 117, 118, 121, 122, 124 Nephthys, 121, 122, 124 Nephtys, 90 dicirris, Aglaophamus, 1, 84, 93, 116, 118, 121, 122, 126, 179 digitifera, Nephtys, 90 diodon, Glycera, 64 Diplobranchus, 87, 88, 89 discors, Nephtys, 90, 96 Disomidae, 213 distorta, Goniada, 36, 39 Ophioglycera, 1, 36, 39 dorsalis, Glycinde, 10, 47, 48 Drilidium, 214 dubia, Glycera, 64 Paraonis, 254, 313, 314, 328, 329, 23, 333 dubius, Scoloplos, 232 (Leodamas), 253, 254 (Naidonereis), 253, 254, 313, 314, 333 dussumieri, Nephtys, 90 echinulata, Goniada, 14, 15, 22 ectopa, Nephtys, 90 edentata, Glycera, 64, 74 edwardsi, Aricia, 215, 244, 250 Glycera, 62, 64 Orbinia, 231,244, 250, 256 edwardsii, Nephtys, 90 ehlersi, Glycera, 64 Nephtys, 90 elongata, Haploscoloplos, 273 Scoloplos, 252, 273, 274, 282 elongatus, Haploscoloplos, 218, 228, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, — 248, 252, 269, 273, 276,283, Scoloplos, 214, 248, 252 emarginata, Nephtys, 90 emerita, Goniada, 4, 13, 14, 15, 17, 31, 32, 41 quinquelabiata, Goniada, 26 Emprosthopharynx opisthoporus, 183 Eone, 4, 5, 43, 44 gracilis, 42 nordmanni, 4 Epicaste, 4, 5, 44 epipolasis, Glycera, 1, 64 Telake, 57, 64 erectans, Aglaophamus, 1, 84, 116, 118, 123, 125, 181 Errantia, 212, 214 Ethocles, 308, 309 typicus, 308, 309 Euglycera, 57, 58 euxina, Goniada, 14, 15 Euzonus (Thoracophelia) mucronata, 259 exarmata, Aricia, 244, 250 Orbinia, 231, 244, 250, 256 exigua, Glycera, 64 eximia, Goniada, 9, 13, 19, 29, 30, 31, 36, 38, 39 Ophioglycera, 1, 31, 36, 38 falklandica, Goniada, 13, 15, 16, 30, 38 Goniada norvegica, 30 Goniada norvegica var., 15 fallax, Glycera, 64 fauveli, Aricidea, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 391 felicissima, Goniada, 14, 15 felix, Phylo, 218, 229, 234, 236, 238, 245, 246, 251, 260, 261,262, 351 ferruginea, Nephthys caecoides, 102 Nephtys, 90, 95, 102, 336 filiformis, Paraonis, 313, 330,331 fimbriata, Aricia, 244, 251, 267 fimbriatus, Phylo, 231, 234, 244, 251, 261, 262, 267 Scoloplos (Leodamas), 232, 253, 285, 293, 373 Fish Hawk, 37, 42 fluviatilis, Nephtys, 87, 90 foetida, Aricia, 214, 24:3, 244, 251, 256 Phylo, 218, 219, 223, 224, 227, 231, 244, 247, 251, 261, 262 adjimensis, Aricia, 245, 251 Phylo, 231, 245, 251 atlantica, Aricia, 245, 251 Phylo, 231, 245, 251 australis, Aricia, 245, 251 Phylo, 231, 245, 251 imitans, Phylo, 231, 245, 251 liberiana, Phylo, 231, 245, 251 ligustica, Phylo, 231, 245, 251 foliacea, Goniada (Leonnatus), 38, 40 Ophioglycera, 1, 36, 40 foliosus, Haploscoloplos, 228, 248, 269 folliculosa, Glycera, 64 formosa, Aricia, 214, 245, 262 fragile, Anthostoma, 243, 248, 271 fragilis, Aricidea, 311, 312, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 326, 391 Haploscoloplos, 218, 228, 243, 248, 269, 271, 272, 355 Scoloplos, 271 fragmentata, Skardaria, 309 fulgens, Aonides, 311, 313 Paraonis, 313, 328, 329 (Paraonis), 309, 311 fundicola, Glycera, 62, 64 furcata, Aricidea, 238, 239, 240 (Cirrophorus), 235, 312, 322, 323, 324, 391 INDEX 401 fuscibranchis, Aricia (Scoloplos), 247 fusiformis, Glycera, 64 galaica, Goniada, 14, 15 galapagensis, Latocestus, 183, 194, 199 gigantea, Glycera, 62, 64, 65, 67, 69, 75 Ophioglycera, 1, 35, 36, 37, 38, 153 Gisela, 214 heteracantha, 248 glabra, Nephtys, 1, 84, 90, 94, 109, 169 glandulata, Cryptocelis, 187 glossobranchia, Aricia, 214, 245, 247, 254 glossophylla, Nephtys, 90 ! Glycera, 1, 2, 3, 4, 57, 58, 68, 79, 80, 83 abranchiata, 63, 77, 78 africana, 62, 63 alba, 4, 62, 63, 64, 68, 73 cochinensis, 63 macrobranchia, 63 albicans, 63 amboinensis, 62, 63 americana, 4, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 69, 73 basibranchia, 63, 73 branchialis, 63 branchiopoda, 61, 62, 63, 66 brevicirris, 63 canadensis, 1, 62, 63 capitata, 62, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 76, 165 benguellana, 63 carnea, 62, 63 chilensis, 63 chirori, 62, 63 cinnamonea, 64 cirrata, 62, 64, 73 convoluta, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 68, 72, 163 capensis, 64 uncinata, 64 corrugata, 64, 73, 74 danica, 64 decipiens, 64 decorata, 64 dibranchiata, 57, 62, 64, 68, 70, 163 diodon, 64 dubia, 64 edentata, 64, 74 edwardsi, 62,64 ehlersi, 64 epipolasis, 1, 64 exigua, 64 fallax, 64 folliculosa, 64 fundicola, 62, 64 fusiformis, 64 gigantea, 62, 64, 65, 67, 69, 75 goesi, 65 guinensis, 62, 65 402 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS hasidatensis, 65 incerta, 63, 65 jucunda, 65, 73, 74 kerguelensis, 62, 65 koehleri, 65 krausii, 65, 66 laevis, 65, 73, 74 lamelliformis, 65 lancadivae, 62, 65 lapidum, 57, 62,63, 65 longipinnis, 62, 63, 65, 72, 73 longissima, 62, 63, 65, 69 macintoshi, 65 macrorhiza, 65 manorae, 62, 65 martensii, 62, 65 mauritiana, 65 meckelii, 66 mesnili, 66 mexicana, 62, 65, 66 micrognatha, 66 minuta, 66 misakiensis, 66 mitis, 66 monodon, 66 miilleri, 66 nana, 66, 76, 77, 78 nicobarica, 66 nigripes, 66 onomichiensis, 62, 66 opisthobranchiata, 66 ovigera, 66 oxycephala, 60, 62, 66, 68, 70, 71, 163 pacifica, 66 papillosa, 62, 66, 68 peruviana, 66, 73 polygona, 66 posterobranchia, 66 prashadi, 62, 66 profundi, 66 retractilis, 67 robusta, 62, 67, 68, 69, 70, 74, 163 rosea, 67 rouxli, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 69 rugosa, 67, 74 russa, 67 rutilans, 67 saccibranchis, 67 sagittariae, 67, 75, 77 septentrionalis, 67 serrulifera, 71 setosa, 67 simplex, 67 siphonostoma, 67 spadix. 102) 675 7701S sphyrabrancha, 63, 67 subaenea, 62, 65, 67, 69 taurica, 67 tenuis, 62, 67, 68, 71, 163 tesselata, 58, 62, 63, 65, 67, 68, 75, 77, 163 tridactyla, 62, 68 unicornis, 58, 62, 66, 67, 68 verdescens, 68, 70, 71 viridescens, 68 sp., 71 Glycerea, 1, 2, 5, 9, 11, 57, 60, 79, 85 Polygnatha, 5 Tetragnatha, 5 Glycerella, 2, 3, 57, 58, 79 magellanica, 79 Glyceridae, 1, 2, 3, 5, 57, 58 Glycinde, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 44, 47, 48, 54, 55, 56 armata, 10, 47, 48 armigera, 11, 12, 22, 33, 46, 47, 49, 54, 57, 155 bonhourei, 47 dorsalis, 10, 47, 48 kameruniana, 47, 48 longepapillata, 48 maskallensis, 41, 48 multidens, 4, 44, 47, 48, 49, 51, 56 nordmanni, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49 oligodon, 48, 54 pacifica, 48, 57 picta, 48, 49 polygnatha, 1, 48, 51, 55, 159, 161 solitaria, 1, 48, 54, 157 trifida, 48 wireni, 11, 48, 49 goesi, Glycera, 65 Goniada, 3, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 56 acicula, 1, 14, 17, 31, 151 alcockiana, 14 annulata, 1, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 49, 128, 147 antipoda, 14, 15 australensis, 14, 15, 17 bobrezkii, 14, 15 brunnea, 1, 6, 13, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 32, 145, 151 congoensis, 13, 15, 16, 28 hupferi, 13, 15, 28 quinquelabiata, 15, 26 distorta, 36, 39 echinulata, 14, 15, 22 emerita, 4, 13, 14, 15, 17, 31, 32, 41 quinquelabiata, 26 euxina, 14, 15 eximia, 9, 13, 19, 29, 30, 31, 36, 38, 39 falklandica, 13, 15, 16, 30, 38 felicissima, 14, 15 galaica, 14, 15 gracilis, 42 grahami, 9, 14, 15, 17, 34 hupferi, 15, 28 VoL. 15 japonica, 14, 15, 17, 35 (Leonnatus) foliacea, 36, 40 littorea, 1, 13, 15, 16, 23, 33 , 149 longicirrata, 9, 15, 32, 36, 40, 41 maculata, 4, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 31, 42, 68, 145 magna, 1, 26, 27 maorica, 9, 13, 15, 16, 29, 39 multidentata, 14, 15, 16 indica, 9, 14, 15, 16 norvegica, 4, 13, 15, 30 falklandica, 30 var. falklandica, 15 oculata, 14 pallida, 13, 15 paucidens, 14, 15 pausidens, 15 quinquelabiata, 2, 13, 16, 26 solitaria, 54 teres 455 17.33 tripartita, 14, 15 uncinigera, 13, 15, 16, 23,25 virgini, 14, 15 vorax, 14, 15, 16 Goniadea, 4 Goniadella, 1, 12, 41 gracilis, 1, 41, 42, 56, 153 Goniadidae, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 36, 37, 40 Goniadopsis, 12, 41, 42, 48 agnesiae, 41 incertae, 41 maskallensis, 1, 41 gracilis, Aonides, 311, 313, 330 Eone, 42 Goniada, 42 Goniadella, 1, 41, 42, 56, 153 Levinsenia, 309, 330 Paraonis, 313, 328, 329, 330, 332, 393 (Paraonides), 313, 330, 331, 334 (Paraonis), 311, 330 oculata, Paraonis, 235, 238, 239, 240, 241, 311, 313, 328, 329, 331, 393 grahami, Goniada, 9, 14, 15, 17, 34 grandis, Ophioglycera, 36, 37 gravieri, Nephtys, 91 groenlandica, Aricia, 245 grubei, Aricia, 215, 245, 251 Naineris, 228, 249, 252, 297, 303 Nephtys, 91 Phylo, 218, 231, 234, 245, 251, 261 Scoloplos, 249, 252, 303 australis, Naineris, 230, 250, 297, 303, 383 guinensis, Glycera, 62, 65 haasi, Scolaricia, 232, 252 Hamiglycera, 57, 58 serrulifera, 57 INDEX 403 Haploscoloplos, 217, 218, 220, 221, 223, 228, 230, 233, 242, 248, 255, 268, 279, 361 alaskensis, 248, 277 bifurcatus, 248, 269, 277 bustoris, 233, 272 cylindrifer, 230, 248, 252, 268, 269, 270 elongata, 273 elongatus, 218, 228, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 244, 248, 252, 269, 273, 276, 283, 357 foliosus, 228, 248, 269 fragilis, 218, 228, 243, 248, 269, 271, 272, 355 kerguelensis, 218, 227, 228, 230, 233, 248, 253, 269, 274, 275, 279 minutus, 228, 248, 269, 359 panamensis, 218, 228, 248, 269, 277, 361 robustus, 218, 228, 233, 243, 248, 252, 253, 269, 272, 355 tortugaensis, 248, 271 hasidatensis, Glycera, 65 havaicus, Lacydes, 248, 249, 297 Hemipodia, 79 canadensis, 63, 76, 77 Hemipodus, 2, 57, 58, 64, 65, 66, 67, 77, 79, 1,83 armatus, 1, 80, 81, 82, 83, 167 borealis, 80, 81, 82 californiensis, 80, 81, 82 roseus, 79, 80, 81, 82 simplex, 79, 80, 81, 82 yenourensis, 80, 81, 82 Hermundura, 214, 248 tricuspis, 248 hespera, Nainereis, 249, 299 heteracantha, Gisela, 248. Heteroaricia, 214 (Heteroaricia), Aricia, 214, 245 heteroseta, Aricidea, 312, 318, 319 Heterospio, 314 longissima, 314 hexaphyllum, Anthostoma, 214, 243, 250, 298 Naineris, 230, 243, 250, 297 Scoloplos (Naidonereis), 297 hirsuta, Nephtys, 91 hombergi, Nephtys, 84, 90, 91, 92, 94, 101, 112. 113, 177 kersivalensis, Nephtys, 90, 91 vasculosa, Nephtys, 91 hudsonica, Nephtys, 91 hupferi, Goniada, 15, 28 Goniada congoensis, 13, 15, 28 hystricis, Nephtys, 91 ijimai, Cryptocelis, 187 imbricata, Nephtys, 91, 111 404 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS imitans, Aricia, 245, 251 Phylo foetida, 231, 245, 251 impressa, Nephthys, 129 Nephtys, 1, 2, 84, 91, 94, 97, 177 incerta, Glycera, 63, 65 incertae, Goniadopsis, 41 incisa, Nephtys, 91, 94, 100, 108, 109, 115 bilobiata, Nephtys, 91 indica, Goniada multidentata, 9, 14, 15, 16 inermis, Aglaophamus, 90, 116, 117, 129 Nephthys, 129 Nephtys (Aglaophamus), 90 ingens, Nephtys, 91 insularis, Cryptocelis, 186, 194, 201 ivanovi, Paraonis, 313, 328, 329, 333 jacutica, Nainereis, 249, 250, 300 Naineris, 230, 249, 250, 297, 300 japonica, Goniada, 14, 15, 17, 35 jeffreysi, Aglaophamus, 116 ‘Scoloplos, 252 jeffreysii, Aricidea, 309, 312, 314, 315, 316,318, 319, 322, 391 Scolecolepis, 309, 312, 314, 322 johnsoni, Aricia, 245, 250, 257 Orbinia, 218, 229, 245, 250, 256, 257, 347, 349 johnstonei, Scoloplos, 253, 290 (Leodamas), 232, 253, 285, 290, 295 jucunda, Glycera, 65, 73, 74 juvenalis, Aglaophamus, 116, 118 kameruniana, Glycinde, 47, 48 kerguelensis, Glycera, 62, 65 Haploscoloplos, 218, 227, 228, 230, 233, 248, 253, 269, 274, 275, 279 Scoloplos, 214, 248, 253, 275, 276 minutus, Haploscoloplos, 228, 248, 269, 359 kersivalensis, Nephtys hombergi, 90, 91 koehleri, Glycera, 65 krausii, Glycera, 65, 66 kupfferi, Aricia, 214, 245, 251 Phylo, 218, 229, 231, 234, 245, 251, 261, 262 Labotas, 213, 214, 248 novae-hollandiae, 248, 253 Lacharis, 4, 5 Lacides, 214 laciniosa, Nephtys, 91 lactea, Nephtys, 91 Lacydes, 213, 248, 296 havaicus, 248, 249, 297 laevigata, Aricia, 214, 245, 250, 297 Naidonereis, 297 Nainereis, 250, 297, 299 Naineris, 219, 226, 227, 228, 230, 233, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 249, 250, 254, 297, 299, 300, 301, 375 Scoloplos (Naidonereis), 297 laevis, Glycera, 65, 73, 74 lamelliformis, Glycera, 65 lancadivae, Glycera, 62, 65 Laonice cirrata, 312 lapidum, Glycera, 57, 62, 63, 65 latacapitata, Anthostoma, 243 Latocestidae, 183 Latocestus, 183, 184, 185 argus, 185 atlanticus, 183, 185 caribbeanus, 185 galapagensis, 183, 194, 199 maldivensis, 185 marginatus, 185 ocellatus, 185 pacificus, 185 plehni, 185 viridis, 185 whartoni, 185 latreillii, Aricia, 212, 214, 215, 245, 247, 250 Orbinia, 218, 219, 231, 245, 250, 256 latum, Branchethus, 247, 253, 293 Scoloplos (Leodamas), 229, 232, 247, 253, 285, 293 latus, Scoloplos, 293 lawrencii, Nephtys, 91 Leodamas, 213, 224, 249 verax, 249, 253, 254, 286 (Leodamas), Scoloplos, 215, 217, 218, 222, 233, 242, 247, 249, 253, 255, 270, 280, 284, 290, 295, 334 chevalieri, Scoloplos, 232, 244,253, 286 cirratus, Scoloplos, 218, 229, 244, 253, 285, 290 cylindrifer, Scoloplos, 232 dendrobranchus, Scoloplos, 232, 253, 285, 291, 371 dubius, Scoloplos, 253, 254 fimbriatus, Scoloplos, 232, 253, 285, 293, 373 johnstonei, Scoloplos, 232, 253, 285, latum, Scoloplos, 229, 232, 247, 253, 285, 293 madagascariensis, Scoloplos, 253, 286 marginatus, Scoloplos, 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 mcleani, Scoloplos, 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 ohlini, Scoloplos, 218, 229, 244, 246, 254, 286, 287, 289, 290, 367 rubra, Scoloplos, 229, 247, 254, 286, 291, 369 tribulosus, Scoloplos, 229, 247, 254, VOL; 15 285, 290 verax, Scoloplos, 218, 229, 249, 254, 284, 285, 286, 367 Leodamos, 214 Leonnates, 4 Leonnatus, 4, 5, 13 (Leonnatus) foliacea, Goniada, 36, 40 Levinsenia, 313 gracilis, 309, 330 Levinseniens, 309 liberiana, Aricia, 245, 251 Phylo foetida, 231, 245, 251 ligustica, Aricia, 245, 251 Phylo foetida, 231,245, 251 liriostoma, Theodisca, 214, 254 littoralis, Cryptocelis, 187 oe Goniaday dys iSai6) 25.33) 14 lobophora, Aglaophamus, 116, 117, 129 Nephthys, 129 Nephtys, 91 lobophorus, Aglaophamus, 91 longa, Naineris, 249, 298, 299 longepapillata, Glycinde, 48 longicirrata, Goniada, 9, 15, 32, 36, 40, 41 Ophioglycera, 1, 36, 40 longicornis, Nephtys cirrosa, 90 longicornuta, Aricidea, 312, 321 longipes, Nephtys, 91 longipinnis, Glycera, 62, 63, 65, 72, 73 longisetosa, Nephtys, 91 longissima, Glycera, 62, 63, 65, 69 Heterospio, 314 longithorax, Aricia, 245 longosetosa, Nephtys, 90, 91 on catalinensis, 239, 242, 336, Longosomidae, 335 lopezi, Aricidea, 312, 315, 316, 318 lucia, Scolaricia, 252 Jumbricinae, Ariciae, 213 Lumbricus armiger, 215, 249, 252, 280 lutrea, Nephthys, 129 Nephtys, 91 lutreus, Aglaophamus, 91, 116, 117, 129 lyra, Paraonis, 238, 242 (Paraonides), 235, 309, 314, 334 lyratus, Aglaophamus, 84, 90, 116, 118 lyriformis, Aricidea (Cirrophorus), Bi12.322.323. 424,395 Paraonis (Paraonides), 312, 325 lyrochaeta, Nephtys, 91 lyrochaetus, Aglaophamus, 91, 116, 118 macandrewi, Nephthys, 101 Nephtys, 1, 2, 91, 177 macginitii, Aricia, 246, 265, 266 macintoshi, Glycera, 65 macrobranchia, Glycera alba, 63 INDEX 405 macrorhiza, Glycera, 65 macroura, Aglaophamus, 90, 91, 92, 116, 118, 120, 121 Nephthys, 118 Nephtys, 91 peruana, Nephthys, 120 Nephtys, 91 macrura, Nephthys, 118 maculata, Goniada, 4, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 31, 42, 68, 145 madagascariensis, Scoloplos, 232, 253 Scoloplos (Leodamas), 253, 286 maderensis, Porcia, 214, 251 maeoica, Nephtys, 91 magellanica, Glycerella, 79 Nephtys, 91, 94, 100, 108 magna, Goniada, 1, 26, 27 maldivensis, Latocestus, 185 malmgreni, Aglaophamus, 91, 116, 118, 127 Nephthys, 125, 127 Nephtys, 91, 100, 101, 102, 103, 109, 110 mamillata, Theodisca, 214, 254 mammillata, Scoloplos, 215 manorae, Glycera, 62, 65 maorica, Goniada, 9, 13, 15, 16, 29,39 margaritacea, Nephtys, 91 marginata, Aricia, 214, 246, 254, 289 mcleani, Aricia, 246, 254 marginatus, Latocestus, 185 Scoloplos, 289 (Leodamas), 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 mcleani, Scoloplos (Leodamas), 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 marsupialis, Scoloplos, 253, 280 Scoloplos (Scoloplos), 232 martensii, Glycera, 62, 65 maskallensis, Glycinde, 41, 48 Goniadopsis, 1, 41 mauritiana, Glycera, 65 mawsoni, Scoloplos, 253, 276 mcleani, Aricia marginata, 246, 254 Scoloplos (Leodamas) marginatus, 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 meckelii, Glycera, 66 mesnili, Glycera, 66 mexicana, Glycera, 62, 65, 66 michaelseni, Aricia, 214, 246, 262, 264 Phylo, 218, 229, 231, 246, 261, 262, 264 micrognatha, Glycera, 66 Micronephthys, 1, 84, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90, 92, 130 abranchiata, 90, 131 ambrizettana, 90, 131 minuta, 84, 91, 130, 131 sphaerocirrata, 92, 130, 131 minor, Scoloplos, 253 406 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS vot. 15 minuta, Glycera, 66 Micronephthys, 84, 91, 130,131 Nephthys, 130 Nephtys, 88, 91 Orbiniella, 231, 250, 251 minutus, Haploscoloplos kerguelensis, 228, 248, 269, 359 mirasetis, Aglaophamus, 116, 117, 121 Nephthys, 121 Nephtys, 91 misakiensis, Glycera, 66 mitis, Glycera, 66 modesta, Nephtys, 91 monodon, Glycera, 66 monroi, Nephtys, 1, 2, 84, 92, 94, 107, 125, 177 mucronata, Euzonus (Thoracophelia), 259 miilleri, Aricia, 214, 246 Glycera, 66 Scoloplos, 253 multibranchiata, Paraonis, 241, 242, S13, 328529552 multidens, Glycinde, 4, 44, 47, 48, 49, 51, 56 multidentata, Goniada, 14, 15, 16 indica, Goniada, 9, 14, 15, 16 mutilata, Nainereis, 249, 250, 300 Naineris, 228, 249, 250, 296, 300 naidinae, Ariciae, 213 Naidonereis, 213, 249, 296 laevigata, 297 quadricuspida, 213 (Naidonereis) dubius, Scoloplos, 253, 254, 313, 314, 333 hexaphyllum, Scoloplos, 297 laevigata, Scoloplos, 297 Naidoneris, 296 Nainereis, 215, 249, 296 hespera, 249, 299 jacutica, 249, 250, 300 laevigata, 250, 297, 299 mutilata, 249, 250, 300 nannobranchia, 249, 303 quadricuspida, 214 retusiceps, 249, 250 (Nainereis), Scoloplos, 214, 215 Naineris, 213, 214, 215, 217, 218, 219, 221, 222, 223, 225, 226, 233, 234, 242, 243, 248, 249, 254, 255, 269, 296, 301 aurantiaca, 228, 249 bicornis, 228, 249, 297, 304, 385 dendritica, 228, 233, 234, 236, 237, 243, 249. 297, 298, 299, 377, 379 grubei, 228, 249, 252, 297, 303 australis, 230, 250, 297, 303, 38 hexaphyllum, 230, 243, 250, 297 jacutica, 230, 249, 250, 297, 300 laevigata, 219, 226, 227, 228, 230, 233, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 249, 250, 254, 297, 299, 300, 301, 375 longa, 249, 298, 299 mutilata, 228, 249, 250, 296, 300 nannobranchia, 228, 296, 303 quadricuspida, 215, 228, 230, 234, 247, 250, 253, 254, 296, 297 retusiceps, 230, 249, 250, 296 robusta, 249, 298, 299 setosa, 229, 241, 243, 247, 250, 269, 296, 301, 305, 387 uncinata, 229, 235, 236, 237, 239, 240, 241, 250, 296, 301, 381 Nais, 296 quadricuspida, 215, 249, 250 nana, Glycera, 66, 76, 77, 78 nannobranchia, Nainereis, 249, 303 Naineris, 228, 296, 303 neapolitana, Nephtys, 92 Paraonis (Paraonides), 309, 313, 314, 334 Nephthyidae, 84 Nephthys, 87, 88, 89, 116 abranchiata, 130 ambrizettana, 130 bucera, 105 caecoides ferruginea, 102 circinnata, 119 cornuta, 106 dibranchis, 121, 122, 124 impressa, 129 inermis, 129 lobophora, 129 lutrea, 129 macandrewi, 101 macroura, 118, peruana, 120 macrura, 118, malmegreni, 125, 127 minuta, 130 mirasetis, 121 phyllocirra, 108 picta, 103 polyphara, 88 praetiosa, 119 rubella, 127, 128 sphaerocirrata, 131 spiribranchis, 117 stammeri, 131 tabogensis, 107, 125 trissophyllus, 119 verrilli, 121, 122, 124 virgini, 129, 130 virginis, 119 Nephtis, 87, 89 Nephtyidae, 1, 84, 89, 92, 98 Nephtys, 84, 85, 87, 88, 89, 93, 116, 130 abranchiata, 90 acrochaeta, 1, 84, 90, 93, 114, 175 agilis, 90 (Aglaophamus) inermis, 90 ambrizettana, 90 assignis, 1, 84, 90, 94, 112, 171 assimilis, 90, 100, 101, 102, 110, 111 atlantica, 90 bononensis, 90 borealis, 90 brachycephala, 90 bucera, 2, 86, 90, 95, 105 caeca, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 101, 102 caecoides, 90, 95, 101, 259 californiensis, 90, 95, 103 canadensis, 90 ciliata, 85, 89, 90, 92, 93, 95 circinnata, 90 cirrosa, 88, 90 longicornis, 90 cornuta, 90, 94, 106 cuvieri, 90 dibranchis, 90 digitifera, 90 discors, 90, 96 dussumieri, 90 ectopa, 90 edwardsii, 90 ehlersi, 90 emarginata, 90 ferruginea, 90, 95, 102, 336 fluviatilis, 87, 90 glabra, 1, 84, 90, 94, 109, 169 glossophylla, 90 gravieri, 91 grubei, 91 hirsuta, 91 hombergi, 84, 90, 91, 92, 94, 101, 112, 113, 177 kersivalensis, 90, 91 vasculosa, 91 hudsonica, 91 hystricis, 91 imbricata, 91, 111 impressa, 1, 2, 84, 91, 94, 97, 177 incisa, 91, 94, 100, 108, 109, 115 bilobiata, 91 ingens, 91 lacinigsa, 91 lactea, 91 lawrencii, 91 lobophora, 91 longipes, 91 longisetosa, 91 longosetosa, 90, 91 lutrea, 91 lyrochaeta, 91 macandrewi, 1, 2, 91, 177 macroura, 91 peruana, 91 maeotica, 91 INDEX magellanica, 91, 94, 100, 108, 407 malmgreni, 91, 100, 101, 102, 103, 109, 110 margaritacea, 91 minuta, 88, 91 mirasetis, 91 modesta, 91 monroi, 1, 2, 84, 92, 94, 107, 125, 177 neapolitana, 92 nudipes, 92 oerstedii, 92 oligobranchia, 87, 92 palatii, 92 panamensis, 92, 94, 101 pansa, 92 paradoxa, 92, 93, 111, 112 phyllobranchia, 92, 93, 111 phyllocirra, 2, 92, 94, 108 picta, 86, 92, 95, 103, 105, 106 polybranchia, 92 polyphara, 92 praetiosa, 92 punctata, 92, 93, 96 rickettsi, 92, 93, 97 rubella, 92 schmitti, 92 scolopendroides, 92 serratifolia, 92 singularis, 1, 84, 92, 94, 98, 173 sphaerocirrata, 92 spiribranchis, 92 squamosa, 92, 93, 110, 114 stammeri, 92 tabogensis, 92 trissophyllus, 92 tulearensis, 93 verrilli, 93 Nepthys, 87, 89 Nereidae, 4 nerideae, Ariciae, 213 Nereidiformia, 214 nicobarica, Glycera, 66 nigripes, Glycera, 66 nolani, Aricidea, 309, 312, 316 nordmanni, Eone, 4 Glycinde, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49 norvegica, Aricia, 214, 215, 246, 251 Goniada, 4, 13, 15, 30 falklandica, Goniada, 30 var. falklandica, Goniada, 15 norvegicus, Phylo, 218, 229, 231, 234, 245, 246, 251, 260, 261, 262 novae-hollandiae, Labotas, 248, 253 Scoloplos, 232, 248, 253, 295 nuda, Aricia, 246, 251, 268 nudipes, Nephtys, 92 nudus, Phylo, 218, 229, 231, 234, 246, 251, 260, 261, 262, 268 occidentalis, Cryptocelis, 187 408 oceanica, Aquaplana, 191, 194, 205, 207, 209 ocellatus, Latocestus, 185 oculata, Goniada, 14 Paraonis gracilis, 235, 238, 239, 240, 241, 311, 313, 328, 329, 331, 393 oerstedi, Protoaricia, 219, 229, 231, 243, 246, 252 oerstedii, Aricia, 214, 246, 247, 252, 254 Nephtys, 92 ohlini, Aricia, 246, 254, 287 Scoloplos, 287 (Leodamas), 218, 229, 244, 246, 254, 286, 287, 289, 290, 367 oligobranchia, Nephtys, 87, 92 oligodon, Glycinde, 48, 54 onomichiensis, Glycera, 62, 66 Opheliidae, 212, 213 Ophioglycera, 1, 12, 15, 19, 31, 35, 39, 40 distorta, 1, 36, 39 eximia, 1, 31, 36, 38 foliacea, 1, 36, 40 gigantea, 1, 35, 36, 37, 38, 153 grandis, 36, 37 longicirrata, 1, 36, 40 opisthobranchiata, Glycera, 66 opisthoporus, Emprosthopharynx, 183 Orbinia, 213, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, PHN SOPH. PUES PAS) YA Sp PAS} PANS. 242, 243, 250, 251, 255, 256, 260 angrapequensis, 230, 243, 250, 256 armandi, 230, 243, 250, 256 bioreti, 218, 230, 244, 250, 256 cornidei, 230, 244, 250 cuvieri, 218, 227, 229, 230, 244, 247, 250, 256, 260, 345 persica, 231, 244, 250 edwardsi, 231, 244, 250, 256 exarmata, 231, 244, 250, 256 johnsoni, 218, 229, 245, 250, 256, 257, 347, 349 latreillii, 218, 219, 231, 245, 250, 256 ornata, 265 papillosa, 231, 246, 250, 256 Orbiniella, 215, 216, 219, 221, 223, 233, 242, 250, 252, 255 minuta, 231, 250, 251 Orbiniidae, 211, 247, 251, 308, 309, 310, 326, 334 Orbiniinae, 216, 225, 242, 251, 255, 256 orientalis, Cryptocelis, 187 ornata, Aricia, 246, 251, 265 Orbinia, 265 ornatus, Phylo, 218, 229, 231, 246, 251, 261, 262, 265, 353 ovigera, Glycera, 66 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 oxycephala, Glycera, 60, 62, 66, 68, 70, 71, 163 pacifica, Aricidea, 237, 311, 313, 323, 326 (Aedicira), 312, 313, 325, 326 Glycera, 66 Glycinde, 48, 57 pacificus, Latocestus, 185 Scoloplos (Scoloplos) armiger, 229 palatii, Nephtys, 92 pallida, Goniada, 13, 15 panamensis, Haploscoloplos, 218, 228, 248, 269, 277, 361 Nephtys, 92, 94, 101 pansa, Nephtys, 92 papillosa, Aricia, 246, 250 Glycera, 62, 66, 68 Orbinia, 231, 246, 250, 256 Paraaricia, 214 (Paraaricia), Aricia, 214, 246 paradoxa, Nephtys, 92, 93, 111, 112 Paraonidae, 308, 309, 335 Paraonides, 309 (Paraonides), Paraonis, 313, 314, 328, 334 gracilis, Paraonis, 313, 330, 331, 334 lyra, Paraonis, 235, 309, 314, 334 lyritormis, Paraonis, 312, 325 neapolitana, Paraonis, 309, 313, 314, 334 Paraonis, 309, 310, 313,.314, 328, 331, 334 belgicae, 312, 313, 327 dubia, 254, 313, 314, 328, 329, 331, 333 filiformis, 313, 330, 331 fulgens, 313, 328, 329 gracilis, 313, 328, 329, 330, 332, 393 oculata, 235, 238, 239, 240, 241, 311, 313, 328, 329, 331, 393 ivanovi, 313, 328, 329, 333 lyra, 238, 242 multibranchiata, 241, 242, 313, 328, 3295352 paucibranchiata, 314, 328, 329 tenera, 309, 313, 314, 328, 329 (Paraonides), 313, 314, 328, 334 gracilis, 313, 330, 331, 334 lyra, 235, 309, 314, 334 lyriformis, 312, 325 neapolitana, 309, 313, 314, 334 Paraonis (Paraonis), 313 fulgens, 309, 311 gracilis, 311, 330 paucibranchiata, 309 tenera, 309 (Paraonis), Paraonis, 313 fulgens, Paraonis, 309, 311 gracilis, Paraonis, 311, 330 paucibranchiata, Paraonis, 309 tenera, Paraonis, 309 Paraplanocera, 191, 193 Parascoloplos, 214 (Parascoloplos), Aricia, 214, 246 parvicelis, Prosthiostomum, 183, 193, 194, 209 paucibranchiata, Paraonis, 314, 328, 329 Paraonis (Paraonis), 309 paucidens, Goniada, 14, 15 pausidens, Goniada, 15 pellucida, Planocera, 188, 190 perpapillata, Aricia cuvieri, 244 persica, Aricia cuvieri, 244, 250 Orbinia cuvieri, 231, 244, 250 peruana, Aglaophamus, 91, 116, 118, 120 Nephthys macroura, 120 Nephtys macroura, 91 peruviana, Glycera, 66, 73 phyllobranchia, Nephtys, 92, 93, 111 phyllocirra, Nephthys, 108 Nephtys, 2, 92, 94, 108 Phyllospadix, 234 Phylo, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 234, 242, 251, 255, 256, 260 felix, 218, 229, 234, 236, 238, 245, 246, 251, 260, 261, 262, 351 fimbriatus, 231, 234, 244, 251, 261, 262, 267 foetida, 218, 219, 223, 224, 227, 231, 244, 247, 251, 261, 262 adjimensis, 231, 245, 251 atlantica, 231, 245, 251 australis, 231, 245, 251 imitans, 231, 245, 251 liberiana, 231, 245, 251 ligustica, 231, 245, 251 grubei, 218, 231, 234, 245, 251, 261 kupfferi, 218, 229, 231, 234, 245, 251, 261, 262 michaelseni, 218, 229, 231, 246, 261, 262, 264 norvegicus, 218, 229, 231, 234, 245, 246, 251, 260, 261, 262 nudus, 218, 229, 231, 234, 246, 251, 260, 261, 262, 268 ornatus, 218, 229, 231, 246, 251, 261, 262, 265, 353 Phylonidae, 251, 260 picta, Glycinde, 48, 49 Nephthys, 103 Nephtys, 86, 92, 95, 103, 105, 106 Pilargiidae, 248 Planctoplanella atlantica, 193 Planctoplaninae, 193 Planocera, 188, 190, 191 INDEX 409 armata, 190 crosslandi, 190, 191 pellucida, 188, 190 tridentata, 188, 194, 203, 205 uncinata, 190 Planoceridae, 188, 193 Planocerinae, 193 platycephala, Aricia, 214, 246, 297 plehni, Latocestus, 185 polybranchia, Nephtys, 92 Polygnatha, Glycera, 5 polygnatha, Glycinde, 1, 48, 51, 55, 159, 161 polygona, Glycera, 66 polyphara, Aglaophamus, 92, 117 Nephthys, 88 Nephtys, 92 polypharus, Aglaophamus, 116 Porcia, 213, 214, 251 maderensis, 214, 251 Portelia, 84, 87, 88, 89 rosea, 88 posterobranchia, Glycera, 66 praetiosa, Nephthys, 119 Nephtys, 92 prashadi, Glycera, 62, 66 Proboscidea, 57 profundi, Glycera, 66 Proscoloplos, 215, 216, 221, 226, 233, 242, 251, 252, 255 cygnochaetus, 231, 251 Prosthiostomidae, 193 Prosthiostomum, 194 parvicelis, 183, 193, 194, 209 Protoaricia, 214, 215, 216, 218, 219, 221, 224, 233, 242, 245, 246, 247, 252, 254, 255 capsulifera, 232, 244, 252 oerstedi, 219, 229, 231, 243, 246, 252 (Protoaricia), Aricia, 214, 247 Protoariciinae, 216, 218, 223, 225, 242, 252, 254 Protoscoloplos, 214, 256 (Protoscoloplos), Aricia, 214, 247 Scoloplos, 254 Pseudoceros splendidus, 183 punctata, Nephtys, 92, 93, 96 quadricuspida, Naidonereis, 213 Nainereis, 214 Naineris, 215, 228, 230, 234, 247, 250, 253, 254, 296, 297 Nais, 215, 249, 250 Scoloplos, 215 quadricuspidata, Aricia (Scoloplos), 247 quadrilobata, Aricidea, 313, 316 quatrefagesi, Aglaophamus, 117 quinquelabiata, Goniada, 2, 13, 16, 26 Goniada congoensis, 15, 26 410 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS Goniada emerita, 26 ramosa, Aricia, 247 Aricidea, 235, 239, 313, 316, 327 (Aedicira), 312, 313, 325, 326, 327 ramosum, Anthostoma, 214, 243, 297 retractilis, Glycera, 67 retusiceps, Nainereis, 249, 250 Naineris, 230, 249, 250, 296 Rhynchobolus, 57, 58 rickettsi, Nephtys, 92, 93, 97 robusta, Alcandra, 228, 242, 272, 295, 367 Glycera, 62, 67, 68, 69, 70, 74, 163 Naineris, 249, 298, 299 Scoloplos, 272 robustum, Anthostoma, 243, 248, 252, 272 robustus, Haploscoloplos, 218, 228, 233, 243, 248, 252, 253, 269, 272, 355 Scoloplos, 272 rosea, Glycera, 67 Portelia, 88 roseus, Hemipodus, 79, 80, 81, 82 rouxli, Glycera, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 69 rubella, Aglaophamus, 92, 117, 118, 127, 128 anops, Aglaophamus, 1, 84, 117, 118, 127 Nephthys, 127, 128 Nephtys, 92 rubra, Aricia, 247, 254, 291 Scoloplos (Leodamas), 229, 247, 254, 286, 291, 369 rubrocineta, Axiothella, 336 rufa, Scoloplos, 253, 272 rugosa, Glycera, 67, 74 russa, Glycera, 67 rutilans, Glycera, 67 saccibranchis, Glycera, 67 sagittariae, Glycera, 67, 75, 77 schmitti, Nephtys, 92 Scolaricia, 215, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 294. 233, 242, 252, 255, 295 haasi, 232, 252 lucia, 252 typica, 219, 232, 252, 295 Scolecolepis jeffreysii, 309, 312, 314, 322 scolopendroides, Nephtys, 92 Scoloplos, 213, 214, 215, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226, 234, 240, 248, 252, 269, 279, 280, 285, 295 acmeceps, 234, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 252, 280, 282, 365 armiger, 213, 214, 215, 218, 219, 227, 229, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 243 246, 249, 252, 253, 279, 280, 363 bustoris, 252, 272 vo. 15 canadensis, 252 cylindrifer, 232, 248, 252, 270 dubius, 232 elongata, 252, 273, 274, 282 elongatus, 214, 248, 252 fragilis, 271 grubei, 249, 252, 303 jeffreysi, 252 johnstonei, 253, 290 kerguelensis, 214, 248, 253, 275, 276 latus, 293 madagascariensis, 232, 253 mammillata, 215 marginatus, 289 marsupialis, 253, 280 mawsoni, 253, 276 minor, 253 miilleri, 253 novae-hollandiae, 232, 248, 253, 295 ohlini, 287 quadricuspida, 215 robusta, 272 robustus, 272 ruta, 253, 272 treadwelli, 229, 241, 244, 253, 280, 283 tribulosus, 290 (Leodamas), 215, 217, 218, 222, 233, 242, 247, 249, 253, 255, 270, 280, 284, 290, 295, 334 chevalieri, 232, 244, 253, 286 cirratus, 218, 229, 244, 253, 285, 290 cvlindrifer, 232 dendrobranchus, 232, 253, 285, 291, 371 dubius, 253, 254 fimbriatus, 232, 253, 285, 293, 373 johnstonei, 232, 253, 285, 290, 295 latum, 229, 232, 247, 253, 285, 293 madagascariensis, 253, 286 marginatus, 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 mcleani, 229, 246, 254, 286, 289 ohlini, 218, 229, 244, 246, 254, 286, 287, 289, 290, 367 rubra, 229, 247, 254, 286, 291, 369 tribulosus, 229, 247, 254, 285, 290 verax, 218, 229, 249, 254, 284, 285, 286, 367 (Naidonereis) dubius, 253, 254, 313, 314, 333 hexaphyllum. 297 laevigata, 297 (Nainereis), 214, 215 (Protoscoloplos) , 254 (‘Scoloplos), 214, 242, 255 acmeceps, 229, 274, 275 armiger, 229, 232 pacificus, 229 marsupialis, 232 treadwelli, 229 (Scoloplos), Aricia, 214 (Scoloplos), Scoloplos, 214, 242, 255 acmeceps, Scoloplos, 229, 274, 275 armiger, Scoloplos, 229, 232 pacificus, Scoloplos, 229 fuscibranchis, Aricia, 247 marsupialis, Scoloplos, 232 quadricuspidata, Aricia, 247 treadwelli, Scoloplos, 229 Sedentaria, 211, 212 septentrionalis, Glycera, 67 serratifolia, Nephtys, 92 serrulifera, Glycera, 71 Hamiglycera, 57 sertulata, Aricia, 212, 213, 243, 247, 250, 256 setosa, Aricia, 247, 250, 298, 305 Glycera, 67 Naineris, 229, 241, 243, 247, 250, 269, 296, 301, 305, 387 simplex, Clytie, 247 Glycera, 67 Hemipodus, 79, 80, 81, 82 sinensis, Aglaophamus, 117, 130 singularis, Nephtys, 1, 84, 92, 94, 98, 173 siphonostoma, Glycera, 67 Skardaria, 308, 309 fragmentata, 309 solitaria, Glycinde, 1, 48, 54, 157 Goniada, 54 spadix, Glycera, 1, 2, 67, 77, 78 sphaerocirrata, Micronephthys, 92, 130, 131 Nephthys, 131 Nephtys, 92 Sphaerodoridae, 213 sphyrabrancha, Glycera, 63, 67 Spionidae, 212, 213, 248, 309, 310 Spioniformia, 214 spiribranchis, Aglaophamus, 92, 117 Nephthys, 117 Nephtys, 92 splendidus, Pseudoceros, 183 squamosa, Nephtys, 92, 93, 110, 114 stammeri, Nephthys, 131 Nephtys, 92 subaenea, Glycera, 62, 65, 67, 69 suecica, Aricidea, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 312, 313, 315, 316, 318, 319, 325, 391 Aricidea (Aedicira), 312, 325, 326 INDEX 411 tabogensis, Aglaophamus, 1, 2, 84, 92, 107, 117, 118, 125 Nephthys, 107, 125 Nephtys, 92 Taenia, 45 taurica, Glycera, 67 Telake, 1, 57, 58 epipolasis, 57, 64 tenera, Paraonis, 309, 313, 314, 328, 329 Paraonis (Paraonis), 309 tenuis, Diastylopsis, 336 Glycera, 62, 67, 68, 71, 163 teres, Goniada, 1, 14, 15, 17, 33 tesselata, Glycera, 58, 62, 63, 65, 67, 68, 75, 77, 163 Tetragnatha, Glycerea, 5 Theodisca, 214, 254, 296 anserina, 214, 254 aurantiaca, 249, 254 liriostoma, 214, 254 mamillata, 214, 254 Theostoma, 214, 215, 216, 252, 254 (Thoracophelia) mucronata, Euzonus, tortugaensis, Haploscoloplos, 248, 271 treadwelli, Scoloplos, 229, 241, 244, 253, 280, 283 Scoloplos (Scoloplos), 229 tribulosa, Aricia, 214, 247, 254, 290 tribulosus, Scoloplos, 290 ‘Scoloplos (Leodamas), 229, 247, 254, 285, 290 tricuspis, Hermundura, 248 tridactyla, Glycera, 62, 68. tridentata, Planocera, 188, 194, 203, 205 trifida, Glycinde, 48 tripartita, Goniada, 14, 15 trissophyllus, Nephthys, 119 ‘Nephtys, 92 tulearensis, Nephtys, 93 tullbergi, Apistobranchus, 247, 308 Aricia, 247 typica, Scolaricia, 219, 232, 252, 295 typicus, Ethocles, 308, 309 uncinata, Glycera convoluta, 64 Naineris, 229, 235, 236, 237, 239, 240, 241, 250, 296, 301, 381 Planocera, 190 uncinigera, Goniada, 13, 15, 16, 23,25 unicornis, Glycera, 58, 62, 66, 67, 68 uschakovi, Aricidea, 235, 237, 239, 240, 241, 312, 313, 315, 316, 321, 391 Vanadis, 212 vasculosa, Nephtys hombergi, 91 Venadis, 212, 213 (Venadis), Aricia, 247 verae, Ariciae, 213 verax, Leodamas, 249, 253, 254, 286 412 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS voL. 15 Scoloplos (Leodamas), 218, 229, viridescens, Glycera, 68 249, 254, 284, 285, 286, 367 viridis, Latocestus, 185 verdescens, Glycera, 68, 70, 71 vorax, Goniada, 14, 15, 16 verrilli, Nephthys, 121, 122, 124 whartoni, Latocestus, 185 Nephtys, 93 wireni, Glycinde, 11, 48, 49 virgini, Goniada, 14, 15 yenourensis, Hemipodus, 80, 81, 82 Nephthys, 129, 130 Zostera, 226, 227, 234, 277, 291, 293 virginis, Nephthys, 119 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOLUME 15 NUMBER 1 GONIADIDAE, GLYCERIDAE AND NEPHTYIDAE (Puiates 1-19, Text Fics. 1-3) by OLGA HARTMAN THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1950 me Oe ne - a " i ven at Ay a i wn a se uy ff vay e ae int iy ty ine Ula tr aye Una fii ee ime ig oo) Nid > Pesan on ~ ee ee — . 5 pe let — a © + -. ~—t « : po maa Se ee ne rr ° oe e ; ae an - FEO Pe ee eye. ae ee % 2 : . -- - ed acne Le —s . =o o- a a = al ata . MEO 26 Re” ae. 8 a. . . - ~ = : °. nam - — a. Some ae oe « ee o> a a eo - =— - . - i er es wo. 2. > eee - : * . Oe + peep * ae Em eatin . * . . i ee es + =e a ae - > . . ee ~ ' n - Se ee es eee = Cr tetss ea 2. Saati, oe rs a ae * . 7s oe ee © ceten oe gee a hs a ae AE TY Se ag —— om -. “ * =* ~anane.§ oa, om = ime ee ~~. er noel ~~ “ : “<. ~e AED mee. mer me, ele ge 2 * om So ye ee 8 a ree a . “> ae - o - te ROD aE ge sage SPMD er fur 5 reo * wre ee a 5 “a 4 ows ae. as Pee? ge od hee ew > &% - ot — = oa A ee ee bee - t. Fe serge, or - - . ~ : 1 eg PPE on é . - + ore . § er rr Mn SUF Ue a ee Ww ees , eet usm